Nematode; Worm; Genetic control of behavior
In 1974, Sidney Brenner first introduced the nematode
Studies of the behavior and anatomy of
Studies investigating chemotactic behavior have used behavioral analysis, genetic manipulation and laser ablation (killing) of specific neurons to lead to the identification of the 22 specific chemosensory neurons necessary for Drawing of
Taste is defined as the detection of soluble compounds and is mediated by eight pairs of neurons (ADF, ADL, ASE, ASG, ASH, ASI, ASJ, ASK), while smell is defined as the detection of volatile compounds and is mediated by a separate set of three pairs of neurons (AWA, AWB, AWC) [
Through the use of chemotaxis assays, hundreds of aqueous and volatile chemicals have been identified as either attractants or repellants to
A worm that is exposed to a taste or an odor for a long period of time decreases its response to the compound; this reversible decrease in response is called 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 [
As early as 1975, Path of a
In contrast, worms experiencing starvation at a given temperature will avoid that temperature. This behavior appears to be the result of associative learning, where the worm learns to associate a specific temperature with the presence or absence of food.
In order for
Studies of mutants showing abnormal thermotactic behavior lead to the discovery of components that may be involved in the cellular mechanisms of thermotaxis.
Thermotactic behavior in
Natural variations in feeding behavior have been identified within
Detailed behavioral studies of the worm have shown that this tiny creature has a rich and complex behavioral repertoire, making it an ideal system in which to unravel the mysteries of the cellular control of behavior. Findings such as those described here contribute to the ever-growing database of knowledge within the
Each of the examples that we have described show some of the ways that having all of the neurons in the nervous system identified and knowing their connectivity, as well as having a fully mapped and sequenced genome, has greatly aided the investigations of the roles of identified genes in behavior and extended our understanding of the neuroethology of
The C fiber is an unmyelinated axon (less than 1 µm in diameter) found in a peripheral nerve trunk. It conducts pain and temperature senses.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4
The C1-C2 (and C3) cell groups are adrenergic cells groups located in the medulla. They contain the enzyme that converts norepinephrine to epinephrine. Projections to several regions have been found: paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus; locus coeruleus; solitary nucleus; dorsal motor nucleus of the vagus; and intermediolateral cell column of the spinal cord.
The divalent calcium ion. Calcium is a light metal with atomic number 20, atomic mass 40.08, ionic radius 94 pm, and hydrated Ionic radius 410 pm.
A type of voltage-gated ion channel specific for K+ ions, which requires the binding of Ca2+ ions to its internal surface to be gated open. Ca2+ is an important intracellular signaling molecule in neurons.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
A localized increase in the cytosolic free Ca2+ concentration in the vicinity of open Ca2+ channels at the plasma membrane (e.g. the active zone; more likely to be on the scale of tens of nanometers) or intracellular Ca2+ stores (e.g. store-operated Ca2+ channels; generally referred to as Ca2+-induced Ca2+ release). These microdomains generally serve triggering/signaling roles.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
A part of brain regions in the hippocampus, which receives synaptic inputs mainly from the hippocampal CA3 region through Schaffer collaterals. The output from CA1 pyramidal cells is sent to the cerebral cortex.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
A part of brain regions in the hippocampus, which receives synaptic inputs from the dentate gyrus and the CA3 pyramidal cells of the ipsilateral and contralateral hippocampi. The output from CA3 pyramidal cells is sent to the CA1 region via Schaffer collaterals and to the CA3 region via associational/commissural fibers.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Voltage signals in neurons travel down thin, long, cable-like dendritic and axonal processes. The theoretical modeling and mathematical/computational analysis of signal propagation within these processes is called cable theory. Due to the initial important work of Rall (see [
Modeling various observed neural properties, where variations of voltage with location are important, leads to a partial differential equation description of the evolution of electrical potential in the neuron. For understanding information processing in neural networks, the contributions of individual neurons and their dendritic trees takes on central importance.
In the core conductor model of a neural process, cable theory classically has assumed a cylindrical membrane with an electrically conducting core. The core cross-section is sufficiently small compared to the length of the fiber that the core can be considered as cross-sectionally isopotential. Thus, the cable model only depends on voltage differences in the axial direction. The cell membrane is surrounded by extracellular space that is assumed isopotential. These considerations conveniently allow visualization of a circuit model for the membrane (see Fig. A representation of a segment of dendritic cylinder cable and a discrete electrical circuit model of a dendritic membrane segment. Intracellular and extracellular longitudinal currents and resistances per unit length of cable are, respectively,
One can also start from the more fundamental Maxwell’s equations. Some other assumptions behind the model include the neuron’s electrical membrane properties being uniform (constant), and the intracellular and extracellular spaces having homogeneous electrical properties. Also, magnetic field effects are negligible and the membrane can be modeled by a capacitor in parallel with a
This is really just a statement that the total membrane current (right side of equation), including external source current Representative parameter values (adapted from [Symbol Units Squid giant axon Cat spinal motoneuron
Ω − 1000 2500
μ 1 2
Ω − 30 60
15 × 103
8.9 × 107
250 10 (primary dendrite) τ
1 5
6500 1000
If the membrane is passive (no active ion channels), the membrane element represented by the circles in Fig.
The cable’s space constant is given by (a) A representation of a semi-infinite cylinder cable with a step applied current imposed at the left end (
The appropriate boundary condition is given by
A simple case to consider is Rall’s 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 ([
In the motoneuron model above the dendritic structure is represented by a single cylinder. Under certain constraints a branching structure can be reduced to a single electrically equivalent cylinder model [
To give some idea of the assumptions needed (consult [
There are relatively few problems of interest that can be solved analytically and so one must resort to numerical methods. Because of morphological complexity of dendritic trees and the need to investigate the effects of distributed synaptic inputs, there are now excellent modeling simulation tools available that take the philosophy that cables and trees can be segmented into numerous compartments.
If the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 is not relatively close to the neuron’s rest potential, and the cable has active ion channels, then the current-voltage relation
Much of the analysis of the cable model of Hodgkin and Huxley (including later modifications, generalizations, and simplifications) has concerned the initiation and behavior of single impulses and pulse trains under various circumstances. Examples include dependence of conduction speed on temperature, density of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, conductance properties, initiation and sustained firing patterns, etc. (see, e.g. [
Dendrites (and axons) are very non-uniform, particularly in geometry and distribution of ionic channels. Generalizations of classical cable theory have tried to assess a functional role for these non-uniformities, taking into consideration the cell type, but results are rather scattered. The effect on conduction when there are present significant changes in dendritic cable diameter has had a long history. The main issues here concern conditions for conduction block (stopping spike propagation), and reflecting “echo” waves that back propagate [
The most extreme non-uniform case is that of myelinated (myelination) axons. Because sodium channels are concentrated at 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14, and various ion channels are in relatively low density in the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9, theoretical models have concentrated on saltatory aspects of conduction (salutatory conduction), and have incorporated spatially discrete dynamics. These models assumed the internodes were perfect insulators. Cable theory based models have considered the internodes as passive cable segments, separated by active nodes (see, e.g. [
A group of long bodied, limbless living amphibians.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Worm of the phylum Nemathelminthes, class Nematodes. Nematodes are special, because they have constant cell numbers. Caenorhabditis has served as model system for genetics and development, but also for many different aspects of behavior (see essay on “Neuroethology of behavior in caenorhadbitis”).
Sulcus calcarinus; Calcarine sulcus
Typical groove running on the median side of the occipital lobe, often entering the parietooccipital sulcus.
Area 17, the striate cortex, stretches along this sulcus.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
Cerebral autosomal dominant arteriopathy with subcortical infarcts and leukencephalopathy. Hereditary stroke disorder that is caused by mutations of the Notch 3 gene on chromosome 19.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Cadherin superfamily
Founding members of the cadherin superfamily were identified by their ability to mediate calcium-dependent cell-to-cell adhesion. They were designated as cadherins ( Structural diversity of the cadherin superfamily. Overall structures of four selected members of the cadherin superfamily: a vertebrate classical cadherin (about 750 amino acids in length), two
In a single vertebrate species such as humans, over 20 different subtypes of classical cadherins have been found so far, whereas the total number of non-classical cadherins is 80 at a moderate estimate.
Each vertebrate classical cadherin has five cadherin repeats, whereas the number of repeats and the presence or absence of other extracellular motifs are variable among invertebrate cadherins [
Compared to other cell-surface molecules, such as calcium-independent cell adhesion molecules, cadherins are unique in their ability to induce tight cell aggregates in which cells adhere to neighbors with maximum areas of contact. This ability appears to be dependent on the interaction of the cadherin–catenin multiprotein complex with the actin cytoskeleton. The classification of non-classical cadherins is based on sequence similarities of their intracellular regions and the overall structure of all domains. It is reasonable to assume that distinct subfamilies of non-classical cadherins are responsible for different functions and that they are coupled to different signaling pathways that have been under investigation.
In the presence of calcium, cells expressing a certain subtype of classical cadherins only form stable contacts with cells expressing the same type, with some exceptions. This homotypic adhesion between cells arises from homophilic interactions between ectodomains of the same subtype and consequently differential expression of cadherins underlies various roles in vivo (as explained later). Many different structural approaches have been used to unravel the molecular basis for cadherin-mediate adhesion. Although several different models of the cadherin homophilic bond have been proposed, all essentially agree that the specificity lies in the most N-terminal part of the ectodomains and that molecular interaction occurs not only between adjacent cells (in trans), but also on the surface of the same cell (in cis) [
Classical cadherins, one subfamily of non-classical cadherins (desmosomal cadherins) and their associated proteins are structural components of intercellular junctions that were previously documented at the electron microscopic level. In polarized epithelial cells, the adherens junction (AJ) is formed near the apical surface and E-cadherin is typically localized there [
A desmosome is another type of intercellular junction that is abundant in tissues that experience mechanical stress, where two subtypes of desmosomal cadherins, desmocollins and desmogleins, are localized. Heterodimers of desmocollin and desmoglein are linked to the keratin intermediate filament cytoskeleton via interactions with one of the catenins, plakoglobin, and other components of the desmosome.
Maintenance of solid tissues is just one of the multiple missions of classical cadherins. Differential expression of cadherin subtypes and spatiotemporal control of cadherin–catenin activity play pivotal roles in dynamic morphogenetic events that take place numerous times during development [
A number of classical cadherins are distributed in axons during the period of active elongation and the expression of most vertebrate cadherins studied to date is restricted to subsets of growing fiber tracts. It therefore has been assumed that cadherins are used by growth cones to navigate along pre-existing pathways expressing the same type of cadherin. A number of in vitro experiments indicate that N-cadherin is an excellent substrate for axonal outgrowth from N-cadherin-positive neurons and is also required for axonal fasciculation. Furthermore in vivo analyses have strengthened or demonstrated roles of cadherins in various aspects of neuronal network formation including axonal and dendritic outgrowth, fasciculation, pathfinding and target recognition [
In the Xenopus visual system, expression of a dominant negative form or injection of antibodies against N-cadherin cause loss or reduction of neurite growth or pathfinding errors. Genetic studies in
Non-classical cadherins also regulate neuronal wiring; for example a series of recent studies have revealed that seven-pass transmembrane cadherins are involved in regulation of dendritic growth. The
After axons traverse long distances and reach correct target regions, these axons and the dendritic filopodia of their target cells recognize each other and subsequently form a synapse. Neurons utilize the characteristics of classical cadherins to “zip synapses up.” Classical cadherins are detected at the earliest points of axon-filopodial contact and persist in mature synapses where cadherins and catenins are localized in the close vicinity of the transmitter-release zone, although this varies according to the type of synapse. Roles of cadherins and catenins in synapse formation have been examined in cultured mammalian neurons and in the visual system of
Multiple subtypes of classical cadherins are expressed in the brain and their expression profiles often correlate with neuronal connectivity. This finding, together with the homophilic binding specificity of individual subtypes, led to the proposal that the differential binding among the subtypes may connect pre- and post-synaptic membranes and lock them together, thus forming selective neuronal connections. Many protocadherins are also expressed in the nervous system. Thus it is intriguing to envisage whether the molecular diversity of classic cadherins and protocadherins play a role in specifying synaptic connectivity and if so, how the roles of these two different subfamilies came to be differentiated.
Cadherins are also important physiologically. Application of anti-N-cadherin antibodies to hippocampal slices indicated that N-cadherin is needed to hold nascent synaptic contacts and establish L-LTP. The functions of cadherins and catenins have been studied at the behavioral level as well. For example, LTP is elevated in hippocampal neurons in cadherin-11-knockout mice. This observation has been explained by assuming that reducing the activity of cadherin might enhance the deformability of spines, so rendering them more sensitive to LTP-inducing stimuli.
In many organs, epithelial cells are polarized not only along the apicobasal axis, but also along a second axis within a plane. Acquisition of the latter polarity, known as planar cell polarity (PCP) or tissue polarity, is crucial for specialized cellular functions. A typical example of PCP is seen in the sensory epithelium of the inner ear, where stereocilia that protrude from the apical surfaces of hair cells are uniformly oriented. This coordinated alignment maximizes the ear’s sensitivity to sound and acceleration. Genetic programming of PCP has been thoroughly studied in
Pacemaker neurons that are dependent on persistent sodium (Na+) current and burst in the presence of cadmium.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
Pacemaker neurons that depend on calcium-activated non-specific cation (CAN) current and are blocked by cadmium.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
CGRP is one of the numerous peptides found in neurons and acting as co-transmitters. It is derived from the gene encoding calcitonin by alternative splicing of mRNA and by proteolytic processing of a precursor peptide. It is mainly found in sensory neurons of the central nervous system. Its prime target is the CGRP receptor, a member of the family of G protein-coupled receptors. In contrast to calcitonin, which is involved in calcium homeostasis and bone remodelling, CGRP causes vasodilatation and vascular leakage. It is expressed in group C sensory nerve fibers. It works as a stimulatory (pro-nociceptive) neurotransmitter when it is released centrally, and as a pro-inflammatory mediator when released peripherally. The central role of CGRP in primary headaches has led to a search for suitable antagonists of CGRP receptors.
An inward current that is generated by ion channels that open in response to an increased intracellular calcium concentration. The opening of these ion channels leads to an inward current that is carried by non-specific cations including calcium and sodium ions. The CAN current has been implicated in generating pacemaker activity in various pacemaker neuron types.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2
Syt; 65-kDa synaptic vesicle protein; CaMKII; Type II Ca/Calmodulin-dependent kinase
Syt: A putative major Ca2+ sensor for synaptic transmission, which resides in the synaptic vesicle membrane. Syt has two Ca2+ binding domains (
CaMKII: A major constituent of Postsynaptic density in excitatory synapses in the mammalian brain.
Ca2+ is a ubiquitous messenger and participates in a variety of cell functions in physiological and pathological conditions. The specificity of signal transmission is maintained by spatial and temporal localization of Ca2+ signals and Ca2+ binding proteins. At the synapse, Ca2+ plays crucial roles both in pre- and post-synaptic events. In each event, specialized Ca2+ binding proteins are involved. Among Ca2+ binding proteins at the synapse two proteins have been extensively studied. The role of a Ca2+ binding protein in the presynaptic terminal (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1), Synaptotagmin (Syt), is generally believed to be in detection of Ca2+ influx for synchronized fusion of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 (for review, [
In this essay, concentration will be on Syt in the presynaptic nerve terminal and CaMKII in the postsynaptic cell.
Electrical signals conveyed along an axon are converted into chemical signals at the synapse. The basic mechanism for synaptic transmission was established at the frog neuromuscular junction, about 50 years ago, by Katz and his collaborators [
Synaptic transmission is malleable and plastic, which is believed to be the basis for memory and learning. Ca2+ again plays an important role in this process. CaMKII is the major player among Ca2+ binding proteins in the postsynaptic side of the synapse. This kinase has been studied extensively in the mammalian central nervous system as it constitutes the postsynaptic density, and is intimately involved in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12 of synaptic transmission in the brain.
Syt: ~65 kDa, probably works as an oligomer.
CaMKII, CaMKIIα, ~50 kDa and CaMKIIβ, ~60 kDa: Carboxy-terminal holoenzymes consisting of a stacked pair of hexameric subunit rings [
Syt; Neurons, Endocrine and Exocrine cells, Presynaptic terminals, Synaptic vesicles, CaMKII; Mammalian brain, Hippocampus, Neurons, Synapses.
Syt: A major protein in the membrane of synaptic vesicles and dense core vesicles, which has an amino (N)-terminal transmembrane region followed by two C2 domains (C2A and C2B). The C2 domains are in the cytoplasm and uniquely situated to sense Ca2+ influx at the transmitter release site.
CaMKII: A major component in the postsynaptic density in the glutamatergic synapse.
Syt: Syt includes 13 isoforms in humans, and by the database search, an additional six potential isoforms have been suggested. Although most Syt’s are localized on transport vesicles, some (Syt III, VI, and VII) are present at the plasma membrane.
CaMKII, CaMKIIα, and CaMKIIβ are major isoforms in the brain.
Syt: Inter-neuronal communication, regulation of hormone secretion.
CaMKII: Postsynaptic modulation of synaptic transmission, synaptic plasticity, memory and learning.
Syt: 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22, transmitter release.
CaMKII: Regulation of channel permeability and insertion of AMPA-type glutamate receptors in the postsynaptic density.
CaMKII: Extensive synaptic activities translocate CaMKII from cytosol in the postsynaptic 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 of dendrites to the postsynaptic density.
The Ca2+ sensor for 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6 has the following characteristics: Synaptic potentials are steeply dependent on the Ca2+ concentration, indicating that multiple Ca2+ ions have to bind to the Ca2+ sensor for fast synaptic transmission. Furthermore, Ca2+ sensor for synaptic transmission is considered to have a low Ca2+ affinity. In a microdomain, the Ca concentration is considered to increase rapidly to high levels, since slow binding EGTA does not affect synaptic transmission but fast BAPTA does (but see review by Augustine et al. [
Syt has multiple finding sides. Two Ca2+ binding domains, C2A and C2B, altogether have five putative Ca2+ binding sites. Among these binding sites, recent evidence indicates that C2B is the Ca2+ sensing domain for fast synaptic transmission (Fig. Structure of Synaptotagmin I. C2A and C2B domains are oriented with their Ca2+ binding sites in a close proximity (reproduced from Fernandez et al. [
Syt oligomerizes Ca2+-dependently. Whether this oligomerization is essential for vesicle fusion is a current issue. Ca2+-dependent oligomerization occurs at C2B, and is conserved in all members of the Syt family.
Syt binds phospholipids Ca2+ dependently, and this interaction is proposed to be a trigger for vesicle fusion.
Syt also binds syntaxin 1, SNAP-25, Ca2+ channels, and AP-2. AP-2 is an adaptor protein for clathrin that is essential for endocytosis (for review [
Animals that lack Syt were generated in
The postsynaptic density (PSD), an electron-dense structure directly apposed to the cytoplasmic face of the postsynaptic membrane, is prominent at excitatory glutamatergic synapses in the mammalian brain. CaMKII is a major protein in the PSD, and is specifically localized to the cytoplasmic face of PSD in a single layer, and in a highly ordered array of tower-like structures (Fig. Diagram showing the structural relation between CaMKII and postsynaptic density (reproduced from Petersen et al. [
This location of CaMKII is highly suited for detection of Ca2+ entering through NMDA-type glutamate receptor channels. CaMKII may be connected directly to 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14.
CaMKIIα and CaMKIIβ are contained in relatively high concentrations in brain tissue and phosphorylate non-specifically Ser and Thr residues in numerous proteins. CaMKII binding to NMDA receptors exposes CaMKII to high Ca2+ concentrations entering through the channels and induces autophosphorylation, which is necessary for induction of long-term potentiation (LTP). Once phosphorylated, CaMKII binds more tightly to the NMDA receptor channel and is persistently active, even after a fall in the Ca2+ level. This persistent activity then promotes enzymatic and structural processes that increase the number of AMPA-type glutamate receptor channels in the postsynaptic membrane.
Upon strong activation of NMDA receptor channels, CaMKII translocates to the PSD, where it can optimally detect Ca2+ entry through NMDA receptor channels and become phosphorylated. Under this condition, more 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 are recruited into the PSD [
As described above, the involvement of CaMKII in LTP is convincing, however, it is yet to be established whether LTP is essential in memory acquisition in the animal. This was studied in CaMKIIα knock-out mice. In these mice, the hippocampus was deficient in LTP, although synaptic transmission was normal. These mice exhibit spatial learning impairments [
CaM kinase II; CaMKII
Calcium(Ca2+)/
The CaMKII family is encoded by four different genes α, β, δ and γ, from which at least 28 isoforms can be derived. The gene encodes for three principal domains in the protein: catalytic, autoinhibitory and association domains. In the brain, the α and β genes are predominantly expressed. In the cell, the enzyme is not expressed as a single protein, but rather as a homo- or heteromeric complex (holoenzyme) of 12 subunits. The 12 catalytic and regulatory domains form 2 hexameric rings on each side of a central core comprising 12 association domains (Fig. Structure of CaMKII. (a) Primary structure of CaMKII domains. (b) Model structure of CaMKII dodecamer. (c) Model of CaMKII activation by Ca2+ spikes [
The catalytic domain is not only responsible for substrate phosphorylation, it also supports the binding of the enzyme to various proteins. Under basal conditions, the autoinhibitory domain keeps its counterpart catalytic domain inactive [
CaMKII activity is regulated by Ca2+/CaM binding, but also by phosphorylation. Binding of Ca2+/CaM not only activates each kinase subunit, but also exposes an important amino acid for their regulation: Thr286 (for α isoforms, Thr287 for β isoforms). This amino acid on one subunit can be phosphorylated by a neighboring catalytic domain from another subunit in the holoenzyme, a process termed autophosphorylation. Autophosphorylation at Thr286, residing in the autoinhibitory domain, switches the kinase subunit to an autonomous, Ca2+-independent state. Thus, once Ca2+ levels in the cell have returned to baseline, the phosphorylated subunits remain active despite the eventual dissociation of Ca2+/CaM, which itself is also slowed down 10,000 fold. As such, Thr286 phosphorylation is considered a biochemical memory of a previous rise in Ca2+. Following Thr286 phosphorylation and Ca2+/CaM dissociation, a second autophosphorylation can occur at Thr305/306, located in the Ca2+/CaM binding domain. But in opposition to Thr286, this phosphorylation blocks subsequent Ca2+/CaM binding, preventing those subunits from being activated [
In addition to activating CaMKII, Ca2+/CaM binding and phosphorylation at Thr286 expose binding sites on the enzyme for interactions with other proteins. One example of such activity-dependent interactions at synapses is with the N-Methyl-D-Aspartate 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14, particularly the NR2B subunit. The binding of NR2B to activated CaMKII also leads to a similar form of biochemical memory because it prevents the autoinhibitory domain from flipping back on the catalytic region, thereby leading to autonomous activity of CaMKII [
The rules governing Thr286 phosphorylation of individual subunits within CaMKII dodecamers make the enzyme capable of decoding the number and frequency of Ca2+ spikes. The Thr286 phosphorylation reaction can occur only between two neighboring subunits that have been coincidently activated by Ca2+/CaM binding (Fig.
Specificity in signaling is also achieved by controlling the subcellular location of molecules. The subcellular localization of CaMKII is highly regulated by Ca2+. Thus, in response to synaptic or electrical activities, the enzyme translocates rapidly to various neuronal compartments, where it can act on diverse functions. (Fig. Multiple sites of CaMKII targeting and activity-dependent translocation in neurons.
Different subunits, such as α and β, bind to common as well as different targets. These subunits can co-assemble in various ratios within dodecamers, allowing the enzyme to be recruited to an increased number of sites in the cell [
In addition, the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 of α-, but not β-CaMKII, is transported in dendrites in an activity-dependent manner, where local translation can occur. This enables a rapid and localized delivery of CaMKII proteins to synapses [
CaMKII is implicated in various cellular functions, including the regulation of carbohydrate metabolism, membrane current, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 synthesis and release, cytoskeletal organization, intracellular Ca2+ homeostasis, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20, synaptic plasticity and some forms of memory [
During neuronal activity, Ca2+ levels increase in the cytosol, but also in the nucleus. The ability of some isoforms of CaMKII to target the nucleus suggests that the enzyme is involved in regulating gene expression. CaMKII can phosphorylate 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20, like CREB, ATF-1 and NeuroD, and is known to regulate the transcription of the immediate-early gene
CaMKII has attracted the attention of neuroscientists in particular because of its role in synaptic plasticity, learning and memory. Studies have been done mostly in the hippocampus, but results from other regions also support the role of CaMKII in synaptic plasticity. Long-term potentiation (LTP) of synaptic transmission is a type of synaptic plasticity that is thought to underlie some forms of learning and memory. Several results indicate that CaMKII, activated by the rise in Ca2+ that accompanies the high-frequency stimulation required to induce LTP, initiates a biochemical cascade that potentiates synaptic transmission. Indeed, after the induction of LTP, autonomous activity of CaMKII increases. Peptide inhibitors blocking both Ca2+-dependent and -independent activity of CaMKII prevented LTP induction by different protocols. But because of the possible lack of specificity of these inhibitors, the essential role of CaMKII in LTP was only confirmed after the observation of an impaired synaptic potentiation in αCaMKII knockout mice and in mice that express a mutant CaMKII that cannot autophosphorylate at Thr286. Those mice also show deficits in both learning and memory. For instance, preventing CaMKII autophosphorylation was shown to interfere with experience-dependent plasticity, such as spatial learning. Local translation of αCaMKII in dendrites is also important for synaptic plasticity because disrupting the transport of its mRNA impairs LTP and some types of memory. Conversely, instead of inhibiting or removing CaMKII, introducing activated CaMKII in neurons of hippocampal slices can induce LTP [
How does CaMKII regulate synaptic transmission? Many mechanisms have been examined, but one good example is its effects on 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1. CaMKII phosphorylates these synaptic receptors, thereby enhancing their conductance, and also leads to the addition of new AMPA receptors into synapses. Both effects contribute to strengthening the synapse [
CaMKII is a multifunctional kinase highly abundant in the brain and critically involved in the regulation of several functions in neurons. Its unusual structural and regulatory properties support its multiple functions by enabling the enzyme to decode specific patterns of Ca2+ signals in time and in space, for brief and long-lasting effects. Since the discovery of CaMKII by Howard Schulman and colleagues three decades ago, many studies have unraveled some of its functions and mechanisms of action, but many aspects are still unresolved. Nevertheless, what we have learned so far about this enzyme has contributed to a better understanding of how signaling in cells can be achieved with specificity, multiplicity, efficiency, and persistence.
A family of clinically used compounds that block the L-type Cav1.2 calcium channel and relaxes smooth muscle.
One type of ion
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Voltage-gated Ca2± channels are integral membrane proteins forming aqueous pores which open in response to cell depolarization. Ca2+ channels play a key role in controlling vital functions: they shape the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 and membrane electrical oscillations and act as gate-controller of Ca2+, the most ubiquitous 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 [
Ca2+ channels have been grouped into two main classes, based on their threshold of activation: the high voltage-activated (HVA) channels and the low voltage-activated (LVA) channels [
The principal pore-forming subunit of both LVA and HVA channels is the α1-subunit, a high- molecular weight protein (190–250 kDa), which is structurally similar to the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 α-subunit [ Subunit structure of voltage-gated Ca2+ channels: transmembrane topology of the α1 and associated auxiliary subunits (β, α2-δ, γ). Predicted α-helices are depicted as cylinders. For the α1-subunit the transmembrane spanning α-helices (1 to 6) are repeated in the four domains (
Molecular cloning of Ca2+ channels has provided evidence for the existence of ten different pore-forming α1 subunits with pharmacological and biophysical profiles similar to the endogenous Ca2+ channels expressed in most tissues. Alignment of their amino acid sequences suggests strong homologies and divergences between the various Ca2+ channel types (Fig. Phylogenetic tree of voltage-gated Ca2+ channels, showing the percentage of identity between the different cloned Ca2+ channels [
At variance with the T-type channels, whose α1-subunit is sufficient to warrant 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9, channel expression and membrane incorporation, the HVA channels are hetero-multimeric protein complexes which comprise the α1-subunit in association with auxiliary β, α2-δ and γ-subunits (Fig. Schematic representation of the voltage-gated Ca2+ channel complex. On top is represented the heteromeric structure of the HVA Ca2+ channel, consisting of the pore forming α1-subunit (with the four domains
As for other voltage-gated ion channels, the probability of Ca2+ channels opening is strictly voltage-dependent, i.e., the switch from a closed (non-conductive) to an open (conductive) configuration is strictly dependent on voltage, usually requiring 4–8 mV to change e-fold the probability of channel opening [
During maintained depolarization, Ca2+ channels tend to inactivate, but the speed and extent of channel inactivation may vary dramatically. In general, Ca2+ channels inactivate by either Ca2+- or voltage-dependent mechanisms. Ca2+ -dependent inactivation is dominant for the cardiac Cav1.2 L-type channel, but may also occur for other HVA channels. Ca2+-dependent inactivation is a
The present view of Ca2+ channel permeability is based on the existence of an intrapore binding site controlling both ion selectivity and channel block: the selectivity filter. This highly specialized region of Ca2+ channels consists of a ring of four negative charged groups inside the pore. In HVA channels, each of the four P loops contains a glutamate forming the EEEE locus, in T-type channels two glutamates are substituted by two aspartates in the corresponding position (EEDD locus). The spatial arrangement of the four negative charges in the P loops is postulated to closely coordinate two Ca2+ ions whose sequential entrance and subsequent interaction induce high Ca2+ fluxes while preserving high affinity for the pore-site [ Selective and often used blockers, distribution and established channelopathies [Channel Blockers Distribution Channelopathies Selective Unselective (often used) Gene Diseases L Cav1.1 Dihydropyridines, phenylalkylamines, benzothiazepines Cd2+
Skeletal muscles, transverse tubule CACNA1S Hypokalemic periodic paralysis & malignant hyperthermia in humans, muscular dysgenesis in mice Cav1.2 Dihydropyridines, phenylalkylamines, benzothiazepines Cd2+
Cardiac & smooth muscle myocytes; endocrine cells, neuronal cell bodies & dendrites CACNA1C Timothy syndrome Cav1.3 Dihydropyridines, phenylalkylamines, benzothiazepines Cd2+
Endocrine cells; neuronal cell bodies & dendrites, atrial myocytes & pacemaker cells, cochlear hair cells CACNA1D Deafness, sinoatrial & atrioventricular node dysfunction Cav1.4 Dihydropyridines, phenylalkylamines, benzothiazepines Cd2+
Retinal rod & bipolar cells, spinal cord, adrenal gland, mast cells CACNA1F Congenital stationary night blindness type 2, X-linked cone-rod dystrophy type 3 P/Q Cav2.1 ω-agatoxin IVA Cd2+
Nerve terminals & dendrites, neuroendocrine cells CACNA1A Episodic ataxia type-2, spinocerebellar ataxia type-6, familial hemiplegic migraine N Cav2.2 ω-conotoxin VIA, SNX 111 (ziconotide) Cd2+
Nerve terminals & dendrites, neuroendocrine cells CACNA1B R Cav2.3 SNX 482 Cd2+, Ni2+
Nerve terminals & dendrites, neuroendocrine cells, cardiac myocytes CACNA1E T Cav3.1 none Ni2+, mibefradil Neuronal cell bodies & dendrites, cardiac & smooth muscle myocytes CACNA1G Cav3.2 none Ni2+, mibefradil Neuronal cell bodies & dendrites, cardiac & smooth muscle myocytes, neuroendocrine cells CACNA1H Childhood absence epilepsy Cav3.3 none Ni2+, mibefradil Neuronal cell bodies & dendrites CACNA1I
In the following paragraphs are described the tissue and cellular location, physiological role, pharmacology and related
L-type channels (Cav1)
P/Q-type channels (Cav2.1)
N-type channels (Cav2.2). Cav2.2 channels are widely expressed in the central and peripheral nervous system and chromaffin cells. They are highly expressed at the nerve terminals, where they control neurotransmitter release, and to a minor degree at the dendritic sites, where they are involved in Ca2+ signaling. Cav2.2 channels control also hormone release in neuroendocrine cells. The channels activate at relatively high voltages. Maximal activation at positive potentials and deactivation on return to resting levels are both fast. Inactivation is variable but significantly faster than L-type channels and slower than T-type channels. Cav2.2 channels are insensitive to DHPs but are selectively blocked by ω-conotoxin GVIA and related cone snail toxins (Table
N-type channels play a key role in neurotransmitter release due to their high-density of expression at the release sites and their tight binding to the SNARE complex of the vesicle release machinery (syntaxin 1A, SNAP-25, VAMP2/synaptobrevin and synaptotagmin). These proteins bind at the synprint motif of the II-III linker of the channel and the tight interaction affects the availability and gating of the channel. The SNARE complex in fact either steadily inactivates the channel or inhibits its activation through a Gβγ subunit. Interestingly, N-type channels are effectively modulated by GPCRs activated by neurotransmitters and the mechanism is thought to be at the basis of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16. Briefly, an activated Gβγ subunit binds directly to the pore-forming α1-subunit of the N-type channel and shifts the gating mode from “willing” (from which the channel readily opens) to “reluctant” (from which the channel opens less frequently). The modulatory mechanism is 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13, voltage-dependent and causes an increased delay of the channel opening which produces an overall slow activation of the “reluctant” channel. Strong depolarizations opening the channels reduce the affinity of Gβγ for the α1-subunit and the channel recovers its normal gating mode.
R-type channels (Cav2.3). Cav2.3 channels are widely expressed in the central nervous system at the cell bodies, dendrites and presynaptic terminals. They are also expressed in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13, heart, pituitary and chromaffin cells. The Cav2.3 channel has been originally reported to encode a Ca2+ channel type with biophysical properties between LVA and HVA channels, or usually as an HVA channel resistant to DHPs, ω-toxins and thus called R-type (for “residual”). Cav3 channels are likely to form a family of several channels with fast activation but variable inactivation that could be fast and comparable to the Cav3 types or slow like the Cav1 channels. They are involved in neurotransmitter and hormone release, repetitive firing (→ 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1) and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12. The tarantula toxin SNX-482 blocks exogenously expressed Cav2.3 currents but is only partially or not effective on native R-type currents, suggesting that Cav2.3 does not always conduct a significant portion of the R-type current which remains after blocking all the other voltage-gated Ca2+ channels. Cav2.3 channels are also sensitive to small doses of Ni2+. In some case the Ni2+ block has Kd comparable to that of the Cav3.2 T-type channel described below.
T-type channels (Cav3). Cav3 channels (Cav3.1 to Cav3.3) are ubiquitously expressed and sustain key physiological functions which derive from their unique properties [
Excitation-transcription coupling; Voltage-gated calcium channels/ligand-gated calcium channels and control of gene expression; Calcium-regulated nuclear signaling
Nerve activity induces Ca2+ influx through voltage-gated calcium channels (VGCCs), and activates vital functions such as 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 (NT) and gene transcription. The latter function is often coupled to permanent changes to the structure of synapses (e.g., 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19) and the survivability of neurons. Recent research indicate that the specificity of local nuclear signaling pathways depends upon the association of specific channel types to cytosolic Ca2+-sensitive factors and not just Ca2+ influx
The nervous system relies on charged molecules to relay information. Whereas the relatively inert Na+ and K+ ions serve mostly to establish membrane potential and carry action potentials along excitable membranes, Ca2+ has properties that allow it to accomplish additional functions. First, it has a unique affinity for binding ligands containing oxygen-donating groups such as carboxyls, carbonyls, ethers, and alcohols. Second, Ca2+ is kept at low levels within the cytosol since it precipitates organic anions and is toxic to cells at high concentrations. These features likely lead to the exploitation of the calcium ion not only as a charge carrier but also as a signaling molecule.
Nerve activity promotes subcellular calcium “hotspots” or microdomains around individual channels, and collectively these active channels contribute to global cellular processes including synaptic plasticity and neuronal survival. An example is long-term memory which involves synaptic connectivity changes activated via 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12. Strengthening of synapses induced by LTP requires gene transcription mediated by calcium-sensitive signaling pathways [
“First responder” genes are termed 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9, whose transcription is upregulated without a requirement for newly synthesized proteins. The expression of IEGs is tightly regulated in space and time in active neurons by the summation of nerve inputs and local Ca2+ flux. 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 is a classical calcium-activated IEG that mediates activity-dependent neuronal survival and is required for establishment of LTP (reviewed in [
Calcium signaling depends on a cascade of electrochemical and biochemical events. These include stimulus sensation and opening of a channel or receptor and influx of Ca2+ into the cytosol, binding of Ca2+ ions to intracellular ligands, and signaling to terminal effectors. Ca2+ influx occurs along steep electrochemical gradients across the plasma membrane, through highly-selective channels or receptors including VGCCs and NMDA receptors, or from intracellular stores through ryanodine and inositol 1, 4, 5-triphosphate receptors (IP3). Cytosolic Ca2+ is quickly buffered and limited to transient microdomains ( (a) Illustration of the subunit complex of high voltage-activated calcium channels. Calmodulin or CaM (shown in red) containing EF-hand motifs, bind the C-terminus of the α1 subunits of calcium channels. (b) Cleaved C-termini of Cav1.2 channels translocate to the nucleus to activate gene transcription. A β4 subunit isoform also translocates to the nucleus and interacts with nuclear factors involved in gene expression. (c) L-type channels mediate Ca2+ signaling via CaM bound to their C-termini. CaM is activated by Ca2+ entry through L-type (Cav1.2) channels and mediates both calcium-dependent inactivation and gene transcription.
Consequently, calcium-sensing signaling molecules must be in close proximity or directly coupled to channels. Voltage-gated L-type channels, which are important for coupling excitation with transcriptional changes in the nucleus, are localized in the proximal dendrites and cell soma where they are positioned to both sense incoming waves of depolarization originating in the dendrites and to signal to the nucleus.
Calcium/cAMP Response Element Binding protein (
Besides CREB, additional calcium-dependent transcription factors have been identified. Like CREB, these are typically regulated by CaM or downstream members of the CaM signaling pathway, and translocate to the nucleus upon activation. These include:
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14: NF-AT has been implicated in synaptic plasticity [reviewed in Myocyte Enhancer Factor 2: MEF2 is involved in neuronal survival and apoptosis. Phosphorylation of MEF2 via the Ras/MAPK pathway leads to transcription of MEF2-regulated genes that promote survival of cerebellar granule neurons. During T-cell receptor mediated apoptosis, MEF2 activation via the calcium/CaM pathway leads to the expression of the pro-apoptotic IEG Nur77 [
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14: NF-κB promotes neuronal survival by transcribing genes that inhibit apoptosis such as manganese superoxide dismutase (MnSOD), Inhibitors of APoptosis (IAPs), and the Bcl-2 homologue Bfl-1/A1 [ Downstream Regulatory Element-Antagonist Modulator: 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4 contains four EF-hand motifs for binding Ca2+, and acts as a nuclear transcriptional repressor that binds to regulatory DRE motifs of target genes in conditions of low calcium. Genes regulated by DREAM include the IEG
Of the known VGCCs in the nervous system (i.e., Cav1 (L-type), Cav2 (N-, P/Q-, R-types), and Cav3 (T-type)), L-types are the only channel type established to couple excitation with transcription. Selectively blocking L-type channels with dihydropyridines inhibits the expression of many IEGs. Intracellular microdomains of Ca2+ generated by L-type channels lead to both nuclear signaling and negative feedback regulation of channel gating itself by means of calcium-dependent inactivation. It has been reported that both processes are dependent on the tethering of calcium-sensitive molecules to the channel where they can sense the local increase in calcium concentration. CaM, a cytosolic protein able to directly bind calcium via its EF-hand motifs, remains tethered to L-type (Cav1.2) channels via an isoleucine-glutamine (IQ) motif in the channel’s C-terminus. Disrupting either the ability of CaM to interact with L-type channels or CaM’s ability to bind Ca2+ leads to loss of calcium-dependent inactivation [
Some intriguing twists in the story of how L-type channels modulate gene transcription are now emerging. The C-terminus of Cav1.2 translocates to the nucleus as a ~75 kDa peptide (termed CCAT) after proteolytic cleavage at the cell membrane. In the nucleus, CCAT peptide binds transcriptional regulator p54(nrb)/NonO, associates with endogenous promoters, and promotes a significant up-regulation of 16 genes (e.g., axon guidance factor 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 and gap junction protein Cx31.1) and down-regulation of 31 genes (e.g., 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14and the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14Scl8A1) [
With the exception of T-type channels, the pore-forming α1 subunits of VGCCs associate with accessory subunits (termed α2, δ, β, and γ) which significantly modulate the electrophysiological properties and surface expression of the α1 subunits (Fig.
Calcium flux through post-synaptic NMDA receptors shares many of the downstream targets as L-type calcium channels to promote gene expression and neuronal survival. The similarities with L-type channels include activating CREB by phosphorylation, promoting the expression of some IEGs [
Internal calcium sources may also participate in regulating gene transcription, but there is not much evidence for this mechanism occurring in neurons. IP3 receptor activity can mediate the phosphorylation of CREB and activate NF-AT and NF-κB transcription factors in both muscle and neuronal cells (reviewed in [
Gene transcriptional changes are the capacity of neurons to adapt to changing conditions, such as to modify their structure, their survivability and enhancement of connectivity. Regulation of gene expression is necessary in neural development, for the process of learning and memory, and for apoptosis. Importantly, regulatory mechanisms may be harnessed for possible treatment of neurodegenerative disease.
Specificity in gene regulation is governed by nerve activity and calcium flux. Different calcium sources mediated through L-type calcium channels as well as NMDA receptors and intracellular sources converge through multiple, and often overlapping, signaling pathways (e.g., CREB, CaMK, Ras/MAPK and cAMP dependent protein kinase A (reviewed in [
Calcium ions have a double positive charge. Calcium chelators are molecules that bind calcium and cover the ion in a way that it is no longer available for cellular metabolism. It was the invention of calcium chelators that allowed understanding the role of calcium in biological cells, because calcium concentrations in cells are so low that it is impossible to create artificial solutions with lower calcium concentrations unless calcium is removed using chelators. The event of calcium chelators, that can be titrated to create known calcium concentrations, made this ion accessible to direct experimental analysis.
A routine undertaken to correlate the readings of an instrument with known physical quantities. This is often carried out by applying a series of carefully controlled physical quantities, recording the instrument readings and plotting a graph of the instrument readings as a function of the physical quantity.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Calmodulin (CaM) is a ubiquitious, calcium-binding protein that can bind to and regulate a multitude of different protein targets, thereby affecting many different cellular functions. For example, it binds to RyRI, the sarcoplasmic reticulum Ca2+ release channel in skeletal muscle, and partially activates the channel at low Ca2+ concentrations but acts as an inhibitor of Ca2+ release at high Ca2+ concentrations.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Caloric stimulation of the labyrinths is a procedure for stimulating the vestibular labyrinths without moving the head, and is most often used in a clinical evaluation of the vestibular system. The principal advantage of caloric stimulation is that one labyrinth can be tested at a time, whereas natural or artificial head movements stimulate both labyrinths and sometimes the otolithic organs too. This stimulation induces nystagmus via vestibulo-ocular reflex (VOR) pathways, which in a healthy person, builds up slowly, reaches slow-phase angular velocities up to 80°/s (ice water irrigation), and then decays slowly.
Actual stimulation is produced by circulating warm (up to 40°C) or cool (down to 0°C) water in the outer ear canal either directly or by use of a small balloon that fits snugly in the canal. The effects of this stimulation are produced mainly by temperature gradients in the horizontal (lateral) semicircular canal, which is closest to the outer ear canal, although minor direct effects on firing rates of primary vestibular afferents and stimulation of other semicircular canals may also occur.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
The major lumenal sarcoplasmic reticulum Ca2+ binding protein located in the junctional terminal cisternae that binds Ca2+ with high capacity but low affinity which enables it to bind and release large quantities of Ca2+ rapidly.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
A large glutamatergic synapse in the mammalian auditory brainstem between a projection of globular bushy cells (presynaptic) in the anterior ventral cochlear nucleus and the cell soma of a principal neuron (postsynaptic) in the medial nucleus of the trapezoid body (MNTB).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
A procedure by which parameters defining camera positions, orientations, and lens distortions are determined in image-based motion analysis.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
A family of protein kinases whose activity are dependent on the level of cAMP in the cell.
Sequence of events that originate from a Gs protein-mediated activation of adenylate cyclase (AC). The activated AC raises the intracellular cAMP levels and promotes the activation of protein kinase A, which phosphorylates specific intracellular Ca2+ channel sites (phosphorylation sites). In the case of the cardiac Cav1.2 channel, the phosphorylated channel increases the probability of opening and causes increased Ca2+ flux into the cell.
cAMP response element is a leucine zipper domain in DNA which is bound by CREB transcription factors, resulting in the modulation of gene transcription.
Ca2+-activated nonspecific cation channel.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
Neuromasts found within canals, primarily in phylogenetically conservative locations on the head and trunk. Typically acceleration sensitive.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Occlusion of the semicircular canals to block sensitivity to angular motion stimuli to study the influence of individual canal afferent inputs to the vestibular reflex system. Spontaneous discharge of primary afferent inputs to the brainstem and residual angular motion sensitivity persist even after complete surgical occlusion of the canal. The magnitude of the plugged canal response increases with angular acceleration and is largest for rapid or high frequency head movements.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
Class of diseases or disorders characterized by uncontrolled division of cells and the ability of these cells to invade other tissues, either by direct growth into adjacent tissue through invasion or by implantation into distant sites by metastasis.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
Candelabrum cells are inhibitory interneurons in the cerebellar cortex. Their cell bodies are in the Purkinje cell layer and their dendrites reach into the molecular layer. Candelabrum cell axons also reach into the molecular layer.
The isolation of the psychoactive constituent of cannabis – delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), generation of synthetic cannabinoid compounds, discovery of endocannabinoids and cloning of cannabinoid receptors have facilitated great progress in understanding the mechanisms by which cannabinoids elicit their effects. Such advances have revealed that dysfunction of the endocannabinoid system is involved in the pathogenesis of a variety of diseases and reinforced that cannabinoid compounds may be of therapeutic benefit in these and other disorders.
The majority of the biological effects of cannabinoids are mediated through two class A (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18-like) 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7 (GPCRs) termed cannabinoid receptor 1 (CB1) and 2 (CB2). Although THC and a number of other cannabinoids have similar affinities for these receptors, their amino acid sequences share only 44% identity and their distributions in the body and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 are very different. Not surprisingly therefore, the receptors are responsible for different functions.
CB1 is expressed in peripheral tissues including the lungs, liver, kidneys and reproductive organs, and is extremely abundant in the mammalian Immunohistochemical localisation of the CBI receptor in the mouse brain.
As is the case for all GPCRs, CB1 receptor activation is transduced into intracellular signals via interaction with a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7 complex consisting of alpha, beta and gamma subunits. Association of CB1 with the inhibitory G-alpha i/o family is most commonly observed, although affinity for Gs has also been demonstrated under particular conditions. Activation of Gi/o inhibits 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 and the accumulation of
CB2 receptor expression was until recently considered to be limited exclusively to the periphery, with the highest levels observed in immune and haematopoietic cells. However it is now established that CB2 is expressed in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13, an immune cell found in the brain, and in selected 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2. During neurodegeneration and following brain injury, microglia tend to proliferate and become active, upregulating CB2 expression and often producing inflammatory damage additional to the primary insult. CB2 stimulation tends to reduce microglial reactivity, therefore this system may represent an attractive therapeutic target. CB2 signaling is primarily mediated by interaction with Gi/o, but differs from CB1 in that activation does not appear to affect calcium and potassium ion channels.
Although CB1 and CB2 receptors are considered to be the primary mediators of cannabinoid effects, pharmacological evidence suggests that still unidentified cannabinoid receptors might exist, for example in the hippocampus, modulating the release of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7, and on 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5. Signaling in response to some cannabinoids is observed in the brains of CB1/CB2 knockout mice which is suggestive of additional sites of action. Initial characterization of a cannabinoid receptor candidate known as GPR55 demonstrated its sensitivity to some cannabinoids, its presence in several CNS cell types and that its activation increased intracellular calcium. Interestingly, some cannabinoids are able to bind to and activate the transient receptor potential vanilloid type 1 (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20) receptor, an interaction which may be involved in nociception. Cannabinoids have also been noted to possess anti-oxidative and neuroprotective properties which do not appear to be receptor mediated, however high cannabinoid concentrations are required and it is thus unclear as to whether this effect is physiologically relevant or holds therapeutic potential. Further research to characterize and classify these potential interactions is warranted [
Several endogenous cannabinoid ligands (endocannabinoids) have been isolated and demonstrated to bind to cannabinoid receptors. These compounds are all derived from arachidonic acid. To date the most studied of these are 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 (Fig. Structures of the endocannabinoids.
Cannabinoids have been implicated in many neurological diseases and conditions that originate in or are mediated by the CNS. Those where aberrations in the endocannabinoid system have been linked to disease mechanisms and pathology include neuropsychiatric diseases such as Tourette’s syndrome, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, and neurodegenerative diseases such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS; 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12), 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 (MS) and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16, and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8 diseases. Additionally, cannabinoids are postulated as symptomatic therapeutics for conditions including 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5, glaucoma, obesity and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1.
Few cannabinoid compounds are currently approved for pharmaceutical use (Fig. Cannabinoid compounds currently approved for therapeutic use.
Sativex® is a prescription drug administered as an oromucosal spray produced primarily from the
Early clinical trials have been undertaken to assess a THC metabolite-like synthetic cannabinoid, IP 751 (Ajulemic Acid/CT-3), as an anti-inflammatory/10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 medication (
Molecular and preclinical studies have demonstrated that cannabinoid drugs could also be useful in other specific conditions. For example, in models of the heritable neurodegenerative illness Huntington’s disease, various cannabinoid compounds have decreased toxin-induced striatal degeneration in rats and protected cells expressing the pathogenic protein from cell death. CB1 receptors are lost early in the disease and preferentially to colocalized receptors, suggesting involvement of the cannabinoid system in disease mechanisms [
Hyperactivity of the endocannabinoid system is postulated to be involved in schizophrenia pathology or the mechanisms of negative disease symptoms. Alterations in the central endocannabinoid system in people with schizophrenia include increased density of CB1 in subregions of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 and increased anandamide in the
Pathogenic mechanisms underlying 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 degeneration in ALS are unclear. However, endocannabinoids are involved in the modulation of several proposed mechanisms including excitotoxicity, oxidative stress, neuroinflammation and microglial activation, which may explain the neuroprotective effects of increasing endocannabinoid levels in models of ALS. Disease progression in mouse models has also been delayed with CB1 and CB2 receptor agonists [
While the endocannabinoid system does not appear to contribute to the cause of stroke, neuroprotective endocannabinoid signaling in response to brain injury has been observed. In animal models both CB1 and CB2 receptor expression in the brain is increased, anandamide levels are elevated and CB1 blockade is protective [
There is a wealth of research currently being carried out in the cannabinoid field. This will no doubt lead to the emergence of many novel drug targets for neurological disease over the coming years.
Ability of a capacitor to separate and store electrical charges, measured in farads (F).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
The process of measuring the time course of changes in membrane capacitance. In this essay, we restrict our attention to patch-clamp capacitance measurements used to quantify changes in membrane surface area that accompany 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5.
Molecules that mediate cell-to-cell communication, such as hormones and neurotransmitters, are packaged and stored within cells in membrane-delimited vesicles. In neurons and other excitable cells, the trigger for release of these signaling molecules is influx of Ca2+ through voltage-gated Ca2+ channels upon membrane depolarization. The consequent elevation of the intracellular Ca2+ concentration ([Ca2+]i) triggers the fusion of vesicles with the cell plasma membrane, and release of the vesicle contents to the extracellular space by the process of exocytosis. The vesicle membrane is taken up again into the cell by the process of endocytosis. Application of membrane capacitance measurements, in conjunction with other techniques, has greatly increased our understanding how Ca2+triggers exocytosis and how specific proteins and second-messenger cascades regulate exocytosis and endocytosis.
The capacitance of the cell membrane is proportional to its area, thus the insertion of vesicle membrane during exocytosis results in an increase in capacitance, whereas endocytosis decreases membrane capacitance. Just as patch-clamp techniques can resolve the currents due to the opening and closing of individual ion channel molecules, capacitance measurements from small membrane patches can resolve the fusion (exocytosis) and fission (endocytosis) of individual synaptic vesicles with millisecond time resolution [
The modern era of membrane capacitance measurements dates to the early days of the patch-clamp recordings. In a seminal report in 1982, Neher and Marty described changes in membrane capacitance associated with exocytosis in chromaffin cells [
Under appropriate conditions, the time course of fusion of individual vesicles, including the formation of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6, can be resolved. The fusion reaction has been shown to be reversible, in that a step increase in capacitance is followed by a decrease in capacitance of the same size (e.g. [ The process of membrane fusion can be monitored independently from the discharge of vesicle contents. Carbon-fiber amperometry (reviewed in [ Patch clamp capacitance measurements allow a high level of control over parameters that trigger and modulate exocytosis:
Patch-clamp capacitance measurements occur under voltage-clamp control. This allows the experimenter to depolarize the cell in a controlled manner, and measure the relationship between Ca2+ influx through voltage-gated Ca2+ channels and exocytosis assayed with the capacitance technique. It is thus possible to determine which steps in the stimulus-secretion cascade, (membrane depolarization leading to Ca2+ influx leading to Ca2+-triggered exocytosis) are affected by an experimental maneuver such as application of a drug. Substances such as fluorescent indicators, drugs, peptides and soluble second messengers can easily be loaded into a cell by diffusion from the pipette solution during whole-cell recording. For example, Ca2+ bound to a high-affinity photo-labile chelator (“cage”) can be introduced into the cell. Photolysis of the cage with ultraviolet light can be used to elevate [Ca2+]i uniformly throughout the cell, while the time course of exocytosis is measured using the capacitance technique (e.g. [
The greatest weakness of the capacitance technique is that it only reports the difference between the rates of exocytosis (addition of surface membrane) and endocytosis (removal of surface membrane). This is not a large issue in recordings from membrane patches, where step changes in capacitance due to fusion or fission of single vesicle can be resolved. In contrast, in whole-cell or perforated-patch recordings, unitary events cannot be resolved and increases in capacitance may underestimate the rate of exocytosis if endocytosis is occurring at the same time. In the whole-cell recording condition, application of a mild stimulus often results in a rapid increase in capacitance followed with a much slower “compensatory” decrease towards the baseline value. Under this experimental condition, the separation of exocytosis and endocytosis is relatively clear because exocytosis is much faster than endocytosis, and the initial capacitance increase is interpreted as reflecting exocytosis. On the other hand, endocytosis is more rapid when the stimulus elevates [Ca2+]i to many 10s of μM, or when the cellular contents are better preserved such as during perforated-patch recording [ Capacitance changes may result from phenomenon other than changes in membrane surface area. The capacitance of a biological membrane is usually assumed to be ~10 fF/μm2, but this value will change slightly depending on the mobility of charges in integral membrane proteins such as voltage-gated ion channels. For example, Horrigan and Bookman [ The usual application of the capacitance technique is based on a simple, 3-component equivalent circuit representation depicted in, and thus can only be applied to preparations with a single membrane compartment. The technique has been most widely applied to endocrine cells because these spheroidal cells are well described by the equivalent circuit of Fig. The equivalent circuit commonly used as a basis for capacitance measurements during patch-clamp recordings. The whole-cell patch clamp configuration is illustrated, but the same equivalent circuit, with different parameter values, applies to on-cell recordings from membrane patches. The inset depicts the increase in membrane surface area, and thus Cm, that occurs during exocytosis. RA is the “access” resistance through the patch-clamp pipette, whereas Rm and Cm are the membrane resistance and capacitance, respectively.
Present here is only a very brief survey of techniques for estimating changes in membrane capacitance related to exocytosis and endocytosis, see [11] for a detailed treatment. Most capacitance techniques are based on the three component equivalent circuit of the recording configuration depicted in Fig.
The most common approach to estimating capacitance changes is to apply a sinusoidal voltage stimulus and analyze the resulting sinusoidal current. The amplitude of the stimulus sinusoid is usually less than 50 mV, whereas the frequency ranges from ~ 1 kHz for whole-cell recordings to 50 kHz or higher for on-cell measurements. A significant limitation is that a single sinusoid only provides two pieces of information (magnitude and phase), whereas there are three unknown components of the equivalent circuit. Next are described two approaches used to obtain the additional information needed.
In the “sine + dc” approach, the dc (average) current is measured and used, together with an estimate of the extrapolated zero-current potential, to estimate the dc conductance (RA + Rm) [12]. This approach is incorporated in “Pulse” and “PatchMaster” (HEKA Inc., Lambrecht, Germany) software, and is probably the most widely used approach currently for capacitance measurements in the whole-cell configuration. The simplest version of the sine + dc approach assumes the reversal potential does not change during the recording. The sensitivity of capacitance estimates to errors in the value of the assumed reversal potential is small if Rm is high (GΩ range). More complicated multi-sinusoid or square-wave approaches are necessary if the Rm is both small and changing.
The piecewise-linear approach is the original implementation of the patch-clamp capacitance technique by Neher and Marty [
A number of multi-sinusoid approaches are also used. In the case of two sinusoids there are 4 pieces of information to determine the values of the three unknown parameters. Optimal use of the information to “fit,” i.e. estimate the parameters with the minimal variance “noise,” is a complex problem that is thoroughly addressed in an elegant study by Barnett and Misler [14]. A number of sub-optimal, but computationally simpler,
Approaches using square-wave stimuli are also used. In response to a square step in pipette potential, the equivalent circuit depicted in Fig.
Fit of the current transient to an exponential function can be used to produce estimates of the three circuit parameters. An excellent implementation of this approach is described in [15]. This approach can be quite robust in that estimates of Cm can be generated that are quite insensitive to changes in RA and Rm, and Cm estimates can be produced with nearly as low a noise as sinusoidal techniques [15]. This method requires a high bandwidth setting of the patch-clamp amplifier, a high sampling rate and is computationally intense. Nevertheless, an efficient algorithm running on a modern computer can generate estimates at ~100 Hz [15].
Any of the above techniques, when carefully applied, can produce valid estimates of changes in membrane capacitance related to exocytosis and endocytosis, so the choice of technique often depends on finding an attractive software package. In general, for capacitance techniques to be truly useful, they must be embedded within a powerful, flexible software package that is capable of executing complex stimulus protocols while recording and displaying multiple data streams in real time.
The phenomenon of capacitative Ca2+ entry has been identified upon the receptor-mediated or pharmacologically induced depletion of intracellular endoplasmic Ca2+ stores. In response to depletion of the intracellular Ca2+ stores, stimulation of a plasma membrane Ca2+ entry mechanism can be measured, being interpreted as a refilling mechanism in order to restore the Ca2+ loading of the endoplasmic reticulum. In this context, a distinct Ca2+ release-activated Ca2+ current has been identified and described as Icrac.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Carbon monoxide poisoning is due to the extremely high affinity of carbon monoxide to hemoglobin and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13, where it replaces oxygen depending on its concentration, resulting in hypoxia, anaerobic metabolism and lactic acidosis. Clinical symptoms include shortness of breath, headache, confusion, emotional lability, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, clumsiness, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 and, in severe cases, cerebral and pulmonary edema, respiratory depression and
An abnormal heart rhythm that may be too slow (bradycardia), too rapid (tachycardia), irregular, or too early.
Cardiac ganglia are autonomic ganglia that lie close to the surface of the heart, around the origins of the great vessels.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Cardiac output refers to the volume of blood ejected by the left ventricle, and is usually expressed in milliliters per minute. Cardiac output is therefore the mathematical product of heart rate (contractions per minute) and stroke volume (ml of blood ejected per contraction). In a resting human adult, this may amount to approximately 5,000 ml/min but can range from as little as 2,000–3,000 ml per minute up to 25,000 ml per minute depending upon factors such as level of activity. As the heart normally pumps all of the blood received from the veins without permitting blood to dam in the venous system, cardiac output remains reasonably constant over a wide range of arterial pressure.
Direct connection between the two sides of the heart: In a left-right shunt the blood goes from the left side of the heart directly to the right side without passing through the body. In the more common right-left shunt, blood goes from right (the venous system) to left (arterial system) without passing through the lungs. The most common right to left shunt is a patent foramen ovale (PFO); a small residual connection between the right and left atria of the heart (uniformly present during fetal development).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Sudden blocking of an artery by a clot or foreign material (embolus), which traveled through the blood stream and originated in the heart.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
The equations governing the mechanics of both solid and fluid components are derived from the physical principles of conservation of mass and conservation of both linear and angular momentum. These equations are formulated in terms of stress tensors and either strain tensors for solid mechanics or strain-rate tensors for fluid mechanics. For the solid soft tissue component the displacements and strains are large (unlike those occurring in bone and in fact most engineering materials) and therefore the theoretical framework requires the use of large deformation elasticity theory. The relationship between stress and strain (or strain rate) is determined by the material properties of the tissue and has the following characteristics: Stress-strain relations are highly nonlinear and typically exhibit “strain hardening” or stiffening with increased strain. This is illustrated in Fig. Materials are highly anisotropic, meaning that the stress-strain relationship is quite different in three orthogonal material directions [ The tissue properties are inhomogeneous (i.e. vary spatially), reflecting the different functional requirements of different regions. For example, the arterial walls contain three layers: (i) the innermost “intima” that contains a monolayer of endothelial cells on a basement membrane and regulates transport between the tissue and blood, (ii) the thick “media,” containing smooth muscle for active contraction and bundles of collagen and elastin, which give wall the ability to store elastic energy as the wall is distended at high blood pressure and then to return this energy as the blood pressure drops, in order to maintain flow and (iii) the outer “adventia” which contains collagen, nerves and the small blood vessels that supply nutrients to the arterial wall. Similarly, the fibrous sheet structure of myocardial tissue shows inhomogeneity both in the orientation of the material axes across the wall of the heart (see Fig. Components of axial stress plotted against the corresponding components of axial strain for myocardial tissue [ Schematic illustration showing (
Both soft tissues and blood are usually considered to be incompressible (a consequence of the high water content) and for most soft tissues viscous behavior plays a small but important damping role. For the muscular components of the cardiovascular system (e.g. heart muscle and arterial smooth muscle) the mechanical function is also greatly influenced by the myofilament-generated forces that produce active muscle contraction.
Computational analysis of large deformation soft tissue mechanics is usually performed with finite element techniques, which divide the material into small coupled blocks or “elements” (see Fig. A finite element mesh used for solving the large deformation mechanics of the left and right ventricles. The surfaces shaded
A finite element mesh for the ventricular 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 is shown in Fig.
In some applications the finite element mesh used for solving ventricular mechanics is also used for solving reaction diffusion equations governing the spread of electrical activation through the myocardium. The equations of cardiac cell electrophysiology are based on models of the ionic currents that underlie the cardiac action potential. The cellular models can also be extended to include other aspects of cellular function, such as metabolism, pH control, signal transduction and gene regulation [
Somato-cardiovascular reflexes; Viscero-cardiovascular reflexes
The cardiovascular reflexes are those reflexes which impact cardiovascular structures (and so, functions) either through direct innervation or secondarily, for example by influencing the release of substances such as ADH.
There is, of course, a wealth of reflexes contributing to cardiovascular function, and a number of these reflexes are dealt with specifically in separate essays or as glossary entries in this text. The large number and the intricacy of some cardiovascular reflexes make this area of physiology challenging to understand. Sometimes this apparent complexity is augmented by the natural human tendency of students and researchers to focus so much on the fine details of specific reflex mechanisms that we fail to “see the forest for the trees.” In this essay, we wish to particularly consider the principles revealed by those cardiovascular reflexes which manifest their effects via autonomic efferent neurons. We shall begin by looking at representative reflexes which are dependent upon afferent input from the cardiovascular system itself, and then expand our perspective to consider the influence of input from other organ systems.
The baroreceptor reflex, described in detail by Professor Dampney (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2), is a well-studied reflex which demonstrates a number of important principles governing cardiovascular reflexes [
Other cardiovascular reflexes initiated by input from within the cardiovascular system include the Bainbridge reflex, in which acute volume loading of the atria leads to sympathetically-mediated 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20, and the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 in which excitation of ventricular receptors, especially left ventricular vagal afferents, leads to vagally-mediated 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 and vasodilation. The Bainbridge reflex may provide a mechanism of
In addition to contributions by mechanoreceptors within the heart and great vessels, chemoreceptors in the central nervous system and in blood vessels provide important information on blood gases and pH leading to reflex modulation of circulatory function (and, of course, respiratory function as well).
Non-cardiovascular 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22, such as those in the respiratory and digestive systems, also have the capability of influencing cardiovascular function. The integration of afferent input from different visceral organs occurs most notably in the nucleus of the solitary tract (NTS) [
Bradycardia with hypertension suggests
Cardiovascular reflex responses to noxious stimulation, especially noxious somatic stimulation, have been well-characterized [
Cardiovascular reflexes may also be initiated or modulated by information concerning body position and movement, especially information from the vestibular system [
In humans, reflex sympathetic output to the cardiovascular system originates most immediately in the rostral ventrolateral medulla (VLM), and incorporates input from the hypothalamus and brain stem nuclei [
Parasympathetic innervation to the heart originates in the dorsal vagal motor nucleus and the nucleus ambiguus. Neurons in the dorsal vagal motor nucleus, stimulated directly by the nucleus of the solitary tract (NTS), are probably of less importance to cardiac function than neurons of the nucleus ambiguus, which are indirectly stimulated by the NTS via the caudal VLM. Increased input to the NTS from baroreceptors brings about reflex attenuation of heart rate via vagal stimulation. The dorsal vagal motor nucleus and nucleus ambiguus are also the source of relatively sparse parasympathetic innervation to vascular beds in a variety of organs.
As somatic and visceral afferents are dealt with in depth elsewhere in this text, below we will particularly consider the lower level efferent components of cardiovascular reflexes, dealing first with sympathetic motor neurons and then parasympathetic motor neurons.
Spinal sympathetic preganglionic neurons are located principally within the intermediolateral and, to a lesser extent, intermediomedial columns of the thoracic and upper lumbar spinal cord [
The cell bodies of postganglionic neurons within the cervical sympathetic ganglion are arranged in a topographical fashion and form morphologically distinct clusters [
Cardiac sympathetic nerves arising from the left and right cervical sympathetic chains and ganglia cross (and sometimes cross back again) from left to right on their journey to the heart [
The cardiac vagus nerve consists of parasympathetic preganglionic fibers which project through mixed sympathetic and parasympathetic plexi to parasympathetic ganglia close to or in contact with the heart. From these ganglia, postganglionic fibers course to the electrical conduction system of the heart and, to a lesser extent, to the myocardium [
Autonomic output to the cardiovascular system originates from the interaction of a number of components of the central nervous system (
Baroreceptor afferents (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2), which provide beat to beat information on cardiovascular function, project particularly to the intermediate (general visceral) region of the NTS. From the NTS afferent information of different types is relayed to various centers including the insular cortex (the primary viscerosensory cortex), the periaqueductal gray (PAG) of the midbrain, the parabrachial region of the pons, and the ventrolateral medulla. Baroreceptor information is especially relayed to the caudal then rostral ventrolateral medulla and cardiovagal neurons. Receptors similar to those of the carotid sinus, but perhaps less studied, have also been identified in the aortic arch and the myocardium, and pulmonary and thoracic stretch receptors also have a small role in modulating the rhythmicity of central autonomic neurons. There may also be a very short feedback loop by which intrinsic cardiac neurons increase their activity in response to local mechanical stimulation. Some vascular and pulmonary baroreceptors convey afferent information via the vagus nerve giving this nerve an afferent and efferent role in the reflex regulation of the cardiac cycle. Visceral pain and perhaps some baroreceptor information may also ascend via the spinothalamic, spinoreticular and spinomesencephalic pathways to influence baroreceptor reflex behavior. Noxious input, and so activation of the PAG, tends to dampen baroreflexes by augmenting the activity of cardiac sympathetic efferents. Conversely, baroreceptor excitation also depresses somato-cardiac sympathetic reflex responses to A- and C-fiber excitation [
Sensory input from the viscera may also be influenced at the level of the primary afferent by convergence with information from somatic tissues, including convergence of thoracic somatic and cardiac afferents onto single spinal neurons. Histological and physiological data also indicate projections of somatic afferents to visceromotor centers. The implied interaction is self-evident in, for example, cardiovascular responses to pain, and involves, at least in part, projections via the periaqueductal gray to the rostral ventrolateral medulla.
In preparation for increased demand on the cardiovascular system, anticipatory “central command” may increase heart rate and blood pressure prior to signaling of work from receptors within the muscle (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1). Additionally, chemoreceptors and mechanoreceptors within muscle signal ongoing exercise. However, input from large diameter group 1a and 1b afferents generally has little influence on cardiovascular function. Central projections and effects of afferent input from neck muscles may represent a special case. Some low-threshold somatic afferents from the neck region project directly to the vestibular nuclei and thereby modulate vestibular influences on cardiovascular function. There is also physiological evidence of more direct connections between cervical muscle afferents and autonomic motor neurons; specifically, projection of muscle afferents directly to spinal sympathetic preganglionic neurons. These results suggest a special role for afferent input from axial muscles, especially those of the neck [
Within the heart, the sympathetic efferents innervate many targets. Human heart contains subtypes of α1, α2, β1 and β2-adrenergic receptors. β-adrenergic receptor subtypes are the more abundant and their stimulation generally results in increased heart rate and increased force of contraction. Although these receptors are fairly evenly distributed throughout the atria and ventricles, the sinoatrial node is especially richly invested [
The effects of vagal stimulation on the heart have been attributed primarily to the release of acetylcholine and somatostatin. A number of subtypes of muscarinic acetylcholine receptors are found in the mammalian heart. The M2 subtype is the most abundant muscarinic receptor in human myocardium, and is more abundant in atrial than ventricular tissue.
While parasympathetic innervation of blood vessels is sparse when compared with sympathetic innervation, M3 muscarinic receptors are found in vascular endothelium. Activation of endothelial muscarinic receptors leads to the production of NO which diffuses into adjacent smooth cells initiating vasodilation.
It has been argued that as a result of integration of information from diverse receptors, cardiovascular reflexes are fundamentally adaptive and adaptable to the unique circumstances in which they arise in each individual. Interestingly, however, at the level of the spinal nuclei, virtually all stimuli result in what could be regarded as excitatory reflexes. Hence, both noxious and innocuous stimulation at any given site will initiate responses characteristic of “fight or flight.” It is the influence of descending excitatory and inhibitory pathways which then modulates (facilitates or depresses) the spinal reflexes in order to produce the final response most appropriate to the subject’s current circumstances [
Collectively, the cardiovascular reflexes are designed to partition a limited blood supply among tissues with changing and often competing demands. Furthermore, this task must be accomplished in a dynamic creature whose movements may impose sudden gravitational challenges on the partitioning of the blood (not to mention other fluids and tissues of the body). The remarkable success of reflex regulation of cardiovascular function owes much to the effectiveness of the central nervous system in integrating afferent input from many sources: the cardiovascular system itself, other viscera, the somatic tissues of the musculoskeletal system and skin, and of course input from higher centers of the nervous system itself (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8).
Cardiovascular reflexes come to clinical attention most often when pathology prevents their appropriate expression, for example when autonomic failure leads to phenomena such as orthostatic hypotension. However, the reflexes may themselves become pathological when dysfunction occurs in the afferent or efferent arms of the reflex pathway, or when there is an error in central processing. This occurs most dramatically in autonomic dysreflexia (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1) following high spinal cord injury. Often following high spinal cord injury, more caudal spinal autonomic reflex centers are liberated from descending inhibition. Additionally, new and inappropriate synapses may form following injury and this may facilitate over-exuberant cardiovascular responses to somatic or visceral stimulation. Clinically, this may manifest as paroxysmal hypertension, which is an important source of morbidity and mortality in spinal patients.
Cardiovascular reflexes see little application in conventional western medicine. Clinicians, and patients themselves, may occasionally take advantage of the oculo-cardiac reflex or the baroreceptor reflex (by applying pressure to the eyes or the carotid bifurcation) to transiently attenuate hypertension or palpitations. In various forms of traditional medicine, however, innocuous or noxious stimulation may be applied to the skin (for example, via acupuncture) or muscles (for example, via mobilization or manipulation) with the intent of effecting long-term changes in cardiac function, systemic blood pressure or perfusion of particular vascular beds. The clinical effectiveness of these approaches is largely untested.
This is a possibile alternative to carotid endarterectomy to treat narrowing in the carotid artery: A carotid stent is a small metal mesh tube that is inserted into the carotid artery via a catheter inserted through the femoral artery.
The stent is advanced up to the carotid artery and expanded, thus the narrowed carotid artery is widened (sometimes with the assist of a small ballon inflation, i.e., angioplasty).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Peripheral chemoreceptors; Respiratory rhythmogenesis
The carotid bodies (CBs) are peripheral chemoreceptors that detect changes in arterial blood O2, CO2, pH, glucose and temperature and provide a key source of stimulation to brainstem respiratory centers.
Carotid bodies (CBs) are peripheral arterial
Oxygen is sensed by almost all mammalian cells (excitable and non-excitable), but the principle sensors, those with the greatest sensitivity and capability of initiating systemic responses, are the carotid bodies (CBs). While the CBs are the principle oxygen sensors, they also participate in the regulation of carbon dioxide, pH, temperature and glucose. The CBs are paired organs located bilaterally at each of the common carotid bifurcations in the neck (see Fig
The CBs vary in size and weight depending upon species. In humans, a normal CB measures 3–5 mm in diameter but the CBs are often larger in people living at higher altitudes. The histological appearance of the CB includes two types of cells: glomus cells (also known as type I cells) and sustentacular cells (also called type II). Glomus cells are the primary oxygen sensors. There are ~9,000 and ~60,000 glomus cells in the rat and cat, respectively. Glomus cells are embryologically derived from the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14, are electrically excitable and have globular cell bodies usually 8–15 μm in diameter. Ultrastructural studies have shown that the glomus cell cytoplasm contains dense as well as clear cored vesicles that actively synthesize and package neurotransmitters, e.g., catecholamine, acetylcholine. They also have an abundance of mitochondria which explains the comparatively high oxygen consumption measured for CB tissue. Groups of 5–10 glomus cells are typically arranged into clusters surrounded by 2–3 sustentacular cells and separated from other clusters by blood vessels. Recent evidence suggest that glomus cells are electrically coupled, and that coupling is modulated by hypoxia.
The principal sensory innervation of glomus cells is via the carotid sinus nerve (CSN), a branch from the glossopharyngeal nerve (GPN; IXth Photograph of an
Such nerve endings comprise more than 95% of the nerve endings on glomus cells. The CB also receives sensory innervation from the jugular and nodose ganglia. Recent investigations have shown that CBs receive efferent innervation from nNOS (neuronal nitric oxide synthase)-containing neurons located in the GPN and CSN. In addition, carotid afferent neural discharge is also regulated by 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5 fibers from the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 supply of the superior cervical ganglion (SCG), through the ganglioglomerular nerve. These efferent pathways are generally considered to be inhibitory to the CB.
Blood vessels comprise nearly 20% of the total volume of the CB, consistent with the organ’s enormous blood flow (about 40 μl/min per cat CB or more than 2 l/min/100g). In most species the CB’s blood flow comes from the external artery or its branches. In the rat a single CB artery usually arises directly from the external carotid artery near the bifurcation of the common carotid artery or from the occipital artery, but in the cat the source of the vessel is quite variable. Arterio-venous (A-V) anastomoses play an important role in regulating blood flow within the CB during hypoxia. A rise in sympathetic nerve activity during hypoxia causes a redistribution of blood flow in the CB, with a-v anastomoses diverting arterial blood from regions of glomus cells with a high metabolic rate to regions of low metabolism.
Oxygen deprivation/low partial pressure of oxygen, or 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8, can arise from many physiological as well as pathological situations. It is widely accepted that glomus cells of the CB are the primary site for oxygen sensing and that hypoxia causes their depolarization, triggering neurotransmitter release. However, the precise details need to be worked out. As reviewed in the following sections, CB responses to hypoxia can be acute (time scale of seconds to minutes) or chronic (time scale of hours to days). Further, there are various proposed mechanisms for oxygen sensing and multiple signaling pathways that may be involved in mediating the CB responses to hypoxia.
During normoxia (100 Torr PO2) CSN shows mild levels of activity. Activity is almost abolished at higher levels of PO2 (>200 Torr) but increases exponentially as the level of PO2 is decreased. Studies using isolated CB preparations suggest that the response to a bout of hypoxia can be multiphasic. Accordingly, activity reaching a maximum within the first few minutes of hypoxia, and then declines slightly but remains elevated for the remainder of the bout (
The richness of the acute response of the carotid body to hypoxia, may reflect the complexity of the organ which is endowed with a plethora of neurotransmitter and neuromodulator systems and involves the possible interaction of multiple oxygen sensing mechanisms, as summarized below:
The metabolic hypothesis was originally proposed by [1] and eventually developed by [2] The hypothesis states that due to less oxygen (during hypoxia) electron transport from the substrate to oxygen through the mitochondrial respiratory chain is retarded, as a result the electron carriers (i.e., different complexes) operate in more reduced states. This inhibits oxidative phosphorylation, increases NADH concentration and decreases 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 production leading to an increase in mitochondrial matrix H+ concentration. Eventually, the mitochondria depolarize, triggering calcium release from the endoplasmic reticulum-mitochondrial stores that eventually results in plasma membrane depolarization and neurotransmitter release. In support of the mitochondrial hypothesis, high concentrations of carbon monoxide [CO; a complex IV inhibitor; partial pressure of CO (Pco) > 300 Torr] during normoxia augment CB sensory discharge in the dark and mimic hypoxia. Consistent with the hypothesis, the CO-induced increase is reversible by white light, with the photochemical action spectrum of the light effect on sensory activity matching the absorbance spectrum of the cytochrome aa3 – CO complex. Further, mitochondrial inhibitors, like rotenone (complex I inhibitor), antimycin (complex III inhibitor), cyanide (complex IV inhibitor), and oligomycin (ATP - synthase inhibitor) transiently increase CB chemosensory activity and abolish the hypoxic response. According to this hypothesis, the terminal oxidase of the mitochondrial respiratory chain within glomus cells, cytochrome aa3 (a heme protein), is different from that in other tissues, having an unusually low affinity for oxygen. This low affinity makes the CB cytochrome aa3 more sensitive to slight falls in oxygen, and hence a likely candidate for an oxygen sensor.
[3] from Spain were the first to enunciate this hypothesis. According to this hypothesis, the immediate O2 sensor is coupled directly to K+ channels situated within the plasma membrane of glomus cells, the seminal biophysical change during hypoxia being a reduction in the conductance of these channels, leading to cell depolarization. Various types of K+ channels have been identified in CB glomus cells that demonstrate a reduction in conductance in the presence of hypoxia, but their relative importance in oxygen sensing is likely to be species dependent. These include: (i) Ca2+ insensitive, voltage-dependent transient K+ channels (IKV); (ii) Ca2+ sensitive, voltage-dependent K+ channels (IKCa) - similar to large conductance BK-type channels; (iii) Voltage insensitive TASK-like leak K+ channels - active around the resting membrane potential of glomus cells; and (iv) HERG-like K+ channels.
It is worth mentioning that the mitochondrial and ion channel hypotheses are not mutually exclusive and may act synergistically to regulate CB neural discharge (see Fig. Proposed models of O2 and CO2/pH sensing in the CB. Arrows upward and downward indicate increase and decrease respectively.
[4] postulated that NADPH oxidase, a heme-containing enzyme present in the CB glomus cells, produces reactive oxygen species (ROS) such as H2O2 during normoxia. Hypoxia reduces the activity of the enzyme, leading to a decrease in H2O2 production. According to the ROS hypothesis, a decrease in H2O2 production results in an increased ratio of reduced to oxidized glutathione (GSH/GSSG), which in turn reduces the opening probability of the K+ channels in the plasma membrane, leading to depolarization of the glomus cells. In support of this hypothesis, diphenyliodinium (DPI), an inhibitor of NADPH oxidase, augments CB basal activity and blocks further augmentation by hypoxia. Thus, NAD(P)H oxidase may serve as an oxygen sensor.
Membrane bound heme oxygenase –II (HO-II) immunoreactivity has been reported in glomus cells. In normoxia, HO-II likely breaks down heme oxidatively to iron, biliverdin and CO. This endogenous CO has the capability of exerting an excitatory influence on large conductance K+ channels (BK channels) reducing the excitability of the glomus cell. Thus, according to the hypothesis, oxygen becomes rate limiting for the HO-II during hypoxia and CO production is reduced which, inturn, reduces the conductance of the BK channels leading to depolarization of glomus cells. In support of this hypothesis, HO-II inhibition by Zn-protoporphyrin–IX blocks endogenous CO and augmented the CB chemosensory activity [5]. This is consistent with the inhibition of chemosensory activity during hypoxia in the presence of low levels of CO. Hence, HO-II has now been claimed as an oxygen sensor.
The final consequence of hypoxic-modulation of the glomus cell function is neurotransmitter release. The conventional neurotransmitters involved include catecholamines, ATP and acetylcholine.
Increasing evidence suggests that the purines, ATP and adenosine, make key contributions in CB hypoxic signaling. Glomus cells release ATP in response to hypoxia which can stimulate P2X receptors on afferent terminals, elevating intracellular Ca2+ and producing excitatory responses. The ATP released from the glomus cells can also be dephosphorylated to adenosine by a series of extracellular enzymes, which in turn can stimulate A1, A2A and A2B adenosine receptors. When stimulated, these receptors increase ventilation rate. Prolonged hypoxic challenge can alter the expression of purinergic receptors, suggesting a role in hypoxic adaptation.
Glomus cells express the enzymes necessary for the generation and inactivation of ACh. Hypoxia results in release of ACh in cat CBs, however in rat and rabbit CBs hypoxia inhibits the basal release of ACh. ACh has both excitatory and inhibitory effects within the carotid body, mediated by nicotinic ands muscarinic ACh receptors, respectively. The relative abundance of the nACh and mACh in the CBs varies among species leading to different species-dependent effects of ACh on CSN discharge.
Glomus cells from cat, rabbit and rat CBs express tyrosine hydroxylase (TH) and dopamine β hydroxylase, (DBH) the enzymes responsible for the synthesis of dopamine (DA) and norepinephrine (NE), respectively. Both DA and NE are released from glomus cells in response to hypoxia in a Ca2+ dependent manner, though DA would appear to be released preferentially. Both catecholamines are considered to be inhibitory to CB. Blockade of dopaminergic receptors for example usually potentiates the response to hypoxia.
Long lasting changes in the CB morphology and functioning are evident in chronic sustained and chronic intermittent hypoxia. One of the many physiological adaptive responses to 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8 is ventilatory acclimatization to hypoxia (VAH). VAH occurs most frequently in mountaineers that ascend to high altitudes (low environmental Po2) or in patients suffering from severe obstructive pulmonary diseases (resulting in hypoxemia). VAH is manifested as a hyperventilation over and above the acute response to the same level of hypoxia. Plasticity within the CB likely plays an important role in VAH. A number of morphological and biochemical alterations in the CB are associated with chronic hypoxic exposure including hyperplasia of the glomus cells, increased vascularization, hypertrophy of the CB and increased catecholamine levels. Recent evidences suggest that some of these effects may involve hypoxia inducible factor-1 (HIF-1) [6]. The net result is a long-lasting, but reversible increase in the CB response to hypoxia. Interestingly, individuals born and raised in hypoxic environments show blunted hypoxic ventilatory responses. 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9 (IH) occurs during periodic breathing experienced by sojourners sleeping at high altitude and humans suffering from obstructive and central apneas. While longterm effects of intermittent hypoxia on the ventilation of animals have been well documented, only recently have the longterm effects of intermittent hypoxia on ventilation in humans been reported. While most animal data points to a direct effect of IH on structures within the brainstem, increasing evidence suggesting that IH may also causes an increase in CB sensory activity that persists in normoxia, resembling long term facilitation (LTF) of breathing [7].
As demonstrated by Heymans, the CB is also a principal pH/Pco2 chemoreceptor involved in ventilation. They compliment additional sets of CO2/pH-sensitive cells located in the brainstem, cerebellum and hypothalamus, known as the central respiratory chemoreceptors. However, the relative contribution of the CBs and central respiratory chemoreceptors remains hotly debated [8]. A simple view is that the CBs provide the rapid response, but the central chemoreceptors provide most of the steady-state response. However, as Heymans demonstrated, transecting the CSN leads to hypoventilation, an increase in arterial PCO2 and a resulting respiratory acidosis. Thus, while the CB’s are vital for maintaining normal PCO2 the central chemoreceptors alone are insufficient.
There are two opposing hypothesis as to how hypercapnia (increase in partial pressure of CO2)/fall in intracellular pH might elevate intracellular calcium and trigger CSN activity (Fig.
Hypoxic blood is often accompanied by alteration of Pco2. At the organ/cellular level, low O2 and high CO2 interact synergistically to stimulate glomus cells (O2 – CO2 stimulus interaction); the effects of hypoxia and hypercapnia applied simultaneously are greater than the sum of these two stimuli when applied separately to the CB. As the Po2 levels decline, the relationship between the sensory afferent nerve activity and Pco2 becomes increasingly steeper, leading to enhanced ventilatory reflexes.
Carotid body denervation (CBD) in neonates results in significant mortality owing to hypoventilation, irregular breathing and long apneas. These effects seem to be age dependent. In adults, loss of CBs in otherwise healthy individuals is not acutely life threatening despite the resulting hypoventilation and loss of hypoxic response. In fact in, CBD survivors there is enough redundancy and plasticity in the control of breathing to eventually compensate for most of the consequence of CBD. One site of plasticity is the oxygen chemoreceptors of the aortic arch which change from having a weak to significant effect on ventilation.
Humans living at altitudes are exposed to chronic hypobaric hypoxia and some suffer from chronic mountain sickness. The morphological alterations of the carotid bodies in people living at high altitudes are well known (see Section 3, Chronic response above). These may be adaptive, increasing the responsiveness of the carotid body to sustained hypoxia and therefore incomplete CB adaptation may exacerbate the likelihood of mountain sickness.
A substantial population of humans experience chronic intermittent hypoxia as a consequence of recurrent 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 during sleep. People with recurrent apneas are prone to hypertension, myocardial infarctions, metabolic syndrome and even stroke. The chemoreceptor gain of the carotid body in these patients is elevated, which may contribute to the cause of periodic breathing and the excitation of the carotid body during apnea is a primary cause of hypertension.
Patients suffering from ARDS and COPD have profound morphological alterations in the carotid body. In some rare diseases, such as the congenital hypoventilation syndrome and the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, anatomical and biochemical abnormalities of the carotid body have been shown.
Relative contribution of different O2-sensing molecules to glomus cell excitability. Understanding interaction between oxygen and carbon dioxide sensing within the CB. Understanding sustentacular-glomus cell interactions. Modulation of the CB function by 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5. Characterization of the signaling pathway from CB to the brainstem respiratory controller. Understanding system-level interactions between peripheral and central chemosensors.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
Is the surgical procedure whereby the carotid artery is opened and the atherosclerotic plaque inside removed.
Indicated after a stroke if the carotid artery is narrowed >70%.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Characterized by numbness and paresthesias in the palm and pain up the forearm due to nerve entrapment of the median nerve in the carpal tunnel at the wrist.
The view, deriving from René Descartes in the seventeenth century, that mind and body are fundamentally different sorts of things, distinct from one another and independent.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
The thin avascular tissue that lines the ends of bones in synovial joints.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_10
Calcium/Calmodulin-associated serine/threonine kinase. A multi-functional adaptor protein that appears to serve a scaffolding function in the synapse and to recruit/organize other signaling molecules. At the synapse, key binding partners include Mint and Velis, as well as neurexins.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Caspase is an acronym that stands for cysteine-aspartate protease. Caspases are proteolytic enzymes that contain a cysteine residue in the catalytic site and cleave their substrates at a consensus motif, Asp-Glu-Val-Asp. It plays a pivotal role in apoptosis by cleaving key substrates.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
One of the problems that arise during the training process of an artificial neural network is catastrophic inference, in which a task being learned overwrites previous learning. As network weights are adjusted to improve performance on the new task, performance on a previous task that relied on the old set of weights decreases, often catastrophically. This has presented a challenge to the application of connectionist simulations as models of biological or psychological data.
Usually defined as a subtype of schizophrenia characterized by dominance of psychomotor symptoms such as lack of movements (stupor) or speech (mutism) frequently associated with extreme anxiety. Similar symptoms can also be encountered in patients with severe depression and in patients with organic brain lesions.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
A saccade elicited when smooth pursuit eye movements (SPEM) lag behind a moving target because of limitations of SPEM velocity, acceleration, or frequency response. As long as such conditions apply, catch-up saccades repeatedly eliminate the resulting lag (in the rare case of too fast SPEM, the resulting lead is reduced by back-up saccades). Their amplitude is determined by the position and velocity errors of the eye with respect to the target sampled about 120 ms prior to saccade occurrence, with the velocity-related component predicting the increase in position error by the time of saccade occurrence. SPEM is being continued during catch-up saccades and its velocity adds to theirs.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Catecholamines are dihydroxylated biologic amine compounds derived from the amino acid L-tyrosine. The most important biogenic catecholamines are adrenaline (epinephrine), noradrenaline (norepinephrine), dopamine and L-DOPA.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
An enzyme that breaks down levodopa. Inhibitors of COMT prolong the duration of action of levodopa, thus alleviating end-of-dose wearing off.
The recognition of different entities as members of the same group (category) based on some internal representation.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Category learning (or categorization) refers to the process of assigning an object to a concept. A concept is the set of properties that we associate with a particular class. To categorize an object appropriately, we need to have the prototype of the concept, which is one set of properties that describe the best examples of the concept. The prototype of the concept can also be established by learning.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12
Naming difficulty for words in specific semantic categories. Cases with herpes simplex virus encephalitis (HSVE or HSE) and degenerative diseases like Alzheimer’s disease often reveal semantic memory loss for specific semantic categories. In HSVE, for instance, semantic memory loss for animates (mainly animals) is more striking than that for inanimate objects (e.g. hammer, scissors). Since picture or object naming is a serial process including activation of semantics and then retrieval of word phonology in the mental lexicon, naming reflects characteristics of this particular semantic memory loss, i.e. category-specific naming deficits.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
Electrical stimulation of a structure performed by placing the negative pole of the stimulator over the structure itself.
The flux tensor corresponding to the flux of linear momentum (i.e. the surface traction) in the Eulerian formulation.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
If the flux of a physical quantity governed by a standard form of the balance law is assumed to depend on the boundary only through its local normal vector, then this dependence is actually linear. As a consequence of this important theorem, all fluxes are governed by linear operators (vectors and tensors).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Cauda equina (filia radicularia)
The spinal cord extends from the brain down through the spinal canal inside the vertebral column. The spinal cord ends near the first lumbar vertebra in the lower back, forming the conus medullaris. The fibrous extension of the spinal cord is the filum terminale. The ventral and dorsal spinal nerves of the lumbar and sacral cord course in the shape of a horse’s tail, parallel to the filum terminale, through the lumbar and sacral portion of the spinal canal to their respective exit points.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Towards the cauda (tail).
The CVLM is part of the ventrolateral medulla and located caudal to the rostral ventrolateral medulla. It contains inhibitory interneurons (e.g., involved in the baroreceptor reflexes to sympathetic cardiovascular neurons) and excitatory interneurons that mediate reflexes involving the rostroventrolateral medulla and peripheral sympathetic cardiovascular pathways.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Nucl. Caudatus; Caudate nucleus
The caudate nucleus and putamen together form the corpus striatum. Both are derived ontogenetically from the same anlagen, but are separated by incoming fibers from the internal capsule.
The corpus striatum is an important inhibitory component of motor movement programs and has manifold connections with the globus pallidus, substantia nigra and the motor cortex.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
The caudate nucleus (CD) is a large structure in the basal ganglia and, together with the putamen, is called the striatum or the dorsal striatum. Its contribution to eye movements is mentioned in the section 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2.
A majority of inputs to the basal ganglia is destined to the striatum (CD and putamen); the striatum acts as the input station of the basal ganglia. After being processed in the striatum, signals are sent to other nuclei in the basal ganglia, substantia nigra (SN) and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7 (GP). The final outputs of the basal ganglia are issued from part of the SN, which is pars reticulata (SNr), and part of the GP, which is the internal segment. The neural circuit in the basal ganglia related to eye movements originates in the CD and converges on the SNr, which then projects to the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 (SC) [ Information processing in the caudate nucleus (CD) for the control of saccadic eye movement.
The saccade-related region in the CD roughly corresponds to the area that receives inputs from the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6 (FEF) and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 (SEF) [
A majority of neurons comprising the CD are called medium-spiny neurons: neurons with medium-sized cell bodies and many dendrites thickly covered with spines. They are the projection neurons: neurons that project axons to the outside of the CD. They are GABAergic and inhibitory. The projection neurons are highly hyperpolarized in the resting state and emit action potentials only occasionally. A minority of neurons (less than 5%) in the CD consist of several types of interneurons. One conspicuous type is the cholinergic interneuron, which is characterized anatomically as a large-aspiny neuron. They fire tonically and irregularly and are often called “tonically active neurons” or “TANs” [
Single unit studies using monkeys trained on saccade tasks have revealed that many CD projection neurons are clearly related to 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19. Some of them respond to visual stimuli that potentially induce saccades to them. Other neurons become active before saccades. These visual-saccadic neurons have response fields which are usually centered in the contralateral field. The responses are often highly dependent on the context. Visual responses may be enhanced if the animal attends to or memorizes the stimulus. Saccadic activity may be present only when the saccade is guided by memory, or only when it is guided by visual stimuli. The neurons usually do not fire in relation to 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19. Intermingled with such visual-saccadic neurons are found more complex neurons, such as those related to expectation of task-specific events or 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18. Such a complex nature of CD projection neurons appears to reflect the convergent inputs from the cortical eye fields (FEF and SEF) and from the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex.
Studies suggest that these saccade-related neurons in the CD neurons control saccadic motor outputs by modifying neuronal activity in the SNr and the SC (Fig.
Recent studies have revealed another striking feature of CD neurons: Relation to reward-oriented behavior. Here, the amount of reward is biased depending on the direction of saccade: for example, rightward saccades are followed by a big reward and leftward saccades are followed by a small reward. This task has a strong behavioral impact: the saccade to the position associated with big reward is faster and earlier than that associated with small reward. The visual response of CD projection neurons is greatly enhanced and diminished if the saccade to the visual stimulus is expected to be followed by a bigger and smaller reward, respectively [
The relation of the CD to reward-oriented behavior is highlighted by a conspicuous group of CD projection neurons which cannot be classified as simply related to visual-saccadic processes [
Further studies suggest that the reward-position-sensitive anticipatory activity is transmitted to the SC through the SNr. Suppose a bigger reward is associated with saccades to a right target than a left target, CD neurons on the left side would exhibit stronger anticipatory activity than those on the right side (according to the findings described above). Since a major effect of CD neurons on SNr neurons is inhibitory, SNr neurons on the left side would exhibit a stronger decrease in firing rates than those on the right side. This is actually observed experimentally [
Such strong reward-dependent modulation of CD neurons may be caused by dopaminergic inputs (Fig.
How could dopamine influence activity of CD projection neurons? Dopamine does not exert fast excitatory or inhibitory actions, but is thought to modulate other synaptic inputs, especially glutamatergic inputs from the cerebral cortex. These findings led to the following hypothesis: the spatial signals from the cortical eye field are enhanced if dopaminergic inputs are increased (i.e., a bigger reward is expected) and depressed if dopaminergic inputs are decreased (i.e., a smaller reward is expected). The interaction may occur within individual 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4. This interaction may be due to the interactions among different ionic conductances. Or, it may be due to 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12 or depression (LTD). Recent studies have indicated that LTP indeed occurs if cortical inputs come in simultaneously with dopaminergic inputs and if the CD neuron fires [
The role of interneuronal processing in the CD is less clear. TANs, which are thought to be cholinergic, respond to reward or reward predictor, similarly to dopaminergic neurons, but also respond to a sensory stimulus that predicts the absence of reward or punishment. It has been suggested that cholinergic interneurons indicate that the reward is not equal among actions to choose, but do not indicate which action is the best or the worst. The latter function would be carried out by dopaminergic neurons. Cholinergic interneurons might detect the condition in which rewards are unequal and guide dopaminergic neurons to fully operate. However, this hypothesis needs to be examined in future experiments.
The role of the CD in eye movements is usually not emphasized in clinical literature. However, patients with degenerative diseases involving the CD, such as Parkinson’s disease and Huntington’s disease, may exhibit severe difficulty in making eye movements [
That the physical is causally closed means that every physical occurrence (which has a sufficient cause at all) has a sufficient totally physical cause. Usually, the causal closure of the physical is understood to allow that physical events have non-physical causes, too, and to deny only that non-physical causes are necessary.
Hence, if one traces the causal ancestry of a physical event, one never needs to leave the physical domain. If the physical is causally closed, there must be some true physical theory capable of exhaustively explaining why physical processes unfold in precisely the way they do (modulo, perhaps, quantum indeterminacies).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
According to these theories, the true belief that p has to have an appropriate causal connection to the fact that p in order to count as knowledge.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_11
Causalgia is also called
For the purpose of this essay,
Neuroscientific research seeks to provide us with some insight into the way in which the mind works. The problem of causality is the question how to account for causal relations that involve mental events (
But how is it possible that mental events have physical effects? Consider the following four principles:
From (1) to (4) follows what is known as the exclusion problem of mental causality: physical events seem to exclude – or at least to pre-empt – any causal efficiency of mental events. The problem is that each of the principles (1) to (4) is plausible if taken on its own. Any three of these principles are consistent, but the conjunction of the four is not. In order to solve the problem of mental causality, one has to abandon – or at least to modify – one or more of these principles.
The main line of division in the metaphysics of causality is the one between Humean and anti-Humean theories. According to the Humean theories, causality is not a fundamental feature of the world. The causal relations that obtain between events in the world supervene on the distribution of the basic fundamental physical properties in space-time as a whole. These properties are not causal properties: they are purely qualitative, categorical properties. What they are (their essence) does not include any dispositions or causal powers. In short, the properties are not causal in themselves. Causality consists in relations of regular co-occurrence or counterfactual dependence between events that obtain against the background of the whole distribution of the fundamental, non-causal properties in space-time. Consequently, since that distribution is contingent, the relations of causality – and the laws that obtain in the world – are contingent, too [
The transference theory of causation [
According to anti-Humean theories, causality cannot be reduced to relations of regular co-occurrence or counterfactual dependence among events against the background of the whole distribution of the fundamental physical properties. There is causality in the production sense, that is, in the sense of one event bringing other events into existence in virtue of its properties. Consequently, the properties are themselves causal instead of being purely qualitative, categorical [
The exclusion problem of mental causality is largely independent of the stance that one takes in the metaphysics of causality: even if one favors a Humean theory of causality, causality is tied to laws (laws of regular co-occurrence of events of the same types, or laws that are central to fixing the truth-values of the counterfactuals expressing causal relations). The physical laws prevail in any case, since the laws of the special sciences including psychology are always ceteris paribus laws, whereas the physical laws are strict laws (or at least stricter laws than the ones of the special sciences). Nonetheless, the metaphysics of causality has a bearing on mental causality: arguably only an anti-Humean theory of causation that recognizes causal properties (causal powers) can do justice to our experience of agency, that is, our experience of acting beings in the physical world [
Since the conjunction of the four above-mentioned principles is not consistent, there are exactly four types of solution to the exclusion problem of mental causality, consisting in abandoning or modifying one of the four principles. If one maintains that mental events are not physical events (i) and if mental events cause physical events (ii), whilst physical events are not systematically causally overdetermined (iv), then one is committed to rejecting principle (iii), the causal completeness of the physical domain. The result is a dualistic metaphysics according to which mental and physical events constitute two different realms of being that causally interact with one another.
However, abandoning principle (iii) runs into a dilemma. The one horn of the dilemma is the conclusion that the laws of physics are false, because they do not indicate the correct probabilities for the occurrence of certain physical events in the brain. Even if we go down to the level of quantum physics and admit that the laws of quantum physics are irreducibly probabilistic, a problem occurs. If mental events are to count among the causes of some (quantum) physical events, they are thereby considered as raising the probabilities for the occurrence of certain (quantum) physical events in the brain. Whenever a person has the intention to lift her left arm, the intention, being a mental cause, makes the occurrence of certain (quantum) physical events in her brain that are necessary for her arm going up much more probable than in the case where the person does not have that intention. Consequently, the laws of (quantum) physics must be taken to be false, for they do not yield the correct probabilities for the occurrence of certain (quantum) physical events in the brain, due to the presence of a further, mental variable. If one wishes to avoid this conclusion, one runs into the other horn of the dilemma, having to maintain that the laws of physics are not applicable to certain physical events: the brain has to be considered as not being a closed physical system, because it interacts with a mental system. Therefore, instead of the laws of physics, specific psycho-physical laws are necessary for neuroscientific research.
The general idea of interactionistic dualism implies that certain physical causal chains occurring in the brain contain gaps, and these gaps are filled by mental causes. However, neuroscientific research has not discovered any discontinuities within the causal chains that tie brain activities to bodily movements. For these reasons, interactionistic dualism is maintained only by a small minority of philosophers and scientists. The most detailed contemporary version of interactionistic dualism is due to the late neuroscientist John Eccles [
The fact that there are no gaps in the chains of physical causes that admit additional mental causes may be taken to cast doubt on the second principle (ii), claiming a causal efficacy of mental events. If mental events are distinct from physical events (i) and if there is a complete causal history of each physical event that contains only other physical events (iii) whilst systematic overdetermination is not admitted (iv), then the principle of mental causality has to go. The resulting position is 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5: physical events determine mental events, whereas mental events, being distinct from physical events, do not determine anything. Hence, they neither cause other mental events nor physical events. However, epiphenomenalism simply abandons the view of ourselves as acting beings in the world. It is therefore not pursued as a serious option in the literature.
A less radical position is the one that recognizes the causal efficacy of mental events, but seeks to accommodate mental causality within the scientific worldview, rejecting the principle of non-identity of mental and physical events (i). Mental events cause physical events, being identical with physical events. Consequently, the principle of mental causation does not clash with the principles of completeness (iii) and no systematic overdetermination (iv). More precisely, if events are conceived in a fine-grained manner as an object instantiating a property at a time and if all mental events are identical with physical events, then some physical events are mental events: insofar as they are instantiations of a mental property
One way to spell out physicalism is the type-type identity theory according to which every mental type is identical with a physical type. For instance, every pain event is identical with a neuronal event of the type
The classical objection against the type-type identity theory is based on the notion of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 of mental types. This objection claims that one and the same mental type can be realized in different physical ways so that the mental type is not identical with any single physical type. For instance, pain may be identical with neural events of the type
However, type-identity is not necessary to solve the problem of mental causality within the framework of physicalism. Token identity is sufficient: for mental events to be causally efficacious given completeness (iii) and no systematic overdetermination (iv), it is sufficient that for each single event insofar as it is
Nonetheless, functionalism faces a problem as has become clear since the nineties: insofar as mental types are not identical with physical types, they cannot be but epiphenomenal given completeness (iii) and no systematic overdetermination (iv). One may seek to avoid that problem by conceiving types not as anything ontological, but as concepts that we employ to classify the events in the world: property tokens that come under one and the same abstract mental concept “
Due to the mentioned problems, a reductive physicalism within the framework of a functional conception of mental events has become one of the central topics of the current discussion [
In any case, even if these issues are cleared, the main question remains whether the characteristic features of mental events (consciousness, intentionality) can be understood within the conceptual framework of physicalism and functionalism: as regards consciousness, the question is whether the phenomenal character of experience (what it is like to be …) can be conceived in a functional manner. As regards intentionality, the question is whether conceptual content can be conceived in terms of causal roles that are internal to the person or her brain or whether there is a constitutive dependence of conceptual content on external factors such as the social environment. In the latter case, two persons can be indistinguishable as regards the physical properties of their brains, but distinct as regards the conceptual content that their mental events instantiate.
Finally, one can call into question the rejection of systematic overdetermination (iv), making use of the possibility to postulate some sort of overdetermination in order to retain mental causality together with the principles of completeness (iii) and non-identity (i). By formulating a test for overdetermination based on certain counterfactual conditionals, it can be shown that the way mental events overdetermine physical effects is disanalogous to that found in paradigm cases of overdetermination, such as the victim being killed by two fatal shots in the heart at the same time [
However, by tying the mental causes to physical causes through strong supervenience in order to avoid the stock objections against the idea of systematic overdetermination, this solution implies that for one event to supervene strongly on another event with which it is not identical is a sufficient condition for the supervenient event systematically overdetermining the effects that the subvenient event causes. Furthermore, one can object that it is possible to show that in the typical situations, the physical cause satisfies still stronger counterfactual criteria with respect to the effect than does the mental cause. It seems therefore possible that, in the end, this asymmetry will imply an epiphenomenality of mental events after all.
Nonetheless, the overdetermination solution has long been neglected in the literature, but today, it stands together with the renewed interest in reductive physicalism at the centre of the discussion: if one is not prepared to endorse token identity of mental and physical events in the mentioned fine-grained sense, trying to make a case for some sort of systematic overdetermination seems to be the only other reasonable option.
Mental events are causally efficacious: they bring about other mental events as well as physical events.
The hybrids of one generation of mice of lines CBA and C57Bl/6.
T cells express either CD4 or CD8 molecules on their cell surface. While CD4 is expressed on helper T cells, CD8 molecules are expressed on cytotoxic T cells, and interacts with major histocompatibility complex (MHC) I molecules. CD8 belongs to the immunoglobulin superfamily.
Cell surface molecule that functions as a receptor for lipopolysaccaride.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2
A member of the Rho-family of GTPases that regulates several aspects of cell function by definition controlling cytoskeletal changes. The activities of Rho-family GTPases are highly regulated and their cytoskeletal changes are one of the basic mechanisms involved in controlling cellular size, shape, and motility.
A diverse family of cell surface molecules, such as neural cell adhesion molecules (N-CAM), which allow cell–cell and cell–extracellular matrix adhesion, recognition, activation, and migration.
Description of the source of a signal with respect to the cell the signal acts upon. Cell autonomous means a cell produces its own signal, whereas a signal-independent of the receiving cell functions in a cell non-autonomous fashion.
Cell cycling
The “cell cycle” is defined as the process by which a single cell divides into two daughter cells. This essay will discuss somatic cell division or somatic mitosis, i.e. the process during which a single diploid cell divides into two diploid cells, in the context of the ontogeny of the central nervous system in mammals. The focus will be on the regulatory mechanisms of cell cycles of neural progenitor cells that generate the projection neurons of the neocortex. The emphasis is on the G1 phase regulation of neural progenitor cells and the regulatory mechanisms embedded in the G1 phase that ultimately determine the number of projection neurons and their distribution through the six-layered structure of the neocortex.
A single cell division cycle has two major phases, namely the DNA synthesis (S) phase and the cell division or mitosis (M) phase. Between these two phases, there are two “gap” or “inter-” phases called gap 1 (G1) and gap 2 (G2) phases. There is another cell cycle state called the G0 phase, when cells remain resting but capable of reentering into a proliferative cell cycle. It is believed that in the developing brain most, if not all, newly developed neurons are not in the G0 state but in the terminally differentiated state. The G1 phase is initiated as M phase is completed and completed as S phase begins; the G2 phase is initiated as S phase is completed and completed as M phase begins. Dividing cells proceed through these four phases repeatedly. Thus, this continuing process is called the cell “cycle.”
Among the four phases of the cell cycle, the G1 phase is considered to be a critical period when proliferative cells receive extracellular “cues” that may lead these cells to either proceed to S phase or to exit from the cycle. These extracellular cues include extrinsic molecules such as neurotrophic factors and mitogens/anti-mitogens of various kinds and environmental substances such as drugs and pollutants.
Generally, the total cell cycle length of undifferentiated progenitor cells varies greatly, not only among different types of tissues/organs to which these cells give rise but also among different time points during ontogeny of the tissue/organ. For example, while neural progenitor cells in the pseudostratified ventricular epitherium (PVE, Fig. Overview of Critical Events of Neocortical Neuronogenesis. (a) Schematic representation of interkinetic nuclear migration. The position of cell nuclei of neuronal progenitor cells changes systematically as they proceed through cell cycle phases (M, G1, S, G2 Lengths of cell cycle phases. The major contributor to cell cycle lengthening during neuronogenesis is the prolongation of the G1 phase but of no other phases of the cell cycle.
In this respect, the observation that the major contributor to such cell cycle length alteration is the prolongation of G1 phase but of no other phases of the cell cycle is of critical biological significance; the length of the G1 phase increases systematically from 3.2 h to 12.4 h as neocortical histogenesis proceeds, whereas the lengths of G2, M and S phases remain unchanged or change only unsystematically (Fig.
It is of note that G1 phase is the phase of the cell cycle when a given proliferative progenitor cell chooses whether to proceed to S phase and remain in the proliferative cell cycle or to leave the cycle and become terminally differentiated (Fig.
The position of the cell nuclei of neural progenitor cells changes systematically as they proceed through cell cycle phases. This phenomenon is called interkinetic nuclear migration (Fig.
It has long been known that the early-formed neurons are distributed in the deeper layers of the neocortex, while the later formed neurons are distributed in the superficial layers (inside-out pattern neuronogenesis). Investigations in mice revealed that the cell cycle of origin is the strong determinant of the layer distribution of projection neurons arising from that cell cycle (Fig.
Progression through cell cycle phases is strongly governed and precisely regulated by a set of proteins called
There are eight cyclins and nine CDKs reported to date. These cyclins and their specific partner CDKs working together serve to promote cell cycle progression, particularly at the passage through the corresponding restriction point (see “Function” for details).
There are many target substrates of cyclin/CDK complexes. In G1 phase progression, cyclin Ds/CDK4/6 and cyclin E/CDK2 are the critical sets of molecules to hyperphosphorylate retinoblastoma protein (Rb). Hyperphosphorylation of Rb releases transcription factor E2F from Rb, which leads to E2F dependent transcription of target genes including cyclin E, which in turn is necessary for S phase progression [
There is a group of CDK inhibitors (CDKIs), which serve as negative regulators of cell cycle progression. CDKIs are divided into two groups, inhibitors of CDK4 (INK4) and CDK interacting (Cip) or kinase inhibitor proteins (Kip). INK4s include four proteins, p16INK4a, p15INK4b, p18INK4c and p19INK4d. Cip/Kip includes p21Cip1, p27Kip1 and p57Kip2 [
As is the case with cyclins/CDKs, each of the CDKIs has specific inhibitory activity and functions as a decelerator of cell cycle progression only upon specific pairs of cyclins/CDKs. INK4s in general bind to CDK4 and inhibit kinase activity; p27Kip1 specifically inhibits cyclin E/CDK2 kinase activity, which leads to inhibition of entry into S phase.
Given that anti-mitogenic factors serving as differentiation inducers induce some of the CDKIs including INK4s and Cip/Kip, it is thought that CDKIs promote cell cycle exit and hence cellular differentiation.
There are some kinds of checkpoints called “restriction points” during cell cycles [
Two parameters govern the proliferative behavior of the progenitor populations and thus determine the total number of neurons produced. These parameters are (i) the total number of cell cycles executed during the interval of neuronogenesis and (ii) the probability of cell cycle exit (quiescent or Q fraction) i.e. the proportion of daughter cells that becomes permanently quiescent after cell division (Fig.
The number of cell cycles that constitute the neurogenetic interval has been estimated to be 11 in mice. The values of Q fraction have been directly measured by using two S phase tracers, BrdU and tritiated thymidine [
Experimental over-expression of p27Kip1 protein, one of the CDKIs, has been shown to result in a premature increase in Q fraction, leading to a decreased number of projection neurons in the neocortex [
It has been inferred that both G1 phase length and Q fraction are coordinately regulated during G1 phase by common mechanisms that involve such molecules as cyclin/CDKs and CDKIs. Given that the cell cycle of origin (time of production) and the layer distribution of those neurons arising from that cell cycle are closely correlated, it may be concluded that such mechanisms governing G1 phase progression and cell cycle exit are also intimately involved in phenotype determination once out of the cell cycle.
Differentiation is the process by which cells become more specialized and mature. In this process, neural stem cells become mature neurons or glial cells.
In the developing central nervous system, multipotent neural stem cells progressively become mature neurons or glial cells. This process involves three steps, (i) fate determination, (ii) subtype selection and (iii) maturation. In the fate determination step, the cell fate is determined; cells acquire a neuronal or glial 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9. During or subsequent to the fate determination step, neuronal and glial subtypes are selected. In the case of neurons, a subtype selection is made from many options, such as motor versus sensory subtypes and excitatory (glutamatergic) versus inhibitory (GABAergic) subtypes. For glial cells, selection for oligodendrocytes versus astrocytes is made. In most cases, the fate determination and subtype selection steps proceed at the same time. Each subtype of cells then becomes morphologically and functionally mature.
The developing central nervous system initially consists of neuroepithelial cells, which have epithelial cell characteristics such as tight junctions and adherens junctions at the apical side and a basal lamina on the basal side (Fig. The cell fate determination step. Neuroepithelial cells, the first form of neural stem cells, have epithelial cell characteristics such as the junctional complex at the apical side and the basal lamina on the basal side. These cells undergo symmetrical cell divisions and do not usually give rise to neurons. Neuroepithelial cells gradually change into the second type of neural stem cells, called radial glial cells. These cells undergo asymmetrical cell divisions and give rise first to neurons. After the production of neurons, radial glial cells give rise to oligodendrocytes, astrocytes and ependymal cells. Radial glial cells disappear after birth, but some astrocytes or astrocyte-like cells function as neural stem cells in the adult brain.
Neuroepithelial cells are the first form of neural stem cells. These cells undergo self-renewal by symmetrical cell divisions but do not usually give rise to neurons. As development proceeds, neuroepithelial cells gradually change into radial glial cells, which have radial processes (radial fibers) reaching the ventricular (apical) and pial (basal) surfaces (Fig.
During or after neuronal fate determination, neuronal subtype selection is made. In the telencephalon, excitatory (glutamatergic) neurons are developed in the dorsal region, while inhibitory (GABAergic) neurons are developed in the ventral region (Fig. Spatial control of the subtype selection step. In the telencephalon, excitatory (glutamatergic) neurons are developed in the dorsal region while inhibitory (GABAergic) neurons are developed in the ventral region. Excitatory neurons migrate radially inside the dorsal telencephalon while inhibitory neurons migrate tangentially from the ventral to the dorsal telencephalon. Thus, subtype selection is controlled spatially.
Excitatory neurons migrate radially inside the dorsal telencephalon while inhibitory neurons migrate tangentially from the ventral to the dorsal telencephalon. Thus, excitatory and inhibitory neurons in the dorsal telencephalon have different origins, indicating that subtype selection is controlled by spatial cues. In the dorsal telencephalon, early developed neurons form deep cortical layers while later developed neurons migrate through the early developed neurons towards the outer surface and form more superficial cortical layers (inside-out) (Fig. Temporal control of the subtype selection step. Early developed neurons (
Different layers contain different subtypes of neurons. Early developed neurons in the deep layers (mainly, layer V) have projection efferents (projecting to the subcortical regions, brainstem and spinal cord), while late developed neurons in the superficial layers (layers II and III) have association efferents (projecting to the ipsilateral or contralateral cortex), indicating that cells with different times of development acquire different neuronal subtypes. Thus, neuronal subtype selection is controlled by temporal cues as well as by spatial cues. Neurons then become mature by extending axons and dendrites and forming synapses.
After production of neurons, radial glial cells give rise to glial cells (oligodendrocytes and astrocytes) (Fig.
Cell differentiation involves fate determination, subtype selection and maturation steps, as described above. These steps are regulated by basic helix-loop-helix (bHLH) genes, which are classified into two types, activators and repressors [ Two types of bHLH factors. (a) The activator-type bHLH factors form heterodimers with the ubiquitously expressed bHLH factor E47 and activate gene expression by binding to the E box. (b) The repressor-type bHLH factors such as Hes1 form homodimers and repress gene expression by binding to the N box (CACNAG) or the class C site. (c, d) Both Hes and Id factors inhibit activator-type bHLH factors by forming non-DNA-binding heterodimers through the HLH domains.
The repressor-type bHLH factors such as Hes1, Hes3 and Hes5 form homodimers and repress gene expression by binding to the N box (CACNAG) or the class C site (CACGCG) (Fig.
Maintenance of neural stem cells is regulated by repressor-type bHLH genes (Fig. Regulation of cell fate determination by bHLH genes. Maintenance of neural stem cells is regulated by the repressor-type bHLH genes
Neuronal fate determination is regulated by the activator-type bHLH genes such as
Glial fate determination is regulated by repressor-type bHLH genes. Oligodendrocyte formation is regulated by the repressor-type bHLH genes
Cross-regulation of bHLH genes and Notch signaling. During asymmetric cell divisions, Numb is asymmetrically distributed, resulting in Numb+ and Numb– cells. In Numb+ cells, Notch signaling is inactivated, resulting in down-regulation of
RBP-J alone represses Asymmetric distribution of Numb. is distributed into one cell, which becomes negative for Hes1 expression. In contrast, the other cell, which does not receive Numb, expresses Hes1. Modified from [
Numb is known to inhibit Notch activity by interacting with its intracellular domain. Thus, in the Numb+ cell, Notch signaling is suppressed, resulting in down-regulation of
The subtype selection step is also regulated by bHLH genes. For example, excitatory neurons developed in the dorsal telencephalon are specified by
The maturation step of neurons is regulated by bHLH genes such as
Plasma membrane – structure and functions; Plasmolemma – structure and functions
The 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 is a microscopically thin membrane that separates the cell cytoplasm and intracellular organelles from the extracellular milieu. Its chemical composition and structural features allow free passage of most lipids, and selective passage of ions, sugars and amino acids. The membrane, in addition, contains the molecular machinery for cell-to-cell chemical and electrical communication and immune responsiveness.
Until relatively recently the nerve cell membrane appeared to be a somewhat simple structure with a few simple, internal stereotyped tasks, whereas the accomplishment of complex neuronal tasks was thought to be the exclusive domain of networks of neurons. What we knew about membrane structure through the 1960’s was comparatively modest. The membrane was unmistakably very thin, on the order of 50 nm. It was made up largely of proteins and lipids, the latter organized into a bilayer. It was electrically charged (polarized) at rest (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13). It had aqueous channels through which various ions passed that allowed the cells to be excitable, i.e., to generate 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 for communication among cells. It was endowed with 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18, defined mainly by pharmacological testing, that enabled cells to communicate chemically through release and receptor binding of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14. The membrane was also thought to somehow facilitate growth and development of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 (dendrites and axons) for local and distant cell-cell communication.
The introduction of new methodologies beginning in the 1970’s, including x-ray diffraction, freeze fracture electron microscopy, advances in crystallography, computerized methods for analysis and modeling, and an avalanche of molecular biological methodologies and discoveries, brought a new appreciation of cell membrane structural complexity; and with it, the discovery of heretofore unknown, built-in mechanisms of synaptic control and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14.
This article provides a contemporary survey of membrane structural components, how they are assembled and how they contribute to nerve cell function.
The unit membrane of the nerve cell is depicted in Fig. Diagram of the nerve cell membrane. Shown are phospholipids, cholesterol, and various proteins (I–XIII) that make up membrane structure. See text for a description of their chemical properties and functions. Revised composite assembled from [
Membrane lipids are esters of glycerol phosphate attached to two long-chain fatty acids, each generally 14–20 carbon atoms long, and arranged in a bilayer with the glycerol phosphates facing the extracellular and intracellular fluids, and the fatty acid chains arranged in rows side by side in the membrane.
The phospholipid molecules are synthesized in the endoplasmic reticulum (ER), mainly in the cytoplasmic monolayer. Four different phospholipids are the major constituents of the bilayer: sphingomyelin, phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylethanolamine and phosphatidyl-serine. Smaller amounts of other phospholipids such as inositol phosphates are also found in the membrane. Phospholipids are differentially distributed in the cell membrane. More sphingomyelin and phosphatidylcholine are found in the outer leaflet of the bilayer, while more phosphatidylethanolamine and phosphatidyl-serine are found in the inner leaflet.
Phospholipid molecules have a high degree of lateral mobility in the bilayer, which facilitates movement of small nonpolar molecules across the cell membrane. Fluidity of cell membrane phospholipids also facilitates 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20 processes and enzyme activities. In fact, some membrane proteins require the presence of phospholipids for proper function. Less frequently, phospholipid molecules will “flip-flop,” i.e., migrate from a monolayer on one side to that on the other.
Membrane capacitance and resistance, and effect on membrane current. (a) The membrane phospholipid bilayer acts as a capacitor, and membrane proteins assembled as ion channels provide a pathway with resistance for current flow. (b) The transmembrane voltage response (Vm) to current pulses of different intensity. Revised from [
The extremely thin, expansive lipid bilayer of the nerve cell membrane has a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 on the order of 1 μF/cm2 that produces a charge of about 8 × 10−9 coulombs/cm2 at a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 (membrane potential – basics) of –80 mV, or approximately 5 × 1011 monovalent ions/cm2. Even under steady state, or resting conditions, membrane channels, including some K+ and Na+ channels, stay open and generate a “10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12” [
The RC circuit properties have functional consequences (Fig.
Figure
The nerve cell membrane contains large amounts of
These lipids contain carbohydrate groups, usually galactose but also glucose, inositol or others, and are found only on the extracellular side of the cell membrane. 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7 associate into micro-aggregates and are believed to be involved in cell-cell interactions. Five to ten percent of the total lipid mass consists of a particular type of glycolipid called a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7.
Gangliosides are thought to alter the electrical field across the cell membrane, as well as the concentration of Ca2+ ions along the external surface of the cell membrane. They may also be involved in cell-cell recognition at the extracellular matrix that promotes cell aggregation.
Figure
Membrane proteins exhibit function-dependent polarity. For example, transporting enzymes have ATP-binding sites on the cytoplasmic side and glycoproteins have sugar residues on the outer surfaces.
Synthesis of cell membrane proteins takes place largely in the soma endoplasmic reticulum (ER), under the direction of nuclear DNA in ribosomal RNA-protein complexes. Selective axonal and dendritic transport processes deliver proteins to all regions of the neuron. Rough ER bears the ribosomes during protein synthesis. Newly synthesized protein is stored in cisternae, transported in vesicles through the Golgi apparatus and inserted into the cell membrane.
Cell membrane proteins are also synthesized on polyribosomes and stored in membranous cisterns in dendrites and axons, where they play important roles in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1.
The locations of different types of proteins in the cell membrane serve as general predictors of how they function in the nerve cell.
Integral membrane proteins serve as:
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9, moving ions against a concentration gradient, using energy derived form ATP Ion channels, allowing flow of ions and water across the cell membrane down an electrochemical gradient Transporters of sugars and amino acids Cell-cell recognition sites
Glycoproteins have three main subgroups, each involved one way or another with cell-cell recognition: the immunoglobulin super-family, the cadherin family and the integrins. The immunoglobulin family imparts Immunoreactivity, homophilic cell-cell interactions and outgrowth of neurites and fiber bundling during development. The cadherin family promotes Ca2+-dependent neurite growth and axon bundling. The integrins promote cellular interactions with the extracellular matrix and also promote neurite growth and extension of axons to their targets.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16, another group of integral proteins thought to be involved in cell-cell recognition, have long sugar chains that form a structure around the cell called the glycocalix that is important for structural support.
Peripheral proteins function as: Receptors for neurotransmitters, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8 and other chemical messengers that trigger membrane ion permeability changes. Enzymes that catalyze intracellular signal cascades. Immunoreactive elements. Membrane structural support proteins, such as 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, ankyrin, fodrin, and spectrin. Mediators of neurite outgrowth and axon bundling Intermediaries in membrane trafficking, a term that applies to recycling of agonist-activated receptors and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19. These processes are central to the development of desensitization to neurotransmitters and drugs and cell-cell communication.
The fidelity of chemically mediated 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 is affected by the affinity of an agonist for a receptor and by the number of available receptors. Each of the two factors plays a key role in neural network responsiveness to endogenous 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 as well as drugs such as opiates.
Desensitization of response to a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 most often occurs after prolonged or repeated receptor binding, particularly if the agonist has a high affinity for the receptor.
As shown in Fig. Trafficking (cycling) of a G protein-coupled receptor (GPCR) under the influence of GPCR kinase (GRK) and Arrestin. After agonist binding and G-protein-mediated activation (or suppression) of a signal pathway, GRKs phosphorylate GPCR and Arrestin forms a complex that terminates signaling and translocates the complex to a clathrin-coated pit, followed by internalization and either degradation or recycling. Adapted from [
Release of neurotransmitter into the synaptic cleft is contingent on binding and incorporation of vesicles containing the secretory substance to the presynaptic membrane, at specialized release sites called 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1. Figure Vesicle exocytosis and synaptic membrane proteins. (a) Electron micrograph of a lamprey reticulospinal, axodendritic synapse. A cluster of synaptic vesicles containing neurotransmitter is seen next to the presynaptic membrane. Active zones on the membrane where exocytosis occurs are distinguished by the dark bands and filled arrow (
The nerve cell membrane consists of a functionally efficient organization of phospholipids, proteins and carbohydrates that orchestrate static functions such as insulation and membrane electrical charge, and dynamic functions related to cell excitability, cell-cell communication and cell responsiveness to receptor agonists.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
The cell soma is the body of a neuron as apposed to its dentritic and axonic processes.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Cellular immunity utilizes phagocytes (such as macrophages, neutrophils, and eosinophils), which engulf antigens, and T-lymphocytes, which are thymus-derived, antigen-specific immune cells containing receptors specific for a special antigen. Cellular immunity is particularly important in defending the body against tumors and infections. Macrophages phagocytize antigens and secrete proteins (cytokines) that regulate cells involved in immune responses. One cytokine is interleukin-2, which stimulates an increase in the number of T-lymphocytes. The T-lymphocytes then develop surface receptors for specific antigens.
Because T-lymphocytes survive for months or years, cellular immunity toward the antigen remains with the individual for a long time. If re-exposed to the same antigen, the sensitized T-lymphocytes recognize the antigen and secrete their own proteins (lymphokines), which stimulate phagocytes to destroy the antigen. If an antigen is located on foreign or tumor cells, certain Tlymphocytes are transformed into cytotoxic T-lymphocytes, which destroy the target cells.
Humoral immunity utilizes antibodies, also known as immunoglobulins (Ig), produced by B-lymphocytes. Blymphocytes are lymphocytes derived from the spleen, tonsils, and other lymphoid tissues. They become plasma cells, which make antibodies. There are five classes of antibodies: IgG, IgM, IgA, IgD, and IgE. IgG, IgM, and IgA are involved in humoral immunity, the function of IgD is not known, and IgE takes part in immediate hypersensitivity. Humoral immunity involves the inactivation, removal, or destruction of antigens. Antibodies can inactivate viruses by binding to them.With two antigen binding sites per protein unit, an antibody can also precipitate the antigen by crosslinking in a network formed with other antibodies. After the antigen is precipitated, it can be removed by phagocytes. In addition, antigen binding by IgG or IgM activates a serum protein, called a complement, which can then initiate antigen precipitation, amplifying the inflammatory response. If the antigen is on the surface of certain cells, activated complement can also facilitate the lysis of these cells. IgG or IgM can also link the antigen to phagocytes or to killer cells, resulting in lysis of the cell by an unknown mechanism.
Cellular oscillator
Cellular clock refers to the intrinsic physiological mechanisms by which cells function as autonomous circadian oscillators. There are similarities and differences between the cellular clock mechanisms of plants, fungi, animals, and prokaryotes.
One of the key features of many cellular clocks is that they can function autonomously, i.e., they do not require intercellular communication. A seminal experiment demonstrating this revealed that mammalian
A key common feature of the cellular clock in fungi, plants, and animals is negative transcriptional feedback, a mechanism in which a gene product negatively regulates the gene that encodes it [for review, see 2]. Many “clock proteins” are transcription factors that, upon nuclear entry from the cytoplasm where they are synthesized, inhibit transcription of the “
While this simple model of the cellular clock explains how negative transcriptional feedback can underlie a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 of clock gene transcript and clock protein abundance, it does not account for the fact that circadian 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15 cycle with a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 very close to 24 h. The period of oscillation is determined by the time occupied by each of the steps of the cycle outlined above: transcription of clock gene, translation of clock gene transcript into clock protein, nuclear import of clock protein, degradation of clock protein. The most important mechanisms for setting the period of oscillation of the cellular clock appear to be regulation of the rates of nuclear import and degradation of clock proteins, implemented via post-translational modification of clock proteins [for review, see 3]. The two main post-translational modifications of clock proteins are protein phosphorylation – the covalent attachment of phosphate groups – and ubiquitination – the covalent attachment of the small polypeptide ubiquitin. Phosphorylation of clock proteins catalyzed by protein kinase enzymes regulates both nuclear import and ubiquitination. Ubiquitination of clock proteins catalyzed by ubiquitin ligase enzymes regulates degradation. Clock proteins can also be dephosphorylated and/or deubiquitinated by protein phosphatases and ubiqutin-specific proteases, respectively. Thus, the balances of phosphorylation and dephosphorylation, and of ubiquitination and deubiquitination, ultimately determine the period of oscillation of the cellular clock, with an appropriate balance resulting in a period of oscillation close to 24 h. Point mutations either in clock-protein transcription factors or the kinases that phosphorylate them that affect phosphorylation lead to aberrant periods substantially shorter or longer than 24 h. Some of these point mutations have been implicated in human disorders of circadian regulation of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 [for review, see 4].
While most cellular clocks appear to require negative transcriptional feedback, circadian oscillation in cyanobacteria – photosynthetic prokaryotes – can occur under some circumstances in the complete absence of transcription altogether. When a completely purified cyanobacterial clock protein that has protein kinase activity is incubated in a test tube with ATP, the clock protein itself exhibits a circadian rhythm in its level of phosphorylation [
In addition to negative transcriptional feedback and post-translational modifications, some circadian pacemaker neurons require membrane depolarization for continued oscillation (for review, see [
One of the most fascinating features of cellular clocks is that they are temperature compensated, meaning that they run with the same period at a relatively wide range of temperatures. Since cellular clocks are based on a complicated set of interlocking biochemical reactions, and since the rates of biochemical reactions have a temperature dependence determined by principles of thermodynamics, then the simplest prediction would be that the period of cellular oscillation would also be temperature dependent. The fact that cellular clocks are temperature compensated thus implies the existence of specific compensatory mechanisms that counteract the effect of temperature on the biochemical reactions that underlie cellular timekeeping. While the nature of these compensatory mechanisms remains obscure, it is noteworthy that the reconstituted cell-free cyanobacterial oscillator is temperature compensated [
Potential of a given (primary) cell to differentiate into a number of daughter cell fates. In cell biology, cellular potency varies from pluri- to uni-potency. Pluripotency has come to refer to a stem cell that has the potential to differentiate into any of the three germ layers: endoderm (e.g., interior stomach lining, gastrointestinal tract, the lungs), mesoderm (e.g., muscle, bone, blood, urogenital), or ectoderm (e.g., epidermal tissues and nervous system). Pluripotent stem cells can eventually specialize in any bodily tissue, but they cannot themselves develop into a human being because they cannot develop into extraembrionic tissue, such as the placenta. In contrast, many progenitor cells (e.g., adult stem/progenitor cells) are multipotent (e.g., capable of generating a limited number of cell fates).
Totipotent stem cells are produced from the fusion of an egg and sperm cell. Cells produced by the first few divisions of the fertilized egg are also totipotent. These cells can differentiate into embryonic and extraembryonic cell types.
Pluripotent stem cells are the descendants of totipotent cells and can differentiate into cells derived from the three germ layers. Multipotent stem cells can produce only cells of a closely related family of cells (e.g., neural stem cells differentiate into neurons, oligodendrocytes, astrocytes).
Unipotent cells can produce only one cell type, but have the property of self-renewal which distinguishes them from non-stem cells.
The center of mass is the point in or near the body where total body mass is concentrated and about which the body would balance without a tendency to rotate. Center of mass of the body is a function only of the locations and masses of individual body segments. As a result, it varies with body build, posture, gender, and age. For an average individual standing erect with arms at the side the center of mass location is just anterior to the lower lumbar/upper sacral vertebrae. Also known as the center of gravity, because the vertical gravitational force due to the weight of the body can be considered to act through this point. Based on Newton’s second law of motion, the net actions of external forces and torques acting on the body, computed with respect to the center of mass, determine the net acceleration of the body.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
The centroid of the pressure distribution exerted by the body on the ground. It is the point in the support surface where the resultant of the vertical force components acts, causing a force, but no moments.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Retinal ganglion cells and lateral geniculate nucleus relay cells have receptive fields made of two concentrically arranged subregions, a disk shaped “center” and an annular “surround.” The boundaries between subregions are defined by different preferences for stimulus contrast (bright or dark) or sometimes by preferences for stimulus wavelength (color).Within On subregions, bright stimuli excite and dark inhibit, with the reverse profile for Off subregions. Because of this push-pull relationship between stimuli of opposite contrast, neighboring subregions have an antagonist effect on each other when both are filled with a spatially uniform stimulus.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
Nucl. amygdalae centralis; Central amygdaloid nucleus
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
Nuclei cerebelli; Cerebellelar nuclei
The central cerebellar nuclei are located partly in the vermis cerebelli (fastigial nucleus, emboliform nucleus, globose nucleus) and partly in the medulla of the hemispheres (dentate nucleus). Their afferents have their origin in the Purkinje cells of the cerebellar cortex. The cells of the cerebellar hemisphere, lateral part project to the dentate nucleus, the cerebellar hemisphere, intermediate part to the emboliform nucleus and globose nucleus and the vermis cerebelli to the fastigial nucleus.
Central chemosensitive neurons, which are sensitive to pH alteration in the cerebrospinal fluid, are tonically active and continuously activate the respiratory neurons. This tonic excitation may be synaptically transmitted to each respiratory neuron during the active phase and be gated during the inactive phase by periodic waves of inhibitory postsynaptic potentials (IPSPs).
A chemoreceptor which exists within the central nervous system.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
Drugs that inhibit the enzyme acetylcholine esterase in the central nervous system, thus increasing the levels of acetylcholine in the brain.
A rare, nonprogressive myopathy often present at infancy, which is characterized by hypotonia and proximal muscle weakness. In most cases. CCD has been linked to mutations in the
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Substantia grisea centralis; Periaqueductal gray substance
The central gray matter, also called periaqueductal gray matter, surrounds the mesencephalic aqueduct in the Mesencephalon, passing far into the metencephalon. Hence a distinction is made between: Central gray matter of Mesencephalon Central gray matter of metencephalon
The centrally located band of cells is an autonomic integration center, akin to the reticular formation. It receives afferents from virtually all parts of the brain and regulates e.g. coordination of the cranial nerve nuclei (e.g. swallowing). By virtue of the close interaction with the limbic system, the central gray matter is also involved in affective fear and flight reactions as well as in pain suppression.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_3
Arterially perfused brainstem; Autonomic nervous system; Sympathetic; Parasympathetic; Automatic ventilation; Coupling between cardiovascular and respiratory control systems; Respiratory sinus arrhythmia
Within the brainstem there are neural circuits that control visceral functions; these are independent of conscious control. One such network regulates the cardiovascular system by controlling 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14) motor outflow (i.e., sympathetic and parasympathetic) to target organs such as the heart, arterioles and adrenal glands, for example. The activity within this network is, in part, generated from within the central nervous system itself. Part of this originates from the brainstem respiratory rhythm generator which is coupled synaptically to neurons controlling autonomic cardiovascular activity. Another source of excitation comes from sensory peripheral afferents that provide feedback signals. Both the latter as well as centrally generated inputs are computed (i.e., integrated) by neurons regulating arterial pressure and/or respiration. In this sense, the control of the cardiovascular and respiratory systems are coupled together allowing a matching of cardiac output with minute ventilation, which is crucial for optimizing physiological function. This system can be studied 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_3, which is neither in vitro nor in vivo. In situ is the study of either an organ or organs (and their interactions) maintained viable within their own body space. Here, an in situ preparation containing much of the cardiovascular system and brainstem will be reviewed in terms of recent advances regarding our understanding of central neural integration of cardiovascular and respiratory function.
An enormous amount of information has been gained from in vitro mammalian brain preparations. Examples range from the discovery of long term potentiation to mechanisms of synaptic transmission and oscillatory neuronal behavior, as well as imaging of somatic and dendritic integration. The in vitro brain slice preparations evolved from the need to circumnavigate the technical obstacles and limitations encountered when working on the brain in vivo. Indeed, in vitro brain slice preparations are advantaged by the ability to control precisely multiple physiological variables (e.g., temperature; osmolarity) as well as the extracellular milieu thereby enabling the administration of pharmacological agents that include those that would be toxic if administered in vivo. Of major benefit is the mechanically stable environment of in vitro brain slice preparations. For example, maintaining intracellular recordings in vivo is plagued by the constant movement of the brain caused by the cardiac pulse and/or breathing cycle. With the significant advances in live imaging at the cellular level, brain slices, particularly those from neonates (which are more transparent as myelination is incomplete), allow visualization of cells (neurons, glia or vessels) and measurement of intracellular events such as calcium fluxes and translocation of fluorescently tagged proteins. Importantly, the brain slice is insentient and data are not compounded by the unphysiological effects of anesthesia.
The viability of the brain slice is determined by its thickness. Thus, the neuronal circuitry and connectivity is restricted. Without a circulation oxygen delivery is dependent on diffusion. This is limited as demand for oxygen by brain tissue is relatively high. To assist in delivery, high concentrations of oxygen are used (95% with 5% carbon dioxide, or carbogen) to elevate the diffusion gradient. Measurements in slices indicate that the tissue oxygen levels at the surface of the slice are hyperoxic (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8) but levels decline rapidly such that anoxia occurs by 150–175 μm below the surface [
Despite these technological advances, there was a requirement to study the brain in situ. In situ means studying the brain within the body of the animal. This had the distinct advantage over isolated in vitro brain preparations (slice, en bloc, arterially perfused) of not only preserving both significant regions of the brain but also maintaining the peripheral afferent pathways and their peripheral receptors intact. It was apparent that the motor pathways were also preserved allowing kinesiological (Kinesiology) studies as target organs were functional. Motor outflows (autonomic and somatic) could be shown to respond appropriately to stimulation of classical reflex pathways such as those mediating nociception, baroreceptor and peripheral chemoreceptor information. With such integrity of the in situ preparation, the question of how it was different to in vivo preparations and what added benefits there were arose. The in situ approach is distinct to in vivo in that anesthesia could be avoided by decortication or decerebration, the pulse pressure that caused mechanical instability in vivo was either minimized or abolished meaning the brainstem was more receptive to intracellular recording and imaging (see below). If forebrain structures were required then anesthetic agent could always be added to the perfusate. Finally, there was good pharmacological access as drugs could be applied topically or to the perfusate. A number of in situ preparations from multiple researchers using a variety of species have been utilized previously (e.g., [
Since 1995 three new in situ preparations have been developed (i) the working heart-brainstem preparation (WHBP; [ Integrating across systems in situ. Simultaneous recording of arterial pressure (AP), heart rate (HR; beats per minute, bpm), integrated thoracic sympathetic activity (SNAth), integrated phrenic nerve activity (∫PNA) and two expiratory neurons from the Bötzinger complex. Note the Hering-Traub waves in the arterial pressure trace (solid arrow) and the sinus arrhythmia (
The lower temperature than normal 31–33°C reduces metabolic rate so reducing oxygen usage. As a result, the oxygen supply satisfies demand. Indeed, measurements of PO2 throughout the brainstem of the WHBP demonstrated that even at its core there is plenty of oxygen; in fact, the preparation is some what hyperoxic [
The WHBP consists of the thorax, neck and head with lower body (below the diaphragm) removed. It is perfused retrogradely via the descending aorta and within minutes respiratory movements of the chest and diaphragm resume and phrenic nerve discharges with an augmenting pattern characteristic of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5 (Fig.
The integrative nature of the WHBP is portrayed by the central nervous coupling between multiple systems. Fig.
The WHBP has contributed to the understanding of central integration of cardiovascular and respiratory reflexes. These include reflexes originating from nociceptors (somatic and visceral), peripheral chemoreceptors, cardiac, pulmonary, nasal, pharyngeal and oesophageal receptors. Additionally, the baroreceptor reflex is functional evoking the classical response of bradycardia, sympathoinhibition and prolongation of expiratory time (Fig.
With the robust and eupneic respiratory motor pattern generated by the WHBP, the preparation has been adopted by multiple laboratories to understand neural mechanisms governing respiratory rhythm and pattern generation. In a recent study, a voltage sensitive dye was used to image spontaneous respiratory activity from the pre-Bötzinger complex (Fig. Imaging brainstem respiratory network activity during eupnea and gasping in situ. Using the WHBP, we exposed the lateral edge of the medulla oblongata and injected a voltage-sensitive dye (Di-2 ANEPEQ) into the Pre-Bötzinger complex (a). Using a fast CCD camera, we performed phrenic nerve discharge (PND) triggered imaging of respiratory activity during eupnea (b) and hypoxic-induced gasping (c). Temporal and spatial patterns of activity were compared (d) and indicated distinct sites for the genesis of eupneic- and gasp- like respiratory patterns. The vertical colored scale indicates degree of depolarization with red being greatest. Abbreviations:
For the future, a new direction for the WHBP will be to image single functionally identified cardiorespiratory neurons using two-photon imaging (Fig. The future in situ. A future challenge would be to image neurons within an intact functional brainstem using multi-photon microscopy. Such a system equipped with a physiological recording rig and perfusion circuit for a WHBP is shown in (a). Using a custom designed stage it is possible to mount a WHBP beneath the objective turret of a two-photon microscope giving the potential to image brainstem cardiovascular and respiratory neurons (b).
Lobulus centralis; Central lobule
The central lobule forms the ventral, upper segment of the vermis cerebelli and rests on the lingula of cerebellum and hence on the fourth ventricle.
Like the entire vermis cerebelli, the central lobule receives its afferents primarily from the spinal cord. It is part of the spinocerebellum – palaeocerebellum.
Nucl. reticularis centralis; Central reticular nucleus
Belongs to the lateral reticular formation, i.e. to the parvocellular longitudinal zone of the RF, extending across the entire myelencephalon. Afferents come from the spinal cord, solitary tract, vestibular nuclei and the spinal nucleus of the trigeminal nerve. Efferents go to the gigantocellular reticular formation, the mesencephalic reticular formation as well as the bulbospinal tract in the intermediate substance of the spinal cord.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
This article is focused on the role of the long lead burst neurons in the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 in the control of gaze (i.e. combined head and eye movements). Anatomically, the MRF is located just ventral to the superior colliculus (SC) (see also 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19), situated between the oculomotor nuclei medially and the lateral lemniscus laterally (Fig. Coronal sections through the midbrain and pons of a non-human primate (
The brachium conjunctivuum (i.e. crossing of the superior cerebellar peduncle) forms the caudal border, and the MRF extends rostrally through the core of the brain stem ending to the caudal portion of the thalamic reticular nucleus. Neurons in the cMRF not only receive collicular input, but form reciprocal connections that topographically target regions of the SC [
Three electrophysiological techniques have provided a better understanding of the organization of the cMRF and its role in gaze control: (i) electrical microstimulation; (ii) single unit recording; and (iii) reversible inactivation of the MRF in awake, behaving monkeys (Macaca mulatta). (For details of preparation and localization see [
Electrical microstimulation in the MRF of head-restrained monkeys has demonstrated that saccades with fixed amplitude and direction could be elicited from dorsal portions of the MRF, and saccades with variable amplitudes and directions – dependent upon initial eye position – could be elicited from the ventral MRF. Recent work has systematically examined the effects of initial eye position on the size and direction of the elicited saccade [
Single neuron recording has demonstrated two further subdivisions of the MRF. The neurons in the central portion of the MRF (the cMRF), located caudal to the posterior commissure discharge in association with horizontal eye movements [
About 50% of the pre-saccadic cMRF discharged following the appearance of a visual stimulus, and thus had visual characteristics [
The idea that cMRF neurons participate in the generation of a
One way to decide if cMRF neurons carried an independent temporal signal related to eye velocity was to directly compare their discharge during VG and REM saccades. If the REM and VG movements are closely matched for amplitude and direction, REM saccades are slower than their VG counterparts and thus a cell related to eye velocity should display a lower discharge. The neuron shown in Fig. Analysis of a monotonically open movement field pre-saccadic cMRF neuron. (a) Movement field showing the spikes in the burst starting 30 ms before the saccade and ending with saccade offset. (b) Relationship of spike number to saccade amplitude across the movement field from primary position (straight ahead gaze) to the optimal discharge point for VG (Blue dot), (Red dots) and spontaneous saccades (Black stars). (c) Relationship of duration of the neuronal burst to the duration of the saccade for both VG (blue) and REM (red) saccades. (d) Relationship between the peak discharge of the neuron in the above analysis interval to the peak velocity of the saccade (VG data is blue, REM data is red) (e) Relationship between optimal VAF (Variance accounted for) and the predicted VAF. The optimal fit was determined by using either VG or REM data and relating firing rate, FR, to a scaled version of eye velocity. For example, for the VG data, the eye velocity model (FR = a + b × EVG) was used. The predicted FR for REM saccades was generated by using the same parameters (a and b) obtained from the VG fit and applying them to the velocity of the amplitude matched remembered saccades (i.e. FR = a + b × REM). The ratio of the VAF (predicted)/VAF (optimal) would be 1 if the prediction was precisely the same, and lower than one if the estimate using the VG saccades was weaker (blue dots). This process was also repeated using the REM saccades to predict the firing rate during VG saccades (red squares).
If the spike number in the burst associated with all of the movements across a swath of the movement field within ± 7.5° of a line extending from fixation to the optimal discharge was plotted against amplitude there was a monotonic increase in the discharge up to 40° (the limit of measurement) (Fig.
A second major group of cMRF neurons, the post-saccadic neurons, has been discovered in monkeys free to move their heads. The discharge of these “post-saccadic” neurons began after the onset of gaze, would continue as long as the head was moving, but often ended just before the head stopped moving. No similar group of cMRF neurons has been identified when the head was restrained [
Much of the human brain is devoted to acquiring visual information and then reorienting gaze (i.e. the combined movements of the head and eyes) to view targets of interest. The visual regions (e.g. V1, lateral geniculate nucleus, etc.) are organized topographically, such that neurons in a particular potion of the brain are only activated when a particular portion of the contralateral visual field is illuminated (see also Visual Cortex, connectivity and Visual Field Defects). This constitutes a spatial map: each individual neuron has a “visual receptive field”. Once a target of interest activates such a receptive field, a series of steps ensue that they activate excitatory burst neurons in the paramedian pontine reticular formation (the PPRF) of the brain stem whose temporal pattern of discharge is closely associated with the force and speed of contraction required to move the muscles of the eyes (a temporal code) [
One locus in the brainstem where this STT may begin is in the superior colliculus (SC) of the midbrain (see also 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19). In the primate SC, neurons in the intermediate and deep layers are topographically organized and are activated before a specific sub-set of contraversive head and eye movements (i.e. gaze) called a “movement field” (see also 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19). As a result, the discharge of neurons in the intermediate and deep layers of the SC encodes the gaze displacement signal in retinotopic coordinates required to shift the fovea using a combination of head and eye movement to fixate the new visual target. Critical to understanding the current discussion is the observation that the temporal discharge pattern of an individual SC neuron is poorly correlated with the velocity of the upcoming saccade, and the duration of discharge is only moderately related to gaze duration [
A variety of techniques including electrical microstimulation, single neuron recording, and reversible inactivation, have demonstrated that neurons in the central Mesencephalic Reticular Formation (cMRF) participate in the control of saccadic eye movements. Four neuronal sub-types have been identified. Evidence that the burst duration and peak discharge of pre-saccadic, monotonically increasing open movement field cMRF neurons were closely associated with saccade duration and peak velocity, respectively, suggested that these neurons were similar to the directional long-lead burst neurons found in the PPRF [
The precise role of the other neuronal sub-types in the cMRF remains unclear. For example, the physiological characteristics of cMRF neurons with non-monotonically open movement fields and neurons with closed movement fields were most similar to neurons located in the superior colliculus. The evidence of hypermetric saccades following the reversible inactivation of the caudal portion of the cMRF suggested that these two neuronal sub-types could participate in a feedback pathway that provided the SC with a signal of the current change in horizontal eye position [
One question raised by the electrical stimulation and single neuron recording in the MRF was: What role do cMRF neurons play in the control of eye movement? Previous experiments had shown that electrolytic destruction of the MRF produced an ipsilateral gaze preference and a reduction in the speed of the slow phases of contralateral optokinetic nystagmus (OKN) [
The time needed for the evoked signals to pass from the motor cortex to spinal motoneurons along the corticospinal tract. Used as an indication of pathological processes affecting descending motor pathways and as a measure of their progress.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
Central chemoreception
Central nervous chemoreception refers to the process by which changes in PCO2 and pH within the central nervous system are detected and stimulate or inhibit 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18. Respiratory drive here refers to the endogenous stimulation of normal respiration that arises, in part, from central chemoreceptors.
Respiration serves to exchange O2 and CO2 between body and atmosphere. The initiation and maintenance of respiration occurs in the brainstem and involves a network of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 (see Respiratory Network Analysis). The amount of respiration depends on the response of this neuronal network to inhibitory and excitatory afferent input from peripheral and central sensors (see Respiratory Reflexes; Carotid Body Chemoreception and Respiratory Drive). Here we discuss central chemoreception.
Central chemoreception was initially identified by the presence of respiratory responses to the perfusion of acidic fluids within the brain ventricles [
More recent experiments in vivo have provided support for the hypothesis that central chemoreception is a distributed property, i.e., that central chemoreceptor sites are widespread within the hindbrain [
In the retrotrapezoid nucleus, the chemosensitive neurons are glutamatergic and are identified by the presence of the vesicular glutamate transporter 2 (VGLUT2) see [
In the medullary raphe, the chemosensitive neurons are serotonergic [
The chemosensitive neurons of the caudal part of the nucleus of the tractus solitarius, the fastigial nucleus of the cerebellum and the caudal ventral medulla have yet to be identified in terms of their cell type.
The chemosensitive neurons of the locus ceruleus are catecholaminergic see [
ATP release from cells of unknown type at the ventral medulla has also been postulated as involved in central chemoreception see [
Central chemoreception is a widely distributed property with many types of neurons involved. Each of the central chemoreceptor locations has known neuronal projections to the major groups of brainstem respiratory neurons.
The control of respiration, designed to maintain normal levels of arterial PO2 and PCO2, depends on constant feed-back from peripheral and central chemoreceptors. The peripheral chemoreceptors in the carotid body located at the bifurcation of the carotid artery detect and produce rapid respiratory responses to small changes in arterial PCO2. They also respond to lowered arterial PO2 levels but the magnitude of the response is small until arterial PO2 is about 70 mm Hg (normal arterial PO2 = 90 mm Hg). The central chemoreceptors are not directly affected by changes in PO2. Their response to changes in PCO2 is robust (∼60% of the steady-state response to elevated CO2 levels) but occurs more slowly than that of the carotid bodies [
Central chemoreceptors are located within the parenchyma of the hindbrain. While some are situated quite close to arteries and vessels, in terms of overall function they are able to detect the pH of brain interstitial fluid [
Central chemoreceptors, activated by brain interstitial fluid pH, provide a drive to breathe. They may also act as a “buffer” to modulate rapid responses that might arise from the peripheral chemoreceptors. There are many locations and cell types that are chemosensitive and the specific functions of each within the overall system design are not well understood. For example, different chemoreceptor sites can interact dramatically. Simultaneous inhibition of the retrotrapezoid nucleus and the medullary raphe produces a much greater inhibitory effect on the respiratory response to exogenously elevated CO2 than does inhibition of either site alone [
The central nervous system (CNS) is a portion of the vertebrate nervous system consisting of the brain and spinal cord. The central nervous system in situ (1/6×). Original figure 01.01; taken from Nieuwenhuys, R; Voogd, J; van Huijzen, C. (Eds) 2008 “The Human Central Nervous System”. Fourth Edition. Springer, Berlin. page 4 with permission.
Theiler’s murine encephalomyelitis virus (TMEV) infection of mice causes a demyelinating disease, which has similarities to 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 (MS). Spleen cells from TMEV-infected SJL/J mice stimulated with antigen presenting cells (APCs) infected with TMEV resulted in a population of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 CD8+ cytotoxic 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20 (CTLs) that killed not only TMEV infected but also uninfected syngeneic cells. We established CD8+ CTL clones that kill both TMEV-infected and uninfected targets. Intracerebral injection of the clones into naïve mice induced central nervous system (CNS) degeneration. Using BWα-β-cells that lack T cell receptors (TCRs) as a fusion partner, we generated CD8+ T cell hybridomas from the T cell clones. The T cell hybridomas produced interferon-γ (IFN-γ) when incubated with either infected or uninfected syngeneic target cells, which was blocked by CD8 or major histocompatibility complex (MHC) class I antibody. Our results indicate that CD8+ T cells can recognize both a self antigen and a different viral protein. The T cell clones and hybridomas can be powerful tools to analyze TCR usage as well as CTL epitopes of viral and self antigens.
Although we do not know the exact mechanism by which the central nervous system (CNS) is damaged in multiple sclerosis (MS), an example of a
Endogenous antigens (usually made within the cells) are presented by MHC class I molecules, while exogenous antigens are presented by MHC class II molecules with a few exceptions [
Various viruses have been found to induced demyelination in laboratory animals. One of the most studied experimental models is infection of mice with Theiler’s murine encephalomyelitis virus (TMEV) [
We have demonstrated the generation of autoimmune CD8+ CTLs that cross-react with both virus and autoantigen in TMEV infection. Here, we will describe the history and direction of our investigations into the autoimmune CTLs generated in TMEV infection: (i) discovery and characterization of autoimmune T cells in bulk lymphocyte culture derived from mice infected with TMEV; (ii) establishment and characterization of T cell clones; (iii) generation of T cell hybridomas; and (iv) T cell receptor (TCR) and CTL epitope analyses, which will provide useful information to elucidate its pathogenesis and to develop tailor-made immunotherapies such as DNA immunization and tolerance induction (Fig. From mice infected with TMEV, we detected autoimmune CD8+ T cells that kill both uninfected and TMEV-infected syngeneic target cells. To characterize the autoimmune CTLs induced following TMEV infection, it was necessary to establish long-term T cell lines and clones. To maintain cytotoxicity, supplementation with interleukin (IL)-2 was necessary except during the first week of
CD8+ CTLs have been suggested to play an important role in not only eradication of virus but also demyelination in TMEV infection. To explore the role of CTLs, we monitored CTL activity using a 5h 51Cr release assay [
By limiting dilution, we established CD3+/CD4−/CD8+ CTL clones [
In most CTL assays, T cells mediate killing through direct lysis. For example, in Fas-mediated killing, APCs present antigen to and thereby activate CTLs. This leads to up-regulation of FasL on CTLs, enabling the CTLs to kill the APCs positive for Fas. But in rare instances, CTLs have been shown to mediate killing through bystander lysis, where the APCs present antigen to and activate CTLs, inducing expression of FasL, but the target is a third Fas-positive cell that lacks the appropriate MHC restriction or antigen presentation. Here, the FasL-positive CTLs recognize the antigen presented by MHC molecules on the APCs, and the CTLs kill Fas-positive target cells without the trimolecular interaction of TCR with antigen and MHC molecules on the target cells.
In our system, uncloned splenic populations and T cell clones contain APCs [
All T cell hybridomas were CD4– (Fig. We generated the autoimmune T cell hybridomas, using TMEV autoimmune CD8+ CTL clone cells, 8a-1A or 8b-1C, with the BWα-β- (BW-1100.129.237) cell line that lacks the α and β chains of the TCR. Using flow cytometry, we characterized the T cell hybridomas according to surface antigens. T cell hybridomas were tested for surface markers by using monoclonal antibodies directed against CD4, CD8 and TCR. The surface phenotype of TMEV-induced autoimmune T cell hybridomas was CD3+ CD4− CD8dim TCR+ (8a-1A1, TMEV-induced T cell hybridomas were tested for IFN-γ production, using an ELISPOT assay. Hybridomas (8a-1A1, 8a-1Am, 8b-1C, or the fusion partner (BWα-β-) were used as effector cells. Uninfected PSJL, astrocytes, or infected astrocytes (multiplicity of infection = 20) were used as target cells. A concentration of 1 × 105 cells/well of effector cells were incubated overnight with target cells at an effector/target (E/T) ratio of 1:1. (a) TMEV-induced hybridomas, 8a-1A1 and 8b-1Cs, produced IFN-γ when cultured with uninfected PSJL (PSJL, We investigated whether T cell hybridomas could induce CNS pathology. We inoculated 1 × 106 T hybridoma cells, 8a-1Ae (a) and 8b-1C5 (b) into the right cerebral hemisphere of naïve SJL/J mice. CNS histology was examined 1 week after inoculation. Mice receiving T cell hybridomas developed different pathology depending on the T cell hybridoma lines. Some hybridoma lines stayed only in the meningeal spaces, while others infiltrated into the parenchyma, including the corpus callosum (CC) (Fig. 4a,
One of the characteristics of organ-specific 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 is that the development of the disease is closely associated with, or induced by, a particular type of T cell reactive to organ-specific antigens [
TCR usages and CDR3 spectratyping are the methods that show TCRs of oligoclonally expanded T cells, compared with control samples. The methods do not require knowledge of putative autoantigens that are not known in most autoimmune diseases, including MS. Nucleotide and amino acid sequences of the CDR3 region of the TCR clones derived from the spectratypes of interest can be used to determine whether there is a clonal expansion and whether specific CDR3 motifs are used or not. For example, Matsumoto and colleagues [
It is controversial whether specific TCR Vβ or CDR3 motifs are used in TMEV infection; some reports support specific TCR usage and others do not. We attempted to determine TCR usage by TMEV-induced CD8+ T cell hybridomas, using flow cytometry with a mouse Vβ TCR screening panel, containing monoclonal antibodies against Vβ 2, 3, 4, 5.1, 5.2, 6, 7, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 9, 10b, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 17a TCR. We found that hybridoma, 8a-1A1, was positive for TCR Vβ3 and 8b-1Cs was negative for all antibodies included in the panel. TCR Vβ region gene sequence analyses also showed the presence of Vβ3 in 8a-1A1 (Table TCR Vβ chain gene segment usage in TMEV specific hybridomasa
aWe tested 8a-1A1 and 8b-1Cs for the presence of Vβ3 in their TCRβ chain by means of reverse transcription (RT)-PCR and sequencing. BWα-β- cells were tested as a negative control. Primers used to amplify the TCR Vβ region gene sequences were as follows: Vβ3, 5′ GGCTACAAGGCTCCTCTGTTAC 3′, which is specific for the Vβ3 gene and Cβ, 5′ GACAGGTTTGGGTGAGCCCTCTGG 3′, which is specific for the constant region and was used for RT and PCR. Appropriately sized bands were isolated from agarose gels, and the band-isolated PCR products were sequenced. TCR Vβ region gene sequences were compared with those in the GenBank database using the BLAST sequence alignment program.
bCDR3; complementarity determining region 3.
cN, non-templated nucleotide insertions.
dND, not detected.CDR3b
Vβ3 Dβ1/Nc
Jβ2.1 8a-1A1 GCAGTC AGGG/ACAG AACTAT 8b-1Cs NDd
NDd
ND BWα-β- ND NDd
ND
There are several methods currently employed for identifying antigens recognized by CTLs: (i) molecular biology approaches using cDNA libraries from a microbe or tissue of interest [
We have developed T cell hybridomas that are easy to grow and produce IFN-γ in ELISPOT assays in response to TMEV-infected or uninfected PSJL, or infected astrocytes but not uninfected astrocytes. These T cell hybridomas can be used to define the viral epitope as well as the self epitope that is recognized by the cross-reactive TCR. We are using astrocytes transfected with a pCMV vector encoding each of the viral capsid proteins, VP1, 2, 3, and 4 [
Neuroinflammatory brain disorders; Pro-inflammatory mediators; Herbal neuroprotectives
Pro-inflammatory mediators in disorders of the central nervous system and potential neuroprotective agents of natural origin.
Disorders of the central nervous system (CNS) cover a wide range of diseases from depression, Alzheimer’s disease (AD), multiple sclerosis (MS), Parkinson’s disease (PD), 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_3 and viral encephalopathies. However, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 currently available on the market are not as effective as originally anticipated. Furthermore, side effects associated with long term use of these medicines discourage their use in chronic CNS pathologies. In order to develop effective treatment strategies, insight into the molecular basis of these disorders is essential. The complexity of the brain architecture, its components and neurocircuitry has made this task immensely challenging. The advent of rapidly evolving technology has enabled us to understand the common hallmarks of the pathophysiology of most of these disorders. The root cause in each one of them may differ from the other, but all of them show the involvement of inflammatory responses initiated by cells of the immune system in the brain. In the current essay, the primary factors involved in the etiologies of AD and HAD are described, and both primary and secondary factors contributing towards 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 (Autoimmune, Chronic) in major CNS disorders are summarized in Fig. The primary and secondary factors involved in the etiology of major neurodegenerative disorders of the brain (AD, PD, HAD and MS) are outlined in this figure. The primary factors ( Lewy body,
Aβ peptide,
diffuse plaques,
well defined amyloid plaques, neurofibrillary tangles,
demyelinated neurons,
HIV with gp41, and
Nef are shown in the inner dotted eclipse. The secondary pro-inflammatory mediators,
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_3,
activated microglia.
T cells,
macrophages,
COX enzymes,
astrocytes,
free radicals, and NF-κB are shown in the outer eclipse. The neurodegeneration due to these factors is symbolised by a cartoon of damaged neuron in the centre.
AD is characterized by the presence of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, and neurofibrillary tangles (NFT). The role of these proteins in the pathogenesis of AD is described in detail in many reviews, consequently it is briefly summarized in this essay. The reader is referred to a descriptive review by J Haddad [
Both viral and host factors contribute to the neuropathophysiology of HAD. The HIV envelope protein gp120 plays an important role in the pathophysiology of the virus. This protein undergoes structural arrangement before binding CD4, and therefore escapes the antibody response. In a recent study by T Zhou et al., the structural analysis of gp120 stabilized in CD4 binding site and bound to a broadly neutralizing antibody b12 revealed that the antigenic epitopes are conserved in gp120 [ Activation of the complement system by HIV, and its pathogenic proteins. The speculations from Cornelia Bruder et al., [
Although, the primary etiologies of CNS disorders affecting a large sector of populations worldwide differ from each other, most of them show an activation of the immune system and the involvement of common pro-inflammatory mediators (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16). The activation of cells of the immune system and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18, although beneficial initially, results in the release and/or activation of several pro-inflammatory mediators, which are responsible for damage to the brain tissue. Activation of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 can be found in most of the brain disorders. The common pro-inflammatory mediators found in most of the neurodegenerative disorders such as AD, PD and HAD are free radicals, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14, cyclooxygenases (COX-2), and most importantly, the complement system. Several studies have shown the involvement of COX-2 in HAD. Many theories have been suggested for the induction of COX-2 in HIV mediated neuroinflammation. According to one theory, HIV-1-infected monocyte derived macrophages interact with the brain endothelium and this leads to the induction of COX-2 in the brain. Induction of COX-2 in the brain of HIV infected patients could be one of the major neuroinflammatory event mediated by HIV [
The two major disorders of concern with no effective treatment are AD and HAD. Although, their root causes differ from each other, both of them show altered APP metabolism leading to amyloid formation. It is well established that the amyloid plaques are responsible for the activation of pro-inflammatory mediators including the complement system in AD. Thus, amyloid deposition found in HIV positive patients might also be responsible for the activation of the complement system. Recently, it was found that both HIV and its pathogenic proteins are responsible for up-regulation of the complement system [
The synthesis of newer drug molecules employing principles of medicinal chemistry and drug designing is a rational approach for the development of novel drug molecules with neuroprotective abilities. However, natural sources should never be underestimated as they provide an important source for the development of new drugs. As an example, the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 largely consists of vegetables and fruits, and this could probably be the key to the healthy life of the aged population in that region. 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, the traditional Indian medicinal system still popular in India, is based on herbal medicines for the treatment of many disorders, including CNS disorders. Many modern medicines have their roots in nature.
Several naturally occurring molecules are being studied for their neuroprotective abilities. These could be divided into two groups, the first group targeting the root cause of the disease (specific in action), and the second group targeting the common pro-inflammatory mediators (Non-specific in action). The agents targeting the primary cause of the disease may also have direct actions against one or more of the pro-inflammatory mediators.
Attempts are being made to treat the primary causes of the brain disorders. The success rate is still low, and only a few agents are being targeted specifically to treat the root cause of the disease. Three of these agents with significant potential for the treatment of amyloidopathies and/or HIV associated neurological complications are discussed below.
The first example is curcumin, a polyhydroxy phenolic compound found abundantly in turmeric, the later being widely used in Indian curries as spice and in Ayurveda as a medicine. It has been shown to inhibit the formation of Aβ40 in an
Berberine is an isoquinoline alkaloid from
Propolis is a resinous substance collected by honey bees from plants. It protects against the entry of micro-organisms and other creatures in the hive. It is a mixture of many compounds, relatively safe for human consumption, and is traditionally known for its medicinal properties. In a recent study, it was tested for its anti-viral properties in CD4+ lymphocytes and microglial cells. When activated CD4+ lymphocytes infected with HIV-1AT and microglial cells infected with HIV-1SF162 were treated with propolis, it inhibited the expression of HIV-1 in these cells in a dose dependent manner. Propolis from various geographic regions showed similar inhibitory activity. It was shown to inhibit the viral entry in CD4+ lymphocytes, and also showed an additive effect on inhibition of HIV by AZT [
As discussed earlier, neuroinflammation, immune activation and antioxidants play an important role in the etiology of AD, PD and HAD. Flavonoids that form an important part of the diet and other nutritional food supplements could be used in the prophylaxis and possible treatment of neuroinflammation associated with these disorders. A vast number of scientific data is available on the anti-inflammatory roles, neuroprotective abilities and therapeutic potential of flavonoids. They cover a broad range of compounds from simple polyphenolic compounds to phytoestrogens found in medicinal plants, fruits and vegetables. Naturally occurring polyphenols are active against free radicals, and are known to attenuate oxidative stress. Some of the flavonoids alter hormonal levels, whereas others show pharmacological manipulation of receptors in the brain and are able to modulate the neuronal activity. These compounds, with significant therapeutic potential to control damage due to pro-inflammatory mediators, are discussed in many reviews, and thus are not included in the current essay.
A strategy to evaluate the neuroefficacy and bioefficacy of dietary components and medicinal plants is described by Aruoma A, et al., 2003 [
There are also many complement regulatory molecules of herbal origin available for the treatment of inflammation. These are summarized, classified and their potential for the treatment of neuroinflammatory disorders discussed in a recent review by Kulkarni et al., [
While dealing with the herbal medicines, one should be aware of the potential side effects or drug interactions of these medicines. Interested readers should refer to a review article by W. Abebe [
Neurodegenerative disorders are marked by the complexity of their pathogenesis. The primary etiologies of most of these disorders differ from each other, but most of them show some common pathological hallmarks. Ingredients of natural origin offer significant potential for the development of effective treatment strategies, by their specific actions on the root cause or by targeting common pro-inflammatory mediators. However, proper study of route of administration, bioavailability, side effects, adverse interactions and standardization of dose is necessary for the development of efficient neuroprotective agents.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 (pSS) is a chronic, multisystem autoimmune disorder characterized by dryness of eyes (keratokonjunctivitis sicca), mouth and other mucous membranes. Extraglandular manifestations are arthralgias, Raynaud’s syndrome, pulmonary involvement, renal tubular acidosis, peripheral and central nervous system (CNS) disease. According to the revised international (American European Consensus Group) classification criteria [
CNS involvement in pSS includes cognitive impairment, psychiatric abnormalities and migraine as well as focal deficits resulting from meningoencephalitis, transverse myelitis and subarachnoid hemorrhage. The definition of CNS symptoms is limited to physical disability in some studies, but includes nonfocal symptoms such as subtle cognitive dysfunction in others [
Primary Sjögren’s syndrome is generally diagnosed between the ages of 30 and 60 years and affects women nine times as often as men. The main features are dry eyes and mouth, often involving caries, but the disease can become systemic and affect other organs, leading to symptoms such as muscle and joint pain, itchy skin, vaginal dryness, gastroesophageal reflux and dry cough. Among neurological findings, peripheral neuropathy is most common, affecting between 10 and 20% of patients. It may cause progressive and initially distal tingling/numbness and weakness of the upper and lower extremities (polyneuropathy), asymmetrical sensory and/or motor deficits (e.g., radiculopathy, multiple mononeuropathy) or cranial nerve dysfunction.
The symptoms and course of CNS involvement are also heterogeneous. Patients may experience a sudden onset of focal deficits, such as hemiparesis or speech disturbance, suggesting stroke. They may also develop symptoms subacutely (e.g., transverse myelitis, optic neuritis) or over months and years (e.g., chronic myelopathy), and the course of disease can be progressive or relapsing-remitting. Rarely, CNS disease in pSS may manifest as seizures. Symptoms are sometimes discrete and not easily detected in routine neurological exams. This applies especially to mild cognitive disturbances, which may reflect brain damage, but can also be associated with fatigue and/or depression, other common symptoms in pSS.
It is important to note that CNS disease may occur before typical sicca symptoms (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19) [
The prevalence of reported CNS disease is controversial and ranges from 0 to 62%. Reasons for the differences in prevalence in previous studies are (a) the use of diverging diagnostic criteria [
Sjögren’s syndrome is an autoimmune disorder in which immune cells destroy the exocrine glands that produce tears and saliva. At the beginning of the disease process, plasma cells and lymphocytes infiltrate the periductal salivary tissue. The original glandular structure is replaced by dense infiltrates of lymphocytes. Sjogren’s syndrome may result from T-cell abnormalities or may be caused by a deficiency of T-lymphocytes and subsequent hyperactivity of B-lymphocytes and the production of autoantibodies. Both environmental and genetic factors are likely to contribute to the immunological dysregulation that occurs in pSS [
The mechanisms of neurological disease in pSS are still unclear. Regarding peripheral nervous system involvement, different mechanisms seem to be associated with specific clinical features. Thus, sensory ataxic, painful and trigeminal neuropathy may be related to more immediate neuropathic processes than multiple mononeuropathy and multiple cranial neuropathy, which appear to result from vasculitis [
Evidence on the pathology of CNS damage is diverse. Some studies have suggested ischemic mechanisms. Other possible mechanisms are mononuclear cell infiltration in CNS tissue, immunologically mediated CNS vascular damage and the action of antibodies (antineuronal and/or anti-Ro/SSA antibodies [
pSS is typically associated with anti-SSA/Ro and anti-SSB/La antibodies 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, of which anti-SSB/La is more specific to pSS, as well as with other anti-nuclear antibodies, antiphospholipid-antibodies, rheumatoid factor and cryoglobulins, which are elevated in numerous autoimmune diseases. Whether the presence of any of these immunological markers 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4 predicts the presence or severity of CNS involvement remains contradictory.
CNS imaging, specifically 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13, permits the detection of lesions as well as tissue atrophy in pSS. Large lesions, indicative of ischemia or hemorrhage have been identified. On T1-weighted MRI, which attributes tissue with high water content a low signal and tissue containing macromolecules (such as myelin) a relatively high signal, lesions involving severe damage of the tissue matrix appear hypointense. In contrast, T2-weighted MRI also reveals more subtle white matter damage, which occurs more commonly in pSS patients. FLAIR images, which are strongly T2-weighted and involve a nulling of cerebrospinal fluid, are especially sensitive to white matter lesions (Fig. White matter damage in a patient with primary Sjögren’s syndrome. T1-weighted MRI only indicates one relatively large lesion (a,
Brain atrophy has been reported in pSS patients, but not analyzed in a controlled study [
Previous MRI studies in pSS have largely been limited to conventional T2-weighted analyses of lesions. However, newer imaging techniques, which can provide more sensitive and/or specific information on tissue injury and have been successfully applied in other inflammatory CNS diseases, such as multiple sclerosis and systemic lupus erythematosus, are likely to become established in pSS research. 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13, for example, can help indicate the degree of tissue damage in selected regions as well as globally [
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13) is another imaging technique likely to gain importance in the investigation of pSS-associated CNS pathology. By producing spectra that reflect levels of brain metabolites, MR spectroscopy conveys information on the type of potential tissue injury. For example, an elevated level of choline normalized to creatine (Cho/Cr) points to active demyelination or gliosis, whereas a decreased N-acetyl aspartate creatine (NAA/Cr) ratio is associated with neuronal dysfunction or loss [
In pSS patients with mild cognitive impairment or neuropsychiatric symptoms, functional imaging has revealed metabolic abnormalities in specific brain regions. 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, a nuclear medicine tomographic imaging technique based on gamma rays, has been used in pSS patients to assess regional brain metabolism. A tracer, such as 99mTc-HMPAO or 99mTc-ECD, is absorbed by brain tissue proportional to blood flow. By emitting gamma rays, the tracer permits the measurement of blood flow, which, in turn, is coupled to local brain metabolism. In pSS patients with neuropsychological disturbances, hypoperfusion has been identified in various brain regions including the frontal, temporal and parietal cortex as well as the striatum [
This essay describes the humoral immune response during neurological infection caused by Arthropod-Borne Viruses.
Virus infections of the central nervous system (CNS) are relatively uncommon, but potentially devastating. The longevity of many cells in the CNS and the relative inaccessibility of this tissue to components of the immune system make the brain and spinal cord particularly susceptible to persistent virus infection. Clearance of virus from nonneural tissues often involves cytolytic elimination of the infected cells. Because of the potential for neurological damage by inflammatory mediators and cytotoxic cells, the brain has intrinsic mechanisms for controlling immune responses that are different from other organs. Nevertheless, immune responses to virus infection of the CNS can clear the virus from the tissue or sustain prolonged inhibition of virus replication without damage to the structure or function of the nervous system. The degree to which clearance is successful differs with the type of virus that causes the infection and with the target cells that the virus infects.
Of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22 of the CNS, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 and/or encephalomyelitis caused by 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 (Arthropod-Borne viruses) are among the most serious (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1).
Arboviruses cause significant human illness ranging from mild, asymptomatic infection to fatal 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5 or hemorrhagic fever. The most significant arboviruses causing human neurological illness belong to genera in three viral families, Togaviridae, Flaviviridae, and Bunyaviridae. These viruses have a marked neurotropism, which leads to the characteristic pathological disease state. They may cause meningoencephalitis and/or encephalomyelitis often leading to a fatal outcome or permanent neurological sequelae such as neuropsychiatric symptoms in adults or mental retardation in children or paralysis of the extremities. The arboviruses most frequently involved in CNS infections in humans are listed in Table Major arboviruses that cause neurologic diseaseFamily (genus)/virus Arthropod vector Geographic distribution Human disease Occurrence Togaviridae (Alphavirus) Eastern equine encephalitis
North and South America Febrile illness Epidemic Encephalitis Venezuelan equine encephalitis
Central and South America, southern Florida Febrile illness Epidemic Encephalitis Western equine encephalitis
North and South America Febrile illness Epidemic Encephalitis Flaviviridae (Flavivirus) Japanese encephalitis
Asia, India, far-eastern former Soviet Union Encephalitis Epidemic Murray Valley encephalitis
Australia, New Guinea Encephalitis Epidemic Rocio
Brazil Encephalitis Epidemic St. Louis encephalitis
North and South America Encephalitis Epidemic West Nile
Eurasia, Africa, North America Encephalitis Epidemic Encephalomyelitis Tick-borne encephalitis
Europe, Russia, former Soviet Union Encephalitis Epidemic Endemic Louping ill
Great Britain Encephalitis Rare - sporadic Powassan
Russia, North America Encephalitis Rare - sporadic Bunyaviridae (Bunyavirus) California encephalitis
Western North America Febrile illness Rare - sporadic Encephalitis Jamestown Canyon
North America Febrile illness Rare - sporadic Encephalitis La Crosse encephalitis
North America Febrile illness Epidemic Encephalitis Snowshoe hare
North America Febrile illness Rare – sporadic Encephalitis Bunyaviridae (Phlebovirus) Toscana
Europe, Mediterranean basin Febrile illness Epidemic Meningitis Endemic Meningoencephalitis Encephalitis
Here we report clinical symptoms and the humoral immune response in humans to the diseases caused by the principal virus transmitted by arthropods.
Among animal viruses, arboviruses are unique in that they are transmitted by blood-sucking arthropods (vectors) to vertebrates, a mode of transmission commonly known as biological transmission involving the three essential components: virus, vector and vertebrate. Arboviruses generally require horizontal transmission by arthropod vectors among vertebrate hosts for their natural maintenance. On the basis of their arthopod vector, arboviruses that cause neurological infections can be classified as mosquito borne, tick borne, and viruses transmitted by different species of sandflies and by other vectors.
Among mosquito-borne viruses some members of Alphavirus genus in the family Togaviridae represent an important group of neurological disease agents. Alphaviruses of neurological interest include Western Equine Encephalitis virus and Eastern Equine Encephalitis virus and Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, which can cause severe disease in horses and encephalitis in humans. Human outbreaks of all three of these viral diseases occur shortly after outbreaks are observed in horses.
Alphavirus encephalitis results in either localized or diffuse signs of cerebral dysfunction. Signs of meningeal irritation (meningoencephalitis) are nearly always present but may not be evident in the very young, the very old or the comatose patients. Inflammation of the leptomeninges may occur in some patients without evidence of brain dysfunction (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1). Onset of neurological disease is preceded by a period in which the patient has an influenza-like illness. Encephalitis may follow quite soon after the onset or may follow days or weeks later [
While in the New World the arboviruses of neurological importance belong to the Togaviridae family (with the exception of West Nile virus), in the Old World (Europe, Asia and Africa) the viruses involved belong to the Flaviviridae family and are transmitted by mosquitoes and by ticks, as illustrated in Table
Flaviviruses that cause neurological disease can be classified on the basis of their mode of transmission as tick-borne or mosquito-borne viruses. In Europe the most important agent of human disease is the Tick-borne encephalitis virus (TBE), transmitted by ticks; in Southern and eastern Asia the Japanese encephalitis virus (JEV) is the most important pathogen transmitted by mosquitoes. Recently the Flavivirus West Nile spread from the Old World to America and since 1999 it represents an important cause of neurological disease in the United States.
The TBE virus species includes three sub-types, namely Far Eastern (previously RSSE), Siberian (previously west-Siberian) and Western European (previously Central European Encephalitis, CEE) virus.
The incubation period of the disease is usually 7–14 days, but it may vary from 2–28 days. The main clinical neurological syndromes associated with TBE are febrile headache, aseptic meningitis, meningoencephalitis, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13, and post-encephalitic syndrome.
Encephalitis produced by European subtype viruses is biphasic with fever during the first phase and neurological disorders of differing severity, during the second phase, which occurs in 20–30% of patients. In contrast with severe Far Eastern subtype virus infections, those following infection by European strains are usually milder, mostly without sequels; case fatality rates are often as low as 1–2% and the disease in children is less severe than in adults.
Aseptic meningitis is the most common form of clinical TBE disease. It usually presents with high fever, headache, vomiting, and vertigo. Signs of meningeal irritation usually occur but may not be pronounced; however, all patients exhibit cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) pleocytosis.
Presentation of meningoencephalitis is variable. Meningeal signs are usually present, and patients are somnolent or unconscious. Severe tremors of extremities and fasciculations of the tongue, profuse sweating, asymmetrical paresis of cranial nerves, and nystagmus are common symptoms. In some patients, delirium and psychosis may develop rapidly (within hours).
Meningoencephalomyelitis is the most severe form of the disease. It is characterized by paresis that usually develops 5–10 days after the remission of fever. Severe pain in the arms, back, and legs occasionally precedes development of paresis. Involvement of cranial nerve nuclei and motor neurons of the spinal cord produces flaccid paralysis of the neck and upper-extremity muscles. Death may occur within 5–7 days of the onset of the neurological signs [
The Japanese encephalitis virus (JEV) serocomplex includes other human pathogens such as West Nile virus, Murray Valley encephalitis, St. Louis encephalitis, and Kunjin viruses. JEV is a leading cause of childhood viral encephalitis in southern and eastern Asia and has also been a problem among military personnel and travelers to these regions.
Disease symptoms vary from a mild febrile illness to acute meningoencephalomyelitis. After an asymptomatic incubation period of 1–2 weeks, patients exhibit signs of fever, headache, stupor, and generalized motor seizures, especially in children. The virus invades and destroys the cortical neurons and causes encephalitis. This neuronal damage is similar to the destruction of anterior horn cells seen in poliomyelitis. The fatality rate ranges from 10–50% and most survivors have neurological and psychiatric sequels [
The West Nile virus (WNV) causes encephalitis in humans and horses. In humans, incubation ranges from 2–15 days. About 80% of WNV infections are asymptomatic, but some patients have symptoms ranging from mild febrile illness (>95% of patients) to meningitis or encephalitis (<1% of patients). People infected with WNV could experience fever, headache, and other non-specific symptoms that typically last for several days. Patients can also have a variety of other signs and symptoms including nausea, vomiting, macular-papular rash, chills, abdominal pain, muscle weakness, photophobia, conjunctivitis, movement disorders, parkinsonism, confusion, and slurred speech. For some patients, a febrile prodrome is immediately followed by encephalitis. More severe neurologic manifestations, such as a syndrome resembling poliomyelitis and acute flaccid paralysis, have been seen. The most severe complications are commonly seen in the elderly, with reported case fatality rates from 4–11% [
The Bunyaviridae are a large group of viruses that infect a diversity of arthropod vectors and animal hosts. They have a worldwide distribution and can be the cause of human illness. The most important viruses in the family Bunyaviridae that produce neurological disease in humans belong to genus
The viruses that cause neurological disease are classified into the California serogroup: California encephalitis virus (CEV), La Crosse virus (LACV), Jamestown Canyon virus (JCV), and snowshoe hare virus. Symptoms range from unapparent or mild febrile disease to encephalitis and death. After a 3–7-day incubation period, sudden onset of fever, followed by stiff neck, lethargy, headache, nausea, and vomiting may be observed in infected individuals. Seizures have been seen in approximately half of the infected patients, and about 65% of the adult patients exhibit signs of meningitis. Seizures are the most important sequels in children and have been observed in approximately 10–15% of children 1–8 years after infection [
Viruses causing neurological disease are Toscana (TOS) virus and Rift Valley fever virus [
Studies on the structure and function of the various structural and non-structural proteins have been extensively conducted to understand the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8 response to Alphaviruses infection.
Virus-specific IgM antibodies are detectable very early in human disease and often provides a means for rapid diagnosis of infection. Virus-specific immunoglobulin A (IgA) also appears early in infection, but declines rapidly. IgG antibodies appear in serum after 7–14 days and are maintained at relatively high levels for years. Rapidity of host antibodies synthesis is predictive of outcome from encephalitis because patients without evidence of antibodies at the time of illness are most likely to die. Accumulating data support the hypothesis that recovery from alphavirus infection is dependent primarily on the antibody response. Antibodies can neutralize virus infectivity and promote virus clearance by reticuloendothelial system (RES) in conjunction with complements. As described in Fig. General course of symptoms of arboviral neurological diseases. The infection is characterized by a biphasic course. Viremia occurs during the febrile phase and ends when neurological symptoms appear. Appearance of antibodies correlates with cessation of viremia.
Susceptibility to flavivirus encephalitis implies a failure at some stage of the immune response that theoretically may be defined in either qualitative or quantitative terms. There is substantial clinical and experimental evidence for a correlation between protection against encephalitic disease and the presence of virus-specific antibodies, but the molecular and cellular basis for the development of this response has not been defined thoroughly. In studies that have shown protection by antibodies, the roles of other immune system components in the process have not often been assessed. Furthermore, there is increasing evidence that flaviviruses have evolved mechanisms to manipulate the effector functions of both innate and adaptive immune responses. The magnitude and importance of these responses probably vary from one experimental model to another and account for differences observed in studies that have examined the immune system in the context of a either a primary or a memory response [
Extensive studies have been conducted in JEV patients. In humans infected with JEV a rapid and potent antibody response has been observed. Serum IgM to the virus can be detected in many patients when symptoms first appear, by the seventh day of disease, and can be detected in most survivors. On the other hand, there are patients who succumb so rapidly to Japanese encephalitis that antibody levels remain undetectable at death (diagnoses being made by isolation of the virus from brain). Antibodies are directed in part against the envelope (E) glycoprotein and therefore have virus-neutralizing (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14) and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8-inhibiting activity, and in part against virus non-structural proteins NS1, NS3 and NS5.
Antibody synthesis undergoes class switching so that IgGs to JEV can be detected in most patients within 30 days of disease onset. In patients previously infected with another flavivirus (e.g. dengue virus), there is an anamnestic response to flavivirus-group common antigens so that IgGs to JEV are present sooner and in greater quantities.
Antibody levels are lower in instances of subclinical infection compared to disease. A correlate of that phenomenon is the longer persistence of IgM to JEV observed in clinically severe versus mild infections; serum IgM to the virus can be measured in some patients 1–2 years after convalescence. Thus, in some patients, antibody responses reflect the severity of disease, possibly correlating with the duration and extent of virus replication.
Anti-viral IgM and IgG are present in CSF of patients with overt Japanese encephalitis but not in those infected subclinically. B cells and differentiated plasma cells are present in the perivascular cuffs of brain tissue from fatal encephalitis, as well as in CSF during acute disease. CSF leukocytes collected during acute Japanese encephalitis spontaneously produce IgM and IgG to JEV; moreover, antibody levels in CSF are greater than those in serum. These data provide a pathophysiologic basis for regarding CSF IgM to JEV as a marker of virus localization within the CNS [
While Flavivirus diseases have been extensively studied, only few information are available for neurological diseases caused by Phleboviruses.
The principal studies have been conducted on Toscana virus that has been considered as one of the emerging disease in Europe.
In Toscana virus patients, IgM antibodies, usually present at the onset of symptoms, can reveal elevated titers by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). IgM antibodies are detected in serum of patients 4–5 days after the onset of symptoms, reaching their highest titer 1–4 weeks after, and can persist for at least 1 year. IgG antibodies can be absent at the onset of symptoms: titers rise in convalescent sera and persist for many years. High titers of neutralizing antibodies are present in convalescent sera (range from 1:40–1:2,560). However, there appeared to be no correlation between the severity of illness and the subsequent titer of neutralizing antibodies.
At least five proteins have been identified in Toscana virus-infected cells: nucleoprotein N, glycoproteins G1 and G2, a large protein (L) assumed to be a component of the polymerase, and two nonstructural proteins, NSm and NSs. Immunoblotting and semiquantitative radioimmunoprecipitation assay (RIPA) allow identification of nucleoprotein N as the major antigen responsible for both IgM and IgG responses. Antibodies to glycoproteins are detected in about one-third of patients, and their presence always predicts neutralizing activity. Antibodies to non-structural proteins NSm and NSs are also identified. These results raise some questions about antigenic variability and relevant 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 epitopes of Toscana virus [
Alcohol; Astrocytes: Neuroinflammation
Long-term chronic and acute, binge-type alcohol (ethanol) consumption disrupts cognitive function and causes structural brain damage. The adverse effects of ethanol are typically realized when blood ethanol levels reach 20–50 mM; however, blood ethanol concentrations have been reported to exceed 200 mM. Among the cells profoundly affected by ethanol are the astroglia. Astroglia are the most prevalent cell type in the human central nervous system (CNS) and perform important roles both in normal tissue homeostasis and response to injury and infection. Physiological functions of astroglia include neurotrophic factor production, regulation of neuronal development and function, neurotransmitter metabolism and extracellular regulation of pH and K+concentration and they comprise a critical component of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2. Important astroglial derived inflammatory mediators include cytokines,
It is well known that alcohol abuse results in structural and functional damage to the brain. Damage to the CNS is clearly evidenced in alcoholic individuals by a significant reduction in both brain weight and brain volume compared to control subjects. Interestingly, the neuropathology caused by alcohol appears to be region and cell type specific. For instance, the cerebral cortex, hypothalamus and cerebellum are quite vulnerable to the adverse effects of alcohol. Additionally, while both neurons and astroglia are affected by alcohol, astroglia are particularly susceptible to the detrimental effects of alcohol. Ethanol alters astroglial cell function and proliferation and the reduction in brain size is likely due in part to the cytotoxic effects of ethanol on astroglia. These ethanol-mediated effects on astroglia are potentially very important given that astroglia are essential for neuronal survival and function and are instrumental in response to infectious and traumatic insults to the CNS. The mechanism responsible for ethanol-induced brain damage is not fully understood but a major contributor appears to be inflammation. That is, ethanol induces inflammation in the brain and alters inflammatory pathways in the brain. These changes in inflammatory pathways likely contribute to brain damage but may also alter CNS immunocompetence and response to injury. For instance, risk and fatality of bacterial meningitis is greater in patients with alcoholic liver cirrhosis than in patients with non-alcoholic cirrhosis [
The transcription factor, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 plays a pivotal role in inflammatory and immune related responses in astroglia.
The inducible isoform of nitric-oxide synthase (iNOS) is not usually present in the healthy CNS. However, following traumatic or pathologic insult, iNOS is transcriptionally induced via an NF-κB-dependent mechanism, particularly in the affected astroglia. iNOS subsequently catalyzes the generation of nitric oxide (NO) in the region of the activated astroglia. Induction of astroglial iNOS, which is instrumental in response to injury and immunocompetence within the CNS, is modulated by ethanol exposure [
The inducible isoform of cyclooxygenase,
Bacterial lipopolysaccharide (LPS; endotoxin) and interleukin-1β (IL-1β) stimulate astroglial expression of inflammatory mediators through activation of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20 (TLR)-4 and IL-1RI receptors, respectively. Ethanol-induced inflammation is attenuated when TLR-4 and IL-1RI activation is blocked [
The glycoprotein, intercellular adhesion molecule (ICAM)-1 is constitutively expressed on the surface of multiple cell types including astroglia. As a ligand for integrin receptors on leukocyte cell surface membranes, this molecule is instrumental in leukocyte migration. While the importance of ICAM-1 on astroglia has not been fully elucidated, this adhesion molecule seems to be instrumental in neuroinflammation. Involvement of ICAM-1 in neuroinflammation is evidenced by increased expression of ICAM-1 on astroglia following exposure to inflammatory stimuli. Also, recruitment of leukocytes into the CNS involves ICAM-1 and activation of astroglial ICAM-1 results in the expression of an array of inflammatory cytokines. These astroglial events are likely involved in sustaining the inflammatory response within the CNS. The enhanced cell surface expression of ICAM-1 on astroglia following proinflammatory stimulation is prevented by ethanol exposure [
Important functions of chemokines within the CNS include recruitment, activation and proliferation of leukocytes, microglia, and astrocytes. One chemokine that has emerged as instrumental in both physiological and pathological events in the CNS is interferon-γ inducible protein or CXCL10. Indeed, infection within the CNS and injury to the brain is often associated with enhanced astroglial CXCL10 expression in the affected region. Thus, it appears that astroglial CXCL10 has an integral role in CNS immunocompetence and response to injury. Ethanol-induced changes in astroglial CXCL10 expression could potentially compromise CNS immunocompetence or be involved in ethanol-induced CNS pathologies. In fact, ethanol has been found to modulate CXCL10 expression
There is much work to be done in order to fully appreciate the cellular and molecular mechanisms by which ethanol alters inflammatory pathways in astroglia. Furthermore, the differential effects of acute and chronic ethanol exposure on astroglial inflammatory pathways also need to be determined. While several ethanol-sensitive targets likely exist, NF-κB is central to neuroinflammation and consistently implicated in the ethanol-mediated effects on astroglial inflammatory mediators (Fig. Schematic representation of the ethanol-sensitive sites which may influence inflammatory signaling in astrocytes. The exact mechanism by which ethanol modulates inflammatory signaling in astrocytes remains unclear. However, as gleaned from several in vitro models of neuroinflammation, there are multiple ethanol-sensitive sites in astrocytes that may impact CNS immunocompetence and response to brain injury in alcohol abuse. Ethanol alters signaling through two cell surface receptors, toll-like receptor (TLR)-4 and type 1 interleukin (IL)-1 receptors, which are activated by bacterial lipopolysaccharide (LPS) and IL-1β, respectively. Following activation of the receptors, signal transduction cascades are activated, many of which activate the transcription factor nuclear factor (NF)-κB, which is central to inflammatory signaling in astrocytes and consistently implicated in ethanol mediated effects on neuroinflammation. NF-κB transactivation is instrumental in the induction of numerous genes which encode for inflammatory proteins including inducible nitric-oxide synthase (iNOS), cyclooxygenase type 2, chemokines (i.e., interferon-γ inducible protein or CXCL10) and intracellular adhesion molecule-1. Additional studies are warranted in order to identify the molecular mechanisms through which ethanol alters the expression and/or activity of these inflammatory molecules. Subsequent studies are also needed to determine the interactive effects of ethanol on multiple target molecules in a given astrocyte or astrocyte population.
There are four members of the JAK family (JAK1, JAK2, JAK3 and TYK2) and seven members of the STAT family (STAT 1, 2, 3, 4, 5A, 5B and 6). JAKs have a molecular weight of 120–140 kDa and contain seven JAK homology (JH) domains. The C-terminal JH1 domain has tyrosine kinase activity while JH2 has a pseudokinase structure but no catalytic function and regulates JAK activity. Regions JH3 to JH7 are required for interaction with the receptor. The molecular weight of the seven STATs ranges from 80 to 115 kDa. They also show a related structure with an N-terminal dimerisation domain and a central SH2-domain that are required for STAT dimerisation. The SH2 domain also contains a conserved tyrosine residue that serves as a substrate for the JAKs. Phosphorylation of this tyrosine is essential for STAT activity. Adjacent to the dimerisation domain are a coiled-coil domain that is involved in protein-protein interactions and the DNA binding domain. The transcriptional activation domain (TAD) is close to the C-terminus.
The SOCS family currently contains eight members, SOCS1-SOCS7 and CIS that range in molecular weight from 22 to 63 kDa. Members of this family share two common motifs – a central SH2 domain interacts with phosphorylated tyrosine residues and the C-terminal SOCS-box mediates ubiquitination and degradation of the SOCS protein.
Many cytokines and hormones that use type I or type II cytokine receptors mediate their biological effects via JAK/STAT signaling pathways including the colony stimulating factors, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9, many interleukins (e.g., IL-2, 3, 4, 5, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9, 10 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9), leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF), ciliary neurotrophic factor, growth hormone, prolactin, erythropoietin and leptin (Fig. Utilization of JAKs, STATs and SOCS for signal transduction by some selected cytokines, hormones and growth factors. The JAK/STAT signal transduction pathway is central to the action of the majority of cytokines. On the whole the specific biological responses of cells to individual cytokines is the culmination of the activation of different STAT molecules. Here, ligands are grouped and combined according to receptor family. Reported activation of a specific JAK ( A generic JAK/STAT signaling pathway and its feedback inhibition by SOCS. (i) Binding of a cytokine to its receptor causes receptor subunit association. (ii) Receptor-associated JAKs are brought into close proximity resulting in JAK tyrosine phosphorylation/activation and JAK-mediated receptor chain tyrosine phosphorylation followed by STAT recruitment and JAK-mediated tyrosine phosphorylation of the STAT. (iii) Phosphorylated STAT molecules dissociate from the receptor chain and form dimers. (iv) Nuclear translocation of STAT-dimer and binding to specific DNA recognition sites modulates the transcriptional activity of target genes such as SOCS genes that are induced. (v) SOCS bind to JAKs thus inhibiting their catalytic activity or prevent STAT-binding to the receptor. (vi) SOCS-mediated complex formation with elongin B and C and a putative E3 ubiquitin ligase involved in the proteosomal degradation of the SOCS molecule and the bound STAT.
Abbreviations: CIS, cytokine-inducible SH2 protein; CNTF, ciliary neurotrophic factor; CSF, colony stimulating factor; CT, cardiotrophin; Epo, erythropoietin; G-CSF, granulocyte colony stimulating factor: GM-CSF, granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor; GPCR, G-protein coupled receptor; IFN, interferon; IL, interleukin; JAK, Janus kinase; MCP-1, monocyte chemotactic protein-1; MIP-1α, macrophage inflammatory protein-1 alpha; RANTES, regulated on activation, normal T-cell expressed and secreted; SDF1-α, stromal derived factor 1 alpha; STAT, signal transducer and activator of transcription; SOCS, suppressors of cytokine signaling; Tyk2, tyrosine kinase 2.
Mechanisms exist to downregulate the JAK/STAT signaling cascade and thereby avert potentially damaging consequences of unrestrained cytokine signaling. SOCS constitute an important physiological feedback mechanism for self-limiting the cellular cytokine response. There are multiple targets through which the SOCS molecules inhibit cytokine-activated JAK/STAT signaling (Fig.
Our current understanding of cytokine signaling and its regulation in the CNS during neuroimmune diseases comes mostly from studies in animal models [ STAT1 is elevated in the brain of mice with chronic production of IFN-α. Sections of brain from a wild type (WT) or a transgenic mouse (termed GFAP-IFNα) with astrocyte-targeted production of the type I IFN, IFN-α. Sections were stained by immunohistochemistry using a polyclonal antibody against murine STAT1. The STAT1 molecule forms part of the canonical IFNAR-coupled JAK-STAT signal transduction pathway that mediates the actions of type I IFNs such as IFN-α. Neurons in healthy WT mice show only low expression of STAT1 protein that is located predominantly in the cytoplasm (
In summary we can say that cells intrinsic to the CNS such as neurons and oligodendrocytes respond vigorously to cytokines such as IFNs with strong positive feed forward regulation of the JAK/STAT signal transduction pathway leading to significant increases in these cells in the expression of a number of target genes. However, under these conditions
As we have seen the cerebral expression of various STATs, their activation, as well as that of the major physiological inhibitors of this pathway, SOCS1 and SOCS3, is highly regulated in a stimulus- and cell-specific fashion. Recent work has begun to focus on the relationship between the JAK/STAT/SOCS activity and biological responses to cytokines in the CNS.
Transgenic mice (termed GIFN) with astrocyte-targeted production of IFN-α while resistant to CNS viral infection, develop progressive neurodegenerative disease with inflammation and calcification associated with increased expression of IFN-regulated genes and activation of the IFN-signaling molecules STAT1 and STAT2. The role of STAT1 or STAT2 in mediating the actions of IFN-α has been explored by generating GIFN mice null for these STAT genes [
These studies indicate that IFN-receptor signaling is clearly complex, involving the coexistence of multiple JAK/STAT as well as alternative pathways. The balance in the activity of these pathways dictates the repertoire of CNS responses regulated by IFN-α. Signaling via the primary pathway involving STAT1 and STAT2 stimulates the induction of genes such as 2′5′oligoadenylate synthetase that may play a beneficial role in the CNS, for example in anti-viral defence. Moreover, the activation of this primary pathway suppresses or inhibits through unknown mechanisms, signaling via alternative type I IFN receptor-coupled signaling pathways. A reduction or loss of signaling by the primary pathway results in increased activity of the alternative signaling pathways. As the strength of the cytokine-receptor coupled signaling shifts to these alternative pathways the level and nature of the cellular response also changes which, in the case of IFN-α leads to pathogenetic responses in the CNS and thus exacerbation of disease.
While STATs are positive regulators of cytokine signaling, SOCS act as negative regulators. The cytokine IFN-γ is produced in the CNS in the course of demyelinating diseases such as MS or EAE and has been shown to inhibit remyelination and injure oligodendrocytes. As we noted above, in EAE and cell-mediated immune responses in the GFAP-IL12 transgenic mice, there is an apparent deficit of SOCS1 or SOCS3 gene expression by oligodendrocytes. This in turn may result in increased and more prolonged cytokine activated JAK/STAT signaling predisposing these cells to adverse effects by cytokines such as IFN-γ. In support of this idea, the forced expression of SOCS1 in oligodendrocytes diminishes the responsiveness of these cells to IFN-γ and protects against damage mediated by this cytokine [
In contrast to IFN-γ, the cytokine leukemia inhibitory factor (LIF) ameliorates demyelination, increases the viability of oligodendrocytes and increases SOCS3 gene expression. In the cuprizone-induced demyelination model, LIF activates STAT3 signaling in oligodendrocytes resulting in increased SOCS3 expression by these cells [
In all, these studies illustrate that depending on the type of cytokine and the context of the pathophysiologic state, SOCS expression can be variably regulated in neural cells such as oligodendrocytes and may have either beneficial or detrimental functions in the evolution of CNS injury and recovery from inflammatory insult.
To date little is known concerning the role of cytokines and the JAK/STAT/SOCS signaling pathways in human neuroinflammatory diseases with most information available for the autoimmune disease MS. Expression of several cytokines including IL-12, IL-6 and IFN-γ is upregulated in microglia and astrocytes of patients with active MS as compared with control patients [
If we assume a similar role for JAKs and STATs in human neuroinflammatory diseases as compared with experimental animal models, then drugs that affect the activity of the JAK/STAT pathway might prove to be effective therapeutics. In support of this possibility, experimental studies suggest pharmacological modulation of the JAK/STAT pathway can have a beneficial impact on the course of neuroimmune diseases such as EAE.
While several tyrosine kinase inhibitors have been developed that target specifically JAK kinase activity, effects of most of these compounds on CNS diseases has not yet been thoroughly investigated. However, from the limited data available it is clear that targeting the activity of the JAK kinases is an effective approach to suppressing EAE in rodents.
Targeting the SOCS might be another strategy to modulate the activity of signal transduction pathway activity and target cell sensitivity in CNS disease. A SOCS mimetic has been developed that mimics the effects of SOCS1 [
Similar to peripheral organs, inflammatory stimuli affecting the CNS induce the local production of a variety of cytokines that orchestrate the host response. For many cytokines binding to their cell surface receptor is coupled to the activation of the JAK/STAT/SOCS signaling cascade as well as other signal transduction pathways. Further complexity is introduced due to the cell-specific localization of specific molecular components of these pathways. Achieving coherent, balanced and specific cytokine signaling is the culmination of multiple levels of control with cross-talk between individual pathways as well as direct regulatory inputs that further modulate the duration of signaling. Disruption in this balance can produce undesirable consequences as bias towards an individual signal pathway can lead to inappropriate cellular responses and cause damage or retard repair and regeneration within the CNS. Therefore, altered cytokine signal transduction may contribute to the pathogenesis of certain neurological diseases. In this regard, it is significant that there are environmental agents such as viruses as well as genetic determinants that are known to interact directly with the signal transduction networks for many cytokines altering signaling thresholds that in turn can lead to an inappropriate cellular response. Achieving a thorough understanding of the dynamics and consequences of the signaling mechanisms in the CNS for individual cytokines is therefore an important goal that could lead to more effective therapeutic strategies for the treatment of adverse neuroinflammatory diseases.
The main subdivision of the inferior colliculus that receives most inputs ascending from the lower auditory system in the brainstem. It projects to the ventral division of the medial geniculate body.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
Thalamic pain; Deafferentation pain; Central neuropathic pain
The International Association for the Study of Pain (IASP) defines neuropathic pain as “Pain initiated or caused by a primary lesion or dysfunction of the peripheral or central nervous system.” A new classification is being introduced by a working group on Neuropathic pain. According to this working group, it is suggested that neuropathic pains are pains arising as a direct consequence of a lesion or disease affecting the somatosensory system. This revised definition fits into the nosology of neurological disorders and also distinguishes neuropathic pain from normal physiological plasticity seen when the somatosensory system is activated following noxious stimulation.
Central Pain (CP) occurs following lesions of the sensory pathways in the spinal cord or brain. The essential pathological feature is a lesion in the CNS resulting in partial or complete loss of sensory input in the nervous system with corresponding negative sensory phenomena, such as partial or complete anesthesia in the area subserved by the structure with the lesion [
A variety of diseases may give rise to CP (Table Etiology of central neuropathic pain
Multiple sclerosis Syringomyelia or syringobulbia Neoplasm of brain or spinal tissue Spinal cord injury Parkinson’s disease Epilepsy Inflammation of brain or spinal cord tissue
Central pains are characterized by a specific lesion or disease of the CNS and Pain located in a neuroanatomical area with partial or complete sensory loss. Spontaneous ongoing or paroxysmal pain (stimulus independent). Stimulus evoked pain (stimulus dependent), including for example touch-evoked or cold 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8, abnormal summation of pain and after-sensations.
These symptoms/signs may occur in various combinations, but do not necessarily have to be present altogether. The underlying disease itself may also influence the pain and sensory pattern and contribute to heterogeneity of the core phenomena of CP.
Examples of distribution of central pain in a patient with central post-stroke pain following a lateral medullary infarction (a), a patient with at- and below level neuropathic pain in spinal cord injury (b), and a patient with central pain following multiple sclerosis (c).
In spinal cord injury, pain may be located at the level of injury as a band around the thorax, or below the level of injury, either diffusely or in patches (Fig.
The most common and important forms of stimulus-dependent pains include allodynia, which implies that stimuli which normally do not provoke pain now do so. Allodynia may coexist with hyperalgesia. Non-noxious brush, touch or thermal stimuli are examples of stimuli that can give rise to allodynia. Allodynia may be present with little impact on the patient’s daily life; in other cases, it is the dominating clinical feature and very disabling. The touch from cloth or taking a shower may cause intense pain, and a gentle touch may be felt as a burning sensation. While allodynia usually is considered to be a cutaneous phenomenon, recent observations suggest the presence of a deep tissue allodynia. For example, in post-stroke pain, movement-induced pain has been described and deep pain may be associated with a lowering of pain threshold to mechanical pressure. Allodynia to touch is best assessed using cotton wool or a small brush and is assessed by brushing the skin lightly. This may elicit a burning pain sensation in patients with dynamic mechanical allodynia but also non-painful dysaesthesia. Allodynia to cold and warm stimuli may be assessed using thermo-rollers. In cases of pinprick hyperalgesia, the patient will report increased pain compared to the mirror site when pricked on the skin with a pin. After-sensations with continued pain long after the stimulation has ceased may be observed [see also Neuropathic Pain].
An essential part of neuropathic pain is loss of sensory function. In some cases, sensory changes are subtle and a thorough sensory examination is needed, including perhaps the use of quantitative methods. Abnormal temperature and pain sensibility is the most consistent abnormality in post-stroke pain and it is suggested that a spino-thalamo-cortical sensory deficit is a necessary, albeit not a sufficient condition for the occurrence of CP [
There is limited information on the frequency of CP. In a prospective study that included 207 consecutive stroke patients, 8% developed CP within the first year after their stroke [
The mechanisms responsible for CP are still unclear, but various theories have been advanced to explain these pains. The frequent incidence of evoked pain and decreases in mechanical thresholds in painful areas suggest the presence of hyperexcitability, and clinical and experimental studies indicate the presence of sensitization of 2nd or 3rd order neurons in the CNS that have lost their normal patterned input [
Like other chronic pain conditions, CP is a complex psychological experience which may have consequences for daily activities, sleep, cognition, emotion, behavioral and social relations and a broad approach to the treatment is essential. There is limited data on the pharmacological treatment of CP. Gabapentin, pregabalin, tricyclic antidepressants, lamotrigine and cannabinoids are treatments that have been shown to relieve CP, but other drugs like serotonin-noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors and opioids have not yet been studied in CP conditions [
Neural pattern generator; Neural oscillator
A central pattern generator (CPG) is an assembly of neurons that possesses the ability to produce a rhythmic activity pattern without phasic sensory feedback information. The rhythm generating ability can be due to either endogenous bursting properties within individual neurons (Pacemaker-driven CPGs) or synaptic interactions between neurons (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14).
The concept of central pattern generation was introduced in the early part of the twentieth century to account for experiments which demonstrated that deafferented hind limbs in anaesthetized cats were still able to produce rhythmic movements/muscle contractions [
This “central control hypothesis” contradicted the “peripheral control hypothesis” of locomotion that was prevalent at the time. The “peripheral control hypothesis” considered the reflex as the basic functional unit in the nervous system and proposed that rhythmic movements (e.g. walking, swimming) are caused by the activation of alternating reflexes, i.e. contraction of a flexor muscle causes the activation of a reflex that triggers contraction of the antagonistic extensor muscle, which in turn activates the reflex that causes contraction of the flexor muscle leading to rhythmic movements. Furthermore, it was thought that the sequential activation of individual reflexes, where the action of one reflex causes a sensory response that triggers a second reflex and so on (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18), also underlies the control of complex behavioral sequences.
Based on a wide range of studies in both invertebrates and vertebrates this debate has been settled in favor of the central control hypothesis and the CPG has emerged as a general principle of neuronal organization. However, it has also been recognized that phasic sensory feedback has an important role to play in shaping CPG output.
It should be noted that CPGs do not only generate rhythmic activity that directly controls motor behaviors, but that they also play a role in CNS activity patterns that are believed to be important for cognitive functions (e.g. hippocampal gamma and theta rhythms [
Mechanisms for the generation of rhythmic activity in CPGs have frequently been divided into two broad categories – pacemaker-driven CPGs and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 oscillators. Pacemaker-driven CPGs rely on neurons with intrinsic bursting properties (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9), so called 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5, for their rhythm generating ability (Fig. Diagrams of various CPG rhythm generating mechanisms. (a) Pacemaker CPG. The upper diagram shows various ion channels that commonly underlie the endogenous bursting property in pacemaker neurons (INap: persistent Na+ current, LVA ICa: low-voltage activated Ca++ current, IK(Ca): Ca++-dependent K+ currents, IA:slow activating K+ currents, Ih:hyperpolarisation-activated inward currents). The lower trace shows a schematic representation of the electrical activity pattern in a pacemaker neuron. The grey arrows indicate which ion channels are responsible for the different phases of the bursting pattern. (b-d) Schematic representations of the network configurations and activity patterns of three types of network oscillators. The diagrams at the top of each panel shows the connectivity between the network elements. Circles denote inhibitory synapses, whilst bars denote excitatory synapses. The traces below the diagrams show the activity pattern inthe correspondingly labelled network elements. See text for more details.
In contrast to pacemaker-driven CPGs, the rhythm generating property of network oscillators is an emergent network property based on the synaptic connections between neurons that form a CPG. The 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8 oscillator, first proposed by Graham Brown [
Both
Studies in a wide variety of vertebrate and invertebrate preparations have shown that most CPGs do not rely on a single mechanism for rhythm generation, but use a combination of mechanisms and should be considered as hybrid CPGs. For example, the leech heart CPG was considered a half-centre oscillator, but it has now been recognized that leech heart interneurons also possess intrinsic pacemaker properties [
Most insights into the rhythm generating mechanisms of CPGs have been derived from Diagram of interactions between command systems, CPGs, motor systems and the environment. CPGs need to be considered in the context of the entire organism and its interaction with the environment to fully understand their function. Whilst CPGs can generate a basic motor pattern, this pattern is influenced by command and modulatory signals from higher order command systems as well as feedback from the motor system and the environment. Black arrows: command signals, white arrows: feedback signals.
CPG driven activity patterns can be active continuously throughout the life of an organism (e.g. mammalian respiration) or can be short episodic events triggered by a specific stimulus (e.g. fish escape response). The study of command systems that drive CPG activity has concentrated particularly on well-defined, robust episodic behaviors in relatively simple preparations that are reliably triggered by a specific stimulus. These preparations promised the possibility of identifying specific neurons, so called
This observation is consistent with the recognition that CPG activity can be driven by different stimuli and that there are usually parallel pathways that all contribute to the activation of a CPG. Thus, it is not surprising that most neurons that can drive a CPG do not appear to be absolutely necessary to trigger activity in a specific CPG. Furthermore, CPGs are flexible and can generate different activity patterns depending on the precise nature of the stimulus and an organism’s requirements. Whilst the different patterns utilize the same muscle groups, motoneurons and CPG interneurons, the sequence and phase relationship of activation of these elements can differ. For example, the
The central regulation of autonomic function depends on structures distributed throughout the neuraxis. They include the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 (PAG) of the midbrain, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 in the dorsolateral pontine tegmentum, and several areas of the medulla, including the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 (NTS), reticular formation of the ventrolateral medulla (VLM) (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22) and medullary raphe nuclei [
The insular cortex is the site of cortical representation of visceral, pain, and temperature sensation [
The amygdala nuclear complex attaches emotional significance to sensory stimuli, including pain, and initiates the autonomic responses associated with emotion, including fear [
The hypothalamus has a central role in the integration of autonomic and endocrine responses required for homeostasis and adaptation to internal or external stimuli. It is subdivided functionally into a periventricular zone, involved in circadian and neuroendocrine control, a medial zone involved in control of foraging behavior, and a lateral zone controlling arousal and motivated behavior. Several hypothalamic nuclei innervate brain stem and spinal targets controlling sympathetic and parasympathetic neurons. These include the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 (PVN), the dorsomedial nucleus, the arcuate (infundibular) nucleus, and the posterior lateral hypothalamus (perifornical region) [
The PAG consists of different longitudinal columns that receive specific inputs from sensory pathways, hypothalamus, and cerebral cortex and initiate stimulus-specific autonomic, somatic, and antinociceptive responses to external stressors [
The VLM contains neurons that control sympathetic vasomotor tone, cardiac function, respiration, and endocrine function [
The insular and anterior cingulate cortices, amygdala, hypothalamus, and PAG form a functional unit that has a critical role in integrated responses to stress, emotional responses, and motivated behavior [
The NTS, VLM, and medullary raphe are involved in autonomic reflexes and mediate the effects of rostral areas, including the amygdala, hypothalamus, and PAG, on sympathetic and parasympathetic outflow [
The preganglionic sympathetic or parasympathetic neurons are the final central effectors of the forebrain and brainstem structures controlling autonomic output [
The vagus nerve provides the most widespread cranial parasympathetic output. Vagal preganglionic neurons are located in the dorsal motor nucleus, which controls respiratory and abdominal viscera, and in the ventrolateral region of the nucleus ambiguus, which innervates the heart. The vagus has a critical role in beat-to-beat control of the heart rate and regulation of gastrointestinal motility and secretion [
The anterior cingulate cortex and the amygdala control autonomic responses associated with motivated behavior and emotion. The human anterior cingulate cortex is activated during goal-directed behaviors associated with sympathetic activation [
The hypothalamus is critical for integration of autonomic with endocrine and behavioral responses required for homeostasis and adaptation [
The PAG is a critical component of the circuits involved in emotion and stress responses, including those triggered by pain [
The rostral VLM has a critical role in tonic maintenance of arterial blood pressure [
The central control of autonomic functions can be affected by focal or degenerative disorders. Ischemic stroke involving the insular cortex can produce cardiac arrhythmias, which are a potential cause of sudden death Limbic seizures arising from the amygdala or anterior cingulate cortex may produce cardiac arrhythmias, cutaneous vasomotor and sudomotor changes, mydriasis, vomiting, or respiratory manifestations. Hypothalamic disorders are commonly associated with disturbances in thermoregulation, which may be paroxysmal or chronic and are commonly associated with disturbances in the sleep-wake cycle and food intake. Neurologic catastrophes, such as head trauma and subarachnoid hemorrhage, may manifest with paroxysmal sympathetic hyperactivity (hypertension, tachycardia, pallor, excessive sweating, hypothermia or hyperthermia) due to activation or disinhibition of hypothalamic and medullary sympathoexcitatory regions, including the PVN and rostral VLM. Medullary lesions, such as tumors, strokes, or syringobulbia, may manifest with paroxysmal hypertension, orthostatic hypotension, cardiovagal failure, or sleep apnea. High spinal cord lesions interrupting descending inputs to the preganglionic neurons may manifest with orthostatic hypotension and thermoregulatory failure as well as with paroxysmal unpatterned reflex sympathetic activity triggered by bladder distension and other stimuli (autonomic dysreflexia). Neurodegenerative disorders, such as multiple system atrophy, produce sympathetic and parasympathetic failure due to loss of preganglionic sympathetic and parasympathetic neurons, as well as neuronal loss in the VLM, medullary raphe, and other central autonomic nuclei.
Increased sensitivity of central neurons processing sensory information.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
The cognitive and emotional state of the individual, as it pertains to modulating effects on sensorimotor systems.
Central set is largely determined by prior experience and current expectations and is influenced by factors such as affect (e.g. fear, anxiety, depression), arousal and attention.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
The central sulcus (or fissure) separates the primary motor (precentral gyrus) and primary somatosensory (postcentral gyrus) areas of the cerebral cortex. It marks the boundary between the frontal and parietal lobes.
Tractus tegmentalis centralis; Central tegmental tract
The central tegmental tract also known as the large longitudinal catecholaminergic bundles, is the most important terminal segment of the extrapyramidal-motor system. Uniting here are efferents from the corpus striatum, globus pallidus, red nucleus, reticular formation, central gray matter of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13, pons and myelencephalon. The fibers chiefly terminate in the nucleus of the inferior olive from which a powerful tract passes to the cerebellum (olivocerebellar tract). In this manner, a motor feedback system is created, governing coordination of motor control.
Pathways
CNS vestibular disorders; Brainstem–cerebellar vestibular disorders; Non-peripheral vestibular disorders
Dysfunction of the vestibular system due lesions in the central nervous system (CNS).
The vestibular system is divided into a peripheral portion, housed in the labyrinth of the inner ear, the vestibular portion of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22 (= acoustic-vestibular) cranial nerve, and the central connections of the vestibular nerve. Clinically, disorders of the vestibular system are divided into peripheral (labyrinth) and central (CNS) [
Central vestibular disorders can be classified in different ways, according to (i) the underlying pathological process (e.g., inflammatory, demyelinating, tumoural, vascular, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4, traumatic), (ii) topography (e.g., medullary, cerebellar, cortical) and (iii) system involved (e.g., vestibulo-spinal, vestibulo-autonomic, vestibulo-ocular, vestibulo-cortical). Whenever possible, a physician would apply all these classifications simultaneously to his/her patient; for instance a patient can have a
In clinical practice it is customary to divide patients’ problems into
The clinical findings that allow a distinction between a peripheral and a central vestibular disorder to be made are emphasized here. Apart from the presence of abnormal findings on the general neurological examination, such as limb weakness, anesthesia or ataxia, most signs indicative of a central vestibular disorder concern eye movement abnormalities. These include various forms of nystagmus, briefly mentioned below, as well as abnormalities in smooth pursuit, vestibulo-ocular reflex suppression and saccades, not discussed here.
Nystagmus is an involuntary, repetitive back and forth movement of the eyes. During head or whole body rotation there is a normal physiological nystagmus, which consists of a slow velocity component stabilizing the eyes on earth-stationary objects and a fast phase that resets the eyes approximately to the middle of the orbit. Pathological peripheral vestibular nystagmus arises when a labyrinth on one side is hypoactive (or less frequently hyperactive). The slow phase is toward the damaged (hypoactive) side and the fast phase beats away from the lesion. Physiological and pathological nystagmus is labeled on the basis of the beat direction of the fast phase, e.g., destruction of the left labyrinth induces right-beating nystagmus.
The term central nystagmus indicates that the lesion is in the CNS. However, some forms of central nystagmus relate to non-vestibular ocular stabilization mechanisms (e.g., 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16). In contrast, central vestibular nystagmus is specifically due to asymmetry in vestibular mechanisms controlling ocular stability; some examples are downbeat nystagmus (due to cerebellar floccular damage), spontaneous torsional nystagmus (due to unilateral vestibular nuclei lesions) and upbeat nystagmus (due to lesions interfering with the central vestibulo-ocular integrator in the ponto-medullary and ponto-mesencephalic tegmentum).
The main causes of the DBNS syndrome are (i)
Vertical opsillopsia is a reflection of the cardinal sign, downbeat nystagmus. The DBN is due to the fact that the pathways conveying the head-up vestibulo-ocular reflex traverse through the flocculus, hence lesions here create an imbalance in favor of the head-down VOR.
The flocculo-nodular lobe of the cerebellum also plays an important role in other ocular-motor functions, such as eccentric gaze holding, smooth pursuit and VOR suppression control. Accordingly, many patients also display abnormal gaze holding, in the form of gaze paretic nystagmus and abnormal pursuit and VOR suppression on clinical or laboratory examination of the eye movements.
An important step in the examination of the patient with balance or vestibular symptoms is the positional maneuver. The Hallpike or Dix–Hallpike maneuver is the most frequently used. The patient is rapidly moved by the examiner from the sitting position to a supine, ear-down position. The most frequent abnormality found is due to a peripheral vestibular disorder called benign paroxysmal position vertigo (BPPV; see under peripheral vestibular disorders). In most disorders of the brainstem and the cerebellum involving central vestibular connections, a positional nystagmus is also induced. Since the physician does not normally know a priori whether the patient has a peripheral or a central vestibular lesion, careful examination of the positionally induced nystagmus is vital to establish a topographic diagnosis. Usually, peripheral positional nystagmus as in BPPV is accompanied by intense rotational vertigo (“positional vertigo”) and discomfort, but these symptoms are less common and intense in central lesions. The more important distinctive features however, relate to the characteristics of the positionally induced nystagmus. In peripheral positional nystagmus there is usually a latency of several seconds to nystagmus onset after reaching the ear down position. The nystagmus subsides and disappears after 10–20 s (“adaptation”) and diminishes on repeated positional maneuvers (“fatigability”). All these features, which are due to the underlying mechanism of canal lithiasis (canalolithiasis, see under peripheral vestibular disorders), are absent in central positional nystagmus. There is no latency so the nystagmus appears immediately on arrival in the ear down position and the nystagmus can persist for as long as the offending head position is maintained and reoccurs on each new positional maneuver (lack of adaptation and fatigability). Of utmost importance, the beat direction of the nystagmus in BPPV can be traced to a specific semicircular canal (usually the posterior canal) whereas this is usually not the case in central positional nystagmus. In particular, positional downbeat or upbeat nystagmus should raise a “red flag” for an underlying neurological condition.
The two main ischemic syndromes with central vestibular implications are infarctions in the territory of the posterior inferior cerebellar artery (PICA) and the anterior inferior cerebellar artery (AICA). The
Since the AICA irrigates not only brainstem and cerebellar structures but also the labyrinth itself,
Although the most notorious symptom in migraine is headache, visual, auditory, somatosensory and vestibular features are also prominent. Although migraine is an inherited disorder, its symptoms are mostly episodic. Triggers for the episodes can often be identified and include sleep deprivation, certain foods (e.g., red wine, chocolate) and intense sensory stimulation such as bright lights. The underlying biochemical disorder responsible for migraines is not fully understood, but vascular mechanisms, channelopathies (dysfunctional neuronal membrane ion channels) and peptide-mediated irritation of V nerve terminals may all play a part.
Migraneous headaches are pulsating or “throbbing,” accompanied by nausea and intolerance to loud sounds (phonophobia), bright lights (photophobia) or smells (osmophobia). In recent years, the role of migraine as one of the main causes of episodic vertigo has been recognized. In parallel it has been observed that vestibular stimulation and motion sickness can trigger migraine in susceptible subjects. Observations of migraine patients in the middle of their vertiginous attacks indicate that peripheral (labyrinthine) and central vestibular syndromes or both can occur [
The most frequent disorder of the vestibular nerve is a slowly growing benign tumor called
A reliable clinical history provides vital clues as to whether symptoms of vertigo, dizziness, oscillopsia or unsteadiness are caused by peripheral or central vestibular disease. In favor of a central topography are symptoms attributable to brainstem and cerebellar structures, such as numbness (V) or weakness (VII) of the face, speech disturbance (cerebellar 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4), swallowing difficulties (IX, X) or to long tracts, such as unilateral body weakness or numbness. Although unilateral hearing symptoms can occasionally be due to central disease (e.g., see AICA syndrome above) they are more common in peripheral (e.g., Meniere’s disease) or VIII nerve (e.g., vestibular schwannoma) disease.
In the clinical examination, the physician seeks to establish if there are abnormalities attributable to CNS disease, e.g., abnormalities of the motor-sensory systems such as hemiparesis, hemianesthesia or ataxia. The presence of signs of cranial nerve dysfunction (e.g., facial weakness or anesthesia), central nystagmus (torsional, pendular, gaze paretic, central positional nystagmus) and other abnormalities of eye movements, such as slow or 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4 and broken up pursuit or VOR suppression, are particularly important.
In unilateral or bilateral peripheral vestibular disease the main abnormality is a reduction in rotational or caloric responsiveness, uni- or bi-laterally respectively. In contrast, in central vestibular disorders the main indicator of CNS disease is the presence of abnormal pursuit, VOR suppression or saccades, even if vestibular symmetry to caloric or rotational stimulation is preserved. Examination of the waveform of a spontaneous or gaze evoked nystagmus can also help to distinguish between peripheral and central vestibular disease and between acquired and congenital nystagmus.
General
Motion sickness is a common experience at some point in our lives. Symptoms of nausea, pallor, cold sweatiness and vomiting can be induced by land, air or sea travel in most normal subjects. However, susceptibility varies greatly within the population and within an individual, with children and women being more susceptible than adult males. A possible hormonal influence underlying this trend is suspected. Apart from its impact in the general population, motion sickness is intensively studied because of its impact in civilian and military air and sea crews [
The vestibular system plays a prominent role in motion sickness as indicated by the fact that subjects lacking vestibular function cannot be made sick by motion. Also, the autonomic symptoms induced by caloric and rotational stimulation of the labyrinth or by vestibular disease are almost identical to those of motion sickness. Motion dynamic characteristics are important; low frequencies particularly centered at 0.10–0.30 Hz (e.g., one cycle every five seconds) as experienced on ships are more provocative than faster frequencies as experienced in a small sports car.
Visual field motion (= optokinetic stimuli) can also induce similar but less intense sickness. This is explained by the fact that optokinetic stimuli activate central vestibular neurons and induce sensations of self-motion (= vection). An example of a vection illusion is that induced by departure of a train on the track next to the train on which one is seated.
There is no ecological explanation as to why animals and humans should develop motion sickness. Neural projections between the vestibular system and the autonomic centers (including vomiting centers) in the floor of the IV ventricle underlie the gastric and circulatory physiological phenomena. A possible role of the vestibular system in detecting circulating toxins, where vomiting would have a beneficial role in precluding further intestinal absorption, has been discussed; alcohol intoxication is an example. Also, the fact that motion sickness is more readily induced in situations of sensory conflict (= disorientation mismatch; see below) suggest that the unpleasant sensations induced may serve the purpose of raising awareness that conditions in the environment are unusual and potentially threatening for the organism. For instance, the motion sickness symptoms experienced when locked up in a moving enclosure, as inside a ship with no windows, are partly due to the visuo-vestibular conflict in which vestibular cues inform the CNS that there is body motion but visual cues do not confirm it. If the person finds the way to the deck and looks at the moving horizon, the sensory conflict is resolved and motion sickness improves to some extent.
Prevention is the best tactic against motion sickness. Drugs used to prevent motion sickness belong to two main groups, anti-muscarinic (scopolamine = hyoscine) and antihistaminic (cinnarizine; cyclizine), which are used for their central (CNS) effects on vestibular and vomiting centers. Scopolamine is considered to be the most effective drug. Non-pharmacological treatment is effective and consists of de-sensitizing the subject to the provoking stimuli, namely body and visual motion. The motion devices required for this treatment are relatively complex and the treatment is usually reserved for professional air and sea crews.
This is the name given to the spatial disorientation, dizziness and motion sickness that arise when a subject is exposed to conflicting sensory information.
Orientation in space is provided by various sensory channels, of which the more important are the visual, vestibular and proprioceptive systems. In normal circumstances the information provided by these various inputs is coherent and congruent. For instance, when we turn our heads the motion provided by these systems agrees with each other. Two common examples in which sensory conflict arise are (i) being inside a ship or reading while riding a bus, where vestibular input signals head motion but visual input does not (because the visual scene remains head-fixed and the eye sees no change with respect to the visual surroundings) and (ii) when viewing tilted or moving large visual scenes. In the latter case the visual input is centrally interpreted as due to self-motion, but this is not confirmed by the vestibular or proprioceptive systems.
As with motion sickness, the susceptibility to becoming disoriented or dizzy due to conflicting visuo-vestibular input varies greatly within the population. One of the factors involved in this variability relates to how much “weight” an individual places on his/her visual input for spatial orientation. This is so because vision, as a non-inertial sensory system, is more likely to provide the “wrong” information when sensory conflict arises. Hence, subjects who place more weight on vision (“visually dependent”) are more likely to experience disorientation than those who rely more on inertial cues for spatial orientation.
This is a syndrome that develops in some patients with peripheral vestibular disorders, although it is based on central physiological mechanisms akin to “mismatch disorientation” (see previous paragraph).
In the majority of patients with acute peripheral vestibular disorders the central process of vestibular compensation suppresses the symptoms (e.g., dizziness) and signs (e.g., nystagmus; postural imbalance) within weeks or a few months. In some patients, symptoms continue chronically, particularly when visuo-vestibular conflict arises, such as viewing moving visual scenes as in traffic or in complex urban scenarios such as supermarkets. Research has shown that increased visual dependence (see previous paragraph) underlies the syndrome of visual vertigo [
Central projections; Centrifugal inputs
The olfactory system is at the interface of the environment and the central nervous system. It is responsible for coding sensory information from thousands of odorous stimuli. To accomplish this, odor information must be processed through various levels. A modified representation of the odor stimulus is generated at each level. In mammals, an olfactory stimulus activates an ensemble of olfactory receptor neurons in the olfactory epithelium, each of which expresses an odorant receptor. These sensory neurons project to the first central relay of the olfactory system, called the main olfactory bulb, where the olfactory nerve contacts the bulbar output neurons, the mitral and tufted cells. These neurons project directly to the olfactory cortex. The olfactory bulb is the first major site of integration for olfactory information.
The olfactory bulb does more than processing sensory information; it also integrates information communicated via centrifugal projections (fibers) from many central structures [
There are many types of centrifugal fibers projecting to the olfactory bulb from various brain areas [
Glutamatergic afferences are coming from many brain areas including several cortical regions and some hippocampal structures. The feedback projections coming from olfactory cortex are the main centrifugal fibers innervating the olfactory bulb (Fig. Main glutamatergic projections onto olfactory bulb. The olfactory bulb receives feedback projections from every part of the olfactory cortex. It also receives glutamatergic projections from other cortical areas (including frontal cortex) and from hippocampal structures.
It has been shown earlier that stimulation of primary olfactory cortical structures or anterior commissure, which is the major route for centrifugal fibers, produces a negative 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12 (LFP) in the granule cell layer (GCL) consistent with an activation of granule cells. More recently, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 recording has confirmed that stimulating the piriform cortex produces excitatory postsynaptic currents (EPSCs) (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16) in granule cells [
The main role of granular GABAergic interneurons is to deliver inhibitors onto mitral cell dendrites via reciprocal dendrodendritic synapses. These synapses allow recurrent release of inhibitors onto activated mitral cells and lateral inhibition between two neighboring mitral cells. These phenomena are thought to be the basis of mitral cell synchronization, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14, and contrasted responses to various odorants. Modulating granule cell responsiveness to mitral cell stimulation may be a very efficient way to modulate olfactory bulb activity in response to odorant activation.
Many studies demonstrate that dendrodendritic inhibition of mitral cells depends on activation of granule cell spines via AMPA and NMDA ionotropic glutamate receptors. However, NMDA channels are tonically blocked by extracellular Mg2+. Repetitive stimulation of terminals arriving in the GCL or tetanic stimulation in the piriform cortex produces a large depolarization of granule cells sufficient to remove the Mg2+ blockade of NMDA receptors in the granule cell spines [
The ability of granule cells to inhibit mitral cells is highly dependant on their excitation by centrifugal inputs. Thus, any changes in the characteristics of these excitatory inputs may have large consequences on the properties of the entire network. Controlling granule cell inhibition of mitral cells is a powerful way for the cortex to modulate olfactory bulb activity.
For example, it is known that beta frequency oscillations of the olfactory bulb network are essential for olfactory function and can be modified by olfactory experience. They are enhanced during olfactory learning tasks and repetitive presentation of an odorant. Disruption of cortical centrifugal fibers eliminates odor-evoked 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15 and their experience-dependant enhancement. The integrity of these cortical projections is also essential for the formation of odor-reward olfactory associations [
In addition to the massive innervation by glutamatergic terminals, the olfactory bulb receives inputs from neuromodulatory regions (Fig. Neuromodulatory projections onto olfactory bulb. Neurons from the horizontal limb of the diagonal band of broca (HDB) are releasing acetylcholine (Ach). Neurons from the dorsal raphe nucleus (DRN) are releasing serotonine (5-HT). Neurons from the locus coeruleus (LC) are releasing norepinephrine (NE).
Cholinergic fibers extend from the horizontal limb of the diagonal band of broca (HDB) to every bulbar layer, but their principal target is the dendrodendritic synapse between the granule cells and the mitral cells in the external plexiform layers [
Acetylcholine has various effects, depending on cell type. This 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 increases the excitability of periglomerular interneurons and mitral cells via the synaptic and extrasynaptic nicotinic receptor [
These cholinergic fibers are beginning to be recognized as being heavily involved in olfactory function. Spontaneous olfactory discrimination is impaired when these fibers are damaged and is more accurate with increased efficiency of these fibers. if the nicotinic receptor is blocked in the olfactory bulb, the animal cannot discriminate between two closely related odorants [
Noradrenergic fibers extend from the locus coeruleus
The influence of norepinephrine on olfactory performance depends on the age of the animals. In neonates, within the first postnatal week, the locus coeruleus is essential for formation and stabilization of conditioned olfactory learning [
Serotoninergic fibers extend from the dorsal raphe nuclei and innervate the glomeruli. In neonate rats, serotoninergic activity is important for conditioned learning [
Centrifugal projections extending from olfactory and neuromodulatory structures act together to regulate activity of the main olfactory bulb. This concerted modulation of olfactory information processing illustrates the intensive crosstalk between these areas of the brain.
The large variety of centrifugal projections and cell types innervated by these fibers give this system a high level and various sources of plasticity. There are many situations in which the olfactory bulb needs to be highly plastic. Behavioral studies clearly demonstrate the major role of centrifugal projections in enhancement of spontaneous odor discrimination, olfactory learning, and recall of specific olfactory memories. Furthermore, computational modeling has suggested that these inputs may increase in contrast in mitral cell responses to various odorants.
Physiological studies have shown the possibilities of long lasting changes in the strength of centrifugal inputs and the excitability of olfactory bulb neurons. Centrifugal fiber’s stimulation in fish can induce long-term potentiation (LTP) at the mitral cell to granule cell synapse [
Another major source of plasticity in the olfactory bulb network is continuous neurogenesis in the adult, consisting of production of granular and periglomerular interneurons throughout the life of the animal. As interneurons are the main targets of centrifugal projections and as adult neurogenesis is regulated by olfactory experience and sensory activity [
Feedback projections from cortical structures play a major role in attentional processes in other sensory pathways, including the visual system. The existence of attentional mechanisms in the olfactory system is under debate; presence of the classic type of attentional processes, as in other sensory systems, is excluded by the fact that the olfactory centrifugal projections do not pass through the thalamus. However, some of the defects in olfactory performances reported in behavioral studies of animals with altered centrifugal innervation may be interpreted as an impairment of olfactory attention.
Nucl. Centromedianus; Centromedian nucleus
The centromedian nucleus belongs to the Intralaminar thalamic nuclei and receives its afferents from motor and parietal cortex as well as from the globus pallidus. It projects to the putamen, which in turn projects to the globus pallidus. This functional loop conveys poly-sensory information to the corpus striatum, which is important for execution of correctly oriented motor responses.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
Commissura cerebelli; Cerebellar commissure
The two cerebellar hemispheres communicate via long commissural fibers. The associated bundle of fibers crossed the vermis cerebelli close to the fastigial nucleus. The preceding part is called the anterior cerebellar commissure and the succeeding part is known as the posterior cerebellar commissure (Stilling).
Cortex cerebelli; Cerebellar cortex
Just like the cerebrum, the cerebellum also evidences a pronounced cortical structure. The gray nuclear cortex is greatly folded and interspersed with white, fiber-containing matter. The cerebellar cortex has a typical cyto-architecture whose chief components are Purkinje cells, granular cells, basket cells and Golgi cells.
The cerebellar cortex compares motor program with motor action and optimizes the motor program.
The topographical projection of Purkinje cells located within the sagittal zones of the cerebellar cortex to specific locations in the cerebellar nuclei.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Defining the function of the cerebellum has been an elusive target of investigators for at least a century. Most initial inferences resulted from ablation experiments in animals and clinical studies of cerebellar patients. In general, disturbances in balance, posture, eye movements, and control of volitional, goal-directed movements were observed. Fundamentally, these disturbances were primarily related to the fine control of various movements, not an inability to initiate or execute the task. Based on these observations, the cerebellum was considered to play a major role in regulating a wide variety of motor behaviors with little involvement in nonmotor functions. This restrictive view changed dramatically in the early 1980s with the discovery that lesions of the cerebellum in otherwise intact animals made it impossible to acquire and recall the classically conditioned eyeblink reflex. More recent imaging studies showed correlates of neuronal activity in the cerebellum during a variety of cognitive tasks. Consequently, it is now well accepted that the cerebellum is engaged in motor as well as nonmotor functions.
Structurally, the cerebellum consists of a foliated cortex and the deep cerebellar nuclei. The output neurons of the cerebellar cortex, the Purkinje cells, project to the cerebellar nuclei as the corticonuclear projection ( Diagrammatic illustration of the cerebellar-olivary loop, a set of interconnections relating the nuclear projection of Purkinje cells (PC) to the projection of climbing fibers from the inferior olive to the cerebellar cortex. Note the corresponding projections from Zones A and B to the related regions of the deep nuclei. Inhibitory nuclear neurons project in turn to olivary neurons which ultimately terminate on Purkinje cell dendrites in the same sagittal zones. Brachium conjunctivum: ascending output projection from the cerebellar nuclei. In the cerebellar nuclei and inferior olive, clear cells are excitatory and filled cells are inhibitory.
The output of the cerebellum originates largely from the cerebellar nuclei, with the exception of some Purkinje cells that project from the vermal region to components of the vestibular system. These output pathways affect neuronal interactions in the spinal cord, numerous brainstem nuclei, as well as the hypothalamus, thalamus and cortex. The vermal, intermediate, and lateral cerebellar regions, the larger sagittal zones described above, are each related to a specific set of afferent and efferent projections. The midline or vermal zone, of which the fastigial nucleus is a part, interacts extensively with the vestibular system, components of the eye movement system, and descending projections to the spinal cord originating primarily from the medulla. These descending projections play an important role in the regulation of posture and locomotion. The intermediate zone and the associated interposed nuclei are unique in having extensive interconnections with the spinal cord as well as the pontine nuclei, the thalamus, and the cerebral cortex. This zone is involved in the coordination of ongoing volitional movements, and it also is involved in the regulation of spinal reflexes, including the
Across all of the zones, there are two primary types of afferent projections to the cerebellum, the mossy fibers and the climbing fibers. In general, each afferent pathway projects to both the cerebellar cortex and the nuclei, although the majority of projections are received by the cerebellar cortex. Mossy fiber projections originate from multiple sites within the brain and spinal cord receiving inputs from the same sagittal zone to which these afferents project. These include inputs from virtually all sensory modalities that are important for the control of movement, inputs from the collaterals of output neurons in the cerebellar nuclei, and from the cerebral cortex. Mossy fibers inputs projecting from different regions of the body terminate in a pattern within the cerebellar cortex called a “patchy mosaic.” The representation of different body regions are intermixed in a mosaic-like distribution across the folia of specific cerebellar cortical regions. The inputs to the cerebellar cortex from mossy fibers are conveyed by a cerebellar cortical neuron, the granule cell, which in turn projects to the Purkinje cells via parallel fibers. These fibers are shown in Fig.
Each of the approximately eight sagittal zones also receives a specific projection from a unique afferent system, the climbing fiber system. As shown diagrammatically in Fig.
This unique afferent projection is activated under specific functional conditions and produces a very large depolarization of the Purkinje cell dendritic tree. These afferents are known to generate these responses following unexpected sensory stimuli as well as during certain features of a voluntary movement. In addition, they respond to vestibular inputs and moving visual stimuli (stimuli moving across the retina). See [
It is beyond the scope of this review to describe these systems further except to emphasize that they provide a substrate for integrating multiple sensory inputs with information characterizing the activity in descending projections involved in generating movements. The importance of the cerebellum in integrating a variety of sensory information with the control of ongoing movement is emphasized by the fact that this structure receives inputs activated by virtually all types of sensory stimuli. These inputs provide updated information about the movement and position of the extremities, balance, and multiple characteristics of the environment. Very importantly, cerebellar systems are designed to modify motor behavior as a consequence of integrating information from sensory pathways with information from the pathways more directly responsible for generating movements. The cerebellum’s efferent projections are among the most diverse of the nervous system, making it feasible for the cerebellum to influence all aspects of motor behavior as well as autonomic and cognitive functions of the nervous system.
One of the primary functions of the cerebellum is the real-time control and coordination of a wide variety of movements. Characteristically, the more precise and complex the movement and the greater the integration required for its execution, the more the cerebellum is involved in its control. In general, the cerebellum is particularly important for the coordination of discrete, goal-directed smooth pursuit movements of the eyes (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19), control of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7, and the regulation of multijoint movements of the extremities, particularly those requiring the integration of postural changes with phasic limb movements. This structure is also important for the coordination of combined eye and hand movements.
Cerebellar circuits utilize both feedforward and feedback control mechanisms in regulating these movements. However, much of the literature emphasizes the importance of the cerebellum in predictive or feedforward control mechanisms (See [
An example of this is shown in Fig. Trajectories of a control subject and two cerebellar patients (WFN: 28 and WFN: 51) from a start position (
This force field deflected the movement down and to the right as the manipulandum moved from the start position to the target. It was necessary for a subject to properly predict the change in muscle activation required to compensate for the force field in order to move to the target in a straight line. Normal subjects (Control, top row) can acquire this capability after adequate practice. However, cerebellar patients who had spinocerebellar ataxia (SCA), even those that were not so ataxic (patient shown in B, E, and H) were incapable of compensating for the imposed force field. It is important to note that this type of cerebellar deficit appears task- and/or condition dependent. For example, animals with the critical components of the cerebellar efferent systems inactivated are still capable of acquiring and retaining compensation for a different type of elastic load applied every trial in a reaching task (see [
Likely related to the use of feedforward mechanisms is the capacity to establish 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9 critical to the performance of the task. These representations may relate to properties and location of the target, dimensions defining extrapersonal space, features of the musculoskeletal system and/or body image, and elements of the motor sequence. Experiments of the type illustrated in Fig.
In addition, the cerebellum also participates in feedback regulation by playing a role in modifying motor responses on the basis of updated information about the progress and accuracy of an ongoing movement. Consequently, this structure is very important in generating coordinated responses to perturbations encountered during the execution of a variety of tasks.
As introduced above, certain eye movements are among the movements most dependent upon the cerebellum for their normal performance. Without the required cerebellar circuitry, eye movements necessary for following slowly moving objects in the visual field, designated smooth pursuit movements, cannot be performed. In addition, very rapid or saccadic movements of the eyes are very dysmetric in the absence of cerebellar control. Finally, portions of the midline cerebellar region are critical for the full adaptation of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22, a process required for recalibrating the movement of the eyes relative to the movement of the head.
Considerable evidence has implicated the cerebellum in the learning of a wide variety of motor behaviors. These range from classically conditioned reflexes to complex, operantly conditioned tasks. The specific contributions of the cerebellum to this function are reviewed in other entries in the Encyclopedia. Consequently, this overview will focus on the cerebellum’s involvement in higher functions other than motor learning.
Studies implicating the cerebellum in other nonmotor functions have utilized imaging techniques such as fMRI and PET to illustrate changes in the activity of cerebellar regions during the execution of certain complex tasks, or they have examined the deficits manifested by cerebellar patients in related behaviors. Acknowledging that studies of this type provide strong inferences that the cerebellum is involved in these behaviors, they do not implicate this structure
The above sections emphasize that the cerebellum receives information from virtually every sensory system as well as from projections originating from structures important in motor control. In addition, the cerebellum plays at least some role in most if not all aspects of motor behavior. This heterogeneity of involvement has made it very difficult to assign a single function to this interesting structure. In attempting to integrate this information, general hypotheses have been proposed suggesting that the cerebellum acts as a “mediator” or “metasystem” for integrating information from multiple sensory systems on-line with information characterizing the task and the state of the organism in order to generate an optimized, well-coordinated movement ([
In addition to its role in regulating on-line motor behavior, the cerebellum also contributes to functions related to motor learning as well as other complex behaviors which are not movement related. The specific role the cerebellum plays in these higher order functions is still a matter of discussion. Similar to its role in regulating movements, its role in higher order functions may also be task- and condition-dependent. Consequently, its specific contribution to storing motor engrams and in regulating the storage-related processes at other sites remains uncertain and may be dependent on the type of behavior being learned and the conditions under which the task is being performed. Its role in other non-motor functions has been inferred largely from testing cerebellar patients and from imaging studies. The current evidence clearly shows that activity in certain cerebellar regions is modulated during the performance of certain higher order tasks, and that some complex higher order functions are impaired in cerebellar patients [
Many questions remain regarding the precise mechanisms by which the cerebellar cortex and nuclei contribute to the multiple types of neuronal and system interactions required for the execution of the wide variety of behaviors in which this structure is involved. Attaining the answers to these questions is confounded not only by the complexity of the integration required but also by the fact that the extent of the cerebellum’s involvement in both the on-line control of movement and higher functions associated with motor control appear to be task- and/or condition-dependent. Thus, the extent and the nature of the cerebellum’s involvement in any given movement is likely dependent on factors such as: the type or class of movement (reflexive, volitional, postural, etc.), the characteristics of the motor sequence, the novelty of the movement, the extent to which learning is required, the association of posture and movement, the occurrence of a perturbation during execution, and the requirement of feedforward and/or feedback control.
Hemispherium cerebelli; Hemisphere of cerebellum
The cerebellum can be divided into three parts: Hemispheres (cerebellar hemisphere) Vermis cerebelli Peduncles (cerebellar peduncles)
The hemispheres have a pronounced cortical structure (cerebellar cortex) rising like a tree from the central matter (medullary body of cerebellum) and is called arbor vitae, the tree of life.
The regions of the cerebellar hemisphere that are close to the vermis are called the cerebellar hemisphere, intermediate part. This runs around
The cerebellar hemisphere is subdivided into the intermediate part close to the vermis and the remaining lateral part. This has resulted from important functional observation, indicating that the Purkinje cells located in this lateral part have a common projection area, i.e. the dentate nucleus, while conversely the Purkinje fibers of the of the cerebellar hemisphere, intermediate part, project to the interpositus nucleus.
Cerebellar hemorrhage often occurs around the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4 and causes 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 and ipsilateral limb 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1. Sometimes there is ipsilateral facial weakness and gaze palsy. With increasing swelling,
Long-term depression is a type of synaptic plasticity accompanied with the long-lasting decrease in efficacy of synaptic transmission. In the cerebellar cortex, repetitive coupled activation of parallel fibers and a climbing fiber induces the long-lasting decrease of transmission efficacy at the parallel fibers and Purkinje neuron synapses. This cerebellar long-term depression has been considered as a cellular basis of motor learning.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
A set of three discrete nuclei within the cerebellum consisting of medial, intermediate and lateral nuclear groups. These nuclei receive inputs from extrinsic sources and from cerebellar Purkinje cells from different regions of the cerebellum. The axons of cerebellar nuclear neurons project to the brainstem and thalamus.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Nuclei cerebelli; Cerebellar nuclei
Subsumed under this collective term are four central cerebellar nuclei: Dentate nucleus Fastigial nucleus Emboliform nucleus Globose nucleus
An anterior-posterior strip of the cerebellar cortex containing Purkinje cells projecting to a specific mediolateral region in the cerebellar nuclei. Each zone also receives projections from a specific region of the inferior olive. There are also chemical markers that demarcate these zones.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Cerebellum is composed of a centrally situated vermis (“worm”) and the two hemispheres. It is responsible above all for planning motor programs and for preserving equilibrium. Dorsal view of the cerebellum (6/5×). Original figure 3.11a and b; taken from Nieuwenhuys, R; Voogd, J; van Huijzen, C. (Eds) 2008 “The Human Central Nervous System”. Fourth Edition. Springer, Berlin. page 83 with permission. Diagram of a dorsal view of the cerebellum. The direction of the folial chains of vermis and hemispheres is indicated by
FTNs
Neurons in the cerebellar roof nuclei or brainstem that receive the terminals of cerebellar cortical Purkinje cells.
FTNs are usually only one or two synapses distant from the motor output. Thus, while Purkinje cells receive mixed sensory and motor signals, FTNs tend to be more related to the motor system. FTNs receive the terminals of cerebellar cortical Purkinje neurons, usually upon their somata and proximal dendrites. This results in powerful mono-synaptic inhibition that is also tonic, as the average firing rate of a Purkinje cell, at least in the cerebellar 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6, is about 100 impulses/s. FTNs, in turn usually fire at high rates, ca. 120 impulses/s because they are bombarded by excitatory inputs (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6). This balance between FTN afferent excitation and Purkinje cell inhibition determines the moment-to-moment firing rate of FTNs.
The head can be envisioned as a sphere mounted on a ball joint, the neck, and is thus free to rotate in pitch, roll, and yaw. The head and body can also translate linearly. (An example of linear translation is walking.) The brain needs to be kept informed of the linear motion and position of the head and body and of the angular motion of the head. Relevant information is carried by the primary vestibular afferents that originate within the vestibular labyrinth. The labyrinth, located within the inner ear, is composed of linear accelerometers that sense the impulsive and gravitational components of linear acceleration and angular accelerometers that sense angular head motion. The angular sensors, the semicircular canals, are three in number bilaterally, and anatomically situated in the pitch, roll, and yaw axes of head rotation. Primary vestibular afferents terminate within the vestibular nuclei in the brainstem, while a subset projects directly to the cerebellum. Fig. A schematic of the connections between the flocculus of the cerebellum and brainstem that control the VOR. FTN is a flocculus target neuron, FPN is a flocculus projecting neuron, PVP is a position-vestibular-pause neuron, Y Cell is a cell in the Y group of the vestibular nuclei, Int. is an interneuron, SVN is a superior vestibular nucleus, MVN is a medial vestibular nucleus, IIIrd and IVth nuc. are the oculomotor and trochlear nuclei, respectively.
The brainstem terminal sites of primary vestibular afferents define the territory of the vestibular nuclei. Some vestibular nuclear neurons send their (axons) nerve fibers to the cerebellum. These are called flocculus projecting neurons or FPNs (Fig.
The sole output of the cerebellar cortex is the axons of the Purkinje cell, and while the terminal sites of these axons are localized to certain nuclear sites, they can also be diffuse in other regions. Thus, there is no specific, anatomical vestibulo-cerebellar territory. The vestibulo ocular reflex or VOR can serve as an example system to illustrate some principles of vestibular, cerebellar interactions.
VOR circuitry, although touted as a simple system because of the three-neuron arc, from vestibular nerve input to oculomotor neuron output, is actually decidedly more complex. This arc is imbedded into a structure containing highly recursive and interconnected loops between the brainstem and cerebellum. Inputs to the cerebellum via FPNs of the vestibular nuclei transmit head velocity and eye movement parameters to the cerebellar cortex carried by mossy fibers. This information is processed within the cortical circuitry and the output of the computation is returned to the vestibular nuclei by Purkinje axons that terminate on a subset of nuclear neurons, the FTNs (Fig.
The somadendritic morphology of vestibular neurons is correlated with their axonal projection targets. Vestibular VOR neurons project rostrally to the oculomotor nuclei and to the cerebellum. Many superior vestibular nucleus (SVN)-VOR neurons are FTNs. Mitsacos et al. [ Reconstructions of two superior vestibular nucleus neurons. The upper neuron is the soma and dendrites of an SVN-VOR neuron. The curved arrow points to a terminal dendritic formation, s is a dendritic spine, w is a wavy dendrite and a is the axon. The bottom neuron is an SVN-cerebellar projecting neuron. Arrowheads point to dendritic segments displaying an allodendritic branching pattern, p is a dendritic process, and w is a wavy dendrite. Calibration is 100 μm; arrow in the calibration bar points to the midline.
Cerebellar-projecting neurons had dendrites also confined to the SVN cellular boundaries and demonstrated the same rostro-caudal orientation as VOR neurons. While on average only 16% of VOR neuronal dendrites exhibited an allodendritic branching pattern (daughter branches shorter than parents, resulting in a dendritic arborization that is denser towards the periphery of the dendritic tree), neurons projecting to the cerebellum exhibit a particularly high degree of allodendritic branching. In the Squirrel monkey, SVN-VOR and cerebellar projecting neurons are morphologically similar to those described in the cat [
The cerebellar-brainstem loop has long been implicated in VOR plasticity, smooth pursuit eye movement generation, and the oculomotor integrator. Removal of the cerebellum completely abolishes the ability to change VOR gain, severely compromises smooth pursuit eye movements and affects the ability to hold gaze at eccentric positions.
The circumscribed portion of the cerebellar vermis (lobules VIc and VII) that appears to be integral to the control of saccadic and smooth-pursuit eye movements.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Oculomotor cerebellum; Vestibulocerebellum
As with other motor systems, circumscribed parts of the cerebellar cortex and deep cerebellar nuclei participate in the generation and control of eye movements. These eye movements include 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, smooth pursuit (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19), the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22, and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22 [
The 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15 (
The 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6 (
The 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6 and ventral paraflocculus are contiguous structures adjacent to the cerebellar hemispheres and overlying the eighth cranial nerve. Due to past inconsistencies in the naming of the ventral paraflocculus and to similarities of its connections and neuronal discharges with those of the flocculus (see below), the two areas are sometimes lumped together as the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6. Collectively, they participate in the generation of smooth pursuit and the regulation of the VOR. The flocculus receives direct input from the vestibular portion of the eighth nerve, and so is one part of the vestibulocerebellum.
The nodulus and uvula are vermal regions on the underside of the cerebellum that corresponds to midline lobules X and IX, respectively. The nodulus and rostral uvula also receive direct input from the vestibular nerve and have heavy reciprocal connections with the vestibular nuclei. It is the second component of the vestibulocerebellum. The nodulus/uvula is integral to the velocity storage mechanism, and so, participates in controlling the time course and direction of prolonged vestibularly and optokinetically induced eye movements (see 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22).
The ventral portion of the monkey posterior interpositus nucleus and adjacent portions of the caudal dentate nucleus have been implicated in the control of saccades. Inputs to this area derive from saccadic and/or smooth-pursuit regions of parietal cortex by way of the dorsal and dorsolateral pontine nuclei. The same inputs innervate the dorsal and ventral paraflocculus, which project back to the interpositus/dentate. This region also projects directly to the superior colliculus and interstitial nucleus of Cajal, and indirectly to the frontal eye fields; all structures known to participate in the generation of saccades. In addition, the interpositus contains neurons that exhibit saccade-related discharges, and its transient inactivation using the GABA agonist, muscimol, results in an upward bias in the endpoints of saccades (dysmetria). This data is suggestive but preliminary, and a better understanding of the role of the ventral posterior interpositus and dentate area will require additional data.
A second more rostral oculomotor part of the dentate nucleus, which may overlap the part of the first area, is an extension of the y-group of the vestibular complex. This region contains neurons that are excited during upward eye velocity during smooth pursuit and during upward head rotation with the VOR suppressed. In macaques, these eye and head signals are roughly equal, and approximately cancel during VOR in the dark (i.e. they encode 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7). Some neurons have eye position sensitivity and most have saccadic eye-movement sensitivity. As the dentate/y-group area receives inputs from the paraflocculus and projects to the oculomotor nucleus, this region is thought to participate in generating vertical smooth pursuit.
Finally, evolution in humans produced a huge expansion of the lateral cerebellum along with its target nucleus, the dentate. There are strong indications that this expanded region participates in human cognitive functions. Accordingly, a portion of the lateral cerebellum has increased activity in functional-MRI studies of humans generating memory-guided saccades (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13) and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1.
Oculomotor portions of the cerebellum receive direct input from the eighth nerve, the vestibular nuclei, the pontine reticular formation (paramedian pontine reticular formation (PPRF)), raphe nuclei in the pons and medulla, and indirectly from the superior colliculus and specific regions of the cerebral cortex. The latter are relayed through the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 and the pontine nuclei (see below). The cortical inputs to these relay nuclei include the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6, the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, parietal areas middle temporal (MT), medial superior temporal (MST), and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12. (Each of these areas is discussed more fully elsewhere in this Encyclopedia). A previous concept that each cortical region served one particular type of eye movement, (e.g. the FEF subserved saccades and area MST subserved smooth pursuit) has been replaced after the demonstration that the FEF, SEF, and LIP each have adjoining or partially overlapping saccade-related, smooth-pursuit related, and sometimes vergence-related areas, and that visual motion processing areas MT and MST have connections with the saccade-related as well as pursuit-related cortical and subcortical structures. Accordingly, both saccade-related, smooth-pursuit related and vergence-related signals have been recorded from neurons in NRTP and the dorsolateral pontine nuclei.
The inferior olive provides climbing fiber inputs to all portions of the contralateral cerebellum, but these inputs are not thought to be important in short-term signal processing and will not be considered further.
There are several targets of the cerebellar output that are best examined in the context of the pathways mediating each type of eye-movement. For the saccadic system, cerebellar efferents arise from the FOR and project to the saccadic burst generators in the contralateral pontine and midbrain reticular formations, the contralateral superior colliculus, and thalamus. The burst generators excite agonist and inhibit antagonist motoneurons to generate the saccade (see 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2). For the smooth-pursuit system, different fastigial-nucleus efferents project to the vestibular nuclei and the pontine and midbrain reticular formations near the burst generators. An additional smooth pursuit pathway traverses the floccular lobe, which in turn, also projects to the vestibular nuclear complex. Specific output targets, which are better known for the floccular pathway, include the superior vestibular nucleus, the medial vestibular nucleus, the ventrolateral vestibular nucleus, and the y group. Signals are then conveyed to the ocular motoneurons to produce smooth-pursuit eye movements. There is also a projection of the floccular lobe to the basal interstitial nucleus of the cerebellum, whose function is not known. Details regarding these pathways are elaborated for each eye-movement system below.
Preliminary commands for the generation of saccades originate in cortical areas that include the FEF, SEF, LIP, and the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19. These signals converge on the deep and intermediate layers of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, which issues the final command to generate a saccade (Fig. Block diagram of the saccadic system showing cortical input converging on the intermediate and deep layers of the superior colliculus (SCint) and on to precerebellar relay nuclei in the ventral pons (NRTP and Pontine Nuclei). These relay nuclei also receive a copy of the saccadic command from the SCint, and all signals are sent to the oculomotor vermis and the fastigial oculomotor region (FOR). The major fed-forward pathways are shown; feedback pathways from the cerebellum to NRTP, from cerebellum to the thalamus, and from thalamus to cortex, have been omitted. Thinner lines represent pathways not discussed in the text. Lines ending in arrow-heads represent excitatory connections; lines ending in circular bulbs represent inhibitory connections.
Purkinje cells in the oculomotor vermis have a spontaneous discharge, and the majority exhibit saccade-related responses [
Purkinje cells in the oculomotor vermis make inhibitory connections with neurons in the ipsilateral FOR. However, the saccade-related discharges of FOR neurons resemble those of the vermis more than their inverse (see below). Evidently, FOR neurons are strongly influenced by the collaterals of the same 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 afferents that provide input to the vermis. FOR neurons typically have a spontaneous firing rate and a burst of spikes for all saccades, but the timing is characteristically dependent on saccade direction. Bursts for contraversive saccades typically lead saccade onset by an average 4–19 ms [
A minority of FOR-neurons have a qualitatively similar discharge pattern that is rotated into a predominantly vertical direction.
Efferents of the FOR target the horizontal and vertical burst generators, and physiological data show that efferents make excitatory connections with horizontal burst neurons (see 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2). Based on these connections, the discharges of FOR neurons, and the effect of unilateral lesions (see below), the FOR appears to augment the discharge frequency of the premotor 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5 during contraversive saccades, and may assist in terminating the discharge of excitatory burst neurons during ipsiversive saccades. By having such control of the burst duration and amplitude of the agonist and antagonist premotor neurons, the FOR is well suited to exert powerful control over saccade size and direction.
Smooth pursuit is initiated by the decision to track a moving target or the perception of motion without frank motion. Little is known about the neural substrate of the decision or the perception, but the encoding of target motion by striate and extrastriate visual cortex is well understood. In particular, cortical areas MT and MST are thought to be the source of the target motion signal used by the smooth-pursuit system. Medial parietal area 7m may also participate, but there is currently insufficient data to be positive. These regions project to the dorsolateral pontine nuclei, the frontal eye fields, and the supplementary eye fields, which each contain regions dedicated to smooth pursuit (see 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6). The FEF and SEF, in turn, project principally to the medial, dorsal, and dorsolateral pontine nuclei and to medial and dorsal NRTP. These pontine precerebellar nuclei convey the highly processed visual information to two different cerebellar circuits which are both important for the generation of smooth pursuit [
The first circuit includes the oculomotor vermis and caudal fastigial nucleus in a pathway very reminiscent of the saccade-related circuit above (Fig. Block diagram of the smooth pursuit system showing the flow of target-motion information from cortical areas MT and MST to cortical areas FEF and SEF, from the cortex to relays in the ventral pons (dlPN, dmPN, NRTP), and then to the cerebellum via two routes (Floccular lobe and Oculomotor vermis). Signals converge on the vestibular nuclei, which drive the ocular motoneurons. Thinner lines represent weaker pathways.
Purkinje cells in the oculomotor and surrounding vermis project to the caudal fastigial nucleus. Additionally, the fastigial nucleus receives input from NRTP, the dorsolateral and dorsomedial pontine nuclei, as noted above. Smooth-pursuit neurons in the fastigial nucleus exhibit discharges reminiscent of those in the vermis, with almost all exhibiting head-velocity and eye-velocity sensitivity [
The exact pathway by which fastigial smooth-pursuit signals reach ocular motoneurons has not been adequately explored. Efferents of the caudal fastigial nucleus target the vestibular nuclei in addition to the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16. Parts of the vestibular nuclei contain neurons that encode eye position and/or velocity during smooth pursuit and that project to the abducens nucleus. There are also neurons in the reticular formation that encode eye position and/or velocity, but their projections are unknown.
The floccular lobe receives information from some of the same areas as does the oculomotor vermis. Processed visual information originating in parietal cortex is conveyed to the floccular lobe via the dorsolateral and dorsal pontine nuclei. Smooth-pursuit signals originating in the FEF and SEF are conveyed via medial NRTP and medial pontine nuclei (Fig.
The ventral paraflocculus receives the bulk of the projections from the pontine nuclei, while the flocculus
Eye- and head-movement signals recorded from Purkinje cells in the floccular lobe resemble those recorded from the oculomotor vermis. The predominant group of neurons exhibit horizontal or vertical gaze-velocity discharges [
The floccular lobe conveys the smooth pursuit command to the motoneurons via the vestibular nuclei. Horizontal Purkinje-cell (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8) efferents impinge upon known “flocculus target neurons” in the medial vestibular nucleus and more weakly upon secondary vestibular neurons in the ventrolateral vestibular nucleus. Some flocculus target neurons make direct connections with abducens motoneurons while others make indirect connections. Vertical Purkinje-cell efferents synapse in the superior vestibular nucleus and in the y group, both of which project to motoneuron pools in the oculomotor nucleus that subserve vertical eye movements.
As stated earlier, the floccular lobe receives a major input from the vestibular nuclei and the flocculus
Neurons responding to pure vergence and/or combinations of version and conjugate eye movements have been found in the oculomotor vermis, the fastigial nucleus, the interpositus nucleus, and in the floccular lobe. The origin of these signals is likely from vergence areas in the superior colliculus and near the frontal eye fields, conveyed by way of NRTP. Thus, it is likely that these structures play a role in producing vergence eye movements, but much research is needed to be more precise.
Experimental lesions of the midline cerebellum (oculomotor vermis and caudal fastigial nucleus) produce substantial deficits in saccade generation and in smooth pursuit. Saccade deficits are more pronounced with lesions or chemical inactivation of one side. Inactivation of the caudal fastigial nucleus causes ipsiversive saccades to overshoot the target by up to a factor of two, and contraversive saccades to undershoot the target by as much as half. Unilateral lesions or inactivation of the oculomotor vermis cause reversed effects. Vertical saccades are misdirected for both types of lesions. Bilateral lesions cause smaller and more balanced 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 [
Experimental lesions of the flocculus and ventral paraflocculus together produce a 50–60% deficit in smooth pursuit and in suppression of the VOR. The gain of the VOR in the dark is affected very little. The ability to hold eccentric gaze is severely affected, as the eye returns towards a neutral point with a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20 around 2 s. This has been interpreted as disruption of the velocity-to-position integrator (see 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14) by loss of a high-gain feedback loop through the flocculus.
Localized cerebellar lesions in humans caused by infarcts, tumors, surgery, head trauma, or degenerative disease produce the same symptoms. However, such lesions are rarely as well confined as experimental lesions, so humans exhibit additional eye-movement disorders. These include several different forms of gaze deviations or inability to hold eccentric gaze and nystagmus [
Although the cerebellum features horizontal organization by virtue of its fissures, it is divided functionally into three vertical zones: the central part corresponds to the vermis cerebelli and projects to the fastigial nucleus. The intermediate part is a stip of hemisphere that is less than 1 cm wide to the left and right of the vermis. It projects to the interpositus nucleus. The lateral part, the remaining hemisphere region, projects to the dentate nucleus.
Cortex cerebri
The cerebral cortex is often referred to simply as cortex. Strictly speaking, this is not correct since the cerebellum also has a cortex.
The cerebral cortex is the thin outer sheet of the forebrain, and contains several layers of nerve cells. Because of its gray color, it is termed “gray matter” as opposed to the “white matter” beneath it, which is made up of fibers (axons) connecting nerve cells in different areas of the brain. The human cortex is 3 mm (0.1 in) thick. According to cytoarchitecture you differentiate Isocortex and allocortex. A more detailed analysis reveals nearly 50 different cortical areas, the so called Brodmann Areas. The cerebral cortex is divided into five lobes: frontal, parietal, temporal, occipital and limbic lobe. The cerebral cortex is essential for cognition, memory, consciousness, speech and voluntary movement.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
Transient exposure of brain cells to hypoxia (low oxygen levels), resulting in severe damage, inflammation and degeneration.
Inflammation of the meninges of the brain.
Inflammation of the dura mater of the brain.
Cerebral palsy comprises several motor dysfunctions usually resulting from ischemic and/or hypoxic brain injury in the perinatal period. Disorders vary widely depending on the severity of lesions. Mild forms may show 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2, severe forms bilateral 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8 with spastic posture and gait. An accompanying 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 is frequent.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Pedunculus cerebri; Cerebral peduncle
Above the pons are two large, v-shaped parallel fiber bundles, containing efferents descending from the cerebral cortex in the direction of the brainstem and spinal cord. These two strands are called cerebral peduncles.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Brainstem. Is composed of the three segments myelencephalon, metencephalon (cerebellum + pons) and Mesencephalon.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_3
The primary visual cortex (also called Brodmann’s area 17 and striate cortex), which receives the predominant (but not only) input from the retinas. It was long thought to be the only part of the cortex devoted to vision.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
One of the many cortical visual areas lying outside area V1, and with which it is reciprocally connected, both directly and indirectly. It is specialized for generating color and damage to it leads to the syndrome of cerebral achromatopsia. Together with area V5, it has provided some of the most robust evidence in favor of functional specialization in the visual brain.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
One of the many cortical visual areas lying outside area V1, with which it is reciprocally connected. A majority of its cells are responsive to motion and usually in a given direction only. It is thus specialized for visual motion and damage to it leads to the syndrome of cerebral akinetopsia.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
The fluid surrounding the brain and spinal cord. The CSF is mainly secreted from the epithelial (ependymal) cells of the choroid plexuses in the ventricle, and moves into the subarachnodal spaces through the medial and lateral apertures of the fourth ventricle. The rate of human CSF formation is estimated to be 600–700 ml per day. The total volume of CSF in the subarachnoid spaces and ventricles is about 1,400 ml. Ventricular volume is only about 25 ml. The arachnoid villi are the site through which the CSF is passively transported into the venous flow of dural sinuses. The CSF consists to 99% of water and has a much lower protein concentration (approximately 350 mg L−1) than the serum (70,000 g L−1). Of these proteins only about 10% originate from the extracellular fluid (ECF) drained form the central nervous system (CNS) parenchyma. These may be called “brain specific proteins” and are of particular interest for biomarker research.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Cerebrum (external features)
At a deep level, is composed of the basal ganglia and peripherally of the greatly folded cerebral cortex, which is subdivided into two hemispheres.
Here all “higher” brain functions such as voluntary motor control, motor and sensory speech, cognition, visual and auditory system, superficial and deep sensibility are processed.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
Certainty Equivalence is a term used in the adaptive control area to indicate that a controller is designed using current estimated system parameters, as if they were the “true” system parameters.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Intumescentia cervicalis; Cervical enlargement
The spinal cord evidences two enlargements: the cervical enlargement in the cervical region and the lumbosacral enlargement in the lumbar region. The fibers of the upper and lower extremities synapse in the enlargements.
Activation of neck muscles induced by stimulation of neck (cervical) sensory receptors. They induce the contraction of the muscles stretched by a rotation of the head with respect to the body and are aimed at stabilizing the position of the head with respect to the body.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
Activation of body muscles induced by stimulation of neck sensory receptors, that are particularly represented by muscle spindle afferents in deep, intervertebral muscles. Cervicospinal reflexes acting on the limbs muscles modify the position of the trunk according to the relative position of the head with respect to the body.
They stabilize the position of trunk in space, working together with VS reflexes. Cervicospinal reflexes acting on the neck (cervicocollic) reflexes stabilize the position of the head with respect to the trunk.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
C-fiber afferent nerve fibers are unmyelinated afferent nerves that conduct action potentials at low velocities (less than 2.5 m/s) and that are often involved in detecting tissue injury or nociceptive stimuli. Activation of these afferents usually triggers painful sensations, neurogenic inflammation and hyperactivity of visceral organs.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
c-Fos is a proto-oncogene that belongs to the immediate early gene family of transcription factors. c-Fos is often used as a marker of neural activity.
The number of 8-day colony-forming units in spleen of mice, i.e. the parameters of the hemopoiesis.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
A family of serine/threonine protein kinases whose activity are dependent on the level of cGMP in the cell.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
The chandelier cell is a distinct morphological type of cerebral cortical interneuron that uses GABA as an inhibitory transmitter. Its axon terminals form a series of boutons linked together by thin connecting pieces, giving the cell a chandelier-like appearance. These terminals end on the initial segments of pyramidal cell axons. The chandelier neuron is also called an axo-axonic cell.
A reaction to postural perturbation in which the limbs are moved so as to alter the base of support, i.e. stepping or reaching to grasp or touch an object for support.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
In the frame of information (or communication) theory, “channel” refers to a link between a source and a receptor allowing data transmission. In olfaction, two channels or sets of channels can be distinguished: the main olfactory system and the accessory olfactory system.
In the field of science and technology, the word chaos usually means deterministic chaos. Nonlinear dynamics with non-periodicity and sensitive dependence on initial conditions generated not by stochastic process but by deterministic process is called deterministic chaos or simply chaos.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
Neuron models with chaotic dynamics are called chaotic neurons. A discrete time chaotic neuron model consists of the terms of the internal states of the external inputs, the feedback inputs, and the relative refractoriness.
Neural network models that are composed of chaotic neurons are called chaotic neural networks. The model of the chaotic neural networks is applied to associative memory networks and combinatorial optimization networks with chaotic dynamics beyond convergent dynamics.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
Chaperones are proteins that assist the non-covalent folding/unfolding and the assembly/disassembly of other macromolecular structures, but do not occur in these structures when the latter are performing their normal biological functions.
The folding of nascent peptides into a specific three-dimensional mature conformation is essential to allow proper function of all proteins. Chaperones are a large family of factors that promote this process, preventing aggregation of misfolded intermediates and by targeting terminally misfolded proteins for degradation. Chaperone mediated protein folding is required in all cells and is particularly important in the nervous system, as aberrant protein aggregation of misfolded proteins is a hallmark of many of the major neurodegenerative diseases. Although the majority of proteins fold properly and are quite stable in their functional conformation, different environmental stresses that are placed on the cell can result in unfolding or misfolding of proteins. The neuronal synapse is a particularly challenging area in maintaining proper protein folding conformations due to a dense protein filled cytosol and rapidly changing ion and pH levels. Proteins with abnormal conformations can accumulate over time due to exposure to extrinsic or naturally produced oxidizing agents or environmental stresses and this can result in the protein quality control system being taxed beyond its ability to deal with these misfolded proteins. Therefore, chaperones are thought to play an integral role in the manifestation of neurodegenerative diseases whose common pathological feature is protein aggregates and neuronal cell death.
The neuron has long cellular extensions that require transport from the cell body where proteins are made to the dendritic and axonal termini. Synaptic proteins are translated at the cell body and must be transported to the site of action via vesicles that move along the cytoskeleton. A loss in efficiency of vesicle and cellular traffic increases the stress on the protein quality control network at synapses, thus increasing the chance that a toxic aggregation is undetected by the chaperone system. Components of the protein degradation pathway are common at the synapse and associate with endocytic vesicles, suggesting a link between cellular traffic and cytosolic chaperones. Although aggregates are the universal indicator of many neurodegenerative diseases the underlying cellular cause of neuronal loss has many different effectors, one of which includes the role of protein trafficking in maintaining protein quality.
The functional specificity of a protein is dictated by its conformation and folding is driven by the interaction between the aqueous cytosol and hydrophobic amino acids incorporated into the protein. Normally, the hydrophobic amino acids are driven into the centre of the protein to avoid the association with water and this drives the folding of the hydrophilic domains around them. A form of protein secondary structure called the β-pleated sheet is prone to aggregation due to exposed hydrophobic domains. Self-propagating aggregation is a fundamental property of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, or aggregates of peptides that polymerize into a cross beta structure. Chaperones can prevent aggregate formation by recognizing stretches of hydrophobic amino acids that are exposed upon translation or misfolding and can initiate one of three pathways: promoting proper folding by an ATP dependent mechanism, preventing aggregation by shielding the hydrophobic domains that would normally aggregate with hydrophobic domains of other proteins or targeting misfolded proteins for degradation by recruiting ubiquitinating enzymes and subsequent degradation by the 26S proteasome (Fig. Generalized chaperone function. Chaperones, particularly the Hsp70 complex, associate with hydrophobic domains of newly translated proteins off the ribosome. The Hsp70 complex can aid in the proper folding of the protein into its functional conformation. Environmental stress and exposure to toxic agents can cause denaturation of the folded protein. Depending upon the degree of damage, and the type of chaperone associated with the misfolded peptide, chaperones can prevent aggregation of misfolded intermediates, promote refolding, or target the peptide for degradation by ubiquitination and subsequent degradation by the proteasome.
Common eukaryotic chaperones include the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 family of proteins that were originally identified as proteins upregulated in response to thermal stress but are now understood as essential components of the chaperone network in all cells. Two members of the heat shock family have particular importance in the nervous system: Hsp70 and Hsp90 [
Hsp90 has been shown to have chaperone activity on a wide variety of client proteins and is thought to act later in the folding cascade than Hsp70. Additionally, Hsp70 and Hsp90 are often found together as a large chaperone complex that service a wide range of misfolded intermediates and act with an equally diverse array of substrate-specific co-chaperones to promote folding or refolding. Both the Hsp70 and Hsp90 complexes have been associated with neurodegenerative diseases of protein accumulation including Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8, suggesting that a failure of protein folding may be a primary cellular factor in determining onset of these diseases.
Because the common feature of many neurological diseases are large cellular inclusions it was thought that the aberrant aggregation caused cell death, however, the dogma is shifting to advocate that a pre-aggregated form of the affected protein oligomerizes into protofibrils and it is the protofibril that causes disease. How, or if, these protofibrils cause disease is unclear but it has been suggested that the cause of neuron death may be due to an effect on multiple different cellular processes including cell cycle regulation and protein quality control pathways. Aggregates not only contain the major disease specific protein but also often contain chaperones, components of the proteasomal pathway and cell cycle machinery suggesting that multiple mechanisms attempt to rectify the aggregation of toxic proteins but in turn are sequestered into the inclusion [
Protein aggregates are a unifying feature of a large number of neurodegenerative diseases that affect the human population (Table Types of aggregates in common neurodegenerative diseasesDisease Inclusion Abnormal Protein Co-aggregates Alzheimer’s disease Cytosolic neurofibrillary tangles Tau Ubiquitin, Hsp70, CHIP Extracellular amyloid plaques β-Amyloid peptide Hsp20,27,72 and Hsp90 Polyglutamine diseases Nuclear and cytosolic inclusions Huntingtin, ataxin and more Hsp70, Hsp40, ubiquitin Amylotrophic lateral sclerosis Skein and Bunina bodies Superoxide dismutase Ubiquitin Parkinson’s disease Lewy body α-synuclein Ubiquitin, proteasome, Hsp70, Hsp40 Prion disease Extra and intracellular aggregates PrP Hsc70, ubiquitin
Alzheimer’s disease (AD) is the most prevalent neurodegenerative disease where 10% of individuals over the age of 65 will eventually develop AD and 1–2% of the same demographic will develop Parkinson’s disease (PD). The diseases show diverse clinical manifestations as a result of cell death occurring in different neural subtypes in the brain where specific toxic peptides cause eventual death of those neurons and the formation of brain lesions. Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s disease and the polyglutamine diseases represent a major class of neurodegenerative disorders that result from defects in protein folding and aberrant aggregation.
Alzheimer’s Disease: AD is characterized by the formation of both intra- and extracellular protein aggregates. The extracellular plaques are composed mainly of β-amyloid whereas the intracellular neurofibrillary tangles (NFT) are composed mainly of a microtubule associate protein, tau. It has been known for some time that amyloid precursor protein (APP) is associated with AD; APP is a single pass membrane protein that is normally trafficked through the endocytic and secretory pathways (Fig. Production of β-amyloid in the neuron. Amyloid precursor protein (APP) is a single pass transmembrane protein that is recycled via the endocytic pathway. Once in the endosome an enzyme called β-secretase can cleave APP at amino acid 671 leaving a membrane bound fragment. As the endosome enters the lysosome another secretase (γ-secretase) can cleave the sAPPβ fragment into β-amyloid. β-amyloid can be degraded by the proteasome through chaperone-mediated degradation or, if the UPS system is overloaded, may aggregate into disease causing protofibrils.
The normal production of β-amyloid suggests that chaperones, specifically the Hsp70/90 complex could be involved in preventing oligomerization and targeting β-amyloid for degradation. There is substantial evidence that induction of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 provides protection from AD in mouse and cell culture models suggesting that chaperones play a role in the pathogenesis of the disease. Additionally, Hsp70 is a common component of both neurofibrillary tangles and amyloid plaques suggesting that chaperones attempt to process the toxic peptides prior to accumulating in the aggregates.
Research suggests that intracellular β-amyloid is an early event in neuronal dysfunction and there is mounting evidence that β-amyloid is the causative agent of neuronal cell death [
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8: Polyglutamine (polyQ) diseases are inherited disorders that result from an increased number of the glutamine codon (CAG) tandemly repeating in specific genes. Chaperones co-aggregate with polyQ peptides in the intranuclear inclusions suggesting that molecular chaperones are required for processing the aberrant peptides. Evidence for the role of chaperones in polyQ diseases is that overexpression of multiple different chaperones (Hsc70, Hsp70, Hsp40 and Hsp27) all suppress the disease phenotype, but have varying effects on the formation of inclusions, suggesting a central role for chaperones in the pathogenesis of these diseases [
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16: Parkinson’s disease (PD) is diagnosed by α-synuclein aggregates that form in dopaminergic neurons of the substantia nigra in the brain causing resting tremor, muscle rigidity and reduced strength in patients. Similar to the other neurodegenerative disorders, the aggregates or Lewy bodies are not thought to be the toxic agent; α-synuclein has been found to selectively block transport between the ER and Golgi resulting in a traffic jam and accumulation of partially folded proteins in the ER. Protein accumulation results in ER stress and activation of the ERAD (ER associated degradation) cascade to translocate proteins back into the cytosol and degrade proteins via the proteasome. The intracellular accumulation of α-synuclein protofibrils has been shown to affect multiple cell processes including induction of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 cascade possibly resulting from increased ER stress.
Familial Parkinson’s disease (PD) can be caused by more than five different genetic loci with many of the linked genes being related to the protein quality control mechanism, including UCH-L1, Parkin and α-synuclein [
Protofibril formation and protein misfolding are likely occurring throughout a lifetime and it may be that the loss of chaperone activity with age contributes to the late age of onset for the majority of non-inherited neurodegenerative diseases. Many unknowns still exist regarding the initial toxic agent in different neurodegenerative diseases but all potential therapeutic interventions must address the initial cause of disease progression. Chaperones provide a potential therapeutic target for dealing with the early stages of neurodegeneration because upregulation of chaperones has been shown in multiple different disease models to suppress the progression of the disease. How chaperones suppress disease progression is unknown but may act at multiple different stages including protofibril formation, prevention of fibrillar structures, promotion of protofibril refolding or degradation or promotion of amorphous aggregates. The complexity of the cellular effects of aggregation diseases indicates that simply interfering with one of the downstream effects may not prevent disease progression and neurodegeneration.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
The frequency of a sound at which the response threshold of a given auditory neuron is the lowest, i.e. at which the neuronal sensitivity is highest.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Inherited, slowly progressing 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 appearing in early childhood and characterized by muscle weakness and wasting, reflex reductions or loss, and reduced sensation in the limbs according to a glove-and-stocking pattern. Type 1 of CMT shows 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4 of peripheral nerves (with reduced nerve conduction velocities) with some (at times excessive) childhood remyelination, while Type 2 does not. Both types are autosomal recessive. A severe childhood form (CMT3) is also called Severine-Sottas disease. The three different forms may be due to differences in “gene dosage” resulting from alterations of the number of alleles remaining intact after mutations. For instance, CMT1 may come about by doubling of one allele on one chromosome yielding dosage three; in CMT2, one allele on one chromosome may be dysfunctional yielding dosage one; and in CMT3, both alleles may be dysfunctional yielding dosage zero and giving rise to the severe childhood form.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Chemical compounds which activate receptors located in the oral and nasal area and mediating sensations such as pain, touch thermal, irritation (burning, cooling, stinging, tingling) through the trigeminal nerve (cranila nerve V).
Chemesthetic sensations can arise from anywhere on the body’s surface since these receptors are present in skin and mucosal surfaces.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
The energy associated with the chemical state of the matter in the system.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
A concentration gradient reflecting gradual changes in molecule density. A chemical gradient can be generated by diffusion of soluble or volatile molecules, or by graded expression of surface-bound signals and their receptors.
Chemical senses (
Cells are “irritable”: they react when exposed to chemicals. Chemical sensitivity is a property of the simplest forms of life that are endowed with chemical sensors and is also manifest in the most evolved organisms. To detect chemical signals, evolution has provided animals with specific receptor proteins distributed in the membrane of specialized sensory cells. These receptor cells are distributed in distinct chemosensory organs and systems, namely the main and accessory olfactory systems (i.e., the two
Chemical stimuli are molecules and ions and chemical senses are molecular senses. Molecules are transported to the contact of chemosensory cells either by air or by water. Yet, knowing the nature of the diffusion medium does not offer a sufficient criterion to classify sense organs. Even though the olfactory system detects airborne stimuli at low concentration in mammals and insects while the gustatory system detects waterborne, sapid molecules with a lower sensitivity, this is not the case for fish and aquatic crustaceans that have a true olfactory system detecting waterborne odorants with a high sensitivity [
Another system bringing
Odorants emitted and sensed by individuals of the same species, for example sex attractants, are called pheromones. There are several categories of pheromones. Reproductive pheromones trigger sex recognition, courtship displays and sexual activity; in addition to these behavior-oriented functions, they also initiate long-term physiological – mainly hormonal – changes in the recipient animal. Maternal pheromones guide newborn towards mother nipples; recognition pheromones are involved in labeling the identity and social status of individuals; aggregation and dispersion pheromones maintain individual spacing. Odorants and pheromones (at least sex pheromones) were thought to be detected by two distinct sensory organs, the olfactory epithelium (OE) and the vomeronasal organ (VNO), respectively. In fact, the OE can also detect pheromones, whereas the VNO can also detect ordinary odorants.
All animals detect odorants using seven-transmembrane domain receptors that activate G protein-based signalling cascades. In 1991, Buck and Axel [
The VNO of the accessory olfactory system expresses two families of GPCRs called V1R and V2R [
In the gustatory system, two GPCR families, T1R and T2R, are involved in the detection of sapid molecules inducing sweet, bitter and umami sensations [
Gustation use channel-receptors differing from GPCRs to sense salt and sour tastes [
Knowledge of trigeminal chemoreception that operates in both oral and nasal cavity has benefited from recent studies on primary somatosensory neurons [
The size of the OR gene superfamily varies considerably among species. Duplications have greatly increased the number of genes but deletions and inactivating mutations resulting in a large number of
Considerable variations in gene repertoire are also observed for VNO receptors, V1R and V2R. The differences in number of V1R and V2R functional genes among vertebrates seem to point to an asymmetric evolution followed by the two gene families [
Olfactory neurons use two main intracellular signalling pathways utilizing cyclic nucleotides and phosphoinositide-derived signals. Cyclic nucleotide signalling is common in vertebrates and is thought to operate in nematodes (
Taste transduction is complex [
The peripheral organization of sensory pathways differs notably between the main and accessory olfactory systems, on the one hand, and the taste system, on the other hand. Several common features can be observed in olfactory systems of vertebrates and arthropods. In most animals, the primary olfactory afferents that are axons of receptor neurons, project to the CNS without intermediate synapsing. The first synaptic relay, that is the olfactory bulb in mammals, antennal lobe in insects and olfactory lobe in crustaceans, is similarly organized in arthropods and mammals. The olfactory afferents converge into the dense neuropile of glomeruli where they terminate on both projection neurons and local interneurons. In mammals, this projection is narrowly selective: all receptor neurons expressing the same type of OR converge onto one or two glomeruli. In turn, each projection neuron connects one or a few glomeruli to the primary olfactory cortex in mammals and the lateral protocerebron and corpora pedunculata in arthropods.
A similar organization pattern is shown by the accessory olfactory system. VNO receptor cells that are neurons project to glomeruli in the accessory olfactory bulb (AOB) located in the caudal part of the main OB. In those mammals that have both V1R- and V2R-expressing sensory neurons (rodents, opossum), the two populations separately project their axons to segregated (anterior and posterior) regions of the AOB. In all other examined mammals that have VNO, the projection system is uniform. Then, relay neurons directly project to the hypothalamus.
Gustatory receptor cells are grouped in taste buds inside three types of taste papillae. The spatial distribution of the different taste receptors in the tongue and the mouth is not homogenous but expression zones of different receptors overlap to some extent. Differing from olfactory sensory cells, taste cells have an epithelial origin, they are not neurons. The apical portion of a taste cell possesses fine expansions, called microvilli, equipped with taste receptors. Receptor activation by sapid molecules triggers ionic currents generating action potentials that are synaptically transmitted to fibers of the gustatory nerves (cranial nerves VII, IX, X). A single afferent fiber makes synapses with several taste cells. Taste afferents project to the rostral part of the Nucleus Tractus Solitarius (NTS) in the brain stem.
Chemical senses have the function of allowing animals to identify substances, objects, places or living beings on the basis of their molecular properties that induce sensations endowed with specific qualities. Understanding how the molecular identity of an odor or a taste is coded in corresponding sensory organs and pathways is a fundamental question. Some common principles and notable differences can be found between olfaction and taste. In the olfactory system it is generally agreed that each cell expresses a single type of OR, individual receptor cells can be activated by different odorants and individual odorants activate multiple receptor cells [
There is less agreement regarding the coding of taste qualities [
A type of detector that is sensible and reacts to molecular properties of chemical compounds.
Specific junction of contact between nerve cells and their targets allowing transmission of chemical signals from the nerve cell to target cells.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
Chemokines are families of cytokines that induce directed chemotaxis in nearby responsive cells, hence the name chemotactic cytokines. Chemokines are small secreted proteins, produced by many different cell types, which function in both physiological and pathological conditions. These proteins signal effector cells through cell surface binding to seven transmembrane domain G-protein coupled receptors. At least 50 different chemokines have been identified. Chemokines are best characterized as chemoattractants for immune cells and glia. However, certain chemokines also have antimicrobial activity, angiostatic activity, can stimulate cell proliferation and are neurotrophic.
Chemoreceptors are receptors which are sensitive to changes in chemical substances or gas tension. The peripheral chemoreceptors are in the carotid artery bifurcation (carotid bodies) and arch of the aorta (aortic bodies). They are sensitive to changes in oxygen and carbon dioxide tension and hydrogen ion concentration in the blood. Central chemoreceptors located in the brain are sensitive to hydrogen ion concentration of the cerebrospinal fluid. The chemical to which a chemoreceptor is sensitive may bind receptors on the cell surface or affect cellular processes such that the ionic currents across the cell membrane are differentially affected, thereby affecting membrane potential and altering the spiking activity of the cells. The ambient abundance of the chemical substance to which the chemoreceptor is sensitive can therefore be encoded by the amount of spiking activity of the cells comprising the chemoreceptor.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
Identification of chemical compounds encountered by the organisms. Mediated by cells specialized for detection and transformation of information into electrical signal.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
Information generated by biological chemical sensors and transmitted in sensory pathways; the olfactory system and the taste system transmit and process chemosensory information.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
A type of chemical sensor or detector of biological origin that equips a chemosensory system; a G protein-coupled receptor (GPCR) is a chemoreceptor.
Chemotactic attractants are chemical molecules that induce motile behavior towards the source of the attractant (positive chemotaxis). This behavior occurs at all levels of biological organisation, from single-cell organisms such as bacteria to eukaryotic cells, organs and entire multicellular organisms. In contrast, chemotactic repellents induce the adverse migratory effect (negative chemotaxis). Chemotaxis is a receptor-mediated process and dependent on concentration gradients of chemical cues.
Classical examples for chemotactic behavior are bacteria detecting glucose as food source; the aquatic protozoon tetrahymena shows chemo-attraction for the amino acids glycine, proline, and glutamine, while tyrosine and phenylalanine act repulsive; the eukaryotic amoeba dictyostelium discoideum expresses cyclic AMP receptors; semaphorins represent negative axon guidance molecules; together with the olfactory and taste receptors, most receptors underlying chemotaxis of eukaryotic cells belong to the superfamily of G protein- coupled receptors (GPCRs).
Recently, an odor receptor that functions in chemotaxis of human sperm has been identified and may represent a critical component of oocyte fertilization. Stimulation of sperm with the aldehyde burgeonal, which is perceived as “lily of the valley” by the human nose, increases chemotaxis behavior of sperm, while the aldehyde undecanal appears to act as competitive antagonist on sperm navigation.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
Cell movement in response to a concentration gradient of a specific chemical.
A chemotopic representation indicates an orderly spatial arrangement of olfactory glomeruli (or other neural elements in a chemosensory system) that is related to the chemical attributes of the effective sensory stimuli. In the rodent olfactory bulb, chemotopic organization involves the spatial clustering of glomeruli responding to odorant chemicals with similar functional groups, hydrocarbon structures, or overall molecular properties such as water solubility. A further chemotopic organization is present in some glomerular modules of the rat bulb, wherein glomeruli responding to aliphatic odorants of increasing length are located in progressively ventral glomeruli.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Disturbed pattern of breathing in
This thought experiment, conceived of by John Searle, is intended to show that computers are not capable of understanding, or in other words, that implementing a computer program defined in terms of the manipulation of formal symbols, or syntax, is not sufficient for semantics. Searle, a non-Chinese speaker, imagines himself inside a room performing counterparts to all of the relevant operations that a computer running a program designed to respond in Chinese to Chinese questions would perform. For example, when a card comes in trough a slot in the box with a question, (the input), he consults a rule book (the program), which tells him which cards with Chinese symbols he should side out of the slot (the output). Searle argues that though his output could be mistaken for that of a native Chinese speaker, the process of performing these operations according to the rule book provides him with no understanding of Chinese. Since, he argues, there is no significant difference between what he does inside of the room and what a computer does, he concludes that the computer does not understand Chinese either.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Chitosan is the de-acylated derivative of chitin, a polysaccharide extracted from crustacean exoskeletons or generated via fungal fermentation processes. Chitosan is a beta-1,4-linked polymer of 2-amino-2-deoxyd-glucose. It carries a positive charge from amine groups.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
One type of L1, immunoglobulin superfamily.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
Chloride (ClC) channels are ion channels which bear a high selectivity for inorganic anions, principally, chloride ions. Chloride channel gates open in response to depolarization, but their voltage-sensing capabilities are weaker than the voltage-gated ion channels such as potassium, sodium or calcium channels. Chloride channels contribute to the negative resting membrane potential in skeletal muscle, and have critical physiological roles in regulation of cell volume and pH.
Chloride (Cl−) channels and transporters are 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9 that function to allow Cl− and other inorganic anions to cross the
Chloride is a unique ion in the cellular physiology of the nervous system. Whereas the electrically important inorganic cations (Na+, K+, Ca2+) are maintained with strong, predictable gradients across neuronal membranes (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13), Cl− anion gradients are variable, tailored to the physiological role of this anion in a given cell type at a given developmental stage. In some cells, Cl− is passively distributed, adjusting its gradient according to the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 of the cell. Activation of Cl− conductances in those cells cannot therefore change the membrane potential; it can, however, attenuate 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5 by reducing the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13. In other neurons, Cl− concentrations are more tightly controlled, being either actively extruded or accumulated. The resulting shift in the Cl−
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5, by controlling whether activation of Cl− channels is inhibitory or excitatory, has a major effect on excitability in the central nervous system (CNS). This effect can be dynamic, as in the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, where there is a daily oscillation in the neuronal response to 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7 activation, or it can be developmentally regulated, as in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 containing GABAA receptor Cl− channels which switch during development from excitatory to inhibitory [
Chloride conductances serve a wide range of physiological roles in the nervous system. These functions result not only from channel activity but also from the working of a series of transporters that move Cl−, both passively and actively. Perhaps the most thoroughly studied neuronal Cl− channel is the GABAA receptor, a member of the cys-loop family of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14-activated (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12) channels. As this protein is covered thoroughly in other articles, we will focus here on other Cl−-transport mechanisms. These other pathways fall into two broad categories: some have been identified at a molecular level, offering the possibility of genetic (and other) manipulations; others have been described only in terms of their functional behavior, observed in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 recordings of neuronal cells but not yet cloned.
The CLC “Cl− channel” family is a broad molecular family with diverse neurological functions. The family is unique in that it contains both types of Cl−-transport proteins, channels and transporters. The family members that are channels reside on the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 of cells, while the transporters reside on intracellular membranes.
The high-resolution structure of a prokaryotic CLC family member, a transporter from
ClC-1 is a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4-activated Cl− channel that resides in the plasma membrane of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 cells and is crucial for the rapid recovery of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 between 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1s. Skeletal muscle cells receive input from 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13, which leads to the opening of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22 and results in membrane depolarization. Subsequent movement of Cl− through the depolarization-activated ClC-1 channels facilitates 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 of the membrane to allow continued electrical excitability. In addition to being activated by depolarization, ClC-1 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15 is also activated by intracellular pH and by extracellular Cl−. Defects in ClC-1 lead to 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 congenita, a disease in which the skeletal muscle repolarization is delayed, thus causing trouble with movement. Over 60 different mutations that cause this disease are known.
ClC-2, like ClC-1, is voltage-, Cl−- and pH-dependent; however, it is activated by 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8 rather than by depolarization of the membrane. ClC-2 is expressed broadly in the nervous system. It may play a role in controlling neuronal excitability by determining whether GABA responses are excitatory or inhibitory, as discussed above. ClC-2 is also broadly important for Cl− ion 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8 in the CNS. A ClC-2 knockout mouse has retinal degeneration and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16. In humans, mutations in ClC-2 have been reported to cause some forms of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12.
The two ClC-K channels (Ka and Kb) lack significant voltage dependence. This is consistent with their role in transepithelial transport (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9). They are also regulated by extracellular Ca2+ and H+, though the pH dependence is the opposite to that found in ClC-1 and ClC-2. Although the CLCKs are predominantly expressed in the kidney, they are also found in the
Two of the three subfamilies of mammalian CLC proteins are comprised of Cl−/H+ antiporters (ClC-3/4/5 and ClC-6/7). These proteins are primarily targeted to intracellular organelles where they seem to play roles in organellar acidification. Knocking out the genes for these proteins leads to a range of defects, with several having important repercussions for the CNS.
ClC-3 is a protein with a controversial history. At one time ClC-3 was proposed to be a volume-regulated Cl− channel, but this is no longer considered likely, as ClC-3 knockout mice display normal volume-regulated Cl− currents. Knocking out ClC-3 has profound results in the CNS; ClC-3 knockout mice show severe CNS degeneration with specific loss of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8 by 3 months postnatal (Fig. CNS effects of knocking out the ClC-3 Cl− transporter. Frontal sections of brains from wildtype (
ClC-4 and ClC-5 are generally agreed to localize to intracellular compartments; both were recently demonstrated to act as Cl−/H+ antiporters. Though disease phenotypes resulting from ClC-5 primarily manifest in the kidney, this protein is also highly expressed in the brain. ClC-4 which has high (>75%) sequence identity with ClC-5 (and with ClC-3) is expressed at high levels in brain and several other organs. Though neither of these has been studied in the CNS, in other tissues they have been shown to be important for the acidification of endosomes early in the endocytic pathway and they probably subserve similar roles in the brain.
The third ClC subfamily, consisting of ClC-6 and ClC-7, are localized to late endosomes (ClC-6) and lysosomes (ClC-7) where, similarly to ClC-5, they may be important for allowing the acidification by shunting the voltage generated by the vacuolar H+-ATPase. Both proteins are prominently expressed in brain as well as other organs, and for both proteins knockout experiments indicate roles in CNS physiology. For ClC-6 the major phenotype in the knockout is impaired 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 and mild behavioral abnormalities; these apparently result from a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12 that resembles human neuronal ceroid lipofuscinosis. The phenotypes of ClC-7 knockouts are consistent with its broader expression: in both affected humans and knockout mice, loss of ClC-7 leads most prominently to osteopetrosis, the hypercalcification of the bone matrix. Additionally, these individuals also suffer from retinal degeneration as well as a severe lysosomal storage disease, which again resembles neuronal ceroid lipofuscinosis. Targeting of ClC-7 to lysosomes requires the presence of a recently-reported β-subunit, Ostm1, whose knockout causes a similar disease spectrum to that of disrupting ClC-7 itself.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 is an inherited form of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 wherein accumulation of retinal metabolites leads to retinal cell death and blindness. Features of the electroretinogram in Best disease patients suggest involvement of a Cl− conductance in the basolateral membrane in the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18. Furthermore, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2, the protein affected in Best disease, has been shown to function as a
In addition to those proteins whose primary purpose is to transport Cl−, a variety of neurotransmitter transporters carry associated Cl− conductances. Both the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7 transporters, responsible for clearing synapses of these neurotransmitters, show such conductances. Different glutamate transporters have different relative capacities for Cl− flux versus glutamate transport, with some showing significantly higher Cl− currents than transport-associated currents. These Cl− currents recently have been shown to contribute to the communication between rod bipolar cells in the retina. Similarly, anion currents through dopamine transporters have been shown to modulate excitability in midbrain dopaminergic neurons.
Changes in osmolarity, either in the extracellular fluid or in a cell’s own cytoplasm, lead to osmotically-induced movements of water which can, in turn, cause cell swelling or shrinkage. Such changes can result pathologically from changes in serum osmolarity (as a result from congestive heart failure or diabetes, for example) or from changes in cellular osmolarity (as a result from 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8 or metabolic disturbances). To respond to these changes and return to normal cell volume, neurons and other cells activate a class of anion channels termed 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22 (for 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22; many other terms have been used, see [
Although
CaCCs are additionally expressed in many types of neurons, where they may modulate excitability by facilitating action-potential repolarization, generating after-polarizations, and inducing membrane oscillatory behavior.
GABA switch; Chloride switch; Excitatory GABA
The regulation of intracellular chloride ([Cl−]i) during nervous system development determines the polarity of GABAergic and glycinergic synaptic transmission. In embryonic development, the Na+ -K+ -2Cl− (NKCC1) cotransporter maintains a high concentration of neuronal [Cl−]i, rendering GABAergic and glycinergic synaptic transmission excitatory. At this stage, excitatory GABA and glycine act as trophic regulators of progenitor proliferation, neuronal migration, neurite growth, and synapse formation. During postnatal development there is an extrusion of [Cl−]i by the neuron specific K+ -Cl− (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_11) cotransporter, which renders GABA and glycinergic synaptic transmission inhibitory. In the mature CNS, the strength of inhibitory GABAergic and glycinergic synaptic transmission can be altered by both physiological levels of neuronal activity and by pathological events, through a KCC2-mediated regulation of Cl−-homeostasis.
Chloride (Cl−) is the most abundant permeant anion in cells. In many non-neuronal cells, active transport does not maintain a Cl− gradient across the neuronal membrane. The resulting passive distribution of this ion establishes an equilibrium potential for Cl− (ECl) which is equal to the resting membrane potential (Vr). ECl is the membrane voltage at which there is no net flow of Cl− across the membrane. Unlike non-neuronal cells, neurons express cation-chloride cotransporters (CCC) which precisely regulate Cl− homeostasis throughout development and in the mature CNS [
The Na+ -K+ -2Cl− (NKCC1) is a ~1,280 amino acid protein SLC12 gene family member, which is widely expressed in both epithelial and nonepithelial cells, including neurons and glia [ The balance of CCCs determines [Cl−]i during development. (a) NKCC1 is the dominantly expressed CCC in immature neurons. This inward transport of Cl− results in a relatively high [Cl−]i. (b) In mature neurons, the developmental up-regulation of KCC2, coupled with decreased NKCC1 expression, produces a net Cl− extrusion which maintains a low [Cl−]i.
NKCC1 derives energy from the inward Na+ electrochemical gradient to uptake Cl−; the Na+ gradient is generated and maintained by the Na+ -K+ -ATPase. Neuronal NKCC1 expression is maximal in the embryonic period, with a significant decrease in expression during early postnatal development. While NKCC1 mutations do not result in any known disease states, knockout mice develop deficiencies in inner ear function, endolymph secretion, sensory perception, and fertility.
During postnatal life, when NKCC1 expression is decreasing, there is a gradual up-regulation of the ~140 kDa K+ -Cl− cotransporter KCC2 [
Together, decreased NKCC1 and increased KCC2 expression lead to a shift in the Cl− electrochemical gradient during early postnatal life, resulting in a low neuronal [Cl−]i. While there is variation in the time line of this shift, both among brain structures within a species, and across species, it has been observed in nearly all brain structures and organisms examined [
The neurotransmitters GABA and glycine both bind to ionotropic receptors (GABAARs and glycineRs, respectively) which are permeable to Cl−. Early in development the dominant expression of NKCC1 maintains a high [Cl−]i which maintains ECl more depolarized than the action potential threshold. Under these circumstances GABAergic and glycinergic synaptic transmission can produce action potential firing, and thus their actions are excitatory [ ECl Determines the polarity of GABAergic and glycinergic synaptic transmission. (ai) In immature neurons ECl is more depolarized than the action potential threshold rendering GABAergic and glycinergic synaptic transmission excitatory. (aii) Under such conditions inward GABAergic currents are recorded electrophysiologically. (bi) In mature neurons, when ECl is more hyperpolarized than Vr, GABAergic and glycinergic synaptic transmission is inhibitory, producing outward currents (bii).
When KCC2 expression dominates in the mature nervous system, neuronal [Cl−]i is low, which maintains ECl more hyperpolarized than the action potential threshold, rendering GABAergic and glycinergic synaptic transmission inhibitory [
What regulates the Cl−-mediated switch from excitation to inhibition is an open question [
GABA is present and functional prior to the development of synaptic, where it has been shown
Early excitatory glycinergic signaling also exerts trophic functions which are required for proper nervous system development. Early excitatory glycinergic signaling was perturbed in the zebrafish using morpholino oligonucleotides (morpholinos) [
The excitatory trophic actions of GABAergic and glycinergic signaling are not restricted to development. In the dentate gyrus of the hippocampus, where neurogenesis continues into adulthood, excitatory GABA regulates neurogenesis, morphological maturation, and synapse formation. In particular, when NKCC1 expression is reduced and GABA’s actions are converted from excitatory to inhibitory, the dendritic development of newly generated granule cells is impaired [
Many of the excitatory actions of GABA and glycine are likely mediated by receptor-induced membrane depolarization, which regulates Ca2+ influx through both voltage-gated channels and neurotransmitter receptors. Membrane depolarization which triggers action potentials, will in turn activate voltage-gated calcium channels (VGCCs) allowing significant Ca2+ influx. In addition, membrane depolarization may be sufficient to remove the Mg2+ block from the Ca2+ -permeable NMDA receptor. The VGCC- and/or NMDA-dependent rise in [Ca2+]i may then trigger Ca2+ -dependent signaling cascades responsible for developmental processes such as progenitor proliferation, neuronal migration, neurite growth, and synapse formation.
Peripheral nerve injury can lead to neuropathic pain, which results from hyperexcitability of dorsal horn neurons in the spinal cord. Nerve injury leads to an increased synthesis and activation of the ATP receptor on microglia. Recently, it was shown that ATP stimulates brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF) release from microglia, which acts via the TrkB receptor to depolarize ECl in spinal lamina I neurons [
In the mature CNS, when GABAergic synaptic transmission is inhibitory, physiological patterns of neuronal activity can regulate the strength of inhibition [
NKCC1- and KCC2-mediated Cl− homeostasis determine the polarity and strength of GABAergic and glycinergic synaptic. Early in development when [Cl−]i is high, excitatory GABAergic and glycinergic synaptic transmission play important roles in progenitor proliferation, neuronal migration, neurite growth, and synapse formation. In the mature nervous systems when [Cl−]i is low, both physiologically- and pathologically-induced neuronal activity can alter Cl− homeostasis via a regulation of KCC2, which effectively weakens the strength of inhibition.
Cholecystokinin (CCK) is a peptide intestinal hormone that is released in response to food entering the intestine, and causes contractions of the gall bladder and secretion of enzymes from the pancreas. It is also found in neurons and may appear to act within the central nervous sytem (CNS) as a neuromodulator.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
A lipid molecule with a four-ringed steroid structure found in the cell membrane that affects membrane rigidity and water permeability.
Membrane Components
Enzyme required to synthesize acetylcholine.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Cholinergic refers to acetylcholine and neurons that secrete acetylcholine as a neurotransmitter.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Cholinergic neurons in the brainstem; Sources of acetylcholine in the brainstem
Cholinergic brainstem refers to neurons (neuronal cells) in the brainstem that synthesize and release acetylcholine as their neurotransmitter.
In 1936, the English physiologist Sir Henry Dale and the German-Austrian-American pharmacologist Otto Loewy shared the Nobel Prize in physiology and medicine for their discoveries of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1) as a neurotransmitter. In fact, ACh was the first chemical transmitter to be recognized as a neurotransmitter. In cholinergic neurons, the enzymes choline acetyltransferase (ChAT) and acetylcholinesterase (AChE) are synthesized at the cell body and then move to the nerve terminals [
There are two categories of cholinergic neurons in the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2. Neurons in the first category have their cell bodies in the brainstem whereas their axons terminate in the periphery. This category of cholinergic cells is located in the hypoglossal nucleus, the nucleus ambiguus, the dorsal motor nucleus of the vagus nerve, the facial nucleus, the salivatory and lacrimatory complexes, the motor nucleus of the trigeminal nerve, the trochlear nucleus, the oculomotor complex, and the Edinger-Westphal nucleus. Another category of brainstem cholinergic neurons is completely contained within the central nervous system. This category of brainstem cholinergic cells is mainly located in the pontomesencephalic junction in two aggregates [
Physiological characteristics of brainstem cholinergic cells have been studied by recording extracellular-single-cell-unit (single-unit) activity of PPT and LDT neurons [
There are three different ways to identify cerebral sites that receive ACh from the brainstem cholinergic cells: (i) anatomically, by localizing the sites that receive axonal terminals of brainstem cholinergic cells, (ii) neurochemically, by measuring brainstem cholinergic cell activation-induced ACh release in different parts of the brain, and (iii) by combining electrophysiological and pharmacological techniques to identify brainstem cholinergic cell activation-induced postsynaptic cholinergic effects [
There is some conclusive evidence to suggest that the cholinergic cells in the PPT and LDT are directly involved in the regulation of REM sleep [
The desynchronized cortical EEG signature of REM sleep, however, is executed jointly by the activation of neurons in the mesencephalic reticular formation and rostrally projecting bulbar reticular formation [
Single-cell recordings, chemical stimulation, and anatomical pathway tracing studies also suggest that the activation of PPT cholinergic cells could promote wakefulness [
The projections from the PPT and LDT to the thalamic nuclei constitute a major component of the ascending reticular activating system [
Although there is no known direct causal relationship between the patho-physiology of brainstem cholinergic cells and any disease condition, a number of degenerative neurological diseases involve brainstem cholinergic cells [
A cholinergic fiber is the axon of an autonomic neuron that synthesizes acetylcholine. These include axons of some postganglionic sympathetic neurons, most postganglionic parasympathetic neurons, some enteric neurons and probably all preganglionic autonomic neurons. Many cholinergic fibers contain co-transmitters such as neuropeptides or nitric oxide, and acetylcholine may not necessarily be the primary neurotransmitter.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Outgroup of remaining gnathostomes: include all cartilaginous fishes, i.e., elasmobranchs (sharks, skates and rays) and holocephalans (chimaeras).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
The metabolically active cells of articular cartilage that maintain the intercellular matrix.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Proteoglycans are a set of ubiquitous proteins found on cell surfaces, within intracellular vesicles, and incorporated into extracellular matrix. Both chondroitin and keratan sulfate proteoglycans are included in the proteoglycans family.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
CSPG are part of a larger family of proteoglycans that consist of a protein core and long sulfated sugar residues (glycosaminoglycans, GAGs). Other family members are heparan sulfate proteoglycans, keratan sulfate proteoglycans and dermatan sulfate proteoglycans. The difference between the family members is due to the different sulfated GAG chains. CSPGs are expressed on the surface of most cells and in the extracellular matrix of most tissues. In the CNS, CSPGs such as brevican, veriscan, aggrecan, phosphocan, neurocan, NG2 and neuroglycan are expressed mainly by astrocytes and oligodendrocyte precursors. They play a role in cell migration, brain development, neurite outgrowth and axon path finding. After CNS injury, astrocytes that form the glial scar express increased amounts of CSPGs at the site of injury. CSPGs inhibit axonal regeneration, mostly due to the presence of the GAG chain, and contribute to the inhibitory effects of glial scar. Removal of the GAG chains by the enzyme chrondroitinase ABC reduces its inhibitory effect and promotes axon regeneration in the injured CNS.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
Several bacteria have evolved enzymes which have the ability to digest chondroitin sulfate proteoglycans (putative components of the extracellular matrix that inhibits axonal regeneration). These are collectively called chondroitinase, followed by the capital letters A, B, C, indicating the sulfation forms of the chondroitin sulfate that they are able to digest.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
A chondron consists of a chondrocyte and its protective pericellular matrix and capsule.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
The chorda tympani (CT) is a branch of the intermediofacial nerve complex. It carries efferent parasympathetic axons to the submandibular ganglion to supply two major salivary glands (sublingual and submandibular glands). The CT also contains afferent gustatory axons supplying the fungiform taste buds of the anterior part of the tongue. Their nuclei are situated in the ganglion geniculi, but the first relay lies in the rostral part of the nucleus of the solitary tract.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
The taxon that is characterized by the presence of a notochord. The extant members of this taxon comprise the cephalochordates (amphioxus), urochordates (sea squirts), and vertebrates.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
A type of proprioceptive stretch receptor in crustaceans and insects consisting of thin, elastic strands of connective tissue stretched between adjacent body regions and comprised of individual mechanosensory units called scolopidia.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
Literally meaning “dance” in Greek, chorea resembles exaggerated fidgetiness with fast writhing movements.
The movements are usually generalized and purposeless, although in mild cases, chorea may be blended into natural movements and appear purposeful. Choreoathetosis is the term used when the movements have a slower writhing component. Chorea is seen in Huntington’s disease, can be caused by chronic use of levodopa in Parkinson disease, and occurs in the rare condition known as Sydenham chorea (also knows as St. Vitus’ dance).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Cells in the adrenal medullary tissue that are derived from the neural crest ectoderm.
Chromatin immunoaffinity precipitation; ChIP; Chromatin immunopurification
Chromatin immunoprecipitation (ChIP) is a biochemical technique wherein antibodies, usually directed to 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20, are used to immunoprecipitate proteins (the specific transcription factor of interest or proteins bound to that transcription factor in a protein complex) bound to chromatin, usually genomic DNA (gDNA) sequences
Increasingly, the ChIP procedure has been quantified (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_3) or coupled to various sequencing (ChIPSeq) or array technologies, including cDNA or oligonucleotide microarrays used for expression profiling, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 arrays,
ChIP – cDNA or oligonucleotide microarrays ChIP – 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
ChIP – CpG island microarrays ChIP – tiling microarrays
A major advance towards the identification of target genes of specific transcription factors was the development of ChIP [
The most widely applied ChIP method is adapted [ Schematic outline of the chromatin immunoprecipitation (ChIP) procedure.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_3
Use sensitive and highly specific antibodies to the transcription factor Use antibodies with high binding affinities Use antibodies that work under varying conditions of tissue fixation and/or cross-linking Vary time of exposure to determine optimal duration of cross-linking protein to DNA Vary concentrations of the cross-linking reagent to favor protein-DNA complex formation Use cells obtained from embryonic tissues or the adult nervous system where peak temporal and spatial expression of the transcription factor occurs
We have optimized cross-linking by reducing paraformaldehyde concentration from 4% to 1% and decreasing the duration of cross-linking from overnight to 2 h to promote protein-DNA interactions [
The
Another means to rapidly analyze all gDNA fragments immunoprecipitated through the ChIP procedure is to identify DNA fragments bound to protein by direct DNA sequencing, using a method called
Unbiased mammalian 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 are not readily available due to insufficient annotation of regulatory sequence information. Nevertheless, attempts have been made to construct partial proximal promoter arrays of human cells. One group constructed a human proximal promoter array representing 13,000 genes [
Following ChIP, Linker-Mediated PCR is used to amplify the isolated DNA fragments. The PCR products are then labelled with either Cy3 or Cy5, using indirect labelling with aminoallyl dUTP and random priming of the template. These labelled PCR products can be hybridized to mouse or human CpG island spotted arrays. Slides are then scanned using a microarray scanner and associated software. Spots for which the ratio of the Ab(+):Ab(−) control is greater than 1.5 (having a signal more than twice background) may be considered significant. CpG island and tiling arrays, scanners and software are available in the public and private sectors. Additional control experiments, such as performing ChIP (with and without antibody) on a negative tissue control prior to hybridization on the CpG island arrays, should also be performed. Of interest, ChIP-gDNA library and the ChIP-CpG island array technologies applied to embryonic mouse tissues may yield different yet overlapping lists of target genes (Cheng, Pind and Eisenstat, unpublished observations), similar to findings reported using human cells.
Cisplatin or
The utilization of biochemical approaches such as ChIP provides several advantages. Identified target genes are directly downstream and are derived from physiological transcription factor-DNA complexes obtained
Chromatin immunoprecipitation does have several limitations. The choice of the cross-linking reagent may influence whether targets are indirectly or directly downstream. IP screens require specific antibodies and require the construction of separate DNA libraries for each protein for which targets are sought and these libraries may be hampered by low cloning efficiency. It might be difficult to identify targets that interact with the regulatory protein in only a few cells or during brief developmental periods. It may be necessary to perform ChIP at several developmental time points to obtain different functional classes of transcription factor targets. Another problem may be that there is promiscuous binding. One way to reduce the non-specific DNA obtained from the ChIP procedure is to subtract the ChIP-DNA with input DNA before sub-cloning. In addition, binding may be significantly distant from the coding region As well, since most homeodomain proteins, for example, bind to a consensus TAAT core motif, many of the immunopurified fragments may not be specifically regulated by the homeobox gene itself. Finally, multiple factors may be required for the regulated expression of the target gene.
Axon reaction; Retrograde degeneration
The term chromatolysis (chroma: color; lysis: disintegration) refers to the disintegration or dispersal of the basophilic nissl bodies (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14). The reaction takes place in the neuronal cytoplasma following 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 or other traumatic or metabolic nerve injuries. Dispersal of the basophilic Nissl bodies due to disintegration of the stacked rough endoplasmatic reticulum is only one of many changes of the neuronal cell body following axotomy [
The morphological reaction of chromatolysis has been extensively studied for more than a century in experimental animal models. It was Nissl in 1894 and Marinesco in 1898 who first described the reaction using light microscopy. The classical chromatolytic appearance of the neuronal cell body can easily be recognized using light microscopy and cresyl violet or toluidin stained tissues. It includes disintegration of the basophilic Nissl bodies to a dust like appearance, peripheral condensation of basophilic substances, eccentricity of the nucleus, a basophilic nuclear cap and crenation (folding) of the nucleolemma. Often the cell body is surrounded by activated small basophilic sattelite glial cells (sattelitosis). Swelling of the cell body is frequently reported as part of the chromatolytic reaction in early neurocytological studies. In a series of studies from our own laboratory using modern stereological methods we have shown an initial cellular shrinkage amounting to approximately 30% following nerve crush and nerve transection [
Chromatolysis is observed in neuronal cells in the peripheral and central nervous system. Furthermore, the reaction is not confined to the neurons but also involves the surrounding glial cells. Some authors refer to this as an activation of the sattelitic glial cells and in the light microscope it is recognizable as sattelitosis, the neuron being surrounded by basophilic glial cells. The role of the activated glial cells is controversal, but it is hypothesized that they play a key role in supplying the neuron with neurotrophic growth factors which it is denied because of damage to the peripheral axon.
Sattelitosis should not be mistaken as an inflammatoric response. There is no immune reaction surrounding the neurons and when cell death occurs it is by apoptosis and not by necrosis.
Chromatolysis leads to intracellular reorganisation of the cytoplasma and its organelles. Electron microscopic studies have only provided sparse information as to the actual changes of the organelles, and the details are beyond the scope of this essay. The nissl bodies, smooth endoplasmatic reticulum, lysosomes, cytosheleton, nucleus and nucleolus are all influenced by the shift to a state of regeneration with increased synthesis of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8. The characteristically morphological changes occurring in the cell (eccentricity of the nucleus and peripheral displacement of basophilic substances) has traditionally been hypothesised to be caused by osmotic swelling. Later studies, however, revealed an abundance of nissl body-free cytoskeletal components stockpiled in the cytoplasma of axotomised neuronal cells [
Chromatolysis is a temporary condition of regeneration in response to a harmful stimulus rather than a step in a chain of inevitable events leading to cell death. Axotomy, traumatic, pathological as well as toxicologic conditions can result in a condition leading to chromatolysis. With regard to axotomy, which by definition leads to loss of the axon terminal, the chromatolytic regenerative state is supposed to be caused by massive intracellular reorganization caused by the need to initiate a growth program for the formation of the axonal growth cone to replace the amputated axonal terminal [
The amount of loss of neuronal DRG cells is dependent on the distance to the DRG. In sciatic nerve axotomy in rats the DRG cell loss is smaller than after spinal nerve axotomy and occurs later [
Structural damage as well as other pathological conditions can cause a neuron to enter a state of chromatolysis. The signal for this transformation has not yet been identified but strong evidence points toward loss or reduction of neurotrophic factors derived from the periphery [
The signal leading to chromatolysis has been debated for decades, and in comprehensive reviews during the 70’s [ Non-chromatolytic dorsal root ganglion cells with preserved nissl substance and a centrally placed nucleus (a). Chromatolytic dorsal root ganglion cells showing disintegration of nissl substance, displacement of nucleus and sattelitosis of glial cells around the neuronal cell body (b).
Chromatolysis is considered to be a state of regeneration in damaged neuronal cells characterized by increased synthesis of cytoskeletal and other housekeeping proteins with down regulation of neurotransmitter-related enzymes and receptors. The state is a shift from external functioning to internal build up and the surface of the cell is covered by glial profiles from activated sattelite glial cells leading to a temporary loss of most presynaptic dendritic terminals.
The bulk of experimental work regarding chromatolysis has been performed in animal models inflicting physical (axotomy or chrush [
Chromatolysis is a regenerative cytologic response to harmful physical or metabolic exposure. In accordance with this statement there is no information about conditions in which chromatolysis is the primary pathology. In traumatic injury it seems attractive to support regrowth of damaged axonal or dendritic processes by supplying patients with neurotrophic growth factors, or by manipulation of axonal protein synthesis, growth cone formation and propagation. The knowledge of this field is still limited and on a strictly experimental basis. In the future, however, stimulation and manipulation of chromatolysis and regeneration of neuronal cells might prove to be a new approach in posttraumatic neurology.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
In biological molecules that serve to capture or detect light energy, the chromophore is the moiety that causes a conformational change of the visual pigment. Linked with an opsin protein, the chromophore is based on either the vitamin A1 aldehyde, 11-cis-retinal (rhopsin) or the vitamin A2 aldehyde, 11-cis-3, 4-dehydroretinal (porphyropsin).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
A chromosome is a single large linear DNA macromolecule in a cell’s nucleus, which contains genes, regulatory elements and other nucleotide sequences.
Duration that a rectangular direct current (DC) current of double rheobase strength must flow in order to elicit an action potential.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
Headaches which occur more than 4 h/day, more than 15 days/month. Most CDH is medication overuse headache, though chronic tension-type headache, new daily persistent headache or hemicrania continua may occur.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
Prolonged exposure to lipopolysaccharide, the major component of the outer membrane of gram negative bacteria, to mimic a chronic infection; exposure via chronic systemic infusion or repeated bolus doses.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Insufficient nocturnal sleep, which can be behaviorally or environmentally induced, and results in sleep deprivation and reduced waking alertness.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
The condition of the nerve distal to injury which is still devoid of axons. Schwann cells in the chronically denervated nerve undergo progressive deconditioning, atrophy and even loss. They thus become increasingly incapable of supporting axonal regeneration.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4
Chronic peripheral neuropathies manifest themselves in various forms, and their severity may range from mild to fatal. There are many etiologies, including genetic causes such as
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
Chronobiology is the study of biological processes with respect to time, specifically concerning the four environmental rhythms, namely tide, day, moon and season. It is not concerned with linear time-dependent processes such as aging.
Chronobiology refers to temporal aspects of life which have been shaped by regular, predictable and repeating structures in the environment. On earth, four geophysical time structures cycle in a predictable way: the annual cycle with its seasonally changing 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 (day length) and temperature; the lunar cycle with its changing nocturnal light levels and weak gravitational forces (that are probably irrelevant for non-tidal organisms); the daily cycle with its changing light and temperature levels; and the tidal cycle with concurrent gravitational forces leading to alternating exposure of coastal terrain to water and air. These four temporal structures have shaped biological rhythms (or biological clocks) through evolution. When shielded from their corresponding environmental cycles, all four biological rhythms are capable of oscillating with their own period which is always close to that of the environmental cycle (365.25 days, 28.5 days, 24 h and 12.5 h, respectively). Because of their moderately deviating endogenous periods, they are called circa-rhythms (circ-annual, circa-lunar, circa-dian, and circa-tidal). The environmental signals that synchronize biological clocks to the exact period of their respective environmental counterpart are called 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_26. The complex, active biological mechanism enabling this synchronization is called 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5.
The biological mechanisms underlying the endogenous circannual, circa-lunar, circadian or circa-tidal clocks are the subject of intensive experimental (chronobiological) research. Most chronobiological research concerns daily and annual rhythms.
By far the most studied biological rhythm is the
The signature of circadian rhythms is their persistence in constant conditions, (shielded from all zeitgebers) revealing their 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6 period. Examples of circadian rhythms are the sleep-wake behavior in humans and other animals, leaf movement in plants, fungal spore formation, and virtually all of gene expression in cyanobacteria, to name only a few. Circadian rhythms are ubiquitous, i.e., they have been identified in organisms of all phyla, and, in each organism, they modulate all aspects of biology [
In spite of being built by different cellular and molecular components in different organisms (see below), circadian rhythms share basic properties. They are (i) rhythmic and (ii) self-sustained (i.e., non-dampened), (iii) with a circa 24-h period in constant conditions; (iv) circadian rhythms are both robust in their amplitude (sufficient to drive output rhythms) and precise in their period (though not exact, circadian rhythms have been shown to continue for years with deviations of only minutes [
Similar to the day, the year also shows distinct characteristics in its temporal structure. With growing distance from the equator towards the poles, seasonal changes in day length become increasingly obvious (even at the equator, seasonal progression is apparent, for example, by different amounts of rain). Two different chronobiological strategies allow organisms to adapt their physiology and behavior to the progression of seasons: the circannual clock and photoperiodism.
Similar to the circadian clock, a circannual clock represents internal time-of-year and ensures that the appropriate biological functions in cells, tissues and organs occur at the right time in relationship to both other endogenous functions and to external time-of-year. Similar to the case of the circadian clock, alterations in light and dark are the predominant zeitgeber that entrain
While the entrained circannual program ensures continuous adjustment of immunological, metabolic and behavioral processes to seasonal environmental changes, photoperiodism opens a once-a-year window, which is called the critical photoperiod, triggering a (photoperiodic) response. In most plants and animals, this response is related to reproduction. The mechanisms that detect this critical photoperiod involve the circadian system as an internal reference (abnormal photoperiodic timing is typical for
Compared to the circadian program, we know far less about the anatomical structures, genes and molecular mechanisms which form the basis of both circannual rhythmicity and photoperiodism.
Genetics has been broadly applied to describe the circadian clock mechanism, an approach pioneered in the lab of Seymour Benzer. Mutant screens have revealed a complex network of so-called
Clock genes have been identified in model genetic organisms from all phyla. Interestingly, animals, plants, fungi and bacteria all feature distinct gene sets, which nonetheless function similarly on the molecular level. This suggests that these are species-specific adaptations to their environment, rather than evidence of a primordial, common clock.
One of the easiest ways to understand chronobiology is to recall common human daily behaviors. For example, the human 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 occurs once per 24 h when entrained but runs free (with a circa 24-h period) when shielded from zeitgebers. There is, however, a tremendous difference in
The implications of chronotype are manifold. If chronotype, for example, is not incorporated into medical practice, results of tests or the efficacy of treatments may differ merely due to the patient’s chronotype. Chronotype is also a quality of life issue. The more discrepancy between internal and external time (e.g., between an individual’s circadian timing and his or her work hours), the more sleep debt accumulates during the work-week, culminating in a chronic “social jetlag.” The larger this social jetlag, the more likely an individual is to be a smoker, indicating that a chronic jetlag acts as a stressor [
Because chronobiology has an impact on broad aspects of an organism’s biology, it represents a scientific specialty similar in scope to development or reproduction. Circadian rhythms are a fundamental property of all organisms (with few exceptions). The concept of selective advantage due to increased fitness is inherent to evolutionary theory. The adaptive advantage of biological clocks lies in the benefit of being able to anticipate environmental changes. The activity of animals is frequently restricted to certain times of day, and straying outside of these domains can increase the risk of predation, for instance [
A biological compound that can alter parameters (phase, period or amplitude) of circadian oscillators, or their responsivity to other inputs, thereby changing the phase relationship between circadian rhythms and local time, or the rate at which circadian rhythms are resynchronized following a shift of local time (e.g., transmeridian jet travel).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
Corpus ciliare; Ciliary body
Ciliary body of the eye. Contraction of the circular ciliary muscle results in relaxation of the lens ligament (zonal fibers), so that the lens can follow its inner elasticity and thicken. This increases its refractive power, needed for focusing on close objects. If conversely, the ciliarymuscle is relaxed, the eye is distant accommodated.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Ganglion ciliare;
Parasympathetic ganglion, some 2 cm behind the eyeball. The postganglionic fibers innervate, inter alia, two intraocular muscles: Ciliarymuscle (accommodation) Sphincter of pupil muscle (adaptation)
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
Following ciliary neurotrophic factor (CNTF) binding, the CNTF receptor forms a complex with gp130, a highly promiscuous cytokine signaling co-receptor essential for various mammalian cell growth and homeostasis pathways. Ligand binding results in signaling through the JAK/STAT and MAPK pathways.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
Cingulate cortex, occupying the gyrus and surrounding cortex encompassing the corpus callosum includes a variety of areas with diverse functions.
Traditionally regarded as part of the limbic system, the cingulate cortex is a large and heterogeneous part of the cerebral cortex that can be partitioned based on architecture, connectivity and functional properties [
A putative cingulate eye field has been described in the caudal portion of anterior cingulate cortex (Fig. Medial view of macaque monkey (
Neurons in posterior cingulate cortex of macaque monkeys discharge in response to visual stimuli and following saccadic eye movements [
In macaque monkeys performing a task that requires inhibition of a partially prepared movement in response to an imperative stop signal, neurons in anterior cingulate cortex were modulated following errors or when reinforcement was earned but not delivered (Fig. Monitoring signals in anterior cingulate cortex. Activity of a single neuron is shown aligned on the time of a saccade (
Three general perspectives have framed hypotheses about the function of cingulate cortex: motor control, performance monitoring and motivation. Cingulate cortex seems to contribute indirectly to gaze control through mediating the influence of motivation derived from the consequences of previous actions.
Damage to cingulate cortex in humans results in diverse disorders. Lesions focused in a limited part of anterior cingulate cortex result in impairments in producing memory-guided saccades and antisaccades [
The cingulate gyrus is a prominent part of the cerebral cortex on the medial edge of each cerebral hemisphere (Fig. Medial surface of the monkey (Macaca mulatta) cerebral hemisphere showing the cingulate gyrus (
It is dorsal to the body of the corpus callosum and wraps around the genu of the corpus callosum rostrally and the splenium caudally. The cingulate gyrus is an integrative premotor structure that participates in remembering and predicting outcomes and, where necessary, generating behaviors to integrate autonomic and skeletomotor outputs for specific environmental contexts. Structural and functional observations show this cortex is organized into four regions [ The four region neurobiological model of cingulate cortex is based on interdisciplinary observations in cytology, connections, functions and disease vulnerabilities. This overview of the four regions is plotted onto a flat map of human cingulate cortex such that areas in the cingulate and callosal sulci can be shown. The
These four regions serve as the basis for evaluating cingulate functions and vulnerability to particular diseases.
The ACC is involved in assessment of valenced information and the long-term storage of emotional objects and events and contributes to tonic mood states (Fig.
The MCC coordinates decision-making about behavioral outcomes in a number of ways, i.e., anticipation of outcomes, comparing actual with expected outcomes and modifying behaviors as rewards are reduced [
The anterior and midcingulate regions have high densities of dopaminergic inputs and D1 receptors. The anterior MCC appears to have the highest such innervation in the cingulate gyrus and, in view of the interactions with reward centers such as the nucleus accumbens, it is likely that the MCC in particular is involved in selecting among rewarded outcomes.
The PCC and RSC are adjacent to one another on the posterior cingulate gyrus, but they differ considerably in their structural organization including cytology and circuitry and contribute to memory and visuospatial functions (Fig.
The MCC is one of the most frequently activated cortices during noxious cutaneous stimulation that generates the conscious perception of pain and is a critical component of limbic structures that form the medial pain system [
The PCC receives extensive sensory inputs from parietal, temporal and occipital cortices as well as from the thalamus, including the pulvinar nucleus. Such information is employed in orientation of the head and body to sensory stimulation, orientation in larger (allocentric) spaces and in processing large scale/whole visual field information (Fig.
Impaired neuronal processing in the cingulate gyrus has been implicated in the symptoms of many neuronal diseases. To some extent each region is vulnerable to different types of disease insults. Clinically, the ACC is vulnerable to major depression during which volumetric reductions have been noted along with reductions in glucose metabolism. Intracranial electrical stimulation of this structure in drug resistant depressed patients significantly reduces symptom expression [
Many movement disorders are related to disruption of processing in the MCC. Obsessive-compulsive disorder is associated with various forms of repetitive behaviors including hoarding and cleaning and with high levels of activity in the MCC. The role of the MCC in this disorder is emphasized by the fact that neurosurgical midcingulate ablations can abolish such behaviors. Attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder is another movement disorder and it has been shown that the anterior MCC is reduced in volume in this disorder and that cognitive processing is altered in this region as well. Finally, since there is a high level of nociceptive activation of the anterior MCC and hypnosis modulates activity in this region, hypnosis can be used to induce sedation for surgical procedures that employ only local anesthetics [
A number of disorders have a reciprocal influence on activity in the ACC and the MCC. Thus, irritable bowel syndrome is associated with reduced activation in the ACC (where visceral nociceptive information is normally processed) accompanied by enhanced processing in the anterior MCC. This heightened activity could result from anticipatory processing associated with bowel symptoms and premotor activity required to resolve intrusive bowel habits. It is an interesting fact that the anterior MCC is also active during micturition in healthy subjects and urinary incontinence accompanies anterior cingulate trauma. Thus, decision-making about the appropriate context for bowel habits may be guided by the MCC.
It is well known that the PCC is involved in Alzheimer’s disease, in many instances quite early in symptom expression. Some cases of mild cognitive impairment have been shown to progress to Alzheimer’s disease and the first site of damage in some cases is in the dorsal PCC and RSC [
A current and general reference on the structure, circuits, functions and diseases of the cingulate cortex will be available in 2008 titled
Secondary motor areas located in the cingulate gyrus of the frontal lobe in the medial wall of the cerebral hemisphere. Three cingulate motor areas have been identified and all contain corticospinal neurons.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Sulcus cinguli; Cingulate sulcus
A sulcus visible in median section, which surrounds the cingulate gyrus and thus encloses the limbic lobe. In the transitional region between occipital lobe and parietal lobe it joins the marginal part and ascends to the margin of the hemisphere.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
The cingulum is a strong bundle of association pathways of varying length that connects different cortical centers of a hemisphere. It is situated on the lower margin of the cingulate gyrus.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
Activities with an endogenous period of about 24 h, of about a day. Such rhythms are seen in all living organisms, including plants, animals, fungi and cyanobacteria. These rhythms are not driven by or dependent upon stimuli in the external world, but instead, they persist in constant conditions. Circadian activities have the same period over a range of temperatures (i.e., they are temperature compensated), and are largely resistant to metabolic changes that might influence rhythmic activity that might result from high or low temperatures.
External stimuli can however, reset the phase (or start time) of a circadian rhythm.
The sequence of molecular, biochemical, physiological and behavioral changes that occur over the course of a single near-24 h period within an organism.
A circadian cycle defines the sequence of molecular, biochemical, physiological and behavioral changes that occur over the course of a single near-24 h period within an organism. Presumably, these characteristic near-24 h temporal programs represent an adaptation to existence on a planet where the repetitive cycle of light and darkness may well be the most ancient and most persistent event under which all life has evolved. The fundamental nature of these 24-h rhythms is evident from their wide range of expression; they are present in organisms across all phyla. Circadian 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15 in organismic physiology and behavior allow anticipation of daily environmental change. The capacity to anticipate, and subsequently, to prepare for change promotes reproductive fitness, thereby enhancing survival of the species.
Importantly, this periodicity is present under unchanging, or constant, environmental conditions, which demonstrates that the oscillation represents a program that is endogenously generated. Circadian cycles can be slightly longer or shorter than 24 h, depending on the organism. For example, most strains of mice exhibit a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 that is slightly shorter than 24 h, whereas hamsters display a rhythm that is slightly longer than 24 h. Although rest/activity cycles are a commonly studied expression of the circadian cycle in animals, similar oscillations can be observed in hundreds of other biological events, ranging from the level of whole organism behavior to gene expression. The fungus,
Across all phyla, circadian cycles are characterized by several common features. The self-sustained oscillation is always close to, but not necessarily exactly, 24 h in duration, and can be adjusted in response to environmental changes. These oscillations persist when the organism is placed into constant environmental conditions, which expose the endogenous nature of the rhythm. Although historically these rhythms were first investigated at the level of the whole organism, rhythms are expressed in organs, tissues and even in cells cultured
Perhaps the most important attribute of the circadian cycle is its ability to adjust in response to environmental change. Although periodicity is determined by placing the organism in constant conditions, life transpires under conditions of cyclic environmental change. Although the circadian cycle is temperature compensated, meaning that it runs with a constant periodicity through a wide range of temperatures, temperature cycles of 24-h duration can be used to set the phase of the cycle. Many other cyclic environmental conditions, such as food availability, presence of predators, and, most importantly, light, can also act as 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_26 for circadian cycles. Zeitgebers mimic the cycle formed by the earth’s rotation, and can entrain the circadian cycle such that physiological and behavioral activities are synchronized with the environmental cycle of light and darkness. This active adjustment of the circadian cycle by zeitgebers is termed 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5.
The internal circadian cycle is a series of programmed biochemical events that occur in a defined sequence. The cycle is sensitive to external stimuli, which can act to adjust the internal workings of the clock to synchronize with the environment. The cycle is, however, differentially sensitive to stimuli. Certain stimuli only affect the cycle during the clock’s subjective night, whereas others are restricted to access the clock during the day. Generally, if a particular stimulus might be perceived as an error signal at a given position within the cycle, it is that time that the cycle is sensitive to change in the presence of that signal. Light, for example, will only act to adjust phase during the portion of the cycle where light would not be expected to be present. Thus, the clock itself, temporally defines, or gates, the information that can access the timekeeping mechanism. The clock itself opens and closes gates as the circadian cycle progresses. Although the filter changes fluidly over the course of the cycle, sets of specific time domains, or phases have been identified.
In the SCN, each time domain is characterized by the activation of specific signal transduction pathways. Generally, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7 of the SCN circadian cycle is divided into four domains, day, night, dusk and dawn [
The nighttime domain is perhaps the most complex. The gates for adjustment in response to cAMP dependent pathways are closed. Opened are two distinct gates. A pathway that responds to cholinergic stimulation, which may be involved in circadian regulation of sleep and wakefulness, can access the timekeeping mechanism through elevation of cGMP and activation of cGMP-dependent protein kinase. In addition, at night the clock is sensitive to pathways activated by environmental light, acting through glutamatergic neurotransmission. Influx of calcium and nitric oxide production are characteristic of light-signaling.
Temporal restriction of sensitivity to exogenous signals is fundamental to maintaining synchrony of the circadian cycles with the environment. Internal gating within the clock itself allows the clock to anticipate environmental change. This ensures that the individual can maintain synchrony with a constantly changing external environment.
Although organismic rhythm generation is likely an emergent property of a complex system, the source of the circadian cycle lies within individual cells. The search for a genetic basis for the circadian cycle began early in the last century with the selection of bean plants for breeding based upon expression of long or short periods under constant conditions. The first “clock” gene, (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16,
Sequence analysis has determined that there is little similarity among proteins that form clock components across the major phyla. However, the genetic basis for generation of a circadian cycle in all organisms studied to date is a functional transcriptional/translational feedback loop(s) (Fig. The circadian cycle is a sequence of molecular, biochemical, physiological and behavioral changes that occur over the course of a single near-24 h period within an organism. The left side of the diagram depicts events that occur during the night, whereas the right side depicts events occurring during the day. The nocturnal mouse spends more time sleeping and resting during the day, and shows increased activity levels during the night. Transcription of negative elements of the clock’s feedback loop is initiated in the nucleus (represented by the inner part of the circle) during the late night and proceeds into the first half of day. Transcripts are transported into the cytoplasm where translation occurs at ribosomes. Proteins accumulate during the late part of the day and into the early night. Protein complexes form and re-enter the nucleus, where they act to inhibit their own transcription. Mid to late night is marked by degradation of the proteins, which releases transcriptional repression and allows the cycle to repeat. Also depicted on the diagram are times when the clock mechanism is subject to resetting by specific signaling molecules. During the day, clock resetting occurs primarily through signals that activate cAMP. In contrast, night is dominated by resetting in response to cGMP. Light can reset the clock throughout the night, causing phase delays during early night and phase advances during late night. The clock is also sensitive to resetting in response to melatonin (Mel), with windows of sensitivity occurring at dusk (day-to-night transition) and dawn (night-to-day transition).
More recent studies suggest that rhythmic transcription is not required for generation of a circadian cycle. Circadian oscillations can be generated in a test tube containing just three cyanobacterial proteins and ATP [
Although the mechanism for forming a cycle can be relatively simple, making the cycle repeat with 24-h periodicity is the source of complexity. A simple feedback loop can be completed in as little as 3 h. Multiple interlocking feedback loops and posttranslation modification of protein products (similar to that described above for cyanobacteria) are important for generation of the circadian cycle in multicellular organisms. Despite more than a decade of research in this area, the molecular details of generating a clock that measures time on a 24 h scale are still relatively unclear.
In mammals, the protein products of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_3 (
Studies of animals bearing mutations in their circadian cycle are revealing new information regarding the importance of circadian clocks in health and well-being. In humans, mutations of the Per genes lead to abnormal sleep patterns, such as seen in Advanced phase sleep disorder. Per1 and Per2 mutant mice have increased risk of multi-site carcinogenesis [
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6
One of the defining characteristics of circadian pacemakers and indicates the independence of the speed of circadian clock processes of environmental temperature. Mechanisms involved, so far not elucidated in full detail, entail at least two processes that are similarly affected by temperature changes, but with an opposing and counterbalancing effect on the periodicity of the clock system. As a result of temperature compensation, the increase in reaction velocity for every 10° rise in temperature (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_17) of processes governed by
The first study on temperature independence in circadian timing was published in 1932 [
A simple model for temperature compensation has been based on two chemical reactions, both of which are temperature-dependent. The rate of the first reaction may control period length, whereas the product of the second reaction would inhibit the first reaction. With such a model, Q10 values slightly smaller than 1 also can be explained [
Circadian rhythms of animal behavior and physiology are coordinated by a master clock in the central nervous system of each individual. This master clock comprises a collection of multiple circadian pacemaker neurons.
Each pacemaker neuron has the capacity for autonomous circadian oscillation of cellular parameters such as gene transcription and action potential firing rate. Pacemaker neurons communicate circadian phase information to one another – for the purpose of synchronizing or otherwise coordinating their autonomous rhythms – and to downstream neural targets – for the purpose of driving overt behavioral and physiological rhythms. This communication of phase information occurs via both classical synaptic neurotransmission and the release of peptide neuromodulators.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
A circadian rhythm is a biological oscillation that has a frequency of about once per 24 h when conditions are constant (e.g., when removed from regular, 24 h daily cycles of the environment, such as light and dark or warm and cold). The word “circadian” is derived from circa dies, Latin for “about a day.” Circadian rhythms are synchronized to exactly 24 h under natural conditions by zeitgebers, with light acting as the major synchronizing agent.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
Circadian rhythms are all biological rhythms that express themselves with a rhythm of ∼24 h.
Autonomic functions are all processes that are not voluntarily controlled and are executed by the brain via nerve fibers of “the autonomic nervous system” that target our organs.
Autonomic nervous system is that part of the central nervous system that operates outside our voluntary control. The executing branches of the autonomic nervous system form a parasympathetic or a sympathetic branch. These two branches, in general, target structures and organs in the body and have an antagonistic function whereby it is assumed that the parasympathetic branch is involved in anabolic functions and the sympathetic branch in catabolic functions.
The suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN) is a small brain structure of ~60,000 neurons located on the top of the optic chiasm. Light input reaches the SCN via retinal fibers that terminate in the ventral part. Many individual neurons of the SCN have their own 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 of electrical activity whereby electrical activity and relative inactivity occur with a frequency of about 24 h. The SCN has been shown to be responsible for generating all rhythmicity in mammals; without SCN, no endogenous rhythmicity can sustain. The output of the biological clock transmits its endogenous rhythmicity to the brain and the rest of the body via its projections to hypothalamic target structures. In addition, transfer of its information, especially to generate behavioral activity, may occur by diffusible substances [
Anatomical studies showed that the SCN uses at least four different types of neuronal targets in the hypothalamus to pass on its circadian signal: (i) endocrine neurons, (ii) autonomic neurons located in the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus (PVN), (iii) hypothalamic structures that may dissipate the circadian signal to brain regions within and outside the hypothalamus, (iv) areas outside the hypothalamus (Fig. The main pathways by which information from the SCN is transmitted to the body, mainly by the PVN via hormonal and autonomic signals. These signals, hormonal, parasympathetic, and sympathetic, reach peripheral organs ranging from adrenal gland and liver to fat tissue and gonads. From these organs, both visceral sensory and hormonal information will reach the hypothalamus. These connections provide the hypothalamus with unique information that allows the organism to adjust and balance both peripheral light/dark information and the metabolic information from the peripheral organs.
Here, special attention will be given how the SCN targets the body via the autonomic nervous system. It is unmistakable, however, that this action on the autonomic nervous system cannot be viewed independently from the way the SCN affects the hormonal systems of the body. For many hormones, it holds that they are released with a circadian pattern; responsible for this is the SCN that influences neuroendocrine neurons or the endocrine organs or both.
SCN-mediated control of the melatonin surge indicates that control of hormone secretion via the autonomic nervous system is an important aspect of SCN function. In addition, a pronounced circadian change in the sensitivity of the adrenal cortex to ACTH has been demonstrated since long. Transneuronal tracing and physiological experiments provided proof that, apart from the classical neuroendocrine control of the adrenal cortex by the PVN-CRH-ACTH-cascade, an important neuronal SCN-PVN-sympathetic-adrenal cortex link also determines the final corticosterone secretion from the adrenal. Thus, the SCN utilizes a dual mechanism to organize an optimum secretion of corticosterone not only via direct control of the hypothalamic neuroendocrine (CRH) neurons but also via control of autonomic motor neurons. We propose this as a general principle that holds not only for endocrine glands but also for other organs [
This evidence warrants a closer look at the possibility that the SCN controls the organs of our body.
The influence of the SCN on hormonal secretion seems to be one of the important routes by which the SCN may affect the body. This conjecture is enforced by the fact that the secretion of several hormones is influenced or even completely regulated (melatonin) by the SCN. A number of anatomical and physiological studies clarified that the SCN affects melatonin secretion by inhibiting its secretion by GABA and stimulating its secretion with glutamate at the level of the preautonomic neurons of the PVN. However, it does not seem very likely that other organs are affected via the same sympathetic branch. In humans, for example, the moment of melatonin secretion is also the moment for sleep, not the best moment to activate indiscriminately the whole sympathetic system because just before sleep, e.g., the heart rate needs to slow down instead of going up. In fact, the autonomic output to our organs is even further differentiated: anatomical evidence has shown that not only separate sets of neurons in PVN and SCN control parasympathetic and sympathetic motor neurons in brain stem and spinal cord, respectively, but also separate neurons affect different organs. This provides the anatomical basis to allow the SCN to influence both autonomic branches at the same time in an opposite manner. This is illustrated by the fact that while the sympathetic input to the pineal is increased for melatonin secretion, the sympathetic input to the heart is lowered to allow the heart to beat slower. Other studies indicate that already before an animal becomes active its physiology is changed such that the animal is optimally prepared for activity. These changes are largely mediated by the autonomic nervous system.
Furthermore, the rhythmic secretion of corticosterone (cortisol in humans) is primarily driven by the SCN; lesioning the SCN removes the daily corticosterone increase, just before the active period, completely. Clearly, other stimuli also affect corticosterone secretion, e.g., disturbing events (stress) that take pace in the environment of the animal still increase corticosterone in SCN-lesioned animals; in fact, the animal even responds with much higher corticosterone secretion to stress after SCN-lesioning, indicating that the SCN plays an important role in inhibiting corticosterone secretion. These observations stimulate the concept that for a normal function of our physiology it is essential that a large number of organ functions are perfectly synchronized and that circadian time, signaled by the SCN, is integrated with all other events that influence behavior or physiological processes. For example, even after fasting for an extended period, the SCN will stimulate an individual to conserve energy during the rest period. It accomplishes that, e.g., by decreasing the set point for body temperature, decreasing glucagon levels, and promoting sleep. Even then, prior to the onset of the activity period, the SCN will initiate the processes to prepare for activity (e.g., increasing core body temperature and plasma glucose) so that the animal is ready to hunt for food at the end of the sleep.
Another example of how the SCN prepares our body for the upcoming activity by the autonomic nervous system is that it sensitizes our organs for hormones of which the secretion is also influenced by the SCN. An example is the adrenal that just before the onset of the activity period is more sensitive for adreno corticotropin releasing hormone (ACTH). The result of the action of the SCN on the adrenal is that with the same amount of ACTH the adrenal cortex releases more corticosterone at the end of the sleep period than in the beginning of the sleep period. The mechanism for this increased sensitivity is the sympathetic innervation of the adrenal, which is essential for the circadian variation in corticosterone secretion. Signals from the SCN may reach the adrenal via multisynaptic pathways including the PVN and the sympathetic motor neurons located in the intermediolateral column of the spinal cord (IML). This affects the adrenal such that changes in corticosterone secretion are obtained without any discernable change in ACTH secretion.
Since light is used as a stimulus for the SCN resulting at night in phase shifts and inhibition of melatonin secretion, this stimulus was used to examine the influence of the SCN on the autonomic output of the brain. In (day-active) humans, light exposure resulted in opposite reactions of the autonomic nervous system as compared to the nocturnal rat. Light increased heart rate in humans, as compared to a decrease in heart rate in the rat. Also, these observations fit into the idea that the SCN prepares the individual for the coming activity period and for the coming sleep period and that light, as the signal of the daytime, promotes activity in man and promotes inactivity in rodents.
Similarly we suggest that the SCN – probably by the autonomic nervous system – prepares the muscles for the activity period by increasing their sensitivity to insulin and thus to have a higher glucose uptake. These series of observations have drawn the attention to the capacity of the SCN to change the functionality of our organs not only by the message of hormones but also by affecting the functionality of the organs by the autonomic nervous system.
These examples illustrate one of the main functions of the SCN: preparing the body for the coming activity period. We propose that without this synchronization in physiology, we may have a higher chance to develop diabetes and cardiovascular disease. Consequently, we would like to propose that to live out of synchrony with our SCN would result in the feeling of continuous jet lag or possibly depression. The observation that in depressed persons also a diminished activity of the VP cells in the SCN is observed supports this idea and suggests a possible dysfunction of the SCN in depression.
Early studies by Niijima and Nagai [
Consequently, a network is revealed that allows the SCN to communicate its time signal to the body by means of at least three different routes: (i) parasympathetic outflow to the organs, (ii) sympathetic outflow to the organs, and (iii) the secretion of hormones into the circulation (Fig.
Until recently, a number of organs were thought to be excluded from parasympathetic input such as white adipose tissue. However, we obtained evidence for parasympathetic input to white adipose tissue, not only as visceral organ but also as subcutaneous tissue. Parasympathetic input has the function to build up the fat depot while sympathetic input serves to burn fat. This evidence fits quite well with the observations that exercise enhances sympathetic output to the visceral compartment and results in the diminishment of fat stores there. The opposite, a sedentary life style, may result in the accumulation of fat due to a higher parasympathetic and a lesser sympathetic outflow, especially to the visceral fat. Vagal motor neurons in the brain stem that provide input to the subcutaneous fat are completely separated from those that project to visceral fat. At the other hand, the organs in the visceral compartment, such as the liver, pancreas, and abdominal fat, share the same neurons. These observations indicate why an enhanced parasympathetic output to the pancreas after a meal in order to release insulin should also result in an enhanced parasympathetic output to the liver and visceral adipose tissue. In the liver, enhanced levels of insulin from the pancreas will not only stimulate glucose uptake but also the increased parasympathetic input will result in higher glucose uptake and higher storage of glycogen. In the visceral adipose tissue, this combination of enhanced parasympathetic input and elevated insulin levels will result in increased glucose uptake and an accumulation of fat. We propose a hypothesis of autonomic imbalance as one of the possible causes for the metabolic syndrome. A (disturbed) high parasympathetic output to the visceral compartment is the main cause for visceral obesity, hyperinsulinemia, and high levels of FFA. In addition, a simultaneous higher sympathetic output to the muscle and heart compartment would lead to vasoconstriction and hence to insulin insensitivity and hypertension (Fig. Model of the metabolic syndrome caused by a central nervous deregulation. The disturbed output of the biological clock effects the selective balance of the autonomic nervous system in different parts of the body. In the intra-abdominal compartment, the ANS is shifted in favor of the parasympathetic branch, resulting in high insulin secretion, growth of intra-abdominal fat tissue and fatty liver. Contrarily, in the thorax and movement compartment the sympathetic branch prevails, leading to high blood pressure and impaired glucose uptake by the muscle. In this model, the symptoms of the metabolic syndrome are the result and not cause of the disease.
The fact that also the PVN and SCN show this division in projections fits well in our hypothesis that food abundance and the major change in lifestyle in the western world resulting in inactivity during the active period, and enhanced food intake and activity in the rest period (shortened sleep period) may not only affect our daily activity and food pattern but may also lead to a disturbed balance in the hypothalamus. Thus, the biological clock is getting the wrong type of signals across the 24-h period, resulting in general in a flattened rhythm output. One of the major effective treatments of the metabolic syndrome, that is, enhanced activity during daytime together with a moderation in food and carbohydrate intake, results in an increased sympathetic tone to the abdominal compartment and will amplify the daily rhythm in the activity/sleep cycle.
Several studies indicate that the SCN has a major role in diminishing the effect of stressful events. An analysis of the hypothalamus in people/individuals who died of a cardiovascular incident or brain infarct after a long history of hypertension revealed a diminishment of the size of the SCN in hypertensive patients as compared to controls in which the SCN contained at least two times more VP neurons than the hypertensive SCN. Moreover coinciding with the diminished SCN activity, the activity of the CRH neurons in the PVN was increased, indicating that similar as in the rat also in the human brain the biological clock may serve to inhibit the activity of the HPA axis [
The SCN is not only involved in the organization of the physiology of the body in association with the light–dark cycle but the body also communicates back to the SCN. Hereto, the SCN also receives information from the circulation. The observation that in diseases such as diabetes and hypertension a flattened rhythm is observed in autonomic parameters together with a decrease in activity of the SCN suggests that the biological clock may play an important role in the etiology of these diseases. We can see the interaction of the SCN with the body as a closed circle in which changes in any part of this circuit will result in changes in functions either of the body or the biological clock.
Circadian rhythm sleep disorders; Circadian desynchronization/circadian desynchrony
Broadly defined, a
The most common circadian phase sleep disorder is delayed sleep phase syndrome (DSPS). It is characterized by a tendency to go to sleep late and to wake up late – even after a night of sleep deprivation, it is difficult for these people to go to sleep earlier. The clock time of the DLMO is also delayed in these individuals. DSPS is most common in adolescents. One of the first treatments for it was “chronotherapy [
Beginning with studies in which the sleep/wake cycle was held constant, consensus was eventually achieved on the following points: there is only one 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_3, it is located in the SCN and it is relatively insensitive to direct phase-resetting effects of sleep compared to those of bright light and melatonin, the two most commonly used phase-shifting agents for treating DSPS, as well as other circadian disorders [
A less common circadian rhythm sleep disorder is 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1. However, it is thought to be the most typical phase disturbance of the elderly [
Treatment of these disorders is based on the human 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 to bright light exposure and low-dose melatonin administration [ The optimal times to schedule bright light exposure and low-dose melatonin administration to cause circadian phase shifts are based on their respective phase response curves (PRCs) which are about 12 h out of phase with each other [
For treatment of DSPS, bright light (including sunlight) should be scheduled immediately upon awakening. Low-dose (≤0.3–0.5 mg) melatonin should be taken about 8 h later. Because about one in three people experience sleepiness as a side effect of melatonin, particularly at higher doses, an additional 3–10 mg can be taken before bedtime. Waketime and bedtime should be gradually shifted to the desired time. The treatment(s) may need to be continued indefinitely.
For treatment of ASPS, bright light (2,000–10,000 lux) should be scheduled 7 and 9 p.m., ending no later than 1 h before desired sleep time. Melatonin should be taken at each awakening during the night, but only after 1 a.m. The most important melatonin dose is the one taken at final awakening in the morning, which may need to be reduced, so as to minimize soporific side effects that might interfere with early morning activities.
A third type of circadian phase sleep disorder is one in which the individual “free-runs.” A 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6 sleep/wake cycle is very uncommon, however, even in blind people (in fact, particularly in blind people). A small number of sighted people have free-running disorders, which is often referred to as non-24-h sleep/wake syndrome. It can be treated by daily bright light exposure and low-dose melatonin administration.
Free-running rhythms, best characterized by the circadian rhythm of melatonin production, occur in most totally blind people who have no light perception. Nevertheless, these blind free-runners (BFRs) try to sleep at conventional times. However, when the MO is out of phase with the sleep/wake cycle, sleep quality is poor and daytime sleepiness occurs. The consequential recurrent sleep and mood disorder is a great burden for many BFRs, second only to lack of vision [
Most BFRs can be treated by taking low-dose melatonin around 6 p.m. A few BFRs should take melatonin at waketime (if they have a tau < 24 h). Also, all BFRs studied to date appear to be more or less sensitive to as-yet-unknown weak 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_26 (that are probably related to social cues) [
In ASPS and DSPS, abnormal sleep times have traditionally sufficed for diagnosis and management. However, sleep times alone do not take into account the recent finding that internal circadian misalignment may be an important component in some sleep and psychiatric disorders. First tested in winter depression (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19), the phase angle difference (PAD) between the DLMO and mid-sleep may be a significant component of this disorder. In healthy, sighted people, PAD = 6 h, on average (Fig. The phase angle difference (PAD) between the plasma DLMO10 (saliva DLMO3) and the time of mid-sleep is on average about 6 h in healthy controls. PAD 6 can be used to phase type individuals and to assess internal circadian misalignment. A person with a PAD > 6 is a phase-advanced type, whereas a person with a PAD ≤ 6 is a phase-delayed type. PAD 6 represents optimal circadian alignment (the “sweet spot” for the DLMO). Deviations from 6 in either direction indicate circadian misalignment, which correlates with increasing depression ratings in seasonal affective disorder (SAD, or winter depression); this finding has helped establish the phase shift hypothesis (PSH) for SAD [
Previously, phase typing was done by assessing sleep times, which could only reliably distinguish between the most extreme cases. The use of PAD 6 offers a way to phase type people who are slightly different from each other. PAD ≤ 6 indicates a DLMO that is delayed with respect to the sleep/wake cycle. PAD > 6 indicates a DLMO that is advanced with respect to the sleep/wake cycle. However, there may be some inter-individual variability. Alternative ways to assess PAD using the DLMO and sleep times are the waketime-to-DLMO interval [DLMO 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_26 (ZT)] and the DLMO-to-sleep onset interval (melatonin sleep interval, or MSI).
The 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 hypothesis (PSH) for SAD posits that most patients become depressed in the winter at least in part because of the later dawn. This causes a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 in the circadian rhythms tightly coupled to the endogenous circadian pacemaker (marked by the DLMO) relative to the sleep/wake cycle [
Although delayed sleep times correspond to a delayed DLMO clock time, they do not necessarily correspond to a delayed PAD – and the same applies to the advance direction. This is because if a DLMO is delayed with respect to mid-sleep, then sleep time will be advanced with respect to the DLMO. Therefore, assessment of circadian rhythm disorders will require knowledge of the person’s DLMO and sleep times.
Phase typing is not necessary in designing treatment strategies for the circadian misalignment component of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_10. This is because a reasonably accurate estimate of DLMO time at destination can be made by adjusting for the number of time zones crossed. Before traveling east, low-dose melatonin should be taken in the afternoon/evening followed by a higher dose at bedtime. Before traveling west, low-dose melatonin should be taken in the morning. The times for low-dose melatonin at destination should then be adjusted according to the direction and number of time zones crossed. For travel across six or fewer time zones, sunlight exposure at destination should occur in the morning after going east and towards the end of the day after going west. For travel across more than six time zones, sunlight exposure should be avoided at these times for the first day or two after arrival, in order to prevent stimulating the “wrong” zone of the light PRC. During these days exposure should occur either in the late morning (going east) or in the afternoon (going west). If these instructions are followed, a phase shift of 3 h per day should occur and the above exposure and administration times should be adjusted accordingly over the course of the next few days.
In SAD, circadian misalignment is substantial and necessary, but alone, not a sufficient cause of the disorder. In BFRs, circadian misalignment is necessary and sufficient to be causal. Investigations into the circadian misalignment component of other sleep and psychiatric disorders should lead to increased use of adjunctive phase-resetting agents in appropriately phase-typed individuals. The PSH is expected to be tested in non-seasonal major depression, insomnia and attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), among other disorders.
Some circadian sleep disorders are schedule-induced. This certainly is the case with 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 maladaptation. Few night shift workers reverse their endogenous circadian rhythms, even after a week of sleeping during the day. This is probably due in part to sunlight exposure encountered in the morning on the way home that is stimulating the advance zone of the light PRC, thus preventing the appropriate phase delay to achieve a reversal in circadian phase. Appropriately scheduled bright light and melatonin can be effectively used to do provide the desired phase delay, as well as to provide the desired phase advance for adjusting back to sleeping at night during days off work; however, treatment must be individualized to each person’s particular circumstances.
Irregular sleep wake rhythm is characterized by an absence of a clearly defined sleep bout and a clearly defined activity bout whose sum is about 24 h. Sleeping out of phase with the endogenous circadian rhythm of sleep propensity can result in this disorder. However, there are many other possible causes of fragmented sleep.
It is important to distinguish between circadian phase typing and chronotypes. The latter is based on questionnaires to identify evening types and morning types. Logically, these chronotypes, also referred to as “night owls” and “morning larks,” respectively, might be thought to correspond to phase-delayed types and phase-advanced types. However, preferred sleep times are not always indicative of phase types. Furthermore, as mentioned above, although a DLMO that is delayed with respect to the sleep/wake cycle (i.e., mid-sleep) indicates a phase-delayed type, the sleep/wake cycle in this individual is by definition advanced with respect to the DLMO. While it is technically correct to describe this phase relationship as sleeping at an abnormally early circadian phase, delaying sleep would not necessarily be helpful, because it would delay the perceived light/dark cycle, resulting in a concomitant delay of the DLMO. The treatment of choice for this person would be morning bright light exposure and afternoon/evening low-dose melatonin administration that would provide a corrective phase advance.
The research done on BFRs during the past few decades can now be applied to sighted perinates. This is because melatonin can entrain BFRs according to a physiological dose-response curve [ Physiological dose-response curve for melatonin in humans. The lowest dose found to entrain each of ten blind free-runners (BFRs) is plotted on the abscissa. The daily phase advance required for entrainment is plotted on the ordinate and is calculated for each BFR by subtracting 24 h from tau at entrainment phase (TEP). TEP is the BFR’s tau when the MO (melatonin onset) was previously free-running across the clock time at which it has now been entrained to a daily dose of melatonin taken in the early evening (see text and Emens et al. [
However, this function may be redundant, except for sighted perinates. Another future application of this work may be in perinates, to help them sleep at night (when their mothers prefer to sleep). Although vision is possible shortly after birth, entrainment to the light/dark cycle occurs a few months later. Before this time, the infant may require another signal in order to maintain entrainment to the 24-h day of their parents. Entrainment to the mother’s sleep/wake cycle may help the mother sleep better and deliver better maternal care, even if it makes no other difference to the perinate. This means that the amount of melatonin in breast milk may be sufficient to entrain the suckling infant, provided the mother is not exposed to too much bright light during the night. During the third trimester, melatonin produced by the mother crosses the placenta and is available to stimulate 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 in the SCN.
In conclusion, circadian phase sleep disorders are best assessed using sleep times and the DLMO. These occur late in phase-delayed types and early in phase-advanced types. In a sense, they are redundant, obvious and exoteric. More esoteric, but no less important, is the time interval between the DLMO and mid-sleep: this PAD represents the degree of internal circadian misalignment, which is important in SAD and may be an important component in other circadian phase sleep and psychiatric disorders. As basic investigations progress in this area of neuroscience, it is expected that the salivary DLMO and PAD will move beyond being just research tools and will become standard clinical tests as well. The PSH for SAD is expected to undergo further testing in other patient populations.
There are at least three ways in which the DLMO is useful. One, it is the basis for phase typing, particularly in combination with sleep times and its timing relative to the sleep/wake cycle (PAD). Two, it indicates the phase of the light and melatonin PRCs, so that treatment using these phase-resetting agents can be optimized. Three, it provides a way of monitoring the induced phase shift.
A standard marker of time that is based upon the free-running period of an oscillation or rhythm. By convention, circadian time 0 (CT 0) is defined as the initiation of activity in a diurnal organism. Likewise, CT 12 is defined as the initiation of activity in a nocturnal organism.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
Endogenously generated biological rhythm with a period length approximating to 1 year.
The term circannual rhythm is a derivative of the term circadian.
In species living outside of the equatorial zones, the seasonal change in the daily pattern of light/dark exposure, (that is, the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16), is the major synchronising signal for circannual rhythms. Responsiveness to photoperiodic changes ensures that appropriate physiological or behavioral responses occur at the different phases of the sidereal year. Thus, to explore the endogenous component of circannual rhythms, it is necessary to hold organisms on constant photoperiods for long durations (years), this being analogous to holding animals on constant light or constant darkness to explore circadian rhythms. Consequently, research into circannual rhythms is very long-range, which has no doubt been partly responsible for the relatively low level of research activity on this subject.
It is interesting to consider the possible selective benefit that maintaining an endogenous long term timing mechanism might confer. For animals living above ground, such benefit may be very subtle, being limited to those phases of the year during which changes in the environmental photoperiod occur slowly, near to the summer and winter solstices. Here, it may be envisaged that the endogenous “circannual” component allows animals to initiate preparative changes in physiology in readiness for the forthcoming autumn/spring. This anticipation argument has been widely used also to account for circadian rhythmicity, but direct experimental evidence for or against this adaptive conjecture is lacking.
The preparative argument is probably strongest for those animals undergoing torpor or 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8 during the winter season, as a consequence of which they do not monitor the prevailing photoperiod for several months. In many species, this does not prevent precise timing of the end of the hibernation phase, such that individuals emerge each year in a remarkably consistent time-window. Strong ecological arguments based upon resource availability or competition can be made to support the benefit of achieving such tight long term timing of emergence.
A comparison of the basic features of circannual rhythms, suggests that generally have a period length of less than 1 year – approximately 40 weeks in most instances [
Compared to circadian rhythms, much less is known about the underlying physiological mechanisms driving circannual rhythms, and their relationships to the machinery governing photoperiodic response mechanisms. In terms of formal mechanism, three distinct possibilities can be envisaged: (i) circannual rhythms are an emergent property of circadian rhythms, through a process known as frequency demultiplication; (ii) they emerge as consequence of transitions through a sequence of stages each of fixed duration; and (iii) a true circannual oscillator exists analogous to a circadian oscillator. Of these, the first is not favoured since experiments in which animals are entrained to daily photoperiod cycles with periods unequal to 24 h do not lead to proportionate changes in circannual rhythm duration. It is very difficult to distinguish between the latter two possibilities partly because data on the neuroanatomical basis of circannual rhythm generation are absent.
Recent studies in the Soay sheep may lead to progress on this front. In common with other seasonal mammals, the photoperiodic response mechanism in this animal can be traced to the pineal neurohormone 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13, and its target sites within the neuroendocrine system. Recent work suggests that circannual rhythm of prolactin secretion in Soay sheep depends on processes within one melatonin target tissue, the
(Papilla: small protuberance, Circum: around, Vallum: rampart). These structures are distributed along a chevron shaped line on the dorsal-posterior surface of the human tongue in front of the sulcus terminalis. Each circumvallate papilla has the appearance of a dome surrounded by a horseshoe-shaped invagination opening a trench under the surface of the tongue. The walls of the trench are covered with up to 800 taste buds opening into it and the base of the moat is irrigated by the ducts of the von Ebner gland. Their total number varies between 3 and 13 per individual. They all contain taste buds.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
A small, highly vascular neural region within the brain that protrudes into the third or fourth ventricle and lacks a functional blood-brain barrier (BBB). By this strict Definition, the organum vasculosum of the lamina terminalis, subfornical organ, median eminence, and area postrema are all circumventricular organs. Classically, however, some authors have included other sites, such as the subcommissural organ (which does not lack a BBB), choroid plexus (does not contain any neural elements), posterior lobe of the pituitary gland (located outside the brain), and pineal gland (located outside the brain). The neurons and glia within most circumventricular organs monitor the concentrations of ions and hormones in the blood plasma, and adjust various autonomic and behavioral functions via axonal connections to nuclei in the hypothalamus, brainstem, and other subcortical regions. Other sites, particularly the median eminence, represent a site of axonal transmission of transmitter molecules directly into a portal capillary network.
A discrete region of DNA that affects transcription of a gene.
A member of the Jun family of proteins that form a component of the AP-1 transcription factor. c-Jun dimerizes with other molecules including other Jun or Fos family members to form transcriptionally active complexes. The expression of c-Jun and the activation of the AP-1 transcription factor complex are increased in response to neurotrophic molecules as well as axonal injury.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
The c-Jun N-terminal kinases (JNKs) comprise one of the subfamilies of the mitogen-activated protein kinases (MAPK). JNK-mediated phosphorylation activates c- Jun, a component of the AP-1 transcription factor, in response to neurotrophin signaling. JNK activation regulates AP-1-dependent target genes involved in cell proliferation, cell death, inflammation, and DNA repair.
Those relationships between species that are based on evolutionary history.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Branching diagram of taxa exclusively based on shared derived characters (synapomorphies).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Sudden yield to passive slow stretch of muscles with increased resistance in spastic patients, this yield depending on muscle length and joint angle; differential sign to distinguish increased muscle resistance in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 from 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 as appearing, e.g., in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
A cognitive system has a classical architecture if its cognitive processes rely on structure-sensitive manipulations of symbols.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
Responding Conditioning
A type of associative learning between the successively applied two stimuli resulting in prediction of the second stimulus by the first stimulus.
Classical conditioning, which was formalized by Pavlov in 1906, is a type of associative learning in which the neutral
There are two forms of conditioning: one is classical conditioning and the other is operant conditioning. Classical conditioning is also referred to as respondent conditioning or Pavlovian conditioning. Apart from operant conditioning, the subject learns relations between stimuli, i.e., classical conditioning is a type of associative learning formed by pairing of unconditioned stimulus (US) with the conditioned stimulus (CS). In the case of salivation conditioning experiments in dogs by Pavlov [
For the successful establishment of conditioning, the timing and the order of the presentation of the CS and US are important. The CS should be presented before the US onset and should terminate during the US presentation or at the US onset. When the onset time of the CS coincides with that of the US, conditioning is effective provided that the CS terminates before the US. If the CS starts and ends before the US starts (or the CS and US are not overlapping) and the interstimulus interval (the time period between the end of the CS and the start of the US) is short (usually within the second range), conditioning is attained. If the US onset precedes the CS onset and the US terminates before the CS, this protocol (backward conditioning) is usually ineffective.
The strength of the acquired conditioning can be influenced depending on the properties and relationships of the CS and US. The followings are examples:
Psychologists have introduced a number of sophisticated theories of associations [
CTA, or taste aversion conditioning is widely accepted as a kind of Pavlovian learning in which animals acquire an aversion to a tastant (CS) that has been associated with visceral distress or malaise (US) [ Characteristics of classical conditioning (CC) and taste aversion conditioning (TAC) CS, conditioned stimulus; US, unconditioned stimulus; CR, conditioned response; o, yes.CC TAC Association learning between CS and US o o CS should precede US o o CS should be novel o o CR is generalized to similar CSs o o CR can be extinguished o o Necessary pairing of CS and US Repetitive One Interval between CS and US Short (within seconds) Long (up to several hours)
The single learning procedure with the long CS–US interval enables CTA to be a good model to elucidate the neural substrate, neuroactive substances involved and cellular and molecular processes [
The term classical mechanics refers to the study of the motion of particles, systems of particles and rigid bodies as understood before the advent of relativity and quantum mechanics, that is, roughly until the dawn of the twentieth century. It is important to bear in mind that the new physics inaugurated by these two disciplines did not invalidate the results of classical mechanics, a discipline that still remains at the foundation of most of engineering and biomechanics. Classical mechanics can be divided into two major sub-disciplines, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1.
The basic geometric idea of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 is that of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_3
A useful way to understand the transition from classical to analytical mechanics is provided by the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16.
At the outset, classical mechanics postulates the existence of
Consider now a
The 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 of the particles is next considered. By definition, the angular momentum with respect to a point
A (discrete or continuous) system of particles is said to be
To obtain 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5, the
The classical neurotransmitters are a collection of small molecular weight molecules that meet specific criteria for chemical neurotransmission. They are generally divided into three main classes: cholinergic, biogenic amine or monoamines, and amino acid transmitters.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Is a prominent cellular mechanism by which membrane proteins internalize from the plasma membrane via the formation of clathrin coated endocytic vesicles. The process involves three distinct steps. In step 1 an adaptor protein recognizes and recruits a membrane protein into a segment of the plasma membrane that will become the endocytic vesicle. A common adaptor of CME is the tetromeric adaptor protein complex-2 (AP-2). The interaction is mediated via a sequence specific motif within the intracellular domain of the membrane proteins and a subunit of the AP-2 complex. In addition to a direct interaction with AP-2, AP-2 accessory proteins can also be involved in the recognition of membrane protein, such as the recruitment of mono-ubiquitinated membrane proteins by the AP-2 accessory protein the epidermal growth factor substrate 15 (EPS15). In step 2 (which probably occurs coincident with step 1) the AP-2 complex recruits clathrin and certain accessory proteins, such as the neuron-specific AP180 or its ubiquitously expressed homolog the clathrin assembly lymphoid myeloid leukemia protein (CALM), to this membrane segment. These accessory proteins promote the localized polymerization of clathrin into a polyhedral lattice. AP-2 as well as several of these accessory proteins encode binding sites for phosphatidylinositol (4,5)-bisphosphate (PIP2), a prominent lipid found in the plasma membrane and this helps to anchor and localize coat formation at the plasma membrane. Other accessory proteins such as Epsin encode a highly conserved Epsin N-terminal homology (ENTH) domain, that can induce membrane curvature via insertion of an α-helix into the outer leaflet of the membrane. This function promotes the membrane invagination of the forming coated pit, while the clathrin lattice stabilizes the curvature. AP-2 therefore plays a central role in clustering and linking the membrane protein to a complex of proteins that promotes formation of the growing clathrin coated pit (CCP) and the subsequent clathrin-coated vesicle (CCV). In step 3 the membrane connecting the CCV to the plasma membrane is severed. This involves the action of two proteins, Amphiphysin and Dynamin. Amphiphysin encodes two domains involved in this process, a BAR domain through which it dimerizes and binds the neck of the CCVand an SH3 domain used to recruit the GTPase enzyme dynamin. This binding activates Dynamin polymerization into a collar at the neck of the CCV and the specific localization of the GTPase action of dynamin leads to the membrane cleavage.
Following vesicle scission the endocytic vesicle quickly looses its clathrin coat, via the action of Hsp70 and the accessory protein auxilin. Clathrin may then be recycled for further use in a next round of endocytosis. The action of another accessory protein the lipid phosphatase, Synaptojanin, then converts PIP2 to Phosphatidylinositol, which further contributes to the uncoating of the vesicle of AP-2 and other bound accessory proteins. The endocytic vesicle then fuses with early endosomes to enable the internal sorting of its cargo, which will decide whether they are to be recycled or targeted for degradation. The membrane of the endocytic vesicle will ultimately be recycled back to the plasma membrane.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
Claude syndrome results from unilateral 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20 lesion (infarction) of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 and is characterized by oculomotor 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 and contralateral 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
A commonly accepted version of the second law of thermodynamics for continuous systems.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
The claustrum (Latin for fence or barrier) is a thin band of neurons positioned between the insula and the putamen (lateral part of the lentiform nucleus). Its principal connections are with the cerebral cortex; it has discrete inputs from somesthetic, auditory and visual cortices.
A member of a related molecular family of Cl− channels and transporters. This family is unique in that some members are bona-fide ion channels, transporting Cl− down its electrochemical gradient through a continuous aqeous pore while others are Cl−/H+ antiporters, able to utilize the energy stored in the gradient of one of these ions to drive the other uphill, against its electrochemical gradient.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
Procedure during which joint rotations, moments, and powers are collected along with electromyographic data for purposes of clinical assessment and treatment decisions in patients with movement disorders.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
CLOCK, an acronym for circadian locomotor output cycles kaput, is a basic helix-loop-helix, PAS domain-containing transcription factor considered a core element of both mammalian and
Prior to the discovery of
The initial ENU mutagenesis screen of 304 animals resulted in a single animal with phenotypic alteration of circadian period. This animal, the founder of the
The
More recent studies have focused on the role of the circadian clock in health and disease. A specific allele of
Polymorphisms in the 3′ flanking region of human
The circadian clock is central in control of energy balance. Disruption of the clock gene network, as occurs in the
Cells that express endogenous circadian oscillations that regulate cellular functions and outputs.
Circadian output genes
Genes whose time-of-day specific expression is dependent on the circadian oscillator.
The mammalian circadian oscillator is based on interconnected transcriptional and post-translational feedback loops. In the negative limb, transcriptional repressors of the Clock-controlled genes are linked to the circadian oscillator. Circadian output genes are linked to the oscillator by E boxes, RORE, and/or D-elements. Per1 inhibits the activity of the Clock (C) or Npas2 (N) and Bmal1 (B) heterodimers. Lactate dehydrogenase A (Ldha) can affect the redox state of a cell, pydridoxal kinase (Pdxk) generates pyridoxal phosphate, a coenzyme involved in neurotransmitter synthesis, and arginine vasopressin (Avp) can bind rhythmically to its receptor V1a on SCN neurons. For details, see text.
A recent
To address the question of how many
A major surprise was the relatively small overlap of rhythmic transcripts between different tissues examined. In the study by Panda et al. [
The first gene to be analyzed in great detail and linked to the molecular oscillator was the
The transcription factor
The circadian regulation of the Rhythmic binding of Clock (
The transcription cycle of
Npas2 is an analog of Clock expressed mainly in the forebrain. To address the regulatory potential of this transcription factor, an inducible neuroblastoma cell line for Npas2 and Bmal1 was engineered. One surprising target gene upregulated after the induction of these transcriptional regulators was the
After these examples of
A completely different kind of circadian regulation is found in the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 regarding the translation of the rate-limiting enzyme in melatonin synthesis, the arylalkylamine N-acetyltransferase (AANAT) ([ Co-translational regulation of the arylalkylamine N-acetyltransferase (AANAT) gene in the pineal gland important for melatonin production. High amounts of HnRNP Q protein are necessary to bind to an IRES sequence within the 5′-untranslated region of the AANAT mRNA to allow for the formation of active translation complexes to initiate the production of AANAT protein. Upon phosphorylation (p-AANAT) serotonin is converted to melatonin. Light yellow background represents repression during the day, whereas blue shows activation during the night.
In rodents, the peaks of mRNA and protein accumulation are separated by four to six hours. This delay is due to a co-translational regulatory mechanism. The 5′-untranslated region of the mRNA contained an
Taken together,
Where does the research go? Many mental syndromes like depression, mania, and bipolar disorder are somehow linked to the circadian clock. Therefore, it is an important task to identify potential target genes whose unbalanced circadian expression interferes with the normal health status. However, this task is by far not an easy one, since even subtle changes in the level of neurotransmitters might have drastic effects as seen, for example, for the pyridoxal kinase. Another example concerns the influence of the clock gene
In this essay, the term “clock coupling factors” is understood in two ways: (i) factors by which the circadian pacemaker in the suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN) of mammals controls circadian behavioral rhythms and (ii) factors that synchronize the cellular clocks within the SCN to enable a coherent 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 of the SCN tissue.
The mammalian circadian clock residing in the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19) is thought to drive circadian rhythms of locomotor behavior by secreting diffusible factors that act locally within the hypothalamus. This concept is primarily based on SCN transplant experiments: when fetal SCN tissue is transplanted into animals made arrhythmic by lesion of the SCN, circadian rhythms of locomotor activity are restored with the period of the donor tissue [
TGF-α is expressed in the SCN in a circadian fashion, and, when infused into the third ventricle, reversibly inhibits locomotor activity and disrupts circadian sleep-wake cycles. These actions are likely mediated by epidermal growth factor (EGF) receptors on neurons in the hypothalamic 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, a major relay station for SCN efferents. Mice with a hypomorphic EGF receptor mutation exhibit excessive daytime locomotor activity and fail to efficiently suppress activity when exposed to light (so-called “10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13) [
PK2’s rhythmic expression in the SCN is directly mediated by
CLC is rhythmically expressed in a small subpopulation of vasopressin containing SCN neurons with a peak in the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19. CLC receptors flank the third hypothalamic ventricle and acute infusion of CLC into the third ventricle results in a reversible inhibition of locomotor activity without affecting the circadian clock. Infusion of CLC receptor neutralizing antibodies produces access locomotor activity at a time when CLC is maximally expressed [
Together, these results suggest that the aforementioned SCN signals may provide a crucial link between the circadian clock and outputs by shaping daily rhythms of behavior.
SCN neurons generate endogenous circadian rhythms endogenously and adjust them according to the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12 of the environment (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5). SCN neurons dispersed in cell culture display cell-autonomous oscillations with periods ranging from 20 to 28 h. Despite of this broad distribution of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6 of isolated neurons, the oscillation of the 20,000 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 neurons
Up to now, the strongest putative candidate synchronization factor is the neuropeptide vasoactive intestinal polypeptide (VIP), because it meets many of the above mentioned criteria. VIP is synthesized in the ventrolateral part of the SCN, VIPergic neurons project densely within the SCN, VIP is rhythmically released from rat SCN
Among other synchronizing factor candidates (for a review see [
Circadian clock genes
Any of a number of genes that interact with each other to make up an auto-regulatory feedback loop, in which its activation and repression cycle takes about one day.
Clock genes are components of the circadian clock comparable to the cogwheels of a mechanical watch. They interact with each other in an intricate manner generating oscillations of gene expression. The underlying principle of circadian clocks is successive gene activation in the form of a cycle: the initial activation of a gene is regulated by the last one in the sequence, making up an auto-regulatory feedback loop for which one cycle takes about 24 h. This principle is illustrated in Fig. General principle of the transcriptional autoregulatory feedback-loop. This principle underlies the clock mechanism in organisms that have a circadian clock.
Positive elements activate the expression of negative elements, which in turn stop the activity of the positive elements. This system moves away from equilibrium before returning and hence, perpetual cycling is the consequence. Although the genes involved in this mechanism can differ in various organisms, the principle illustrated in Fig.
In mammals the circadian clock mechanism is made up of two interlocking, regulatory feedback loops (Fig. Hypothetical clock mechanism in mammals. Note the two loops (
In the first loop (blue lines), two transcriptional activators 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 (brain and muscle ARNT-like protein 1) and
A second loop regulates the expression of the
How do Bmal1 and Clock contribute to the activation of transcription of other clock genes? It appears that transcriptional activation is facilitated by the histone acetyl transferase (HAT) activity of the Clock protein [ Diagram depicting the histone acetyltransferase (HAT) activity of Clock (
The HAT activity of Clock is necessary for the transcriptional activation of the clock genes
Clock gene expression regulated exclusively by transcriptional processes would run into equilibrium and no oscillation of gene expression would be observed. Transport of clock proteins from the cytoplasm into the nucleus as well as posttranscriptional processes are additional levels of regulation of the clock mechanism for generating oscillations of approximately 24 h. Per and Cry proteins interact with each other which prevents rapid degradation of these proteins and enables them to enter the nucleus. Mutation of interaction sites in either Per or Cry protein disturbs the nuclear and cytoplasmic localization with consequences on the clock oscillator (reviewed in [
Phosphorylation and dephosphorylation of proteins is a widely used mechanism to regulate protein stability, activity, and structure in many biological processes such as signal transduction. In the generation of mammalian circadian rhythms phosphorylation and dephosphorylation of Per proteins plays a critical role in determination of period length. For example, casein kinase 1 ε or δ (CK1ε/δ, Fig.
The circadian clock is not only a timekeeper. To serve as a predictor of recurring events in nature it needs to have the potential to adapt to changes in lighting and feeding conditions. Therefore clock genes not only respond to regulators of the clock mechanism described in Fig. Regulatory elements in the promoter of the clock gene
This causes fast induction of transcription of this gene leading to an adjustment of the circadian clock. Transcription factors, such as E4BP4 and Dbp (PAR leucine zipper transcription factor) are regulated by nutritional cues and the clock (see
An alteration of the circadian clock gene identified as circadian clock output cycles kaput. The Clock mutation, discovered through an N-ethyl-N-nitrosourea mutagenesis screen, was the first circadian clock gene to be identified in mammals. The mutant allele is a 5’ splice donor mutation that skips exon 19, thereby producing a form of CLOCK protein that is missing 51 amino acids from the C-terminal activation domain.
The resulting protein is an antimorph, which acts in a dominant-negative fashion. The mutated CLOCK protein retains the ability to form PAS-domain dependent heterodimers with BMAL1. Although heterodimers formed between BMAL1 and mutated CLOCK also retain their DNA-binding capabilities, transcriptional activation is deficient. Animals bearing a mutation of the Clock allele display lengthened periodicity, and ultimately, failure in expression of behavioral circadian rhythms.
Oscillatory muscle contraction at about 4-6 Hz. It is considered to result from increased stretch-reflex excitability, caused by sufficient muscle stretch and increased spinal cord excitability, in particular in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Behavior in which the consequences of the actions have an influence on the sensory input. Under normal conditions behavior is closed loop. The loop may be opened by an experimenter. There are also natural situations that resemble an open loop: when the stimulus is over before the reaction starts (see also open-loop behavior).
An excruciating, primary headache lasting 15 min to 3 h. It is unilateral, orbital, supraorbital, or temple pain accompanied by autonomic features.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
Demyelination is myelin loss with relative preservation of axons. The central nervous system (CNS) is composed of the brain and the spinal cord. The most common CNS demyelinating disease in humans is multiple sclerosis. Demyelinating diseases do not include genetic disorders of myelin formation (dysmyelination) or diseases causing myelin destruction secondary to neuronal death and Wallerian degeneration, such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis and spinal cord injury.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_23
Specialized central nervous system (CNS) microenvironment in which neural stem cells reside and support self-renewal and differentiation (neuro- and glio-genesis). Environmental cues and intrinsic genetic programs are required to maintain stem cell properties within CNS germinal niches. The subventricular zone (SVZ) of the lateral ventricle wall and the subgranular zone (SGZ) of the dentate gyrus (DG) of the hippocampus are two major brain germinal niches in the adult mammalian life. Cells with structural and molecular characteristics of astrocytes [immunoreactive for glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP)] are the true stem cells (or type B cells) in the SVZ and SGZ. GFAP+ astrocytes are in intimate contact with all other SVZ cell types, including type C cells (rapidly dividing transit amplifying cells) and the type A cells (lineage-committed post-mitotic migratory neuroblasts). Type B cells in the SVZ are in close contact (e.g., interdigitated) with both the BL and the blood vessels. The cell lineage differentiation pathway goes from type B, through type C to type A cells, with type B cells believed to be the self-renewing primary precursors.
GFAP+ astrocytes also function as stem cells (type B cells) in the SGZ, undergo self-renewal, proliferation and differentiation into transit amplifying cells (type D cells) and then into lineage-committed migratory granule neurons (type G cells). In the SGZ, bursts of endothelial cell division are spatially and temporally related to clusters of neurogenesis. Stem cell maintenance within CNS germinal niches appears to be dependent on stem cell physical contact to the basal lamina (BL) which acts as a scaffold concentrating and/or modulating cytokines/growth factors derived from local cells (e.g., fibroblasts, macrophages, pericytes, etc.).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Simultaneous activation of skeletomotor and fusimotor neurones.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
A range of positions of a joint or body segments within which opposing groups of muscles are co-active; threshold control is responsible for the extent and localization of the zone(s).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Phenomenon in speech whereby attributes of successive speech units overlap in articulatory or acoustic patterns.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Cocaine is a stimulant drug that increases brain extracellular levels of the neurotransmitters dopamine, serotonin, and noradrenaline by inhibiting the monoamine neurotransmitter transporters.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
A (roughly) spherical bacterium, with two bundles of short flagella near one pole of the cell.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Acoustic Labyrinth
The
All vertebrate animals possess hearing organs which convert sounds (see 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1) into neural signals for transmission to the auditory centers of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2. The cochlea is the hearing organ of humans and other mammals (Figs. A cartoon of the mammalian ear.
Enclosed within the bony shell of the cochlea are three stacked fluid-filled membranous tubes, the organ of Corti (the organ of hearing proper), the spiral ganglion (containing the somata of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1) and various accessory structures, which jointly coil around a central axis (Figs.
The organ of Corti, which is attached to the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2, contains hair cells, the transducers that convert vibrations into electrical signals, and the peripheral terminals of the afferent and efferent 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 (Figs. A cross section of the organ of Corti and the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 and tectorial membranes. (a) Only the Type-I afferents, which innervate inner hair cells, and the efferents to the outer hair cells are illustrated. (b) When the basilar-membrane and the organ of Corti are displaced (
The innervations of inner and outer hair cells differ greatly. The afferent innervation consists of neurons with somata located in the spiral ganglion which send their 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 via the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 (Fig.
The stapes transmits vibrations to scala vestibuli via the oval window at the base of the cochlea and the adjacent elastic round window, located over scala tympani, provides pressure relief (Fig.
Basilar-membrane traveling waves can be demonstrated post-mortem in experimental animals, as well as human cadavers. This indicates that spatial frequency analysis in the cochlea is inherent in the physical (passive) properties of the basilar membrane, which is narrow and stiff at the base of the cochlea and wide and relatively floppy at the cochlear apex. However, basilar membrane vibrations are crucially dependent on biological (“active”) processes, so that they are much more sensitive and much more sharply frequency-tuned in living cochleae than post-mortem.
At the basal half of normal cochleae, basilar-membrane vibrations stimulated by tones with frequencies close to the characteristic frequency grow with stimulus intensity at compressive rates (i.e., <1 dB of vibration magnitude per 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4 of stimulus magnitude), while response growth is linear at other frequencies. Hence, because the compressive 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 is confined to frequencies near the characteristic frequency, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6 varies with stimulus level: basilar-membrane responses are more sharply tuned, and exhibit more gain (vibration amplitude divided by stimulus level), for low-level than for high-level stimuli. Basilar-membrane vibrations in normal cochleae also exhibit other nonlinear phenomena, including two-tone suppression and harmonic and intermodulation distortion, all of which are prominently reflected in the responses to sound of inner hair cells and auditory-nerve fibers, and in auditory perception (see 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16). Following cochlear damage or death, basilar-membrane responses to tones with frequency far from the characteristic frequency remain unchanged while responses to tones with frequency near the characteristic frequency are drastically affected: they become linear, poorly frequency tuned, and less sensitive, their magnitude being reduced by as much as 60 dB.
In the basal half of the cochlea, the frequency selectivity and other properties of the responses of inner hair cells and auditory-nerve fibers derive more or less directly from the corresponding properties of basilar-membrane vibrations. The dominance of basilar-membrane vibrations in determining inner hair cell and neural responses is less clear for the apical half of the cochlea, where technical difficulties have made it difficult to measure vibrations in healthy cochleae. The few available data indicate that basilar-membrane frequency tuning is substantially less sharp at apical sites than at basal sites, in agreement with corresponding differences in frequency tuning in auditory-nerve fibers. The compressive nonlinearity is less salient at apical sites and, in contrast with basal cochlear sites, it is not confined to frequencies near the characteristic frequency, so that frequency tuning does not change as a function of stimulus level and is only minimally affected by cochlear trauma or death.
When the basilar membrane and the organ of Corti vibrate, the stereocilia of outer hair cells, which are embedded in the tectorial membrane, are deflected radially (Fig.
The modulation of the transduction current generates 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 across the basolateral membrane of the hair cells; depolarization and hyperpolarization correspond, respectively, to increased and decreased current. Hair cell receptor potentials follow the deflections of their stereocilia monotonically and hence have frequency tuning roughly similar to that of basilar-membrane vibrations. However, hair cell transduction is nonlinear and currents and voltages are sigmoidal functions of stereocilia deflection. Furthermore, opposite but equal displacements of the hair bundle from the resting position generate unequal conductance changes, resulting in depolarization that is larger than hyperpolarization. As a consequence of this asymmetry, depolarizing DC (“direct current”) responses are generated in addition to AC (“alternating current”) responses. For high stimulus frequencies, the AC responses become smaller due to the shunting of the current by the parallel 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 and
The outer hair cells probably play a negligible direct role in transmitting acoustic information to the brain but participate crucially in enhancing cochlear vibrations, increasing their sensitivity and frequency tuning. When moved by the basilar membrane, outer hair cells reciprocate by actively moving the basilar membrane. This positive feedback loop, which serves as a mechanical amplifier, was demonstrated by monitoring basilar-membrane responses to sound after systemic injection of furosemide, a diuretic which reversibly abolishes the endocochlear potential by shutting down metabolically driven ion pumps in the stria vascularis (Fig.
The nature of the mechanical feedback from the outer hair cells is not certain. One candidate is somatic electromotility, the ability of outer hair cells to change length when subjected to fluctuating transmembrane voltages. In vitro, outer hair cells shorten when depolarized and lengthen when hyperpolarized. Somatic electromotility is not based on a muscle-like mechanism, since it does not directly require metabolic energy or calcium (Ca2+). Rather, it reflects the collective deformations of millions of voltage-sensitive intramembranous prestin molecules. Prestin apparently plays a crucial role in cochlear function, since “knockout” mice lacking prestin have elevated hearing thresholds [
Amplification mechanisms also exist in the hearing organs of non-mammalian tetrapod vertebrates, which broadcast 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4 (sounds emitted by the ear) much as mammals do [
A cochlear implant (CI) is a prosthesis that electrically activates the auditory nerve in deaf patients to restore hearing sensations. CIs were originally developed in the 1960s and the early single-electrode devices restored only minimal hearing, with little or no ability to understand speech sounds. Modern, multichannel CIs restore hearing at a level that allows telephone conversation in most patients.
The CI (Fig. Schematic representation of a cochlear implant. The external portion of the device resembles a behind-the-ear hearing aid and consists of a microphone, sound processor and transmitter coil Auditory signals are received by the microphone, processed and transmitted across the skin to the implanted portion of the device. The implanted portion contains a hermetically sealed receiver/stimulator package, which receives and decodes the transmitted signal and the electrode array that is inserted into the scala tympani of the cochlea.
Modern multichannel CIs have between 16 and 22 electrodes in an array that is inserted through the round window into the scala tympani of the cochlea. Sound is received through a microphone and the acoustic signal is transformed to be appropriate for electrical stimulation. Typically, sound is split into 16–22 frequency bands and the energy in each band is compressed and applied to a different electrode implanted within the cochlea. Each electrode is stimulated with biphasic electrical pulses at rates between 250 and 5,000 pulses/s. Some CI devices allow presentation of analog electrical waveforms on each electrode.
Although the CI activates neurons in the cochlea, the electrically driven neural activity then is processed by the auditory brainstem nuclei and auditory cortex. Areas of the cortex specialized for speech (e.g. Wernike’s area, Broca’s area) receive the abnormal pattern of neural activity. Pattern recognition processes and linguistic processes decode the distorted neural input into recognizable sounds and words.
The cochlea or inner ear is a fluid filled coiled structure that converts mechanical vibration of sound into nerve impulses to the brain. Most types of deafness result from the loss of sensory hair cells, which transduce the mechanical vibrations of sound into nerve impulses. The CI electrode array is placed in the scala tympani of the cochlea and is designed to activate the remaining neurons in a deaf cochlea. Modern CI devices contain 16–22 electrode contacts spaced along a silicone carrier. Electrode arrays are designed to be inserted 25–30 mm into the cochlea (normal cochlear length is 35 mm). Electrical signals are delivered to individual electrodes as either analog electrical waveforms or short biphasic current pulses. Auditory neurons are activated either on their peripheral processes (if they have survived the deafening pathology) or at the cell bodies of the spiral ganglion.
The normal cochlea is organized tonotopically; neurons near the base represent high-frequency information and neurons located at the apical end represent low-frequency information. The CI stimulating electrodes are arranged longitudinally along the silicone carrier to take advantage of this tonotopic organization. Electrodes at the base of the cochlea are stimulated to indicate high-frequency sounds and electrodes at the tip of the array (closer to the apex of the cochlea) are stimulated to indicate low frequency sounds. Temporal patterns of sound are represented as modulation in the amplitude of the stimulating electrical pulses.
Since the pattern of neural activity has different temporal and spectral characteristics from that in a normally hearing ear, it is unclear how this abnormal pattern of neural information will be processed by specialized central processing mechanisms. Some complex auditory percepts, like musical pitch, require specific fine temporal information that is not represented by the CI [
Electrical stimulation of the auditory nerve produces abnormal patterns of nerve activation in terms of both the spectral and temporal dimensions. Temporally, electrical stimulation produces abnormally high phase locking, in which the nerve responds at precisely the same time within each stimulus cycle and all activated nerves fire synchronously [
Perceptually, there is evidence [
Electric signals are processed in the CI to replicate as closely as possible the temporal and spatial pattern of neural activity in a normal acoustically driven cochlea. The CI can reproduce global aspects of the normal pattern of neural activation but cannot reproduce the fine temporal or spectral patterns present in a normal cochlea. The CI signal processor attempts to present electrical signals that will produce the most normal patterns of nerve activity.
Modern multi-electrode implants were introduced in the 1970s and the level of performance has improved steadily so that in 2006 most deaf patients can recognize more than 95% of the words in simple sentences [
CIs are useful for any auditory pathology in which deafness results from the loss of hair cells. Most deafness is caused by the loss of hair cells and leaves the primary auditory neurons largely intact. Pathologies that cause the loss of primary auditory neurons are not suitable for a cochlear implant.
Cochlear implants are a proven prosthetic therapy for most types of deafness. CIs allow post-lingually deafened adults and congenitally deaf children to recognize speech at a level that allows fluent conversation, even over the phone.
N. cochlearis; Cochlear nerve
First section of the auditory tract. Is part of vestibulocochlear nerve (VIII) and goes from the spiral ganglion (first neuron of the auditory tract) to the cochlear nuclei. The fibers are organized in strict tonotopic fashion (ace. to tone frequencies).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
Cochlear nuclear complex
The cochlear nuclear complex (CNC) is the first relay center in the auditory brain. From here the signals of the cochlear nerve diverges into a number of parallel ascending tracts, each with its own particular course and destination, as well as conduction velocities, properties and relays.
The cochlear nucleus (CN) is the site of termination of all auditory nerve (AN) fibers and is thus the first relay center of the ascending auditory pathway [
There are two types of AN fibers: Myelinated type I axons carrying auditory information from cochlear inner 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8 and unmyelinated type II axons carrying unknown information from outer hair cells (Figs. Diagrammatic representation (modified from Brown et al. 1988, [ Diagrammatic representation (modified from Osen, 1988, see [
All recordings from AN fibers have been from type I axons which can show high, medium or low spontaneous activity, a physiological feature that is correlated with the location of the synapse of the fiber on the inner hair cell. In response to pure tones at their characteristic frequency (CF, the sound frequency at which a cell responds with the lowest threshold) high CF type I axons display a primary-like (onset response followed by a gradual reduction in driven rate) 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 whose threshold is dependent on the AN spontaneous rate. Low CF fibers show phase locking (spiking at a specific phase of each stimulus cycle). Both fiber types possess similar bifurcation patterns as they enter the CN, but the mode and total terminal area of termination differ. Type I fibers supply all parts of the CN except the periphery and granule cell areas (Fig. Diagrammatic representation (modified from Moore and Osen, 1979, see [
These bulbs of Held arise mainly from the ascending branches, while the small boutons arise from loosely ramifying collaterals of both ascending and descending branches [
The VCN contains five main cell types (Fig.
Each bushy (globular or spherical) cell receives a small number of bulbs of Held, has non-tapering dendrites ending in numerous small branches and an axon that projects into the trapezoid body (Fig.
The octopus cells receive small boutons from collaterals of a number of AN fibers on their dendrites (Fig.
The multipolar cells receive 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 from many AN fibers by means of small boutons located mostly on their dendrites (Fig.
Very little information is available yet on the response features or the intrinsic membrane and synaptic features of those cells in the VCN classified as “small”.
The CN of some rodents contains a population of large cells scattered in the cochlear nerve root (Fig.
The DCN shows large interspecies variations and is virtually absent in some cetaceans. It varies from being markedly laminated in rodents and carnivores (Figs. Diagramatic representation (modified from Oertel and Young, 2004, see [
The three superficial layers of the DCN are related to the morphology of the principal 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6 (pyramidal). The spiny apical dendritic arbor of pyramidal cells occupies layer 1 together with granule cell axons and several other types of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9 (see below). Pyramidal cell bodies define layer 2, and their aspinous basal dendritic arbors comprise layer 3. The pyramidal cells are the main 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 of the DCN, supplying fibers to the contralateral IC via the DAS (Fig.
Interneurons of the DCN may be divided into two systems, the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7, related to the apical dendritic arbors and cell bodies of pyramidal cells and the tuverculoventral system, related to the basal dendritic arbors of the pyramidal cells (Fig.
The granule cell system includes the excitatory granule cells and unipolar brush cells as well as three types of inhibitory cells: the GABAergic Golgi and stellate cells and the glycinergic cartwheel cells [
The 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20 reciprocally interconnects the DCN and VCN. It contains both frequency specific and diffuse projections [
A separate set of vertical cells with only local collaterals contain both GABA and glycine, the relative amounts of which vary among species. They are located amongst the basal pyramidal cell dendrites in layer 3. The dendritic arbors of the vertical cells that project to the VCN are flattened and parallel to the pyramidal cell basal dendrites in the isofrequency planes. They receive primary afferents and project to the VCN via the tuberculoventral tract after giving off recurrent collaterals to the DCN, which terminate on pyramidal cells [
Pyramidal and giant cell excitatory responses are more strongly influenced by their inhibitory inputs than are those of other projection neurons in the CN, and have been classified as type III and IV [
Simultaneous activation of muscles with opposite mechanical action on a joint (antagonists). Since the net torque acting on a joint is the algebraic sum of the torques generated by the individual muscles, torques with opposite signs cancel each other and the net torque may be zero. However, for a given net torque, the joint stiffness (the torque resisting an externally imposed joint displacement) increases with the level of cocontraction.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
When information is stored, it has to be encoded. The nervous system stores information. Therefore, neurons must code information (see also ensemble code, grandmother neuron).
Group of sarcopterygian fish once thought to be extinct but then found unexpectedly in an African fish market in 1938. Modern coelacanths are deep sea fin only rarely caught by fisherman and unable to survive in shallow waters.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
A cofactor (a vitamin-like substance) upon which at least three mitochondrial enzymes (complexes I, II and III) depend for their function. The mitochondrial enzymes are essential for the production of energy in the cell.
Tractus caeruleospinalis
In the dorsal noradrenergic bundle of the locus coeruleus, fibers run in the direction of the spinal cord where they run in the lateral column and pass to all segments of the spinal cord, terminating in the posterior horn, in the anterior horn and in the intermediate substance. This portion of the coerulean efferents are globally called the coerulospinal tract.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Mental processes that includes – according to Neisser (Congitive Psychology, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall 1967) – transformation, reduction, elaboration, storage, recovery and usage of sensory information.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
A form of psychological intervention that focuses on changing maladaptive thoughts, beliefs and behaviors.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Intellectual development; Mental development; Development of thinking
Cognitive development refers to changes with age in human ontogeny in mental processes and abilities, that is, the development of higher mental processes such as problem solving, reasoning, conceptualizing, classifying, and planning, as well as more basic processes such as perception and language. Although modern developmental psychology studies psychological change over the entire lifespan, the field of childhood cognitive development is distinct from cognitive development in adulthood, in terms of theoretical issues and research paradigms. Only childhood cognitive development will be covered in this article.
Accounts of cognitive development in childhood address three major issues: (i) The initial (newborn) state, (ii) The description of “what” develops in children’s thinking, and (iii) Accounts of how developmental change occurs. The field of childhood cognitive development was shaped by Jean Piaget (1896–1980) who viewed children’s thinking as a source of insight into fundamental epistemological issues (see [
In Piaget’s view, infants begin life equipped with reflexes, perceptual abilities and basic learning mechanisms that allow them to actively construct their own knowledge. This constructive process starts at birth and is driven by the interplay of two complementary adaptive mechanisms, assimilation (the construal of external objects or events in terms of the child’s present mental structures) and accommodation (the adaptation of existing mental structures in response to environmental pressure). Piaget viewed development as progression through an ordered sequence of stages which involves qualitative reorganization of the cognitive system. In the sensorimotor period (birth to 2 years) intelligence is bound to immediate perceptions and actions. Infants form sensorimotor representations of motor behaviors and construct fundamental concepts through their interactions with the environment. Piaget inferred cognitive immaturity from immature motor behaviors. For instance, he concluded from infants’ immature search behaviors that they lack the concept of a “permanent” object that continues to exist independently of the infant’s object directed actions. Towards the end of the sensorimotor period, with the onset of language, children acquire symbolic-representational thought. In the preoperational stage (age 2–7) children have the cognitive capability to represent past and future events, and to engage in symbolic activities. However, their cognition is limited by the inability to perform operations (reversible mental activities). Thus, they often focus on a single, perceptually salient aspect of an event, and fail to solve tasks in a logically consistent way. For instance, preschoolers are often misled by changes in appearance, such as the height of the level of liquid after pouring it from a wider into a taller, narrower glass. Their failure to mentally reverse the pouring operation results in a failure to “conserve” liquid quantity. Preschoolers’ pre-logical thinking is also pre-causal and egocentric since preoperational children are limited in their ability to construct fundamental concepts that underlie our understanding of reality. In the concrete operational stage (age 7–11) children overcome these limitations and reason logically about concrete objects and events, based on fundamental concepts such as time, space, and causality. In the formal operational stage (age 11–15) young adolescents go beyond the limits of concrete operational reasoning in thinking hypothetically or theoretically about problem domains. They systematically test hypotheses and draw appropriate conclusions from their experiments according to the standards of scientific rationality.
Critical evaluations of Piaget’s theory have focused on three major weaknesses [
Since the 1970s, information-processing accounts of cognitive development have productively used the metaphor of the child as a computational system. Like computers, humans suffer from limited information processing resources. Limitations may be due to hardware and/or software features, that is, the speed and efficiency with which basic processes are executed on the one hand, and strategies and knowledge on the other hand. Information processing theorists attempt to specify in computational terms the cognitive processes underlying children’s task performance, and the sources of developmental growth. This approach has led to a reinterpretation of some of the cognitive limitations described by Piaget. For instance, in Piaget’s view, preschoolers’ failure to draw correct transitive inferences (“Peter is taller than Max,” “Max is taller than John.” “Who is taller? Peter or John?”) is due to the “structural” limitations of preoperational (pre-logical) thought. Training experiments showed, however, that preschool children can reliably draw transitive inferences when they are taught to memorize the premise information. Thus, developmental progress appears to arise from children’s increasing ability to surmount processing limitations, rather than from a stage-like, qualitative change in logical reasoning abilities. The information processing approach has focused on problem solving and memory development [
Both Piagetian and information processing approaches view development as a domain-general process of acquisition and refinement of cognitive abilities. Both approaches make minimal assumptions about the cognitive capabilities the infant is equipped with at birth (i.e. perceptual abilities, general learning mechanisms). In contrast, Post-Piagetian research on conceptual development emphasizes the domain-specificity of cognitive development, and makes assumptions about innate domain-specific knowledge and domain-specific learning mechanisms [
An example of conceptual development in a domain of evolutionary importance is theory of mind development, that is, the ability to attribute mental states to oneself and others (see [
Cognitive development in childhood can be viewed as an interplay between domain-general changes in speed and efficiency of information processing, strategies, and metacognition, and domain-specific acquisition of conceptual knowledge. Research on infant cognition indicates that humans possess core knowledge in important domains early in life, possibly innately. Both enrichment of core principles and conceptual change contribute to cognitive development.
The way an individual thinks about or processes information in response to a particular setting, process, characteristic, attitude, or sensation. A full description of a particular item would usually include the cognitive dimension of the item, along with its affective and behavioral dimensions (plus sometimes the sensory dimension).
Cognitive ethology; Complex behavior; Intelligent behavior; Flexible behavior; Adaptive behavior
Cognition can be seen as a “behavioral survival device” to solve problems in the individual’s complex environment. According to Tomasello & Call’s [
Over the last decades, it became evident that many complex behaviors cannot be understood without attributing mental, cognitive states to animals. “Cognitive ethology” emerged as a new behavioral science to analyze high-level aspects of behavior, which, in turn, tremendously inspired brain research. Examples of cognitive phenomena that will be addressed in this essay are: (i) Categories & Concepts, (ii) Referential communication, (iii) Intentionality & Theory of Mind, and (iv) Conscious perception.
Perceptual
Insects have long been viewed as simple reflex automata, not capable of complex behavioral flexibility. However, experiments in honeybees showed that at least some insects are endowed with complex visual learning and memory capacities, such as contextual learning, categorization and conceptualization. The classical behavioral protocol to test learning of relationships is the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4 task. In such a task, animals are presented with a sample stimulus and temporally delayed with a set of test (or comparison) stimuli. One of the test stimuli matches the sample stimulus (in some feature dimension), and the animal’s task is to always choose this correct match, despite the fact that the matching test stimulus is being changed regularly. Giurfa and co-workers [ Delayed matching-to-sample test demonstrating categorization and conceptualization in bees. A graphical sketch of the experimental setup (y-maze) to test bees is shown. The sample is presented at the entrance of the maze (here:
Once they entered the maze, the bees’ task was to approach the test stimulus that was identical to the sample to receive a sucrose solution reward. For example, bees confronted with a yellow disk as sample stimulus were required to choose the yellow disk inside the maze and avoid the blue disk. Most importantly, bees that learned such a concept of “sameness” were able to apply it successfully in so-called 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20,” in transfer tests, subjects are confronted with novel stimuli they have never experienced before. In addition, to prevent subjects from learning a “correct” answer, choice behavior is not reinforced (i.e., the animals are randomly rewarded independent of their performance). The huge advantage of transfer trials is that they allow the investigation of how an animal applies rules learned in one situation to another, novel situation without having been conditioned by reward contingencies. Importantly, bees examined in transfer tests were able to apply the concept of “sameness” to new situations. For example, bees trained with texture stimuli and tested with color stimuli in transfer tests also solved the problem and chose the novel color corresponding to that of the colored disk at the maze entrance. Even more, transfer was not constrained to the visual domain (color versus pattern), but could also operate between different sensory domains, such as vision and olfaction. Bees that were trained to match odors (lemon and mango) were spontaneously able to match color in transfer tests.
Deriving the quantity of items is another, most abstract form of categorization. The ability to judge the number of items is highly adaptive; social animals such as primates make decisions to fight or flee by judging the relative number of friends versus foes. In foraging, choosing a larger alternative can contribute to survival. Not surprisingly, therefore, numerical competence has been described in many species, most notably birds (corvids, parrots, pigeons) and mammals (rats, monkeys, apes). These animals show an approximate capacity to derive numerosity, they have a rudimentary understanding of Neural basis of numerical competence. (a) Rhesus monkeys were trained to discriminate the number of dots. While the monkeys performed the numerosity discrimination task, discharges from single neurons were recorded from the prefrontal cortex (see inset in B, showing a lateral view of a rhesus macaque brain with the prefrontal cortex shaded in green). (b) Spike density histogram illustrating the average response of a single neuron to numerosities one to five (see color code for line graphs). After 500 ms, the numerosity was displayed for 800 ms (time interval shaded in grey), which elicited vigorous discharges. The neurons, however, responded with different strengths to different numerosities. In (c), the same neuron’s responses are averaged and plotted against the number of shown items. This very neuron formed a tuning curve and discharged maximally to numerosity “four”, its preferred numerosity. Different neurons had different preferred numerosities. The neurons encoded abstract numerical information rather than visual parameters that may co-vary with an increase in the number of items (data not shown). Data modified from [
Beyond mere numerosity discrimination, an elegant study by Brannon & Terrace [
Classification of stimuli can be based on sensory features. In social animals, however, such a simple classification scheme may fall short if there is a need to communicate information from one group member to another. Human speech is an impressive example of a communication system that is not primarily based on acoustic features, but rather on the meaning of a sound. Even though the words “enemy” and “foe” sound completely different in terms of their acoustic features, we know immediately that we are dealing with an opponent who may do us harm. Thus, humans categorize speech sound based on “referential” similarities, similarities in meaning (or semantics, respectively).
Vervet monkeys produce acoustically distinct alarm calls in response to potential predators (Fig. Vervet monkey alarm calls. Vervet monkeys have three major call types to warn of predators (from left to right): “
Do monkeys purposely warn their conspecifics of a potential prey, in other words, do animals intend to inform their group mates? Intentional states are characterized as being
Neuroscientists studying the neural basis of expectation, planning, self-monitoring and the like would attribute desires, wishes and plans, and thus, first-order intentionality to “higher” animals. Whether animals have second-order intentionality, meaning that an animal is capable of having beliefs regarding another’s beliefs, is a much more difficult question. Second-order intentionality, however, is a defining characteristic of what is called “theory of mind” (TOM). An animal has a TOM when it can form a representation of the beliefs, desires and capabilities of other animals, and so predict other animals’ behavior and the probable consequences of their actions in an internal model. TOM may be a defining characteristic of adult human mental states that develops over the first years of childhood. Therefore, research on TOM has been done almost exclusively with non-human primates, particularly apes.
The strongest support for TOM in apes comes from recent experiments in which a dominant and a subordinate chimpanzee compete over food [
Consciousness can be divided into different aspects. Conscious perception, defined here as access to and evaluation of sensory representations to draw informed choices, has become the most rewarding line of neuroscience research to tackle the problem of consciousness. Bistable visual illusion phenomena offer a fascinating window into conscious processing. Bistable percepts result from the brain having to decide whether an image should be perceived in one or the other way, thus perception regularly switches between two different interpretations of a sensory input (Fig. Necker cube. The drawing is perceived as a three-dimensional cube, but the perspective changes every few seconds: Note that the grey surface of the cube is sometimes seen as the rear panel, next time as the front panel. The Necker cube is a nice example of a bi-stabile percept, showing that conscious perception inevitably switches in certain ambiguous situations. Switching of conscious percepts is reflected in the responses of neurons in the primate visual cortex (see text).
Bistable percepts are also present in binocular rivalry phenomena, when two different images are projected onto the left and right eyes, respectively, but only one of them can be perceived in alternation. Logothetis and co-workers [
Another fascinating way to see consciousness at work is to study the ability to shift 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, thus being aware of features we attend to, while filtering out not attended aspects that do not reach conscious experience. Many animals are able to shift attention. For example, attention improves the ability of barn owls to localize a sound source; barn owls moved their head faster towards the direction of a sound source if they attended to this location. Electrophysiological recordings in behaving monkeys showed that neuronal responses to attended locations or stimulus features are enhanced, whereas those from unattended locations or features are suppressed. This influence of attention increases as one ascends the hierarchy of visual areas in primate cortex. At the highest processing levels, the neural representation of the visual world is dominated by the behavioral relevance of the information, rather than mirroring an accurate and complete description of it [
Conscious perception is an empirically addressable issue; other aspects of consciousness, however, may scarcely be accessible to objective investigations. The “hard problem” of consciousness relates to the question of how elemental personal feelings and impressions arise from neuronal discharges. These only-subjective experiences (“10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_17”), such as the taste of wine or the aching of a tooth, are only accessible via introspection. Whether other animals have “qualia”, or even how this question may be addressed in an objective, scientific way, remains a fundamental philosophical question.
Drugs that are proposed to enhance cognitive functions such as attention, learning and memory without affecting other physiologic functions in humans with cognitive deficits as well as in healthy subjects.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
Cognitive functions are concerned with mental processes and activities used in perceiving, remembering, problem solving and thinking. Cognitive functions are studied experimentally.
This synopsis focuses on cognitive functions and how they are related to brain processes. Particular emphasis is given to knowledge based on behavioral research in cognitive psychology, which has established an inventory of well-defined tasks and sound experimental designs necessary for a thorough assessment of cognitive functions. However, the results based on behavioral research were not always conclusive regarding the underlying mechanisms. Either of two otherwise totally different psychological theories could sometimes equally well account for exactly the same pattern of behavioral results. Consequently, there was a need for an independent data source allowing for discrimination between competing theories. Only with the advent of new technologies do we now have such an independent database at hand. In particular, the study of neuronal activation enabled us to better understand the nature of the mechanisms that underlie a cognitive task. The combination of behavioral data paired with brain activation patterns can provide a strong support for a cognitive theory. Bridging the gap between cognitive performance and brain function is precisely the core idea of cognitive neuroscience. With the rise of this discipline a plurality of different methods has deeply enriched the study of cognitive functions. This synopsis will provide an overview of the main fields of research on cognitive functions, which is a rapidly growing field with many new insights yet to come.
The word cognition has its origin in the Latin word “cognoscere,” which means “to become acquainted with, to get to know.” Interestingly, the term cognition was not used until the nineteenth century and only then has it gotten more influential when it came to counter the claims raised by behaviorist psychology. Cognitive psychology acknowledged the existence of mental states and rejected introspection as a valid method of investigation. It has soon gotten evident that verbal reports would never suffice to tap into the underlying mechanisms. Moreover, unlike observable behavior cognitive operations are hidden and not directly accessible. Therefore, psychologists have begun to develop experimental methods, which help to tease apart the underlying mechanisms. The results from decades of behavioral research have provided an impressing wealth of knowledge. Nowadays, however, still many questions remain open for further investigation. What are the conditions for cognition to arise? When are brain processes associated with cognitive processes and when are they not? Are all brain processes involved in cognition? Or only some, and if so, which are the ones that qualify?
To date, a wealth of knowledge is known about 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22 (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22), which is the most studied sensory function. The essay on 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 written by Dirk Kerzel will explain in detail how visual (and other sensory) processes operate. A distinction has often been made that characterizes early and late processes. Early processes involve elementary processes associated with the initial encoding of sensory information whereas late processes come into play when sensory information has been processed already and needs to be interpreted or categorized. Several cognitive scientists conceived an architecture of information processing steps, which is organized in different modules. Early processes involved in perception are separate from late processes, which involve more abstract and language-based thought processes. According to a strictly modular view early processes involved in the processing of perceptual information are completed before cognition comes into play; they are not cognitively penetrable [
The study of basic sensory processes is important because cognitive operations can act on those data, thus providing us with a means to explore the nature of cognitive functions such as attention. The mechanisms of attention are elaborated more in detail in the essay written by Peter Klaver. Several aspects make this topic interesting in the context of cognitive functions, one of which is the selection of information. If a target object is defined by the presence of one salient feature it can be easily identified (e.g., a red ball on the lawn). In this case attention is automatically directed toward the object (this phenomenon is also known as
Another important aspect of attention concerns its resources. The limits of attentional resources become evident when two tasks need to be coordinated at the same time. Compelling demonstrations have been given by studies on
How does the brain create a coherent and unique perception? When we search for an object the information processing in the brain is highly parallel. This means that different features of the same object are processed in different parts of the brain (for example, if the target is a green square). Nevertheless, we are able to combine different features such as color or shape to a coherent and unique conscious experience. This discussion is known as 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 and Michael Herzog has written an overview about it. For example, it was suggested that the timing of different neural responses is in synchrony if they code for features of the same object. There are still open questions about the temporal patterns but future studies will probably clarify many issues of the binding problem and its relation to consciousness.
Only a few remarks will here be made about learning and memory, which are treated extensively in other contributions. The functions of memory are revealed best by clinical cases from neuropsychology showing how some functions of memory can still be preserved while others are no longer available. For example, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 prevents the ability to consolidate new information in memory whereas previously stored information can still be retrieved. Interestingly, however, the ability to learn implicit tasks such as new motor skills remains intact. Memorizing implicit and explicit information draws on at least partly different neuronal mechanisms. Yet other dissociations concern the distinction between short-term and long-term memory or the distinction between episodic and semantic memory. Memory does not only serve the purpose to represent what happened in the past and, in fact, its nature is rather constructive and can lead to illusions or misattributions. For example, people can fail to correctly indicate the true source of their memories despite the fact that they strongly believe that what they remember did happen exactly the way they think. Yet another and often understudied type of memory is 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, which is addressed in a separate essay written by Catherine Brandner.
Information stored in memory is also crucial when it comes to other cognitive functions such as mental imagery. Only the information provided by the senses can be stored in memory so that we can later retrieve it and use this information when we remember an event or imagine an object or a person. 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22 are stored in temporal brain areas and research on mental imagery has in fact shown activation in those areas when people visualize objects or faces [
What is the functional relevance of early visual activation during visual mental imagery or attention? One interpretation suggests that mental imagery is in the service of perceptual anticipation [
It remains an open question as to what extent early visual activation during attention and mental imagery overlaps. Mental imagery and visual attention are still experienced differently and future research will better determine the differences between cognitive functions such as mental imagery, visual attention, and visual perception. However, this example shows to what extent different cognitive functions are nested and intertwined.
Yet another cognitive function is 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18. Our brain enables us to reason and thus to go beyond what is actually given. Mental reasoning is the ability to infer conclusions based on previously established premises. Even though it is conceivable that reasoning as computational problem can be implemented in any type of hardware this assumption turned out to be wrong. Neuroimaging studies helped to constrain the wide range of possible mechanisms. For example, when people reason in the absence of any semantic context they use the visuospatial system in the right hemisphere involving parietal areas, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16, and the extrastriate (and sometimes striate) visual cortex (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5). Left temporal areas, however, come into play as soon as the reasoning task has a semantic content. Neuropsychological studies with patients have provided some knowledge already but it remained widely inconclusive as to what components of the reasoning process are in fact altered by the lesion. The essay on reasoning written by Markus Knauff is focusing specifically on reasoning and how different brain areas are drawn upon when people solve reasoning tasks.
The involvement of the motor system (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13) in understanding cognitive functions has long been underestimated and still today modern textbooks often miss a chapter on motor functions. The representation of an action is of particular interest because it links thoughts with observable actions. It is noteworthy that an action not only includes the planning and execution of a movement but also its recognition. Rizzolatti et al. [
A promising area is the study of human brain development and how it is mapped to
In the context of cognitive development, the role of brain plasticity has received considerable attention, for example the modification of synaptic strength that underlies changes in cognitive function. Moreover, there is an increasing amount of research showing how
Not only is it relevant to study cognitive processes at work but also the changes of performance over the entire span of life. Why and in particular how does cognitive performance decline? Future research in cognitive neuroscience will provide us with more profound knowledge about the aging brain, and how we can slow down the debilitating effects of aging. Ben Godde has written an essay on
Spatial processing is involved in almost any cognitive function and knowing more about it helps to understand how basic cognitive functions operate such as attention, mental imagery, action control or perception [
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 is yet another topic related to spatial functions. This growing field is outlined in the essay written by Sarah Creem-Regehr. Depending on the actual task, the perceptual space has been classified as personal space (the space within reach), action space (the space in which we act and locomote), and vista space (the visual space we see beyond 30 m). Not only is the involvement of the spatial frame of reference absolutely evident in perception and orientation tasks but it also plays an important role in higher cognitive tasks such as mental imagery when there is no sensory information to be processed [
Even though it goes beyond the scope of this synopsis it should be noted that the study of cognitive functions is not independent of socially relevant information. Social psychology has been studying how people process social information and social cognition has gotten one of its most rapidly growing fields. For example, the mental ability to take on someone else’s viewpoint has been discussed as a prerequisite of empathy. In fact, several other social phenomena involve cognitive processing such as attraction, competition, cooperation, and altruism. We are often not aware of how the underlying cognitive processes operate but they are powerful and can influence decision taking and behavior (e.g., in the case of stereotyping). In fact, several experimental tasks have been developed which require the participants to respond without having to verbalize their thoughts about other people or situations. Social cognitive neuroscience is one of the most recent advances in the field. This implies the study of social situations and relate those to brain activation.
Cognitive aging; Cognitive decline
Cognitive impairment describes the decline in cognitive functions like memory, selective attention, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5, or conscious perception. This decline may be the consequence of lesions of the brain, or diseases like 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 (AD) or other forms of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4, but often also accompanies normal aging. As compared to subjects suffering from dementia, people with so-called 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_3 show only moderate loss of cognitive functioning, e.g., poor performance in memory tasks, but mostly no problems with activities of daily living. However, patients with MCI have increased risk of developing AD in their later life. Thus MCI can be regarded as intermediate stage between normal, non-pathological aging and dementia. During normal aging at least three different patterns of development can be distinguished. Whereas some cognitive functions decline continuously from very early in life, others remain stable or even improve. This essay will be restricted to processes of cognitive impairment during normal healthy aging.
Cognitive impairment during aging is characterized by a high variability of developmental trajectories – between individuals as well as within individuals for different cognitive functions. Whereas some cognitive functions decline continuously from very early in life (from 25–30 years of age), others remain stable or even improve. Cognitive functions that show increasing impairment with age are perception and processing accuracy, speed of processing and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18, the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5 of new memories into episodic memory and the ability to learn new things, the recall of information from long-term memory, the capacity of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_23, executive control, selective attention, and inhibition of distracting information. These functions are attributed to the domain of so-called fluid intelligence or cognitive mechanics and are mostly biologically and genetically determined. According to the two-component theory of intelligence [
There exist different theories about the causes of cognitive impairment during aging and the debate is still going on. General factors or
The
Recent evidence further revealed that common causes cannot easily explain all facets of cognitive impairment during aging and that age-effects vary considerably across tasks. These task-dependent age-effects indicate that one factor is not sufficient to explain cognitive impairment during normal aging but that both common and specific factors have to be regarded.
Functional neuroimaging reveals patterns of over- and underactivation in the aging cortex. As compared to young adults, older adults with difficulties in working memory and executive control often show reduced activity in the PFC [
On the other hand cognitive aging is also paralleled by overactivation of certain brain regions which is particularly the case for executive functions, motor control, and episodic, autobiographical and working memory [
More task-specific age-effects include a decreased lateralization of the PFC. Whereas in young adults the left PFC is activated primarily in working memory tasks and the right PFC in visual attention tasks, in older subjects increased activity in the contralateral homologues regions of the PFC can be found. This
On the other hand, decreased lateralization can be conceived as decreased specialization of brain processes reflecting difficulties in recruiting specialized neuronal processes (
During aging the average brain volume decreases from 1,300 grams at the age of 20 to 1,150 grams at the age of 80. This finding suggested that the number of cortical neurons declines with age and that this process is related to cognitive impairment. However, recent studies revealed that during normal aging there is – if at all – only a modest reduction in cell number of about 10% and it is now common sense that this decline is not significant for functional loss. This is in contrast to patients suffering from AD which in fact show cell loss rates between 30% and 50%. Even though white matter volume is reduced with age, possibly resulting in slowing of neuronal processing and deficits in its integrity, there is also no general reduction of axonal extent and dendritic branching as well as synaptic density. Thus, not the total number of neurons and their connections but the specificity of neurons and connections affected seem to be crucial for cognitive functioning.
PFC and MTL structures, for example, show more decline in brain volume and white matter integrity than other regions like sensory or 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 [
Other age-related changes of the brain include alterations in the brain hemodynamics and microvasculature. With aging, there can be found a general reduction of both the general cerebral blood flow (CBF) and the increase of local CBF accompanying neural activity. The resulting reduced hemodynamic response strength may be one cause for the cortical underactivation as measured with functional brain imaging. Interestingly, morphological changes do not inevitably correlate with alterations in neuronal activity. As outlined above, there is if at all only a modest decline in grey and white matter in the occipital cortex which, however, is characterized by decreased activation areas and response strength during visual processing tasks.
Aging rats are a well established model to study in vivo and in vitro cognitive processes at the neuronal level. Particularly, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12 within the hippocampus plays a key role in spatial cognition and memory formation. LTP induction and maintenance is impaired in the hippocampus of aged rats. Possible explanations include reduced gene expression and protein synthesis, known to be crucial for LTP maintenance as well as changes in the Ca2+-regulation, directly influencing 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14-dependent plastic processes (for review, see [
Also reduced 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 in the hippocampus is associated with deficits in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 and memory formation. Interestingly, facilitation of neurogenesis in the hippocampus by, e.g., housing in enriched environments or regular physical activity (running in a treadmill) correlates with improved cognitive performance. Furthermore, spatial memory seems to be particularly sensitive to a loss of axodendritic synapses in the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4. As a consequence of this decline in synapse number, field 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5 are reduced in aged rats, thus increasing the threshold for induction of LTP [
Studies on the neuronal level outside the hippocampus are rare. Dinse and colleagues in detail investigated the functional properties of neurons and neuronal population in the somatosensory cortex of aged rats. Comparing young and old animals as well as different functional areas within aged individuals they were able to separate general age-dependent processes from those related to changed behavior during aging, the latter being reversible or at least subject to deceleration by normalization of behavior [
The high inter- and intraindividual variability of cognitive impairment during aging indicates that besides genetic predisposition individual lifestyle is a crucial factor. Cognitive training programs and active social involvement may stimulate functional plasticity and therefore compensation for cortical atrophy, white matter damage, and neurotransmitter dysfunction [
A mental map of space represented in an allocentric framework. The hippocampus is one brain region which has been defined as integral to spatial memory and a cognitive map theory in animals. Human cognitive mapping defined from cognitive psychology and geography involves extracting information from largescale environments to store in a mental representation of space.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
The concept of a cognitive map derives from Kant’s epistemology. Kant believed that humans and animals have innate perceptual schemes for processing sensory information and that a geometrical-spatial framework is one of them. Tolman, an early twentieth century psychologist, pursued this notion and proposed that rats and other animals had cognitive maps that permitted flexible and efficient navigation. O’Keefe and Nadel, in the landmark book The Hippocampus as a Cognitive Map (1978), proposed the hippocampus as the neural substrate for the mapping system. Although hotly debated, the relationship of the hippocampus to the cognitive map remains a focus of current research.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Scientific discipline, which developed in the second half of the twentieth century and integrates insights from psychology, linguistics, artificial intelligence, neuroscience, philosophy, and other disciplines to understand human cognition.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
A function that shows the normalized relationship between two signals in the frequency domain.This function is similar to the cross-spectrum after normalization.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Coherence function refers to a normalized version of the cross-spectrum defining the linear relationship between two signals in the frequency domain.
The cold pressor test is a psychophysical protocol used to measure pain tolerance. The subject places a distal extremity in a circulating water bath maintained near 0° C. The duration of time that the person can keep his extremity in the water bath is the measure of pain tolerance.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Collagens are a family of glycoproteins that are the main proteins of connective tissue (cartilage, ligaments, tendons, bone and teeth) in animals and the most abundant proteins in mammals, making up about 25% of the total protein content.. Known for their tensile strength, collagens are made of three polypeptide chains, known as α-chains, which wind together forming a triple helix.
The different types of collagen arise from the fact that the α-chains differ in amino acid sequence and length (over 40 types of α-chains), allowing collagen molecules to be either homotrimeric or heterotrimeric.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Color agnosia is a difficulty in associating colors and shapes, e.g. to assign the color red to a black-and-white drawing of a strawberry. In order to associate a color with an object, these patients have to take deviant routes through other memorized associations.
Group of inherited or acquired defects in
Color vision; Chromatic vision; Chromatic processing
Color is a sensation caused by the activation of
Color is a sensation, not a property of the physical world. It is often stated that color is closely related to the wavelength of light, but it has to be kept in mind that most illuminants and surfaces have broad spectra that contain many wavelengths. Furthermore, the perception of color (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16) depends to a large degree on other colors in the whole scene. By taking all colors into account, the visual system can discount changes in illumination (see below and
At the first stage in the retina, light is measured by three types of cone photoreceptors having different peak wavelength sensitivities. The cone responses are processed and recombined in the retina to form three channels, one purely achromatic channel and two chromatic channels. The visual input from the retina is transmitted in these three channels via the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12 (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12) to the cortex. In the retina and the LGN, neurons have a broad, linear wavelength tuning with peak sensitivities that cluster around two chromatic axes, L−M and S−(L+M), which are called “cardinal directions.” Neurons with linear broad tuning curves are found at all stages, but the proportion of nonlinear neurons, narrowly tuned for color, increases along the visual pathway. Also, the peak sensitivities of cortical neurons no longer cluster. Instead, neurons sensitive to different chromatic directions exist, giving rise to multiple chromatic mechanisms. The multiple mechanisms are grouped at a higher stage, maybe in the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9, to form color categories. A specialized cerebro-cortical area devoted only to the processing of chromatic information has not been identified conclusively. Instead, color is processed at many stages and in many areas, involving – at different degrees – all visual cerebro-cortical areas.
The retina is the first and best understood stage in color processing. Important constraints and transformations are of retinal nature [
At the first stage of color processing, electromagnetic radiation between 400 and 700 nm is absorbed by three different types of cone photoreceptors in the retina, with peak sensitivities at short (S, 430 nm), medium (M, 530 nm) and long (L, 560 nm) wavelengths [ Cone absorption spectra.
The cones have overlapping sensitivity curves. The S cone photoreceptor absorbs light from 400 to 600 nm. The L and M cones have very similar absorption spectra that are broad and cover almost the entire visible spectrum. Already in the retina, the three classes of cones are recombined in three anatomically and physiologically distinct paths. One path pools activity from L and M (and maybe also S) cones and signals achromatic luminance. The two other paths are cone-opponent and form the basis of color vision. The two cone-opponent paths are sometimes referred to as L−M and S−(L+M) and define together with the luminance pathway the cardinal directions of the DKL color space [
The cardinal directions correspond to anatomically and physiologically distinct pathways. The L + M or 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 carries only achromatic information, is fast and transient (M-cells, Y cells in the cat). The L−M parvocellular (visual) pathway (P-cells, X cells in the cat) transmits L and M cone-opponent signals. Due to the antagonistic center-surround arrangement of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22), neurons in the parvocellular pathway transmit both chromatic and achromatic signals. Chromatic signals are transmitted with a low-pass characteristic and achromatic luminance signals with a band-pass characteristic. Input from the S cones is processed by bistratified ganglion cells and feeds the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_11 (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18; 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7).
The properties of the neurons in the retina and the LGN have been studied in great detail and are well understood. The properties of cortical neurons at subsequent “higher-order” stages of cortical processing are less clear and a subject of intense research [
Chromatic mechanisms are typically characterized by their number, tuning peak direction, and tuning width. Subcortical neurons in the retina and the LGN have peak sensitivities that cluster along the cardinal directions (Fig. Color and luminance preferences of neurons in the LGN and in the cortex (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22). The
How do these properties of neurons change during further processing? First, peak sensitivities of cortical neurons do not cluster, but have a continuous distribution (Fig.
One of the most fundamental questions of cortical processing is whether visual attributes such as form, color and luminance are processed in segregated visual processing streams or together (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22; 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5). At the level of the retina and the LGN, chromatic and luminance signals are processed together by cells of the parvocellular pathway. A P-cell responds both to an achromatic luminance contrast (band-pass) and to a homogeneous color (low-pass).
Early hypotheses about the further cortical processing have often favored the wrong idea of a neatly segregated processing of color and luminance. For example, the coloring book theory assumes that first a sketch of achromatic edges of the scene is extracted, that is subsequently colored by chromatic surface information. Recent physiological findings have consistently drawn a different picture. Most neurons in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 (primary visual cortex, striate cortex, Brodmann´s area 17) are color-luminance cells that respond best to an oriented contrast (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22; 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7), defined by a combination of color and luminance.
Likewise, the idea that color-preferring cells are localized preferentially in the blobs has not been confirmed by recent findings. The wrongly presumed separation in area V1 has been hypothesized to occur also in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22. However, a meta-analysis of six studies investigating color and orientation preference in different compartments of macaque monkey area V2 reveals a combined processing of color and orientation. Further it has been shown that the vast majority of color-selective neurons in areas V1 and V2 are also selective for orientation. Recent physiological findings consistently show that at the early cortical stages color, luminance and orientation are processed together by the same neurons [
The appearance of a color can be described along three perceptual dimensions, namely hue, saturation, and brightness. Hue is the dimension commonly referred to as color, changing along a color circle from, e.g. red through orange, yellow, green, blue, purple back to red. Saturation is the perceptual difference from an achromatic color (black, gray, white). Brightness is the perceived achromatic intensity.
There are 7–11 basic color terms, which agree remarkably across many cultures. The English names for these basic color terms are black, white, red, yellow, green, blue, brown and orange, pink, purple and gray. Some languages deviate from this scheme, such as Russian having not a single name for blue but two for light and dark blue, while other languages merge blue and green into a single “grue” category.
Color appearance and processing is influenced by higher-level factors such as 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 and language. The color appearance of a familiar object with a distinct object color is biased towards the object color. For example, fruit images appear neutral gray only when tinted with the color that is opponent to the object color [
Color constancy is the ability to assign a constant color to objects independent of changes in illumination. If we look at a blue object under daylight, the object reflects mainly short wavelengths. The same object when illuminated by a light bulb reflects more light of longer wavelengths. Despite such gross reflection changes the object consistently appears blue. The remarkable feat of the visual system is to somehow “discount the illuminant” and to estimate the surface reflectance as an invariant object property. How can this ability of the visual system be achieved? The light reflected from an object depends both on the spectral reflectance properties of the surface and on the spectral distribution of the illumination. To disentangle the effects of illumination and surface reflectance the visual system needs more than one source of information. Many potential cues can be used such as local edge contrast between different surfaces, global average of a scene, knowledge about the three-dimensional arrangement of a scene, or knowledge about the typical color of an object [
One possible neural substrate in the cortex involved in color constancy are double-opponent cells. Unlike single-opponent cells in the LGN, double-opponent cells signal the color contrast of the center relative to the surround. Double -opponent cells have been found in area V1 [
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
A family of snakes; beside many harmless snakes, as grass snake, Aesculapian snake, it comprises, according to some taxonomy, cobras and coral snakes as well.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Single middle ear ossicle of sauropsids, homologue of the mammalian stapes (stirrup).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Hypothetical structures that are parpendicular to the cortical surface and are assumed to be a functional unit of the neocortex.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
Coma denotes a patient’s state, from which he/she cannot be aroused even by strong stimuli and makes no attempt at avoiding them. It may be caused by destruction of certain areas in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 and
Spatial coding; Binding; Sparse coding
One of the fundamental concerns of neuroscience is the data structure or the code by which the brain represents information about the outside world. Evidence has accumulated that such information is encoded in the pattern of neuron electrical activity. A number of coding schemes have been proposed to explain how neurons represent, store, recall and manipulate “information” about outside world, and most of them share a common principle: they correlate various temporal and spatial aspects of the neuronal representation with the features of the stimuli.
The basic tenet of perception is that the different aspects of “natural objects” (color, shape, odor, etc.) are processed separately in specialized sets of neurons and then combined to form a unified perceptual experience. The question is then how the nervous system can cope efficiently with the complexity of the combinatorial environment: complex objects and situations are constructed by combining simpler elements, the diversity of such combining being virtually unlimited [
Humans can distinguish a huge number of volatile chemicals, typically small organic molecules that vary in a number of parameters (size, shape, charge) and chemical structure (alcohols, aldehydes, esters, aromatics, alicyclics, etc.). Odors are detected initially at the level of odorant receptors located on the cilia of olfactory sensory neurons in the olfactory epithelium of the nasal cavity. In mammals, the total number of genes coding for odorant receptors varies across species, with, for example, around 1,000 functional genes identified in mice, whereas around 400 have been identified in humans. The question then is – how can many thousands of volatile chemicals be perceived and discriminated with so few odorant receptors?
It has been proposed that the sense of smell in mammals is based on combinatorial coding. That is, instead of dedicating an individual OR to a specific odor, the olfactory system uses combinations of receptor types to greatly reduce the number of receptors required to convey a broad range of odors. That is: A single receptor can recognize multiple odorants, indicating that the system is not based on a strict specificity “one odorant = one receptor.” A single odorant is typically recognized by multiple receptors. In contrast to the genetic code where several “words” have the same meaning (different codons can specify the same amino acid), coding of odorants does not seem to be degenerated, that is different odorants are recognized by unique combinations of activated receptors.
These results illustrate how the specific detection of an odorant can be achieved using a device of low specificity (a single odorant receptor recognizes multiple odorants). The functional overlap among receptors and their low specificity is exploited to expand the coding capacity of the system by allowing for combinatorial coding. Specificity is achieved through the combination of responses of several receptors.
In mammals, information carried by odorant receptors are summarized within a spatial organization and specific 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15. Axon terminals from olfactory sensory neurons that express the same olfactory receptor converge in the olfactory bulb on spherical structures known as glomeruli. The olfactory sensory neurons synapse with the dendrite of mitral cells, which in turn output to the olfactory cortex. Then mitral cells in a given glomerulus form their responses to a given odor from very large numbers of converging sensory inputs, ensuring the reliability of the transmission of the information [
The combinatorial problem is not only due to the large number of chemical components, but also to the huge number of possible mixtures of these components. To cope with the problem of mixtures, any combinatorial system needs mechanisms that allow the neural instantiations of the different elements to be related temporarily in such a way that the relations between the constituents are preserved.
Information about odor composition or intensity is of great significance for behavior. For example, the ability to discriminate intensity is essential for successful navigation toward odor source or for detection of a predator’s odor from the ambient one. In terms of perception, combinations of many individual compounds can be perceived either as new odorants or as a sum of odorants. Furthermore, the same odorant can be perceived similarly or differently depending on its intensity: thiols, for instance, have a strong, repulsive smell that is obnoxious at high concentrations, but is perceived as a sweet citrus aroma when diluted. However, most odors maintain the same quality over orders of magnitude of concentration. If the quality of an odor is reflected in the combination of responses of several receptors, then this raises the problem of superposition. Distributed representation of information by coactive neurons leads to the classical “superposition catastrophe”. Consider an assembly of coactive neurons activated by stimulus X and another one by stimulus Y. If both stimuli come together, it would be impossible to distinguish the two assemblies, as information on their membership in the original sets is lost [
Experimentally, it has been found that the number of glomeruli that are activated by a single odorant depends on its concentration, suggesting that this number would allow a precise assessment of an odorant’s concentration. At a relatively high concentration, simple chemical compounds activate specific but large subsets of receptor types [
Depending on its composition, a given odor will activate a specific combination of glomeruli. A reasonable question would then be whether a code based on an “all or none” activation of combinations of glomeruli is sufficient to represent all the olfactory information that an animal processes in its lifetime. Furthermore, the assumption that specific combinations are available when and where required could be problematic. Finally, the “spatial” view of the coding is rather static and all notion of learning, for example, is removed. Recent studies indicate that the spatial pattern of bulbar activity is not only distributed, but also extremely dynamic. Dynamics provide a set of mechanisms by which the glomeruli repertoire of activation can extend the “coding capacity” of the olfactory system. Such coding encompasses various aspects that are all related to combinatorial coding.
First, it should be noted that the sampling of the “olfactory world” is not a continuous process. In mammals, the sense of smell relies on sniffing, and as a consequence, the world of odors is conveyed in discrete samples, i.e. olfactory “snapshots” [ (a) Pattern of activation of receptors or glomeruli (represented by a square): A particular odor compound (labeled a, b, c or d) is coded according to which receptors are activated, as indicated by color (white represents no activation). Four odor compounds are depicted with the specific array of receptors each would activate. (b) If two sets of active neurons (a and d) are simultaneously activated (panel above dashed line), information on their membership in the original sets is automatically lost.
Combinatorial coding is based on a differential activation of glomeruli (or of receptors) and a simple scheme would be that mitral cells or their equivalent in non-mammal systems respond to an odorant either by no change in activity or by an increased firing rate. A number of laboratories have recorded the electrophysiological activity of such cells and a simple rate coding (increase or decrease of number of action potential per window of time) does not seem to be the rule. In addition to the spatial aspect of odor representation, it has been suggested that glomerular activation maps also contain reliable stimulus-specific sequences of action potential patterns [
Finally, it has been proposed that the nervous system uses spatiotemporal patterns of neuronal activation to create a large coding space. In such a view, the odor is encoded not in the topography, but in the temporal dynamics of the action potentials elicited by different odors [
At first sight, the olfactory system uses a relatively straightforward strategy based on combinatorial coding for perceiving and discriminating odorant molecules. Combinatorial coding seems appropriate when the purpose of the system to be modeled is feature detection, but seems more problematic when it is a general purpose device. Indeed, to be exploited in other contexts, any experience gained in a particular circumstance should be affixed to the most general description of the situation [
Finally, it should be stressed that all odors in our environment are certainly not processed using the same coding strategy. During an animal’s life some odors have to be learned, others not. Combinatorial codes can be envisioned for odors that are characteristic of a given species. Indeed, most animals have innate behaviors that are associated with given odors and it has been demonstrated that a single type, but also a few types, of receptor acting combinatorially mediate robust behaviors in drosophila. Overall, much remains to be understood about the detailed mechanisms of odor perception, but these mechanisms are certainly shaped by the specificity of olfaction. If light or sounds are constant physical stimuli, the world of smell varies with evolutionary time [
Transcription factor codes; Combinatorial action of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20; Neuronal determination; Neuronal differentiation
A “combinatorial code” of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20 is commonly used to refer to two related phenomena in the specification of neurons: Cellular definition. i) A combination of transcription factors that is required together to activate or repress a certain gene in a certain cell. ii) A combination of transcription factors that is required together to execute a neuron’s distinct differentiation program. Developmental definition. i) The difference in the combination of transcription factors, between neurons, that accounts for their distinct gene expression profiles. ii) A spatial or temporal transition in transcription factor expression that confers a distinct program of neuronal differentiation or gene expression.
The nervous system contains many different types of neurons, whose differences ultimately reside in their distinct gene expression profiles. This essay outlines how the deployment of specific combinations of transcription factors in neuronal progenitors and post-mitotic neurons direct the execution of distinct programs of neuronal differentiation. Discussed here are the functions of these transcription factors from the perspective of their acting in “combinatorial codes” that diversify neuronal gene expression profiles.
Transcription factors are proteins that bind DNA at specific sequences (termed transcription factor binding sites - TFBS) in a gene’s 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18, from where they modulate (activate or repress) activity of the gene’s 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16. TFBS are clustered into
Efforts to unravel the organization of
This elegant organization has been elaborated upon by evolution. First,
In the era of genomic sequencing, researchers are taking advantage of TFBS clustering and the sequence-specificity of transcription factor binding to develop methods for identifying and studying gene regulatory elements of genes [
Neuronal differentiation starts in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 that translate extrinsic “positional” cues, related to the body plan, into the regionalized expression of different combinations of transcription factors [ Generation of a spatial combinatorial code of transcription factors in the developing spinal cord from apposed gradients of two morphogens. Cartoons representing a transverse section through the developing spinal cord. (
These factors initiate hierarchical transcriptional cascades that diversify those progenitor populations, culminating in the generation of post-mitotic neurons endowed with different combinations of transcription factors [
The chick and mammal neural tube emerges as a field of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 neuroepithelial cells. In the early spinal cord, these cells are regionalized along the dorso-ventral (D-V) axis by apposed gradients of secreted Sonic hedgehog (Shh) and bone morphogenetic proteins (BMP). Progenitors transduce their position along this gradient into the expression of different homeodomain and basic helix-loop-helix factors [
Patterning of the ventral-half spinal cord by Shh is well-studied [
From invertebrates to vertebrates, equivalent mechanisms exist throughout the nervous system to regionalize the differentiation of specific types of neurons. Remarkably, the involvement of many of the secreted axial cues and transcription factors are conserved [
The emergence of distinct neuronal subtypes from progenitor cells entails hierarchical, combinatorial cascades of transcription factors [
Expression of HB9, Islet1 (Isl1), Lhx3 and NeuroM (and MNR2 in chick) around the time of cell-cycle exit is critical for motoneuron differentiation. Islet1, Lhx3 and NeuroM combinatorialy activate and ensure maintained expression of HB9. In turn, HB9 (and chick MNR2) promotes Isl1 and Lhx3 expression. This type of positive feedback mechanism that consolidates the robust expression of a cell-specific transcription factor code has been observed in neurons of all organisms [
After motoneuron birth, the LIM-homeodomain transcription factor family (Isl1/2, Lhx3/4, Lhx1) subsequently acts to diversify motoneurons into distinct subtypes with different axon pathfinding trajectories [
Some progress has been made in elucidating the biochemical nature of these combinatorial codes. The functional significance of the Isl1/Lhx3 code has been tested for V2 interneuron versus motoneuron differentiation [
In contrast to earlier-acting transcription factors that act largely as repressors, many factors acting in post-mitotic neurons are activators of gene expression [
A common mechanism for generating neuronal diversity is to progressively alter the competence of progenitor pools, or neuroblasts, to produce different types of neurons at specific timepoints [ A temporal code of transcription factors that generates distinct neurons from the same neuroblast or progenitor pool. Neuroblast A represents a neuroblast or progenitor pool (lighter cells) within a specific lineage that expresses the temporally-encoded transcription factor A. Upon a round of cell division, neuroblast A produces a daughter ganglion mother cell (GMC), with the same transcription factor A, and a daughter neuroblast, which expresses transcription factor B, instead of A. For progenitor pools, transitions in transcription factor expression can be regulated by feedback from the neurons produced at each timepoint. The result is a diverse set of neurons that were produced from the same lineage.
There is less information regarding how successive transitions in temporal cues are controlled. Work in the vertebrate retina has provided evidence for feedback from recently born cells that instruct progenitors to transition. Implicated signaling pathways include cytokines, BMP-type signals and Sonic hedgehog [
Neurons often fall into common types, such as motoneurons, neuropeptidergic neurons, ciliated neurons etc. Certain transcription factors independently control the expression of genes that are generic to neurons of a particular type, often in parallel and sometimes in concert with subtype-specific transcription factor codes. In
Not only can individual transcription factors act in parallel to cell-specific combinatorial codes to specify generic sets of genes, but certain combinations of transcription factors can operate in this manner as a sub-code in otherwise distinct neurons. These function to turn on the same genes in different neurons [
Our understanding of how combinatorial codes of transcription factors drive diverse programs of neuronal differentiation has progressed dramatically, facilitated by the remarkable conservation of transcription factor function between metazoans. The future promises a highly detailed description of the gene regulatory networks that guide the differentiation and maturation of the many types of neurons in the nervous system. This information will be of paramount importance to the development of novel therapeutic approaches aimed at tackling the devastating effects of nervous system disorders and trauma.
After oral administration of dexamethasone (Dex) the previous night, patients are injected with corticotrophin releasing hormone (CRH) to examine the efficacy of the feed back loop of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis. A strong response to CRH after Dex pre-treatment in rodents has been shown to reflect impaired negative feedback at the pituitary level.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
A neuron that can activate a specific behavior or behavioral sequence. There has been a considerable debate concerning the criteria that define a command neuron. The most stringent definition is a neuron, which is both sufficient and necessary for the initiation of a specific behavior. However, whilst many neurons fulfil the sufficiency criterion, i.e. their activity can activate a specific behavior, only very few neurons also fulfil the necessity criterion, i.e. the specific behavior will only be elicited when this neuron is active. This is consistent with the recognition that most behaviors are activated by multiple parallel pathways.
A group of neurons that together is both necessary and sufficient for generating a behavior. In the case of mormyrid electric fish, the nucleus is responsible for generating each electric organ discharge (EOD).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
A commissure (Latin joining together) is a bundle of axons that crosses the midline, usually connecting homotypical (the same) cell groups on the left and right sides of the neuraxis, e.g., the corpus callosum, and anterior and posterior commissures. On the other hand, the anterior commissure of the spinal cord is composed of axons from the dorsal horn simply crossing the midline en route to the opposite anterolateral quadrant of the spinal cord white matter.
Common “leg” (Latin), a portion of the semicircular canal system shared by two canals.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Common marmoset are small monkeys (300–500 g at maturity) of Brazilian origin, with a chromosome number of 2n = 46 and a life span of 12–15 years. They are easier to manipulate than Macaque monkeys, and their high breeding efficiency allows an adequate number of common marmosets to be obtained for use in research experiments. Thus, they are often used in a variety of fields of research for preclinical trials, e.g., the experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE) model for multiple sclerosis, cerebrovascular disease, Alzheimer’s disease, delayed dyskinesia, Parkinsonism, and Huntington’s disease.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
The claim that mental states like beliefs, desires and intentions are understood solely in terms of their causal relations to other states, to input from the environment and to observable behavior.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
In an engineering model of a feedback system the element that serves as a junction for the input signal and the feedback signal is called a comparator. Since the feedback signal is usually negative and the input signal positive, the comparator computes the difference between the two signals. In neural models, a comparator is hypothesized to compute remaining motor error, the difference between the signal representing the goal of the movement and a feedback signal representing how far the movement has moved toward the goal at the present instant.
An advanced biophysical model of a single neuron, in which the neuron is represented as a set of electrically coupled isopotential compartments.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
The thesis that acting freely is compatible with the truth of determinism
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6
The reflex that responds to high frequency linear accelerations of the head in space to produce eye movements that tend to maintain a gaze point fixed relative to the head. This reflex has been also referred to as the translational VOR (TVOR).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
Neuronal plasticity to compensate for impaired functionality after injury or experimentally induced lesion (e.g., denervation) (to be distinguished from learning-induced and developmental plasticity).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
A competitive antagonist is a receptor antagonist that binds to a receptor but fails to activate it. If an agonist competes with a competitive antagonist for the same binding site on the same receptor, the agonist molecules can be displaced from the binding site.
A learning mechanism of neural networks in which neurons are competing with each other to output maximum value to input signals. As a result of the competition, the input signal space is divided and each neuron becomes to output maximum value for input signals in a certain divided area of signal space.
Various organized structures are observed in the central nervous system. For example, as Hubel and Wiesel discovered, simple cells which respond selectively to specific visual stimuli such as oriented light bar form aligned columns in the visual cortex, and neurons in neighboring columns respond to similar orientation. Such organized structures composed of neurons which selectively respond to certain stimulus are observed quite often in the nervous system. It is a natural and interesting question how they are constructed. The competitive learning theory is one of major theories to explain the self-organization process of the structures.
Consider a set of A competitive learning network.
The neuron which outputs the maximum value is called “winner,” and we assume that the synaptic weights of the winner neuron are modified according to the following learning rule:
Here
This learning rule causes the weight vector of the winner to become closer to the input signal vector. If the several input signals form a cluster, then the weight vector comes closer to the center of the cluster. Figure Competitive learning and self-organizing map.
In this way, competitive learning neurons can find clusters in the input signal space, and each neuron becomes to output maximum response to signals in a cluster. This means that the neuron becomes a detector of the cluster. Imagine that each input signal is a light bar stimuli in some orientation, then the competitive learning can produce the orientation selective neurons.
Choosing the winner neuron and applying the learning rule only to it may seem an artificial trick. However, various biologically plausible neural network architectures, which can realize the equivalent process, have been proposed. Most of them are composed of Hebbian learning neurons and mutual inhibition between neurons.
An important factor for the success of the competitive learning is the number of learning neurons. If the number is smaller than the number of clusters, the result of learning will not be stable. However, it is impossible to know the number of clusters beforehand. Taking the dynamic nature of learning environments into consideration, the problem becomes more serious. Even though the number of output cells is enough at a certain time, there is a possibility that new clusters will emerge according to the change of the environment. In order to cope with the problem, Grossberg first proposed an idea to add output units one by one during the learning process and called it adaptive resonance theory [
From a computational or engineering point of view, the competitive learning solves the problem called clustering, categorization, or vector quantization. The procedure of the competitive learning is closely related to clustering algorithms such as the k-means algorithm and the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5 learning of Gaussian mixture distribution. The idea of the competitive learning was extended to competition between modular neural circuits. Jacobs et al. proposed a learning model named “mixture of experts,” where multiple modular networks are competing and each network becomes an expert for a certain subtask [
The competitive learning explains formation of neurons which respond to specific input signals selectively. In cortical maps, it is known that such feature detecting neurons are arranged as the neighboring neurons tend to respond to similar inputs. The self-organizing maps (SOM) proposed by Kohonen is one of the most popular mathematical models of the formation of the cortical maps [
Figure
In order to realize the neighborhood function in a biologically plausible way, various network architectures have been proposed. Most of them are composed of excitatory connections between neighboring neurons and inhibitory connections between far away neurons. Due to the connections, neighboring neurons begin to behave similarly and separated neurons begin to behave competitively.
We have introduced two elements of self-organization mechanism. The first one is the competition between neurons for generating selectively responding neurons. The second one is the positive interaction within the neighborhood for generating a topology preserving arrangement of neurons. A mathematical model of the self-organization process of orientation sensitive cells in the visual cortex, which has the above two elements, was first proposed by von der Malsburg [
Inspired by the work, many researchers proposed and studied various versions of models. Amari performed deep mathematical analysis of the model, and theoretically proved important natures of the model such as the formation of discrete column structures and the stability of the organized structure [
An important innate immune system composed of almost 30 proteins expressed by phagocytes, glial cells, neurons and most other cell types. C3 is the canonical complement protein with the capacity to bind to pathogens and promoting clearance by phagocytes expressing C3 receptors. Small fragments of C3 called C3a and C5a anaphylatoxins have stimulatory activities through signaling to G-protein-coupled seven transmembrane receptors.
It is a cascade of more than 30 proteins in the plasma, and forms an important part of the host immune system and normal inflammatory response. Under normal circumstances, the activation of the complement components is controlled by complement regulatory proteins. However, the system is up-regulated in many disorders of the brain. The major pathways of complement activation are the classical pathway (CP), the alternative pathway (AP) and the Lectin pathway. Although, controlled activation of the complement system is beneficial and neuroprotective, the uncontrolled activation leads to neurodegeneration.
A complementary DNA copy of an mRNA synthesized by reverse transcriptase.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
For any physical event p, insofar as p has a cause, it has a complete physical cause.
The basal (also called basolateral, including rostromedial magnocellular and caudolateral parvocellular divisions), accessory basal (also called basomedial) and lateral nuclei of the amygdala. These nuclei are composed of neurons that much resemble those in the cortex, including a variety of calcium binding proteinimmunoreactive interneurons and pyramidal neurons that are reciprocally connected with other parts of the cortex. In view of these characteristics, the nuclei of the basal complex have been regarded as cortical-like, despite lacking a laminar organization.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
Complex cells are one of two main physiological types of cells in the primary visual cortex. They differ from the other class (simple cells) in that their receptive fields lack segregated On and Off subregions. Complex cells are usually tuned for stimulus orientation and excited by bright or dark contours placed anywhere inside the receptive field.
Unlike simple cells, which are similar to one another in many ways, complex cells have heterogeneous response properties that vary according to cortical layer of origin.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
These seizures may start with an aura that arises in the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, visceral and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15 regions of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12. The aura is characterized by 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7, olfactory or visual 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8; by changes in cognition such as déjà vu, jamais vu or recurrent memories; by illusions of spatial distortions, shrinkage or angulation; and by affective alterations (anxiety, fear, seldom rage). The aura may terminate the attack or transcend into movements or behaviors (swallowing, smacking the lips, undressing, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4 speech), which the patient is 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 of after the attack.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
This paper will discuss the underlying mechanisms of CRPS, in particular type I, and focus on the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19. An explanatory hypothesis will be presented showing that the syndrome is mainly a systemic disease involving the central nervous system and the peripheral nervous system.
Until recently, experimental investigations have mainly concentrated on 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16, sympathetically maintained pain (SMP) and abnormalities of the skin. This has led to a rather limited view, with a tendency to put the nociceptive system and its peripheral coupling to the sympathetic nervous system into the foreground. Yet clinical observations demonstrate that in CRPS I, pain is commonly projected into the deep somatic tissues, that many patients with CRPS I do not have SMP (as judged by clinical criteria, i.e., the patients have no significant decrease in pain following sympathetic blocks), and that some 5% of the patients with CRPS I do not have spontaneous pain (and rather discrete evoked pathological pains).
Patients with CRPS I generally report a burning spontaneous pain felt mostly deep in the distal part of the affected extremity. Characteristically, the pain is disproportionate in intensity to the inciting event. Stimulus-evoked pains include mechanical, cold and heat allodynia and/or hyperalgesia. These sensory abnormalities often appear early, are most pronounced distally, and have no consistent spatial relationship to individual nerve territories or to the site of the inciting trauma. Typically, pain can be elicited by movements and pressure at the joints (deep somatic allodynia), even if these are not directly affected by the inciting lesion, indicating that the deep somatic tissues are involved [
Fifty per cent of patients with chronic CRPS I develop hypoesthesia and hypoalgesia on the affected half of the body, or in the upper quadrant ipsilateral to the affected extremity. Quantitative sensory testing has shown that these patients have increased thresholds to mechanical, cold, warmth and noxious heat stimuli in the affected part of the body compared with the responses generated from the corresponding contralateral healthy body side (Fig. Detection thresholds to cold, warm and heat stimuli (
These findings have considerable implications: The central representation of somatosensory sensations is changed, probably in the thalamus and cortex. This implication is supported by studies on CRPS patients using positron emission tomography (PET) or magnetoencephalography (MEG) [ If generalized sensory deficits in patients with chronic CRPS I are permanent and irreversible, it would be the Most CRPS I patients have deep somatic spontaneous pain and mechanical hyperalgesia/allodynia. Are the non-painful sensations elicited from muscle and joints changed as well? Do the generalized sensory changes depend on a continuous nociceptive input from the affected extremity and disappear after successful treatment of the pain? After all, the continuous nociceptive afferent input could be subthreshold for the conscious perception of pain, but high enough to maintain the central changes. Are the somatosensory changes (including pain) independent of a continuous nociceptive afferent input, but fully dependent on dynamic changes in the central somatosensory system?
Clinical studies in humans support the idea that cutaneous nociceptors may develop catecholamine sensitivity after partial nerve lesions (CRPS II). Intracutaneous application of noradrenaline into a symptomatic skin area may rekindle spontaneous pain and dynamic mechanical hyperalgesia/allodynia that had been relieved by sympathetic blockade [
In CRPS I patients with SMP, selective activation of the cutaneous sympathetic vasoconstrictor outflow to the painful extremity by whole body cooling increases the intensity of spontaneous pain and mechanical hyperalgesia/allodynia (dynamic/punctate), and the area of dynamic mechanical hyperalgesia/allodynia, but not in CRPS I patients without SMP (Fig. Experimental modulation of cutaneous sympathetic vasoconstrictor neurons by physiological thermoregulatory reflex stimuli in 13 CRPS patients. With the help of a thermal suit, whole-body cooling and warming was performed to alter sympathetic skin nerve activity. The subjects were lying in a suit supplied by tubes, in which running water of 12°C and 50°C, respectively (inflow temperature) was used to cool or warm the whole body. By these means sympathetic activity can be switched on and off. (a) High sympathetic vasoconstrictor activity during cooling induces considerable drop in skin blood flow on the affected and unaffected extremity (laser Doppler flowmetry). Measurements were taken at 5 min intervals (mean + SD). (b) On the unaffected side, a secondary decrease of skin temperature was documented. On the affected side, the forearm temperature was clamped at 35°C by a feed-back-controlled heat lamp to exclude temperature effects on the sensory receptor level. Measurements were taken at 5 min intervals (mean + SD). (c) Effect of cutaneous sympathetic vasoconstrictor activity on dynamic mechanical hyperalgesia in one CRPS patient with sympathetically maintained pain (SMP). Activation of sympathetic neurons (during cooling) leads to an increase of the area of dynamic mechanical hyperalgesia. (d) Spontaneous pain (
Quantitative measurements in patients with CRPS I with SMP clearly demonstrate: (i) that the underlying mechanism of SMP must be a coupling between sympathetic noradrenergic neurons and primary afferent neurons in the periphery of the body, and (ii) that the mechanism of this coupling is different in CRPS II compared to that in CRPS I.
Animal models support the peripheral mechanisms of SMP occurring in CRPS II (Fig. (a) Possible ways of coupling between sympathetic neurons and primary afferent neurons following peripheral nerve lesion. These types of coupling depend on the activity in the sympathetic neurons and on the expression of functional adrenoceptors by the afferent neurons or are mediated indirectly via the blood vessels (blood flow). It can occur in the periphery (1), in the dorsal root ganglion (3) or possibly also in the lesioned nerve (2). (b–d) Ways of coupling between sympathetic neurons and nociceptive afferent neurons which are possibly not dependent on activity in the sympathetic neurons (b, c′) or involve the sympatho-adrenal system (d). (b) The inflammatory mediator bradykinin (BK) reacts with B2 receptors in the membrane of the sympathetic varicosities, inducing release of prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) and sensitization of nociceptors. (c′) Nerve growth factor (NGF) released during an experimental inflammation reacts with the high-affinity receptor trkA and/or the low-affinity panneurotrophin receptor p75 for NGF in the membrane of the sympathetic varicosities, inducing release of an inflammatory mediator or inflammatory mediators and sensitization of nociceptors. (d) Activation of the adrenal medulla by sympathetic preganglionic neurons leads to release of a hormone (possibly adrenaline) which generates sensitization of nociceptors. For details and literature see text and [8,10]. Modified from Jänig W, Häbler HJ (2000) Prog Brain Res 129:451–468.
It is unlikely that mechanisms of SMP occurring in CRPS II (i.e., after trauma with nerve lesion) can explain SMP in CRPS I. In CRPS I patients with SMP, only a minor component of the coupling occurs in the skin (see above). It is suggested that an important sympathetic-afferent coupling occurs in the deep somatic tissues [
Other potential ways of coupling between sympathetic neurons and afferent nociceptive neurons have been developed from animal experiments, but have not been explored in patients (Fig.
Finally, the sympathetic nervous system may be involved in coupling to nociceptive neurons via the adrenal medulla (Fig.
In CRPS patients with SMP, pain relief outlasts the conduction block of sympathetic neurons by at least one order of magnitude. Sometimes only a few temporary sympathetic blocks (and in the extreme only a single block) are necessary to produce permanent pain relief (Fig. Affect of sympathetic blocks with a local anesthetic (lidocaine/bupivacaine) or of injection of saline close to the corresponding paravertebral sympathetic ganglia on pain in seven patients with CRPS I. Double-blind crossover study. Effect on pain following both interventions at the sympathetic supply was measured in the
In CRPS, abnormalities related to the sympathetic nervous system include changes of sweating and skin blood flow [
Sympathetic denervation and mechanisms of denervation hypersensitivity cannot account for vasomotor and sudomotor abnormalities in CRPS I patients, since there is no overt nerve lesion [
Studies of central reflexes in the cutaneous vasoconstrictor innervation induced by thermoregulatory (whole-body warming or cooling) and respiratory stimuli (by measuring skin temperature and skin blood flow bilaterally at the extremities using infrared thermometry and laser Doppler flowmetry) demonstrate changed vascular regulation patterns in CRPS I patients [
The changes in thermoregulatory and respiration-related sympathetic reflex activity in
Based on the observation that the changes in patients are restricted to the affected side and are not present on the contralateral extremity, it is postulated that these changes occur in the spinal autonomic circuits. Thus, descending systems, which normally mediate signals to these spinal autonomic circuits from supraspinal centers being involved in thermoregulation (e.g., in hypothalamus and brain stem), may no longer have access to these spinal autonomic circuits, which are linked to peripheral cutaneous vasoconstrictor pathways. By the same token, this may explain the dysregulation of sweat glands. In support of this idea, animal experiments have demonstrated that experimental nerve lesions lead to chronic changes, sometimes persisting for several years, in chemoreceptor, baroreceptor, and nociceptor reflexes in cutaneous vasoconstrictor neurons, but not in muscle vasoconstrictor neurons. The differentiation in reflex pattern between muscle and cutaneous vasoconstrictor neurons disappears, and cutaneous vasoconstrictor neurons tend to exhibit reflexes that are identical to those of muscle vasoconstrictor neurons [
About 50% of CRPS patients show a weakness of all muscles of the affected distal extremity and a decrease of active range of motion. Small precise movements are characteristically impaired. About half of the patients have a postural or action tremor that represents an increased amplitude of physiological tremor. In about 10% of cases, dystonia of the affected hand or foot develops, especially in chronic cases. Furthermore, a neglect-like syndrome is clinically described to be responsible for the disuse of the extremity.
The motor changes are unlikely to be related to a peripheral process (e.g., influence of sympathetic nervous system on neuromuscular transmission or on the contractility of skeletal muscle). Since these changes are lateralized, they may be related to changes in spinal reflex circuits linked to the motoneurons, i.e., they have a central origin. They may be induced by the continuous nociceptive input. However, it is entirely unclear why these motor changes may disappear after sympathetic blocks in CRPS patients with SMP. Animal models to study these motor changes systematically do not exist and have to be developed.
A pathological sensorimotor integration located in the parietal cortex may induce an abnormal central programming and processing of motor tasks. A recent controlled study also supports the view of a mismatch between central motor output and sensory input as an underlying mechanism in CRPS. Using the method of mirror visual feedback, it was shown that the visual input from a moving unaffected limb to the brain is able to re-establish the pain-free relationship between sensory feedback and motor execution. After six weeks of therapy, pain and function were improved as compared with the control group [
Controversial issues are the mechanisms underlying swelling (edema) and inflammation in CRPS (in particular CRPS I). It has been proposed that the capillary filtration pressure is high due to an imbalance of the activity or pattern of activity between vasoconstrictor neurons innervating precapillary blood vessels and those innervating postcapillary blood vessels (e.g., veins). Accordingly, venous congestion plethysmography shows that the hydrostatic pressure to achieve net capillary filtration is elevated on the affected side in patients with CRPS [ Sympathetic fibers may be coupled to peptidergic unmyelinated fibers leading to release of peptides with subsequent precapillary vasodilation and postcapillary (venular) plasma extravasation (neurogenic inflammation) (Fig. Spinal anesthesia reduced severe edema in a patient with CRPS I. Female patient, 15 years, 3 months after trauma on foot. No spontaneous pain, cutaneous hyperalgesia or allodynia, but deep hyperalgesia. Implantation of spinal catheter at thoracic level T10 on day 4. Spinal anesthesia for 43 h starting on day 7 with 1.4 ml 0.5% bupivacaine per hour. Increase in skin temperature of foot to 36°C (indicating complete decrease of activity in cutaneous vasoconstrictor neurons). Significant decrease of edema in 1 day and its complete disappearance with time after termination of the spinal anesthesia together with the other symptoms of CRPS I. The decrease of the edema was considered to be due to decrease of activity in sympathetic neurons. However, the following possibility cannot entirely be excluded: Peptidergic primary afferent neurons with unmyelinated fibers may conduct impulses antidromically to the periphery and generate the swelling. These antidromic impulses are produced by continuous strong primary afferent depolarization of the central terminals of these afferent neurons (Willis WD (1999) Exp Brain Res 124:395–421). Spinal anesthesia interrupts the primary afferent depolarization. Modified from Blumberg H, Hoffmann U, Mohadjer M, Scheremet R (1994) In: Gebhart GF et al. (1994) Prog in Pain Res and Management, vol 22, IASP, Seattle. a The micromilieu of nociceptors. The microenvironment of primary afferents is thought to affect the properties of the receptive endings of myelinated (A) and unmyelinated (C) afferent fibers. This has been particularly documented for inflammatory processes, but one may speculate that pathological changes in the direct surroundings of primary afferents may contribute to other pain states as well. The vascular bed consists of arterioles (directly innervated by sympathetic and afferent fibers), capillaries (not innervated and not influenced by nerve fibers) and venules (not directly innervated but influenced by nerve fibers). The micromilieu depends on several interacting components: Neural activity in postganglionic noradrenergic fibers (1) supplying blood vessels (3, BV) causes release of noradrenaline (NA) and possibly other substances and vasoconstriction. Excitation of primary afferents (Aδ- and C-fibers) (2) causes vasodilation in precapillary arterioles (mainly release of calcitonin gene-related peptide, CGRP) and plasma extravasation in postcapillary venules (C-fibers only) by the release of substance P (SP) and other vasoactive compounds (e.g., CGRP). Some of these effects may be mediated by non-neuronal cells such as mast cells (MC,4) and macrophages (MP, 5). Other factors that affect the control of the microcirculation are the myogenic properties of arterioles (3) and more global environmental influences such as a change of the temperature and the metabolic state of the tissue. Modified from [20]. (b) Hypothetical relation between sympathetic noradrenergic nerve fibers (1), peptidergic afferent nerve fibers (2), blood vessels (3) and macrophages (4). The activated and sensitized afferent nerve fibers activate macrophages (via substance P release). The immune cells start to release cytokines, such as tumor necrosis factor α (TNF-α) and interleukin 1 (IL1), which further activate afferent fibers by enhancing sodium influx into the cells. Substance P (and CGRP) released from the afferent nerve fibers reacts with neurokinin 1 (NK1) receptors (CGRP receptors) in the blood vessels (arteriolar vasodilation, venular plasma extravasation; neurogenic inflammation). The sympathetic nerve fibers interact with this system on three levels: (i) via adrenoceptors (mainly alpha) on the blood vessels (vasoconstriction); (ii) via adrenoceptors (mainly beta) on macrophages (further release of cytokines), and (iii) via adrenoceptors (mainly alpha) on afferents (further sensitization of these fibers). Modified from [
The idea that CRPS I patients undergo
Although there is some evidence that inflammatory processes are involved in the pathogenesis of early CRPS, the exact mechanisms of initiation and maintenance of these reactions are still unclear. Animal studies demonstrate that the sympathetic nervous system can influence the intensity of an inflammatory process [
Results obtained in experiments on human CRPS patients and quantitative clinical data clearly set the stage for the formulation of hypotheses that can be tested experimentally using various CRPS is a neurological disease of the CNS involving sympathetic, afferent (sensory) and motor systems [ Important characteristics of CRPS I are signs of inflammation with edema and vasodilation in skin (increased cutaneous temperature); therefore an inflammatory process in the periphery is discussed. C Both central and peripheral mechanisms interact with each other. This interaction may occur by way of various channels. The CNS receives information from the periphery via the hard-wired afferent nociceptive and non-nociceptive neurons and possibly chemical signals (e.g., cytokines from inflamed tissues). The CNS sends its information to the periphery through sympathetic channels, possibly neuroendocrine systems (e.g., the sympatho-adrenal system) or perhaps even by antidromic activity in peptidergic primary afferent neurons. The central neural programs regulating sympathetic, somatomotor and afferent systems may be changed due to a mismatch between the sensory representations and the motor and autonomic representations in the forebrain (which is clinically reflected in the changes related to the motor, sensory and autonomic systems). Schematic diagram summarizing the sensory, autonomic and somatomotor changes in complex regional pain syndromes I (CRPS I) patients. The figure symbolizes the CNS (forebrain, brain stem and spinal cord). Changes occur in the central representations of the somatosensory, the motor and the sympathetic nervous system (which include the spinal circuits) and are reflected in the changes of the sensory painful and non-painful perceptions, of cutaneous blood flow and sweating, and of motor performances. They are triggered and possibly maintained by the nociceptive afferent input from the somatic and visceral body domains. It is unclear whether these central changes are reversible in chronic CRPS I patients. These central changes possible also affect the endogenous control system of nociceptive impulse transmission. Coupling between the sympathetic neurons and the afferent neurons in the periphery (see bold closed arrow) is one component of the pain in CRPS I patients with sympathetically-maintained pain (SMP). However, it seems to be unimportant in CRPS I patients without SMP. Modified from [
According to the central hypothesis, the acute vasodilation might be due to inhibition of activity in cutaneous vasoconstrictor neurons, and the vasoconstriction might depend on decentralization supersensitivity of cutaneous blood vessels to impulses in cutaneous vasoconstrictor neurons. According to the peripheral inflammatory hypothesis, vasodilation might potentially be linked to the peptidergic primary afferent neurons with C-fibers, and therefore to the neurogenic inflammatory component. Activation of (probably a subset of) peptidergic primary afferent neurons leads to precapillary vasodilation mediated by release of calcitonin gene-related peptide (CGRP) and substance P and postcapillary plasma extravasation by release of substance P [
Research based on these thoughts will radically change our approach to this pain syndrome in diagnostic classification and therapy. This is already visible in some investigations published recently, and clearly demonstrates how successful approaches based on basic research concepts can be [
CRPS patients exhibit changes that occur in systems processing noxious, tactile, and thermal information; in sympathetic systems controlling blood vessels, sweat glands, and possibly other targets; and in the somatomotor system. This constellation of signs indicates that the central representations of these systems are changed. The way these central changes are triggered by the peripheral trauma, which is often minor compared to the dramatic expression of the clinical phenomena, remains an enigma. However, based on the work of McCabe and Moseley [see
Finally, we cannot explain why pain and the other changes associated with the sympathetic nervous system (including swelling), the motor system and the somatosensory system may disappear, not only in CRPS patients with SMP but also in those without, after sympathetic blockade. Based on the clinical changes that can be measured quantitatively, hypotheses about the underlying mechanisms have to be formulated. These hypotheses should be tested by using a multidisciplinary approach, which includes clinical experimentation, human models and various types of animal models (
The subject Basic research focusing on the brain in order to find out in which way the brain orchestrates the changes seen in the somatosensory, sympathetic and somatomotor systems. Basic research focusing on the peripheral inflammatory and other peripheral processes, and on how these peripheral changes are linked to the central changes. Studies to validate existing models and to develop new models of CRPS or its components. Studies on research mechanisms giving rise to CRPS in susceptible individuals. Research on CRPS serves as a model for exploration of the pathophysiological mechanisms in related clinically important fields, such as neural regulation of rheumatoid diseases, fibromyalgia, irritable bowl syndrome, inflammatory bowel disease or of the immune system, etc., [
A sound with more than one frequency component.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Complex trait is a trait or characteristic that is inherited in a fashion that does not follow strict Mendelian inheritance, because it may involve interactions between two or more genes.
Part of neuroscience that includes mathematical modeling and simulations to understand the functioning of the nervous system.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2
A computer model is a computer program that attempts to simulate an conceptual model of a particular system with the aim of gaining insight into how the system operates.
Respiratory network; respiratory central pattern generator; respiratory CPG
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 is a neural circuitry in the mammalian 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 that generates the respiratory rhythm and complex pattern of neuronal activity controlling movement of respiratory muscles that provide 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12 and perform the vitally important function of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2. Computational modeling of the respiratory network is a powerful tool for theoretical investigations aimed at increasing our understanding of the complex neural mechanisms involved in generation and control of the respiratory rhythm and motor pattern.
The motor pattern observed during normal breathing (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5) consists of three phases: 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9 (I), postinspiration (pI or E1), and late expiration (E2), which can be recognized in the integrated activity of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 and
Computational models of the respiratory network have been in development for several decades. Early computational models focused on the network interactions between different types of respiratory neurons and did not consider possible contributions of the intrinsic, biophysical properties of neurons. Generation of the respiratory rhythm in these models was based on a network concept suggesting that the respiratory rhythm results from sequential phase switchings, such as an inspiratory off-switch (IOS, transition from inspiration to expiration) and an expiratory off-switch (EOS, transition from expiration to inspiration). These phase switchings were proposed to result from the reciprocal (mostly inhibitory) interactions among different types of respiratory neuron populations. The early network models employed relatively simple activity-based models of single neurons in which the output neuronal (or population) activity was described by single continuous variables representing the neuronal firing rate. For example, Duffin [
A series of three-phase network models were developed based on a conceptual schematic proposed by Richter et al. [
Balis et al. [
Rybak et al. [ A network model of the respiratory CPG. (a) The schematic of a network model. Large spheres represent different respiratory neuron types. Excitatory and inhibitory synaptic connections are shown by arrows and small circles respectively. Each neuron also receives external excitatory drive (not shown). The pulmonary feedback loop that includes the lungs is shown by
This model includes a simplified model of the lungs and PSRs that provide pulmonary feedback to the respiratory network (Fig.
The model generates a realistic respiratory pattern, reproduces membrane potential trajectories of individual respiratory neurons (Fig.
A fundamentally distinct concept of respiratory rhythm generation was derived from the neonatal in vitro studies. The important discovery has been that a subregion of the VRC, called the pre-Bötzinger Complex (pre-BötC), contains a population of excitatory interneurons that can intrinsically generate an inspiratory-like rhythm [ Modeling the intrinsic bursting activity of the pre-Bötzinger Complex in vitro. Simulations are shown for a heterogeneous population of 50 voltage-dependent bursting neurons (see raster plot at
This and a series of other related models were able to reproduce many characteristics of the pre-BötC activity in vitro, including multiple modes of activity (silence, bursting, and tonic) and a voltage-dependency of burst frequency.
As described above, network models where able to reproduce many characteristics of the respiratory
The contradiction between the network-based and pacemaker-based concepts and models can be resolved by postulating that: (i) the pre-BötC, while capable of bursting intrinsically when isolated, is embedded in the larger brainstem respiratory network and its behavior as a part of the network becomes dependent on the interactions with other respiratory neural populations and (ii) the respiratory rhythmogenesis per se is state dependent, and therefore the rhythm may be generated by either a network-based or pacemaker-driven mechanisms, or their specific combinations depending on the conditions [
Based on these ideas, Smith at al. [ The hybrid pacemaker-network model. The respiratory network consists of interacting populations of different excitatory and inhibitory interneurons and incorporates the excitatory pacemaker-driven “kernel”, representing the pre-BötC that includes the populations of neurons (pre-I and early-I types) with
As described above, the functional state of the pre-BötC neurons with
Rybak et al. [ The ponto-medullary model of the respiratory CPG. (a) Model schematic. Each sphere represents a population of 50 neurons.
The performance of the model under different conditions is shown in Fig.
Disconnection of vagal feedback also eliminates the suppressing influence of vagal afferents upon the pontine I-mod, IE-mod and E-mod populations (Fig.
As shown previously in cats and rats, a removal of the rostral pons or chemical blockade of respiration-related structures within this region produces apneusis, and a complete removal of the pons and rostral medullary structures in vivo can produce gasping-like phrenic bursts with decrementing phrenic discharges. Similarly, a removal of rPons in this model converts the normal breathing pattern to apneusis (Fig.
This model (as well as the hybrid model described above) suggests that the operating rhythm-generating mechanism (network-based, pacemaker-driven or hybrid), particular that is engaged and expressed under conditions, depends on the functional states of the pre-BötC and other VRC compartments (e.g., BötC), which in turn are controlled by multiple network interactions within the medulla as well as by various supramedullary (e.g., pontine) and afferent (mechano- and chemosensory) inputs carrying information on the functional state and metabolic needs of the system.
Although many cellular and network properties involved in respiratory rhythm and pattern generation remain unknown, there is an emerging understanding that the operating neural mechanisms involved are state-dependent and entail complex cross-level interactions between multiple cellular-, network-, and system-level processes. Computational modeling at all levels of complexity is expected to play an increasing role in analyzing the complex mechanisms underlying respiratory network function and the neural control of breathing.
The nervous system analyses sensory information (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19) and orchestrates motor commands (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13). Many artificially engineered systems face similar challenges. Following the notion of cybernetics, we strive to boost both scientific and technological research by exploring the differences between artificial control theory (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1;
Computational motor control covers all applications of quantitative engineering tools as well as other mathematical tools for the study of the biological movement control system, which includes the joints, muscles, sensory organs and of course the nervous system.
For example, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2, represent such computational tools that were employed in the study of the biological motor control system, see also [
The applications of computational motor control are bidirectional: on the one hand control theory knowledge is employed to generate new theories for the biological motor control and on the other hand we draw inspiration from the biological motor control in order to develop new control strategies for artificial devices.
In the following two sections we describe this interplay between science and technology and introduce the main concepts in the field of computational motor control that are further defined in the relevant keywords throughout the encyclopedia.
Brain researchers have always used technical analogies stimulated by the status of the technology at the time of writing. For a recent review of insights from engineering theory that can shed some light on biological complexity see [
Feedback Control (
In parallel to the development of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, physiologists have noticed that the simple servo theory does not properly describe the biological motor control system since the gains are low and changeable, and the delay does not enable proper control of rapid movements [
Another prominent feature of the biological motor control system which is not addressed by the servo theory as well as by most modern engineering theories is the redundancy of the biological motor system [
Most notably, adaptive control theory was required in order to address the limitations of the servo theory and is being increasingly employed in many studies of the biological motor control system [
Adaptation in the wide sense (WSA) is accommodation to the environment, in other words, any processing of sensory information that eventually changes the motor behavior in one way or the other. Figure The temporal structural hierarchy of wide sense adaptation in the motor control system. Feedback, Adaptation, Learning and Evolution are instances of wide sense adaptation where sensory information is integrated and employed to change the control signal in various techniques and time scales.
A prominent tool of the engineering approach is the block diagram and we use it here to describe the various notions in the proposed structural temporal hierarchy. Figure The hierarchy of wide sense adaptation in the control of arm movement. The biological motor control system is separated into three parts: the arm, which consists of the musculoskeletal system, the controller that may include internal models, state estimators as well as feedback controller, and the desired trajectory generator that represents higher brain functions. Feedback control changes only the control signals but does not change the functions of any part in the system. Adaptation may change the parameters of the controller, in particular parameters of the internal models. Learning may change the structure of the internal model and may also change the desired trajectory. Evolution can change each and every aspect of this system including the structure of the limb such as the number of joints in the arm. The external world influences the sensory feedback, which plays a crucial role in all these processes. Many studies manipulate the feedback by including force perturbations and altered visual feedback in order to excite these processes and analyze their properties. This diagram concentrates on the control of one arm movement, and therefore in this subsystem the external world is not influenced by the wide sense adaptation. However, in real life, outside the control experiments and rule-based games, the human brain has evolved to be capable of changing the environment and this capability is part of the learning process, therefore the learning process includes also changes in the strategy beyond changing the internal model and the desired trajectory, such as modifying the force perturbations by manipulating the environment.
When we think about a control problem we usually have at least two systems: The controller and the controlled system. For example if we wish to control the position of the hand, we have the controlled system on the one side, i.e., the relation between the neural command to the muscles and the position of the hand, and the controller on the other, i.e., the relation between the intended movement and the neural signals to the muscles implemented by the brain. (Other distinctions are possible, such as considering the muscles as part of the controller as discussed further in the next subsection).
A prominent feature of the biological system is to use the sensory information about the actual position of the hand in order to improve the control of its position. This simple idea was used by engineers from the beginning of cybernetics (in part following observations of nature) and was later developed to include adaptive control. We follow the engineering terminology and use it to define a hierarchy of methods to improve the control signal and then try to use it to describe the brain as it controls movements. The basic idea of this hierarchy was first presented in [
According to the Miriam-Webster Dictionary: “the return to the input of a part of the output of a machine, system, or process (as for producing changes in an electronic circuit that improve performance or in an automatic control device that provide self-corrective action).”
According to the Oxford Dictionary: “a. Electr. The return of a fraction of the output signal from one stage of a circuit, amplifier, etc., to the input of the same or a preceding stage.”
We refer to a system as feedback control when sensory information is fed back to generate the control signal during the performance of the task (see Fig.
In the biological system the shortest path is typically described as the feedback reflex loop, which includes a monosynaptic pathway. However, there is a shorter pathway for feedback within the muscle. The simple mechanical property of stiffness (i.e. the force being proportional to the length of the muscle) could be referred to as feedback control, since the control signal (the force) is influenced by the outcome that is sensed by the length of the muscle. This last example demonstrates a limitation of the engineering approach, since the blocks usually hide the detailed structure, therefore if we define the control signal as neural input we would never note the internal feedback loops within the muscle and joint. In such block diagrams there is always a tradeoff between simplicity and accuracy and one should note that the hierarchy described here for a specific level of abstraction could be multiplied within each block.
Let us summarize this discussion with a formal definition of feedback control: Feedback Control: of a given input-output system is the usage of the output signal in order to generate the control signal in real time, i.e., the time scale of changes in the control signals is determined by the propagation of signals through the channels and the control system.
Figure
According to Miriam-Webster: “adjustment to environmental conditions: as (i) adjustment of a sense organ to the intensity or quality of stimulation (ii) modification of an organism or its parts that makes it more fit for existence under the conditions of its environment.”
According to the Oxford Dictionary: “2. a. The process of modifying a thing so as to suit new conditions: as, the modification of a piece of music to suit a different instrument or different purpose; the alteration of a dramatic composition to suit a different audience.”
Adaptive control is a control strategy where the controller can change its function to accommodate changes in the controlled system or in the environment. Here not only the signals are changed but also the control system is changed based on the sensory information received. These changes in the system are typically slow compared to the time-scale of the feedback. The controller includes a finite set of adjustable parameters and a third system observes the flow of signals to and from the control system and determines how this set of parameters should change in order to improve some measure of performance.
Adaptive control: Changes in the parameters of the control system that are generated after observation of previous control and sensory signals in order to improve the future performance of the system over a well-defined task or measurements of performance.
According to Miriam-Webster: “
According to the Oxford Dictionary: “1. The action of the vb. LEARN. a. The action of receiving instruction or acquiring knowledge; spec. in Psychol., a process which leads to the modification of behaviour or the acquisition of new abilities or responses, and which is additional to natural development by growth or maturation; (freq. opp. insight).”
While adaptation is a change in parameters of the controller that improves the performance in certain types of behavior, learning may generate a completely new behavior, as in skill acquisition, or may employ a new strategy to achieve the same task. In both cases the controller may change its structure. Such change in the biological system may include the recruitment of new brain areas or generation of a new neural circuit for a specific task. In artificial systems the controller may be replaced with another controller. At this point our technology does not provide an effective learning machine and it is highly possible that observing the biological system and modeling the neural control of movement may generate new control strategies that would later be used for artificial intelligent control, perfected by control engineers, and then return to serve as models for the brain.
Learning Control: change of the control system in order to generate a new type of behavior.
According to Miriam-Webster: “
According to the Oxford Dictionary: “6. Biol. a. Of animal and vegetable organisms or their parts: The process of developing from a rudimentary to a mature or complete state. c. The origination of species of animals and plants, as conceived by those who attribute it to a process of development from earlier forms, and not to a process of ‘special creation.’ Often in phrases doctrine, theory of evolution 7. The development or growth, according to its inherent tendencies, of anything that may be compared to a living organism (e.g. of a political constitution, science, language, etc.).”
In the proposed hierarchy, evolution is the last resort as it may take many years and it can potentially generate the largest change due to the evolution of a new species or in the engineering term, a new kind of controller.
Evolution: an arbitrary change in the controller that could include any change in structure, function, connectivity, parameter values, learning algorithms and adaptation protocols. The best change is chosen by survival of the fittest and therefore this process may be extremely long.
Consider a controlled system:
As long as
Now suppose that this feedback control that worked fine in the first design does not provide good performances due to changes in the control system or in the environment. We wish to choose
With this adaptive control we can face certain type of changes in the plant or the environment, however, a new task or severe changes in the plant or the environment (that would also be called new task) may require changes in the structure of the controller, e.g., one may consider adding integration or a lead or other elements from some given repertoire. In this example lets consider the repertoire of linear controller, i.e., finite number of poles and finite number of zeros in the transfer function of the controller.
An algorithm that would observe the inputs and outputs and would choose the optimal structure of the controller, i.e., the number of poles and number of zeroes, would be called a learning algorithm. Again this process should be slower than the typical time scale of adaptation in order to obtain enough information from the operation of the current controller to make a good decision.
Finally this whole framework of linear control might be wrong and a new generation could evolve based on gain scheduling or some neural network based controller (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14).
Then again, after such an evolutionary process, e.g., in the case of neural network, the changes in the weights would be called adaptive control, changes in the connectivity, size and structure of the net would be called learning, an finally changes in the time of activation function or the underlying structure would be called evolution.
Consider a reaching movement from an initial position to a given target (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1).
The 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5 [
Suppose that the subject holds a robotic manipulandum that exerts a velocity-dependent force perpendicular to the direction of movement [
Now suppose that we introduce a completely new type of force field, which subjects are unable to adapt to within tens of trials, i.e. a force field, which is not within the natural repertoire of the adaptive control system. Two examples for such a force field are time-dependent forces and force fields that switch according to some sequence [
Finally the force field might be stronger than the physiological limitations of the muscles, much stronger than the one that could be learned by increasing the muscles mass through training. In such cases, only evolution of a new species might solve this task if this task was essential for the survival of the subject for a large number of generations.
The adaptive nature of the biological system addressed in this essay is indeed the core of computational motor control, however, one should note that many other computational models and control methods are being employed in the study of the biological motor control including optimal control (see 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1), optimal feedback control, stochastic control, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14, etc.
As new engineering and computational techniques are being developed by engineers and mathematicians they are quickly employed to describe the nervous system, and on the other hand as new behavioral and physiological phenomena are being observed they quickly inspire engineers to incorporate them into artificial systems – this is the essence of cybernetics and computational motor control and therefore the specific definition and list of related topics are ever growing.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Dynamic clamp; Neurally controlled animats; Hybrots; Embodied neural systems; Brain-machine interfaces; Brain-computer interfaces; Neuroprostheses
Device or experimental apparatus in which living neurons exchange information in a bi-directional way with an artificial system – a computer simulation or a physical device.
Exchange may involve intra-cellular signals and occur within a single neuron, or between pairs of neurons. Alternatively, the neural component may be made of multiple neurons, an entire neural population or even a whole organism, with its own intact sensory and motor systems. In this latter case, signals are exchanged extra-cellularly, with multiple stimulation and recording sites.
The artificial part may consist of simulated neurons, thus resulting in a hybrid neural circuit. It may include artificial sensor or actuator systems, as in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2, or even consist of a whole physical or simulated body.
In computer-neural hybrids at single neuron level, an 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9 of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 of a neuron is used to calculate a current, which is then injected into the same or another neuron. In this way, it is possible to simulate artificial voltage-gated (Fig. Dynamic clamp simulation of a membrane conductance. The membrane potential V(t) is sampled and the computer calculates the membrane current, I(t), based on the model conductance g = g(V,t) and on its corresponding reversal potential, E. Dynamic clamp simulation of a synaptic conductance. The membrane potential of the pre-synaptic neuron, V1(t), is sampled, and the computer calculates the post-synaptic membrane current I2(t) based on the model synaptic conductance, gS = g(V1,t) and on its corresponding reversal potential, E.
The artificial part of the dynamic clamp may consist of one or more simulated neurons. This would result in a hybrid neural circuit, made of both biological and artificial neurons. Dynamic clamp can be, and has been, implemented in various ways, ranging from analog circuits, to dedicated computer systems (e.g., digital signal processing boards), to software applications that exploit the computational power of modern computers.
In computer-neural hybrids that involve multiple neurons, both recording and stimulation usually occur extra-cellularly, through multiple electrodes or 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13. Like in dynamic clamp, the multi-site neural signals are processed in real-time, but here the signal recorded from each electrode reflects the activity (population spikes and/or field potentials) of a small population of neurons. For this reason, the processing of the recorded neural signals often includes 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 modules, which result in multiple spike trains – one for each identified neuron in the population. Microelectrode arrays are also used to deliver electrical stimuli that excite the neural system by initiating action potentials in the neurons nearby (see Fig. Computer-neural hybrid a population level. The multi-site electrical activity of a neural population is recorded extra-cellularly through an array of micro-electrodes. Spike trains are then extracted from the signal and transformed into a patter of stimuli, which is applied to the same populations through selected micro-electrodes.
As both recording and stimulation occur extra-cellularly, in these hybrids the computer-neural interaction is less direct than in dynamic clamp. Nevertheless, the collective activity of the neural population can be made to control the stimulation of the same population. Feedback may be used to maintain a specific dynamic regime, or to trigger adaptation phenomena.
A particular class of computer-neural hybrids at population level is that of brain-machine interfaces (BMIs) or neural interfaces [
There are two main types of neural interfaces: (i) brain-computer interfaces (BCIs), in which the activity of the nervous system is directly used to control external devices (computers, robots or prostheses); and (ii) neuroprostheses, in which physical devices are designed to induce spatio-temporal patterns of neural activity.
The aim of brain-computer interfaces is to use some measurement of the activity of the nervous system to control external devices, with no direct participation of peripheral nerves and muscles. More specifically, BCI technologies [
Neuroprostheses aim at substituting for impaired sensory modalities, and always involve artificial replicas of the dysfunctional sensory receptors (or parts of them). Stimuli are applied to sensory nerves, thus mimicking the effect of natural sensory stimuli.
In BCIs, bi-directionality in the exchange of information is achieved through the sensory system (e.g., vision) that provides the brain informations on the outcome of the generated action. In neuroprostheses, bi-directionality is provided by the actions generated in response to the simulated sensory stimuli. Both types of neural interface require substantial training to allow subjects to either generate the correct action or correctly interpret sensor stimuli. Bi-directionality is essential to such training phase.
Embodied neural systems are a special class of computer-neural hybrids (Fig. Example of an embodied computer-neural hybrid. The (multi-site) electrical activity of is recorded and decoded into a “motor command” which is used to control the artificial actuators. At the same time, the activity of the artificial sensors is coded into a set of stimuli that are delivered to the preparation through a stimulus isolator. The example refers to an experiment [
In neuroscience research, computer-neural hybrids can be seen as a method of investigation of complex neural systems, which falls midway between cellular and population electrophysiology experiments and simulations based on
Dynamic clamp is now a well established technique in modern electrophysiology. It has been initially applied to the simulation of membrane
The same technique may be used to simulate synaptic conductances between neurons. The current injected into a neuron can be made dependent on the membrane potential of a different neuron, as if there were a synapse among them. In this way, it is possible to investigate, for instance, the effect of the strength of the artificial synapse on the dynamic behavior of the hybrid neural circuit. An extension of this idea is to construct hybrid circuits that are made of both artificial and actual neurons. For instance, hybrid combinations of biological and artificial neurons have been used to study and replicate a circuit involving retinal ganglion cells, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 interneurons and thalamocortical neurons. Manipulation of the strength of the inhibitory synapse between the reticular interneuron and the thalamocortical neurons allowed to regulate the correlation between sensory input and thalamic activity, including the functional disconnection observed during sleep. Another example of application of dynamic clamp is the simulation of in-vivo synaptic inputs in an in-vitro slice preparation.
In computer-neural hybrids at population level, the same approach is extended to entire neural populations. Again, the artificial part of the hybrid provides a well-modeled environment for the neural system. For instance, a computer was used to control the dynamic regime of populations of
BCIs have been investigated mainly as aids to patients with severe neuromuscular impairments (e.g., amyotrophic lateral sclerosis or 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 injury), but could in principle be used in different contexts. The key element in a BCI is a decoding algorithm, which converts the raw electrophysiological signal into an output that is suitable for controlling the external device. Most EEG-based BCIs require a prolonged learning phase to train subjects to “encode” the desired action into observable changes in their measured neural activity. For instance, subjects may be trained to control the amplitude of their μ- or β-rhythms (portions of the EEG signal whose power spectrum is, respectively, in the 8–12 Hz and 18–25 Hz range), to control a cursor on a computer screen in one or two dimensions. State-of-art EEG-based BCIs have been estimated to have a maximum information transfer rate of 5–25 bit/min. Critical elements are the selection of the “relevant” features in the neural signal, i.e. the ones which allow the best selection/discrimination of the different actions, and the psychophysical and cognitive factors that affect the rate of learning for a particular application.
In intra-cortical BCIs, the neural activity of populations of cells in the motor areas of the brain cortex is recorded by means of chronically implanted 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13, and has been shown to be usable for predicting the intended movement and even to control a robot arm in real-time. In particular, the signals recorded from a population of neurons in the rat motor cortex were used to drive a mechanical lever which controlled the release of a food reward [
As regards neuroprostheses, the existing implementations range in scope from experimental trials with single individuals, to commercially available devices.
The rationale underlying embodied neural systems is that the dynamic and adaptive properties of neural systems can be understood by looking at their interaction with their external environment, in a bi-directional closed-loop. If such an external environment is artificial, the points of interaction are well determined and therefore the modalities and patterns of interaction are fully observable. Moreover, the environment itself can be manipulated, and the changes in dynamic behavior that result from changes in the environment provide useful information for understanding the neural systems themselves. For instance [
The technologies enabling the interfacing of parts of the nervous system with artificial devices – electrodes, dedicated hardware for stimulation and recording – will open the way to entirely new approaches for investigating the brain and ultimately interacting with it therapeutically and/or prosthetically. Next-generation neuroprostheses, characterized by massive, possibly bi-directional interaction with the nervous system, would greatly benefit from low-power interfaces that support higher rates of information transfer, and allow stimulation and recording at multiple sites. Flexible, general interfacing frameworks, possibly base on 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14, will make the development of neuroprostheses cheaper, and more easily adaptable to the needs of individual users. Effective two-way interaction would also enable novel rehabilitation technologies, in which the recorded brain activity could be used to control the patterns of neural stimulation, thus inducing a reorganization of portions of the nervous system.
Denotes spatially distributed differences in the concentrations (parts per volume) of particles in solution.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Sensory systems can operate effectively over a very wide dynamic range of stimulus intensities. In the olfactory modality, the same odorant can be unambiguously recognized as the same perceptual entity over a broad spectrum of concentrations, a phenomenon termed concentration invariance.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
A period of muscle activity during which the length of the muscle fibers decreases.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Concept (or category) is a discrimination in which stimuli belonging to one concept are discriminated from other stimuli belonging to other concept. In other words, concept discrimination is generalization among all stimuli within a category and discrimination between the categories.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4
Concepts are the representations that are employed in thinking. Concepts are supposed to be recombinable to a large extent, which accounts for the productivity and systematicity of thought.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_11
A conceptual analysis in a narrow sense is an investigation into the use of a concept word (for example “knowledge”) with the aim of finding (individually) necessary and (jointly) sufficient application conditions of that word. In a wider sense any investigation aiming at the clarification of a concept can be called a conceptual analysis.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_11
Conceptual role semantics (CRS), also called functional or inferential role semantics, claims that the meaning of a mental representation is its role in the cognitive economy of the agent, e.g. in perception, thought and decision-making. CRS is a version of the use theory of meaning, which holds that the way expressions are related to one another determines what they mean. The central idea is that the conceptual role of a particular representation is a matter of its causal relations to other states in reasoning and deliberation, and the way the expression combines and interacts with other representations to mediate between sensory inputs and behavioral outputs. It is associated with the functionalist approach to the mind, which characterizes mental states and their contents by their relations to sensory stimuli in terms of their causal interactions with input from the environment, other mental states and behavioral output.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
Learning or understanding of abstract relations (e.g. more/less, same/different) to form categories, also termed “conceptual categorization”.
The bowl-shaped portion of the outer ear.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
Something that exists in space and time; a particular thing, e.g. a particular stone or horse.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Immediate but transient loss of consciousness due to a blunt impact on the skull or decelerating and accelerating of the brain within the skull. Mild symptoms are “star-struck” dazedness and brief 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1. More sever symptoms include faintness with hypotension, facial pallor, bradycardia, slow pupillary reaction or, at times, brief convulsions.
Areas of a propagating sound pressure wave of maximal increased pressure (increase above the static pressure).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
A neuron that can generate rhythmic bursting activity in response to an excitatory input, but can only do so under the influence of a specific neuromodulator. Neurons with endogenous bursting properties have a set of voltage-gated ion channels that enable them to produce oscillations of the membrane potential (i.e. alternating depolarizations and hyperpolarizations), which can drive bursts of action potentials.
However, in conditional bursters whilst these ion channels are present, they can not be activated sufficiently to generate membrane potential oscillations. The appropriate neuromodulator can enhance the function of these voltage-gated ion channels, so that they are able to respond with oscillations of the membrane potential in response to a prolonged excitatory drive.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
A neuron that generates pacemaker activity only in the presence of a neuromodulator.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
Animals learn to avoid a compartment or location that was previously paired with a noxious stimulus.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Conditional knockout; Conditional overexpression; Conditional somatic deletion; Recombinase mediated somatic cell mutagenesis; Tetracycline regulated transgenics
Transgenesis refers to the genetic modification of an organism via the introduction of foreign or mutated DNA construct(s) not present in the wild type of the species. A conditional transgenic is a genetically modified organism (GMO) in which the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20 can be overexpressed, downregulated or deleted, depending on the presence (or absence) of an enzyme, pharmaceutical or hormonal analogue. In other words, a conditional transgenic contains a mutated gene that can be turned on or off, often in an organ specific fashion, depending on the needs of the investigator.
The first mammalian transgenics involved the introduction of non-native genes via injection of a DNA construct into fertilized mouse oocytes. However, this technology only permitted the addition of genetic material. Moreover, when using the same construct to generate different lines of transgenic mice, it became apparent that expression levels of the transgene could vary wildly. Depending on the genomic location into which the transgene integrated, its expression could be partially or wholly silenced. An advance on this method came with the discovery of mouse 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5 (ES cells) [
Methods of culturing ES cells and of genetically modifying them advanced quickly, leading to the development of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8, also known as gene targeting [ Targeting vectors.
Electroporation of targeting vector DNA results, in a small minority of cells, in a recombination event that integrates the targeting vector DNA into the gene of interest. This event results in heterozygous mutation of the gene of interest, incorporating drug resistance. Growth of electroporated cells in culture, using selection for drug resistance, should permit the growth of correctly targeted cells only. In practice, however, false positives usually outnumber targeted ES cell colonies and further screening (by long range 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 and/or 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19) is required in order to identify correctly targeted clones.
Targeted mice are then generated by injection of correctly targeted ES cells into mouse blastocysts or aggregation of the same cells with mouse morulae. Resultant hybrid embryos are inserted into the uteri of pseudopregnant female mice, and brought to term. ES cells are often derived from agouti (brown) 129 mice (the strain most permissive for the isolation of ES cells). Targeted ES cells are then aggregated with, or microinjected into, embryos derived from a strain with a different coat color (often black C57Bl6/J mice). Resulting offspring have cells derived from both the ES lineage (brown) and the C57Bl6/J embryos (black), are referred to as chimaeras, and are easily identifiable by their mixed coat color. In the event that the ES cells have contributed to the chimaeric 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7, subsequent breeding of these animals with more C57Bl6/J mice will result in some brown offspring (agouti is dominant to black). These are ES derived and approximately 50% will transmit the targeted allele. Crossbreeding of this generation will result in mice homozygous for the mutant gene (unless the mutation is embryonic lethal).
Targeted mutagenesis has revolutionized biology; it has enabled us to study single gene function in mice by introducing precise mutations into the genome, in such a way that their expression in controlled. However, mutated genes are often embryonic lethal and recessive. This means that mice heterozygous for the targeted mutation are asymptomatic, while homozygotes do not survive gestation. While this demonstrates the essential function of that gene in a developmental process, it does not permit study of its function in later developmental events or in adults. This drawback led to the creation of various methods, whereby normal gene expression could be permitted during development, and then switched off in postnatal mice. Furthermore, modeling of disease can also require the overexpression of native genes, or of mutant versions thereof. Methods which can alter expression of a transgene in a temporally controlled and/or organ specific fashion are known collectively as conditional mutagenesis; mutant mice generated thereby are defined as conditional transgenics.
This method of conditional mutagenesis relies on the ability of certain recombinases to invert or delete segments of DNA via site directed recombination. Cre and Flp, derived from the P1 bacteriophage and Saccharomyces cerevisiae respectively, are most often used for this purpose. Lox P sites are specifically recognized by Cre, while Flp recognizes FRT sites. Both LoxP and FRT sequences are 34bp in length, incorporating two 13bp palindromes separated by an 8bp asymmetric core. DNA strand exchange between two LoxP or FRT sites is mediated by the relevant recombinase and depending on the orientation of the two sites with respect to each other and the number of DNA molecules involved, can result in deletion, insertion, duplication, integration or translocation of DNA sequences [
The Cre/LoxP system is by far the most commonly used, and so will be described in more detail below (Fig. Cre/LoxP.
Conditional mutants are usually generated by introducing LoxP sites on either side of a vital exon of a gene of interest, via 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8. When 2 LoxP sites are in cis (on the same DNA molecule) and in the same orientation (both 5′-3′ or both 3′-5′), their recognition by Cre will result in deletion of the DNA between the two sites. On their own, however, without Cre, these sites (in combination with an intronic selection cassette) should result in a normal phenotype, even in homozygotes. A second, transgenic mouse line can then be generated, which expresses Cre under a tissue specific and/or inducible promoter. Crossbreeding can then be used to generate mice homozygous for the LoxP modified gene and that express Cre in specific cell types or inducibly. The DNA between the LoxP sites is then deleted, either in a tissue/cell specific manner or inducibly, via administration of a drug. Transgenics expressing Cre under the control of various tissue specific promoters are catalogued at http://nagy.mshri.on.ca/cre/ (Gfap, synapsin, TH, mlc and En2 mice are available for neuronal Cre expression). Promoters that can be induced by specific pharmaceuticals (e.g., RU486, a progesterone analogue) can also be used to more finely tune the timing of somatic deletion.
Cre/LoxP can also be used to restore gene expression; where a gene has been inactivated by the insertion of LoxP sites, expression of Cre can reduce the number of LoxP sites to one, and remove inserted, mutagenic sequence. This has to be carefully designed such that the remaining LoxP site is neutral with regard to gene expression, and results in the expression of a normal protein however [
In addition to organ specific mutagenesis, this system has been used to generate stable germ line mutations and for large chromosomal deletions. In the first instance, the Cre system can be used to generate “cleaner” knockout mutations. Drug selection cassettes can contribute to phenotype and interfere with the interpretation of results. By surrounding the positive selection cassette with Lox P sites in the same orientation, selecting and screening for targeted cells normally and then electroporating a construct that transiently expresses Cre into the cells prior to chimera formation, the cassette can be deleted prior to creation of the knockout line. Targeted ES cell colonies can then be screened for the absence of the resistance cassette.
This technique has the disadvantage, however, that overexpression of Cre in ES cells can result in non-specific recombination, compromising germline transmission of the ES cells [
A further use of Cre/LoxP technology has been to generate large scale chromosomal deletions. Loss of heterozygosity (LOH) has long been known to contribute to the pathogenesis of many forms of cancer, moreover, many mental retardation syndromes result from the loss (Prader-Willi syndrome and Angelman syndrome) or duplication (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4) of megabases of DNA. Deletions larger than approximately 30kb are now typically achieved by sequential targeting of two LoxP containing vectors with different drug resistance on either side of the region to be deleted. This system has been adapted to the genomic era by Allan Bradley and colleagues at the Sanger centre, who have developed a series of paired insertion targeting vectors, the MICER resource, that map all over the genome ([
Disadvantages of Cre/LoxP (and Flp/Frt) include the fact that even the most tightly controlled of promoters can be less tissue specific (or biochemically inducible) than is strictly desirable, leading to low level Cre expression (and subsequent mutation), in tissues (or at times) other than intended. Furthermore, Cre driven mutation is often leaky, leading to a mosaic of cells, some of which contain the desired mutation and some of which do not. This has two consequences; firstly, the phenotype may be hypomorphic rather than null, secondly, in tissues that contain stem cells, undeleted stem cells may be selected to replace mutated cells that are possibly dying as a result of gene ablation. In this case, a transient phenotype may be followed by apparent recovery. Cre/loxP also relies on homologous recombination, which presently restricts its use to mice. Homologous recombination has been used to genetically modify bovine fibroblasts, followed by cloning, which has permitted the application of gene targeting to other animal species, holding out the possibility that the Cre/loxP system could be used for conditional mutagenesis. However, the handful of instances in which targeting has been used in sheep and cattle points to the fact that in most cases, technological complexity and cost may be prohibitive [
The tetracycline inducible system, known as Tet on/off, is the most commonly used inducible system (Fig. TetOn/Off.
This system relies on manipulation of the control of tetracycline resistance gene expression, originally discovered in E. coli. The tetracycline resistance gene is constitutively repressed by the tetracycline repressor (tetR). This repressor binds to the tetracycline operator (tetO), a specific sequence in the tetracycline resistance gene promoter, which represses it. When tetracycline is present, it binds to tetR, which is then released from tetO, allowing expression of the tetracycline resistance gene.
This system has been modified for transgenic purposes. A CMV (cytomegalovirus) derived minimal promoter, fused with tetO sequences, is used to control gene expression. Meanwhile tetR has been fused with the activation domains of VP16 (an activator of herpes virus transcription). This results in a protein termed tTA (the tetracycline transcriptional activator), which activates tetO in the absence of tetracycline. Addition of tetracycline (or its analogues, doxycycline or anhydrotetracycline, which are less toxic), results in transcriptional repression, while gene expression can be turned on again once tetracycline has been cleared from the body. This system is known as tetOFF. Mutagenesis of tTA has resulted in reverse tTA (rtTA), which can only bind tetO in the presence of tetracycline (or analogues) and then activates transcription. In this case, addition of tetracycline activates transcription, while its removal results in downregulation (tetON) [
As with the Cre/LoxP system described above, using TetON/OFF systems in mice requires the crossbreeding of two strains, one carrying the transgene of interest, inserted downstream of the tetO/CMV promoter, and another carrying one of the tTA or rtTA genes (under the control of a tissue specific promoter, if required). Therefore, this system is extremely flexible; gene expression can be turned on or off upon multiple occasions, and can also, if desired, be restricted to certain organs or tissues. There are a number of disadvantages; leaky control of expression, toxicity or tetracycline insensitivity in certain cell types and unstable transcripts. Some tissues are more accessible to doxycycline than others; notably, doxycycline has limited access to the brain [
Similar inducible systems have been developed. One is based on induction of gene expression by ecdysone (which triggers insect metamorphosis), and also requires two lines of mice for activation. Another system uses the native Cyp1a1 enzyme promoter, which is induced by the administration of aryl hydrocarbons (such as indole-3-carbinol), and can be used to drive transgene expression [
In conclusion, various options exist by which one can finely tune the expression of both normal and mutant alleles (Zygosity). These systems have different advantages and disadvantages, but are powerful methods by which gene function can be further elucidated.
This learning occurs when a stimulus (conditioned inhibitor) signals that the outcome (or US) will not occur. The procedure for establishing conditioned inhibition involves training one stimulus (A) as a signal for the outcome and simultaneously training a compound of that stimulus and another stimulus (AX) as a signal for no outcome. X acquires the ability to suppress or inhibit the conditioned response normally elicited by A. The presence of conditioned inhibition is further confirmed by showing that X will transfer its suppressive properties to another stimulus (B) that has been paired with the outcome (summation test) and will resist being trained as a signal for that outcome (retardation test). In these tests, the effect of X is compared to a control stimulus (Y) which was presented alone and with no outcome during conditioned inhibition training.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
One of two mechanisms (the other being the enhancing function) by which reinforcers cause changes in future behavior.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
The word “reflex” is widely used in neuroscience and in psychology, as well as in every-day life, for different purposes and with different meanings. A definition that encompasses these different uses is: “A reflex is a behavior that reliably occurs at a characteristic latency after a particular stimulus.” Reflexes are typically (though not always) simple behaviors elicited by simple stimuli. Some well-known examples are the knee-jerk reflex, in which sudden muscle stretch causes the muscle to contract, the flexion withdrawal reflex in which a painful stimulus to the skin elicits rapid withdrawal, the pupillary reflex in which a flash of light causes the iris to contract, the salivary reflex in which the taste of food triggers salivation, and the startle reflex in which a loud sound elicits widespread muscle contraction.
These examples, and other reflexes typically present in normal animals or humans, are called “ 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_21 (URs).” The stimulus that elicits a UR is called the “unconditioned stimulus (US).” In contrast, a “
Historically, CRs have been created by two different kinds of training experiences: “classical” or “Pavlovian” conditioning and “operant” or “instrumental” conditioning. In the past, intense interest in these procedures was motivated by the idea that all forms of learning and complex human behavior could be reduced to these elementary processes [
The traditional distinction between URs and CRs has also changed recently. In the past, URs were thought to reflect pre-determined patterns in the central nervous system. More recent views suggest that motor patterns arise through self-organization driven by complex interactions between genetic programs and environmental signals [
B. F. Skinner originally held that operant procedures applied to reflexes of the skeletal motor system and classical procedures applied to reflexes of the autonomic system. It is now clear that the same reflex can be modified by either procedure. The distinction between these two methods is procedural: operant conditioning involves the association of responses and reinforcement while
Classical conditioning originated in Russia with the work of Sechenov and Pavlov. In a classical conditioning procedure, the stimulus that is to become the CS occurs (or begins) just before a US. After repeated presentations of this CS/US pairing, the UR, which previously had been elicited only by the US, can be elicited by the CS alone. When it is so elicited by the CS, it is called a conditioned reflex, or CR. Pavlov conditioned dogs by arranging that the sound of a bell always proceeded application of meat powder to the mouth (Fig. (a) Classical conditioning of salivation in a dog. The apparatus shown is similar to that used by Pavlov to study conditioned salivary reflexes. First, food (the “unconditioned stimulus” or US) is repeatedly preceded by a sound (the “conditioned stimulus” of CS), and elicits salivation (the “unconditioned reflex” or US). Subsequently, delivery of the sound alone elicits salivation (the “conditioned reflex” or CR). Salivation is quantified by measuring flow rate in a capillary tube inserted in a salivary fistula. (From Yerkes RM, Morgulis S (1909) The method of Pawlow in animal psychology. Psychol Bull 6:257–273.) (b) Classical conditioning of eyelid closure in a rabbit. First, an air puff delivered to the cornea (the “unconditioned stimulus” or US) is repeatedly preceded by a tone (the “conditioned stimulus” or CS) and elicits eyelid closure (the “unconditioned reflex” or UR). Subsequently, the tone alone elicits eyelid closure (the “conditioned reflex” or CR). Eyelid closure is measured with a search-coil magnetic field technique. (From Delgado-Garcia JM, Gruart A (2006) Building new motor responses: eyelid conditioning revisited. TINS 29:330–338). (c) 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15 of the H-reflex. Soleus EMG is monitored 24 h/day in a rat with chronically implanted electromyographic (EMG) electrodes and a tibial nerve cuff. The implant wires pass subcutaneously to a head-mounted connector and then through a flexible cable and a commutator to amplifiers and stimulator. The rat can move freely about the cage. Whenever the absolute value of soleus EMG stays in a specified range for a randomly varying 2.3–2.7 s period, a nerve-cuff stimulus elicits a threshold M response (i.e., a direct muscle response) and an H-reflex. For the first 10 days, the animal is exposed to the control mode, in which no reward occurs and the H-reflex is simply measured to determine the size of the control reflex (the “unconditioned reflex” or UR). For the next 50 days, the rat is exposed to the up-conditioning or down-conditioning mode, in which a food-pellet reward is given if the H-reflex exceeds (up-mode) or falls below (down-mode) a criterion value. Background EMG and M response stay constant throughout. Successful conditioning (i.e., a change in H-reflex size of ≥20% in the rewarded direction) (a “conditioned reflex” or CR) develops in 75–80% of the rats (the others remain within 20% of control H-reflex size). (Modified from Wolpaw JR (1997) The complex structure of a simple memory. TINS 20:588–594.)
Different subtypes of classical conditioning are distinguished by the exact relationships between the CS and the US, by whether the CR is an entirely new response to the CS, and/or by other features. Thus, in “delay conditioning” the US begins before the CS ends, while in “trace conditioning” the US does not begin until after the CS ends. In “α-conditioning” the CR is not an entirely new response to the CS, but is rather an intensification of a response that the CS elicited prior to conditioning. These and other specifics of conditioning procedures are described more fully in Mackintosh [
Of critical importance in considering classical conditioning phenomena is the distinction between actual conditioning and other changes in the relationships between stimuli and the responses they elicit. A true CR results only from the repeated pairing (or association) of a CS and a US. When random presentation of the US and CS, or of the CS alone, elicits a CR-like response, the phenomenon is called “pseudoconditioning,” or “non-associative” conditioning.
In the years when conditioning was first defined and explored, there were attempts to interpret all or most behaviors, even the most sophisticated human behaviors, as complex combinations of conditioned reflexes. Although such visions of conditioned reflexes as the basis of all behavior are no longer in fashion, experimental models based on conditioned reflexes play a prominent role in the increasingly reductionistic studies of the mechanisms of learning and memory.
These studies use a variety of different invertebrate and vertebrate models. Extensive studies in the marine snail, Aplysia, have clarified the cellular bases of classical conditioning. In the naive animal, a weak tactile stimulus (the CS) delivered to the siphon causes the gill to withdraw, while a painful stimulus (the US) delivered to the tail or head causes the gill to withdraw much more intensely (the UR). If the CS and the US are then paired repeatedly, the α form of classical conditioning results: the CS comes to elicit intense gill withdrawal (the CR). This conditioning involves plasticity at multiple sites in the central nervous system. Attention has focused on the synapse in the abdominal ganglion between sensory neurons and gill motor neurons. The CR is explained in part by activity-dependent presynaptic facilitation that is specific to the pathway that conveys the CS. The molecular mechanisms of both the short-term and long-term forms of this facilitation are complex, and the long-term form has been linked to changes in gene expression. Full expositions of current understanding of the mechanisms of this ostensibly simple learning are available [
Studies in vertebrate models have begun to reveal the specific contributions of different brain regions to classical conditioning. Models based on the eyeblink reflex are widely used. In a typical protocol, the CS is a tone and the US is an air puff to the eye that in the naive animal evokes an eyeblink (the UR) (Fig.
Operant conditioning originated in Britain and America with Bain, Morgan, and Thorndike [
The 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8, the electrical analog of the “knee-jerk” reflex, is elicited by direct stimulation of sensory afferent fibers from the muscle spindle, which synapse in the spinal cord on the motoneurons serving the muscle and produce a contraction, the H-reflex. The H-reflex can be operantly conditioned: monkeys, humans, rats, and mice can increase or decrease it when reward is made contingent on its size (Fig.
Model systems for studying the cellular basis of operant conditioning have been developed in several invertebrates. Comparisons of classical and operant conditioning in Aplysia have shown that the same biting reflex can be increased by either classical or instrumental conditioning. Furthermore, dopamine serves as the reinforcement transmitter in both forms [
Reflex conditioning is not limited to the laboratory. The concept of operant conditioning embraces phenomena produced by a wide variety of training experiences different from standard laboratory conditioning protocols. The gradual acquisition of any motor skill can be viewed as an operant conditioning procedure, in which improvements in performance serve as rewards that shape subsequent behavior. This process often includes changes in reflexes. The neuronal pathways responsible for reflexes such as the H-reflex participate in more complex behaviors, including standard motor skills such as posture and locomotion and the most sophisticated athletic and technical skills, as well as in the abnormal motor control associated with spinal cord injuries and other disorders [
Spinally-mediated muscle stretch reflexes and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6, which are poorly focused and often inappropriate in newborn infants, become appropriately focused during early life (Fig. (a) Reflex conditioning associated with skill acquisition. Soleus H reflexes are much smaller in professional ballet dancers than in other well-trained athletes (e.g., runners, swimmers, cyclists). (H-reflexes of sedentary subjects fall in between.) It is likely that these reflex changes facilitate the precise cerebral control and the muscle co-contractions that are required in ballet. (Modified from Nielsen J, Crone C, Hultborn H (1993) H-reflexes are smaller in dancers from the Royal Danish Ballet than in well-trained athletes. Eur J Appl Physiol 66:116–121.)(b) Shaping of flexion withdrawal reflexes during development. Direction of limb movement produced by flexion withdrawal reflexes elicited by a nociceptive stimulus in normal adult rats and in adult rats that had undergone spinal cord transection just after birth. Direction is almost always appropriate, i.e., away from the stimulus, in normal adults, but is often inappropriate in transected adults. Neonatal transection prevents the normal shaping of flexion withdrawal reflexes that results from the interactions in the spinal cord of descending activity from the brain and peripheral sensory inputs from the limbs. (Modified from Levinsson A, Luo XL, Holmberg H, Schouenborg J (1999) Developmental tuning in a spinal nociceptive system: effects of neonatal spinalization. J Neurosci 19:10397–10403.)
In sum, the reflex conditioning phenomena produced in the lab by classical and operant conditioning procedures are part of a broad spectrum of activity-dependent plasticity that plays an integral part in the acquisition and maintenance of motor skills throughout life and in the functional deficits and compensations seen with trauma or disease, and that might contribute to new methods for restoring function to the damaged nervous system.
Finally, the fact that reflexes are affected by activity-dependent plasticity throughout life (and even in utero) implies that the traditional distinction between unconditioned and conditioned reflexes is merely an artificial distinction imposed by an experimenter. In reality, most and probably all reflexes are conditioned in the sense that they have been shaped by activity. Those traditionally designated as “unconditioned,” such as the normal flexion withdrawal reflex that withdraws a limb from a painful stimulus, are reflexes that have undergone standard conditioning in the course of earlier life, and thus are similar in most normal individuals. In essence, “unconditioned reflexes” are simply reflexes that were conditioned before the experimenter began to observe them.
In classical conditioning, the conditioned response (CR) is a response evoked with time by the conditioned stimulus after repetitive pairing with the unconditioned stimulus. The CR is similar to the response evoked by the unconditioned stimulus.
In classical conditioning, the conditioned stimulus (CS) is a neutral stimulus at first and come to evoke a response (conditioned response) similar to the response (unconditioned response) evoked by the stimulus (unconditioned stimulus) that has been repetitively paired with the CS.
Taste learning; CTA
A kind of classical (Pavlovian) conditioning or association learning in which animals acquire an aversion to a tastant (conditioned stimulus, CS) that was followed by aversive internal symptoms induced by a toxic substance (unconditioned stimulus, US).
Conditioned taste aversion (CTA) is also a kind of fear learning to avoid subsequent intake of the “harmful” food by exhibiting aversive behavior to the taste of the food. Thus, CTA is a robust defense device protecting animals against repeated consumption of toxic food [
In a typical paradigm to establish CTA in laboratory animals such as rats and mice, the animals mildly deprived of water are allowed to drink a novel palatable solution, e.g., 5 mM Na–saccharin as the CS for 20 min, followed soon by an intraperitoneal injection of 0.15 M LiCl (2% volume of the body weight), which is known to induce internal malaise as the US [
CTA is a rapidly established and robust phenomenon and has the following characteristics that are not found in other forms of classical conditioning [
Since CTA is considered to involve functions of the higher nervous system, the formation of CTA can be utilized as a tool to assess the functions of the higher gustatory centers. For example, the localization of a suggested cortical taste area of rat and hamster by the electrophysiological and anatomical methods was verified behaviorally using this technique, i.e., lesions of the relevant area disrupted the formation of CTA.
After acquisition of CTA, the animals remember the taste of the CS to show aversive responses to the CS, and this aversion is generalized to other taste stimuli with the similar taste. Therefore, examination of the generalization of CTA is an efficient method for determining how mammals classify taste stimuli. It is demonstrated that rats and hamsters categorize taste stimuli into four types corresponding to the four basic taste qualities such as sweet, salty, sour, and bitter, and mice (C57BL strain) can categorize the taste of monosodium glutamate into the fifth type corresponding to umami in humans. Such a behavioral categorization is utilized to elucidate the validity of neural coding hypotheses of taste quality such as the across-neuron response pattern theory and labeled-line theory [
Electrophysiological, behavioral, pharmacological, and c-
Although the hippocampus plays minor role in the acquisition of CTA, it has been suggested to mediate the effects seen in the aged animal. Rats show compromised effects (e.g., blocking and context learning), strengthened effects (e.g., long-delayed learning), and no effects (e.g., latent inhibition) with ageing. Many of these effects can be produced by hippocampal lesions, suggesting that changes in the hippocampus with ageing may mediate the effects seen in the aged animal [
With the advantage of the characteristics of CTA as described above, CTA has been chosen as a good model for the study of molecular and biochemical mechanisms of plasticity and learning. It is conceivable that the CS presentation induces the formation of a short-term taste memory and that it is this trace that associates with the malaise-inducing US. The activation of muscarinic and glutamate receptors in the insular cortex and amygdale is crucial during the acquisition of CTA. This activation might be modulated by other neurotransmitter systems including the noradrenergic system [
Conditioning is method to train animals. One type of conditioning is respondent conditioning (classical or Pavlovian conditioning), in which a conditioned stimulus (CS) is paired with an unconditioned stimulus (UCS), which elicits behavior called the respondent or unconditioned response (UR). By conditioning or pairing CS with UCS, the CS begins to elicit conditioned response (CR). The other type of conditioning is operant conditioning (or instrumental conditioning) in which the outcome (reinforcement or punishment) of the behavioral response (operant) modifies the operant. A typical operant chamber for a rat is a small box with lever(s) and a food pellet dispenser. When the rat presses the lever, the dispenser provides a food pellet. As a result, the rat learns to emit the lever-press behavior (operant) to get the food.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
One of two injuries, usually with a short period of time in between. The second injury “builds” upon the first one, and, as a result, the growth activity of the injured nerve cell is amplified.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
Conductance (electrical) is the measure of the ability of an electric circuit to conduct electricity and is the reciprocal of electrical resistance.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
A single-point neuron model taking into account ionic current flow through membrane channels of different types.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
Also called Central Aphasia; Conduction aphasia results from lesions of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, which connects 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_23 with 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2, and is characterized by a severe deficit in repetition of what is heard or read, despite normal auditory comprehension, verbal fluency (which may be paraphasic) and writing.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_23
Velocity of action potential propagation along a nerve or muscle fiber.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Hearing loss due to pathology of the outer and/or middle ear.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
Photoreceptor specialized for daylight vision, color and high acuity.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Wavelength-selective property of neural responses or human performance, produced when functional input from one cone type is inhibited or “opposed” by input from a different cone type. Cone opponent neurons are typically excited by some wavelengths of light in the visible spectrum and inhibited by others.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
Complex synaptic terminal of a cone photoreceptor that makes synapses with cone bipolar and horizontal cells.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
Cone-shaped photoreceptor cells of the vertebrate retina responsible for color vision under bright light. Based on peak spectral sensitivity, human cone cells are of three types; short wavelengths of light (437 nm), medium wavelengths of light (533 nm) or long wavelengths of light (564 nm).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Faked and wrong reports and tales based on memory gaps and wrong memories with subsequent mis-interpretations and inventions may occur within the amnestic syndrome (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_23), and as a result of various brain damages (arteriosclerosis, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 (loss of muscle strength), brain injuries, alcoholism, poisoning).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_23
Both terms are used as synonyms for synthetic odor mixture qualities.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
Nav1.7-related congenital inability to experience pain is a very rare, autosomal recessive trait. These patients do not produce functional Nav1.7 channels and do not experience pain from normally painful acts such as inserting sharp objects in their hands or after bone fracture, tongue and lip biting, or walking on hot surfaces (burning coal). Heterozygous parents are asymptomatic suggesting that loss of functional Nav1.7 on one allele does not lead to haploinsufficiency.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
Anatomical disorders with which the patient is born. Some congenital disorders are inherited.
Taste and smell that fit well together. Taste and smell usually encountered together in food in daily life.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6
These rotate the lines of sight of both eyes by the same amount and in the same direction (pure version as opposed to vergence). They result from an equal innervation of functionally yoked pairs of extraocular muscles (e.g., right abducens and left medial rectus) emanating from a common source (Hering’s law) and can be saccadic or smooth in nature; during saccades the coupling is not rigid, though, causing transient changes in vergence.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
A mixture of details from different experiences, fused in memory.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Artificial neural networks; Neural computation
Connectionist models are computer models loosely based on the principles of neural information processing [
McCulloch and Pitts first proposed in 1943 that networks of simple neuron-like processing units could compute logical functions. Later, Hebb’s theories of associative neural learning provided the basis for implementing learning in such artificial neural networks. The main concept behind this form of learning is that the connection between two units is strengthened according to the frequency with which both units are co-active. In the late 1950s, Rosenblatt developed the first neurocomputer (called a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16) consisting of a simple neural network with a simple input and output layer. However, in 1969 Minsky and Papert [
Connectionist models consist of a number of simple processing units with weighted connections between them, similar to an idealized network of neurons. Activation flows from unit to unit via the connections. A unit becomes active when the activation flowing into it is either larger than a threshold value or when it falls within a certain range. Typically, activation is taken to represent the average firing rate of the unit and processing proceeds through discrete time steps in which the activation of all units is updated. However, some networks incorporate real-time dynamics into their models. In such cases, unit activation is computed according to a differential equation relating the change in activation level of a specific unit to its net incoming activation and any loss of signal that naturally occurs over time. Such real-time units are sometimes called 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12 units.
Learning consists in adjusting the weights of the connections between the units. In A fully connected feedforward network with three layers of units: nine input units, four hidden and three output units. All connections (indicated by
That activation then filters up through a first layer of weights until it produces a pattern of activation across the band of hidden units. The pattern of activation produced across the hidden units constitutes an internal re-representation of the information originally presented to the network. The activation at the hidden units continues to flow through the network until it reaches the output layer. The pattern of activation produced at the output units is taken as the network’s response to the initial input. A recurrent network: the hidden units receive input from both the input layer and the context nodes, which represent the output from previous steps.
There are four basic modes of training a connectionist network. In 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, an external teaching signal is provided. The network gradually learns to associate a given input with this teaching signal by computing the discrepancy between its output and the teaching signal and adjusting the connection weights so as to minimize this discrepancy. The most frequently used algorithm for multilayer feedforward networks is backpropagation [ Unsupervised learning: in self-organizing maps, an active unit partly distributes its activation to its neighbors. Eventually clusters of units emerge, representing a topological map of the input.
In
One extension to the classical PDP model architecture is to let the network grow its own architecture as it learns. So-called “constructivist” networks start out with a very small number of units. This minimal network is trained until performance no longer improves. Once this point is reached, the existing architecture is adapted by adding new units and connections, or in some cases pruning existing structures. Cascade Correlation, illustrated in Fig. A constructivist network: (a) the first stage, with the original set of only input and output units, (b) after inserting an additional unit.
Such networks are particularly good at modelling cognitive development, in which the gradual accrual of cognitive capacity is an integral part of development [
Connectionist models have had most impact in the domains of language (where they challenged traditional notions of Chomskyan linguistics) and cognitive development (where they provided tangible process models for how development could occur). Perhaps the most well-studied example of such models is in the acquisition of the English past tense. Regular English verbs can be put in the past tense by adding the suffix “-ed” to the end of a verb root, while irregular past tense forms are constructed in a different way. The pattern of errors observed in children learning the past tense had lead researchers to argue that the past tense was acquired through the formation of morphological rules. A series of connectionist simulations [
Connectionist models have also been used to construct explanatory models of acquired disorders such as some forms of dyslexia [
Feedforward connectionist networks have been shown to be universal approximators in the sense that, given an unlimited number of units, for any continuous input–output function there exists a network topology that can approximate it. However, while such an architecture may exist, there is no guarantee that the learning algorithms used to train networks will be able to discover it. Thus, connectionist networks are not universal learners. Indeed, many of the problems associated with connectionist networks relate to learning. The first problem is common to all statistical learning procedures: given a certain set of training data, i.e., inputs with associated teaching signal, the network may learn to perform perfectly on these, but still fail to generalize to novel data. This is known as 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15: the function learned by the network is too specific. Overfitting can generally be avoided by providing a sufficiently large training set, or by refraining from extensive amounts of training.
One solution to the problem of catastrophic interference has been to propose a dual systems approach to knowledge accrual [
Finally, connectionist models fail to capture the apparently systematic and compositional nature of conceptual and linguistic knowledge available to human adults. Processing in connectionist networks is inherently context dependent. The meaning of any individual unit depends on the state of other units that may be active in the network at the same time. This does not appear to be the case in human conceptual systems in which elementary conceptual tokens can preserve their meaning over and above what other tokens may be present [
A cognitive system has a connectionist architecture if its cognitive processes or its intelligent behavior does not rely on structure-sensitive manipulations of symbols, but on the activity of parallel distributed neural networks.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
The reportable content of perception. A sensory stimulus has a better chance of reaching consciousness when attention is focused on it. While most of our thoughts and actions are guided by conscious perception, unconscious perception may nonetheless affect the quality of human performance and emotion.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
A person has intentional consciousness when she is living through a mental episode that is characterized by a certain content, i.e. by something the episode is of or about. Perceptual episodes are of or about particulars, while thoughts have propositional contents (Propositional attitudes). Phenomenologists insist that intentional consciousness is intrinsically “directed” to objects (Phenomenology). Alternatively, mental states may have a content in virtue of extrinsic causal relations.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12
A person has phenomenal consciousness when she is living through a mental episode that has a characteristic feel, which is called a quale (pl. qualia). Being in pain or having the sensory experience of something red are kinds of such episodes. It is somehow for the person to be in pain, and a person who has never had that kind of [□] experience cannot know what it is like to have it – or so many philosophers think.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12
When one eye is illuminated, the pupil of the contralateral eye also constricts. This occurs as a result of bilateral projections from the pretectal neurons to the ipsilateral and contralateral neurons of the Edinger–Westphal nucleus.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
Specific DNA oligonucleotide sequences recognized by a class of transcription factors or other DNA binding proteins. These binding motifs are usually localized to proximal promoters, but may also be found in intronic sequences and distal promoters that regulate target gene expression.
A consensus sequence is determined by comparing aligned DNA sequences by using bioinformatic computer programs and identifying conserved sequence motifs. Usually the consensus sequence is shown indicating those nucleotides that are highly conserved and invariant and those that are more variable.
A balance law in a case for which there is no change in the content of the corresponding physical quantity (such as can be the case for the mass content of a material body).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Process during which fresh motor memories, which are prone to various forms of interference, become interference resistant and thus long-term. Memory consolidation usually occurs in a confined period (window) of time following training, and generally involves protein synthesis.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
(adj) from the same species as the animal being studied. The term is used extensively in the field of animal communication to distinguish communication signals originating from animals of the same species with those originating from other species (heterospecific) or from environmental sources.
Is another expression for the Goldman-Hodgkin-Katz equation
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
An experimental protocol designed to allow for the accurate assessment of the human circadian rhythm of core body temperature by controlling the effect of exogenous variables such as light, ambient temperature, sleep, and activity. Subjects remain in bed in a semi-recumbent posture in a climate controlled laboratory suite under low light conditions for one or more circadian cycles. Meals are replaced by frequent isocaloric snacks and sleep is postponed until the end of the procedure.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
The statement of the response of a particular material (in terms of quantities such as stress and heat flux) to the history of the motion (in terms of quantities such as deformation and temperature). The quantitative aspects of constitutive laws are expressed in terms of constitutive equations.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Constitutive route refers to the passage of vesicles which move directly, without being stored, from the Golgi apparatus to the cell membrane.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
The statement of the response of a particular material (in terms of quantities such as 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 and heat 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6) to the history of the motion (in terms of quantities such as 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4 and temperature). The quantitative aspects of
The 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_11 of deformation and the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 of
If the
A change of frame (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_11) has an effect on all observable quantities, such as deformation gradients, vorticities, temperature gradients and so on, the exact effect depending on the intrinsic or assumed nature of the quantity at hand. The principle of material frame indifference asserts that, although the independent and dependent variable of a given constitutive equation may be affected by a change of frame, the constitutive functions themselves are not affected, regardless of whether or not the frames are inertially related. In plain words, what the principle is stating is that material properties such as the stiffness of a spring, the heat conductivity of a substance or the coefficient of thermal expansion can be determined in any laboratory frame. Before this important principle can be applied to particular cases, it must be established once and for all how the measurements of some of the most common physical quantities change under a change of frame. The most primitive quantity is the spatial distance between two simultaneous events. By construction, the most general change of frame involves just orthogonal spatial transformations, whence it follows that all observers agree on the distance between two simultaneous events. A scalar quantity, the result of whose measurement is independent of the frame, is called a
Moving now to vector quantities and starting with the oriented segment
As an example of the application of the principle of material frame indifference, consider 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5. A material is said to be
The second law of thermodynamics is a restriction that Nature imposes on all observable phenomena; certain things simply cannot happen. The point of view adopted to ensure that those things that should not happen never come out as a solution of the equations of continuum mechanics, is the following. Any constitutive law for which, under any conceivable process, the
An interesting by-product of the example just presented is that if attention is restricted to processes of a thermoelastic heat conductor that take place at a strictly constant and uniform temperature throughout the body, the heat flux vanishes identically, the processes are reversible and the first Piola-Kirchhoff stress is derivable from the free-energy function per unit referential volume,
Disability in re-drawing (copying) a drawn figure.
A class of unconditioned responses that occur in response to delivery of a rewarding stimulus (usually food or water). Sucking, chewing, or swallowing might constitute examples of such responses.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
The equilibrium or motion of bodies that are physically touching.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Context is the set of static, unchanging cues that define an environment. Cues that are commonly contextual include boundaries, such as wall and semi-distant landmarks (very distant objects, such as celestial objects, are not environment-specific). There are also non-spatial cues that contribute to context, such as permeating odors or persistent sounds. Contexts are important in learning. Contextual learning can be direct association (“in this room I get food rewards”) or configural (“if a red light turns on in this room I get food rewards”). Context has been extensively studied in fear conditioning and in the analysis of place cells.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Cues or stimuli (odors, tastes, sounds or images) from the environment where training occurs that come to be associated with the training, and can be used as cues to trigger memory of the training.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Contextual fear-conditioning is a form of Pavlovian conditioning whereby a subject associates a neutral context with an aversive, unconditioned stimulus (US), such as electric footshock. While the shock elicits bouts of jumping and running followed by freezing, the context alone elicits freezing.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Surround influence; Contextual modulation; Local global interaction; Extra-classical receptive field modulation
Vision is the analysis of patterns in visual images with the view to understanding the objects and the physical processes in the world that generate them. Locally, visual patterns are highly ambiguous and subject to multiple interpretations. Image structures surrounding the pattern being analyzed can provide additional constraints or context to disambiguate the interpretation. The resulting
The study of contextual influences in visual processing has a long history in psychology and neuroscience [ Stimuli used in contextual modulation studies. (a) Classic center-surround stimuli that have been typically used in neurophysiological studies on iso-orientation surround suppression [
Recent approaches seek to understand the neural basis of the perceptual interpretation of the local receptive field stimulus by changing the global image context (Fig.
Neurons in the primary visual cortex receive converging input from the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12. A neuron’s classical receptive field, also known as the minimum responsive field, is the part of visual space in which the presence of appropriate features can excite the neuron. By definition, stimulating the visual space outside a neuron’s classical receptive field cannot evoke a response. Modulation of neuronal activity by surround stimulation can be observed, however, only when the neuron is responding to a stimulus presented to its receptive field. This modulation is called the non-classical or 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5. Such effects have been considered neural manifestations of contextual influences in visual perception.
A variety of extra-classical receptive field effects have been identified. A commonly reported phenomenon is called surround suppression: the response of a neuron to an oriented bar or grating within its receptive field is suppressed when stimuli are simultaneously introduced to the surrounding area outside its receptive field. There are several types of surround suppression effects, mediated by a number of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12 as well as recurrent feedback circuits [
One well-known stimulus-specific surround suppression, observed with an onset delay, is called iso-orientation suppression. In this phenomenon, a neuron’s response is stronger when the orientation of the surround stimulus is different from that of the center receptive field stimulus than when the orientations are the same. When the receptive field stimulus is a bar, iso-orientation suppression emerges at about 10 ms after the onset of the response to the receptive field stimulus [
Functionally, both iso-orientation suppression and figure enhancement can serve to enhance stimulus feature contrast, resulting in an increase in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 of the representation of less expected or surprising visual events to facilitate further processing. Indeed, it has been demonstrated that this response enhancement is directly proportional to perceptual saliency of the visual pattern, as measured in terms of the reaction time for target detection, and it is dissociable from luminance contrast or orientation contrast in the stimulus (Fig.
Surround interaction can be quite complex and can vary according to the luminance contrast or the spatial scale of the stimuli. While surround modulation tends to be suppressive when the luminance contrast of the stimulus is strong, it can become facilitatory when the luminance contrast is weak. Neuronal 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, well known in the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 and LGN, is sensitive to the absolute luminance and luminance contrast levels in the entire scene. In a dark and low-contrast environment, retinal and LGN neurons are known to expand their receptive fields temporally and spatially with a simultaneous increase in their sensitivity gains. Such a strategy serves to optimize feature detection in the presence of noise. The contrast dependence of surround influence likely results from V1 neurons inheriting and extending these adaptation or optimization strategies.
Perceptual computations supported by the complex machinery in V1 likely go beyond feature detection and feature contrast enhancement. From a computational perspective, contextual effects reflect the influence of computational constraints, realized by neuronal connectivity and interaction, necessary for solving visual inference problems. Surround interaction can bring in contextual information to improve local estimates of visual cues, as evident in the observations that orientation tuning curves and disparity tuning curves tend to sharpen over time during the analysis of each visual image. The 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 organization, the connection infrastructure, and the tuning properties of neurons in V1 make it ideally suitable for supporting a variety of visual computations. One such computation is the grouping of edges into contours and features into coherent regions. There is some evidence that V1 plays an important role in this computation to be discussed below.
First, the activity of some V1 neurons is enhanced if the surrounding bars outside their receptive fields line up with the bar presented within their receptive fields to form a longer contour (Fig. Neurophysiological evidence of contour completion in V1. (a) Oriented bars in the surround (
Moreover, some V1 neurons respond to the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 of a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_11, even when no feature is presented to their classical receptive fields (Fig.
In addition, similar changes in effective connectivity have also been observed among spatially disjoint disparity selective neurons when the 3D depth plane of the random dot stereogram stimulus intersects with the cells’ optimal disparity tunings. This process appears to contribute to the gradual sharpening of the neurons’ disparity tunings over time, providing a plausible mechanism for improving local estimates of visual cues based on global context. Such cooperative or mutual facilitatory mechanisms might also contribute to
The extrastriate cortex, downstream from the striate or primary visual cortex, is partitioned into many different visual areas. The feature contrast enhancement effect observed in V1 is also prevalent in extrastriate visual areas, expressed in the respective feature dimensions that neurons in those areas are tuned to. In area 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 (medial temporal), for example, the motion of surround stimuli has been shown to significantly modulate the response of a neuron to moving stimuli presented to its receptive field. The response of the neuron is suppressed when the direction of surround motion is the same as the motion detected in the neuron’s receptive field. This is analogous to the iso-orientation suppression in V1 but in the motion domain. In addition, the disparity-tuned MT neurons also experience iso-disparity suppression.
The extrastriate cortical areas, however, exhibit some additional contextual effects that are rarely observed in the striate cortex. Many of these
Several lines of evidence suggest that the computations underlying figure-ground segregation and 3D surface inference might start in visual area V2. First, a significant fraction of V2 neurons (and a small number of V1 neurons) have been shown to signal whether their receptive fields are at the left border or the right border of a figure in an image regardless of the polarity of contrast at the border (Fig. Neurophysiological evidence of surface inference in V2. (a) A left-border cell will respond more strongly when its receptive field (
A left-border-preferring neuron carries the information that the border within its receptive field belongs to (or is
The perception of surface attributes such as brightness, shading and color depends very strongly on the interpretation of the underlying 3D surface geometry and the illumination direction in the visual scene. Two observations suggest that these surface attributes might also be inferred and represented in V2 because of the dependence of such inference on 3D surface interpretation. First, the neural correlate shape-from-shading pop-out, a perceptual phenomenon that crucially depends on 3D surface interpretation, is observed in V2 but not in V1 pre-attentively [
In addition to global image structures, behavior, task demands and memory are also known to provide strong contextual information to influence visual perception and object recognition. 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1 of neuronal responses has been widely observed and studied in the extrastriate cortex (see 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22). Attentional effects in V1 are subtle and observable mostly when visual scenes are cluttered or in tasks that demand considerable spatial attention at precise locations such as the task of tracing a curve. Beyond V2, extrastriate neurons tend to have large receptive fields. Attentional modulation in neurons of these higher areas typically manifests as the selection of one relevant feature over the others present within their individual receptive fields. Attention can be voluntary, as in selecting a particular spatial location (spatial attention) or a particular feature (feature attention) in the receptive field for further analysis. But it can also be reflexive, driven or captured by the saliency of the stimuli computed automatically in early visual areas. The variety of feature contrast and perceptual saliency effects observed in V1 and in the extrastriate cortex likely serve as a part of this reflexive attention mechanism. Recently, higher-order non-spatial contextual effects, such as context familiarity and associative memory, have also been shown to modify the activities of neurons in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9 and medial temporal (MT) respectively.
From the perspective that vision is a process for inferring the various underlying environmental causes of visual patterns such as the 3D geometry of surfaces, the identities of objects and the illumination direction in the scene, the extrastriate areas in the visual hierarchical system might be conceptualized as modules that provide explicit representation of these decomposable causes. Each extrastriate module furnishes an explanation on some aspect of the visual scene. The inference of the underlying causes involves integration of information across space and over time by neurons in the higher-order visual areas, which in turn provide a variety of context in which visual processing in the earlier visual areas can be refined. V1, with its neurons arranged in a spatially precise retinotopic map and endowed with small localized receptive fields capable of representing fine details in images, might serve as a
Contextualist theories of knowledge (at least those in the narrow sense of the term) claim that, in order to answer the question whether or not S knows that p, the context of the person ascribing knowledge has to be taken into account. The consequence is that, according to these theories, there is no ascriber independent “fact of the matter” about knowledge.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_11
DNA sequence that is assembled from overlapping shorter sequences to form one large contigous sequence.
A traditional name for the law of conservation of mass.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
A process of growth consists of the addition or removal of mass from a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13. In a continuum framework, volumetric (or bulk) growth and surface growth can be distinguished. The term remodeling is applied to instances in which there is a reorganization of material particles without any net growth.
The theories of continuous growth and remodeling, as well as more general theories of morphogenesis, are still in a stage of development and have not yet attained a definitive standard form. For this reason, this paper will be limited to the presentation of some fundamental theoretical notions based on a particular point of view (in line with
As a point of departure for a more general treatment, consider first a material body each of whose points abides by a purely elastic response. To make matters even simpler, assume that the body is
Inspired by Eq.
A material point may be non-trivially materially isomorphic to itself. That is, there may exist material automorphisms
Given a materially uniform body it may so happen that, in some reference configuration, there exists a trivial field of implants, namely, a field consisting just of a translation of the archetype to each point; the grafts are achieved without any distortion or rotation. If this is the case, the uniform body is said to be
So as to link these ideas to the biological problems of growth and remodeling, imagine that the implants
To complete a theory of growth or remodeling, in addition to important modifications to be introduced into the conventional 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 (q.v.), it is necessary to specify some
The Eshelby stress is thus the thermodynamic dual of the material implant
Continuum 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 studies the motion of material bodies taking into consideration their deformability. It does not make any a-priori distinction between different states of matter (solid, liquid, gaseous), but it does generally assume that the underlying medium is continuous. Technically speaking, the medium is assumed to be a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4, so that smoothly varying
Although the historical origins of continuum mechanics can be traced back to, among others, Euler and Cauchy and although by the first half of the twentieth century a variety of particular theories (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5, fluid mechanics, plasticity, etcetera) had been successfully applied to many areas of engineering, it is commonly agreed that the term continuum mechanics refers to the rigorous unified treatment undertaken starting from the 1950’s and still very much underway in today. The by now standard treatment of the subject can be neatly divided into three parts, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_11 of deformation 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 and constitutive theory. While the first two parts enunciate general definitions and principles applicable to all bodies, the third part deals with the description of particular classes of ideal materials, whose behavior may be used to approximate the response of real materials, at least under certain restricted conditions (for example, relatively small 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, isothermal processes and so on). Nevertheless, whereas the range of applicability of an ideal material model to a particular real material may be so restricted, one of the tenets of continuum mechanics is that, once the parameters of an ideal model have been established, no further limitations are to be imposed. To be more precise, ideal material models are formulated in terms of constitutive equations, which express the generic functional dependence of certain physical quantities (stress, heat flux, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9, etc) in terms of other quantities (motion, temperature, etc). An ideal material is completely characterized by the choice of these variables (for example, the present value of the temperature, rather than its whole past history may be considered), but their range is not limited a priori. For biomechanics in particular, the possibility of not avoiding (as would have been the case in the older treatments) the exploration of a wide range of deformability is of paramount importance and it can be said that biological systems constitute a natural source of material models that is and will continue to be behind much of the cutting edge activity in continuum mechanics. Apart from the more conventional theories, biological systems necessitate the application of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 (with and without chemically reacting components), smart materials (activated by external agents) and theories of continuous 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_3 (involving laws of evolution driven by so-called
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6
In muscle mechanics. A rheological element that can slide freely with no force unless it is “activated,” in which case the force is given by an ad hoc (experimentally based) law.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
An experimental method of causing injury to an isolated skeletal muscle, typically dissected from a mouse or rat, to determine under what conditions the components of the muscle fibers will become injured when they are contracting while being stretched. It is a method suitable for comparing dystrophic versus non-dystrophic skeletal muscle integrity.
The region of visual space that extends from the vertical meridian (which passes through the center of gaze) peripherally toward the side of the body opposite to the neuron or brain region studied. In general, each side of the brain processes information from the contralateral visual field.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
In sensory systems, contrast is a measure of relative stimulus intensity at some point in relation to the average (background) intensity level.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Receptive field selectivity; Edge enhancement; Sharpening; Acutance; Unsharp masking; Selective feature enhancement; Decorrelation
Contrast enhancement is a transformation of a sensory representation that results in an output representation in which regions of transition (e.g. “edges”) are selectively emphasized. The mechanisms mediating contrast enhancement in different systems are diverse, depending critically on the breadth of the contrast enhancement function as well as on the modality of the representation.
The utility of contrast enhancement is broadly familiar from photography, particularly digital photography, in which it is employed to help compensate for the physical limitations of photographic equipment in comparison to the capacities of the human visual system. Indeed, several image processing techniques including contrast enhancement resemble stimulus-transformation processes embedded in animal sensory systems. Interestingly, the essential function of contrast enhancement is remarkably similar among sensory modalities (e.g. vision, audition, olfaction) as well as between these biological systems and photographic image processing, although the algorithms and neural mechanisms mediating this transformation differ substantially according to the differing constraints of these systems.
Contrast enhancement is a general term encompassing a range of related operations distinguished by Contrast enhancement functions. In all figures, the abscissa represents distance in the appropriate metric space (e.g. spatial location for visual retinotopy, frequency for audition, or odor similarity for olfaction), whereas the ordinate represents activity. (a) Edge enhancement. The original edge of the image or representation (dashed line) smoothly transitions from a low-activity (e.g. dark) region to a high-activity (e.g. bright) region. After edge enhancement (solid line), the acutance (maximum slope of the curve) has been increased. Additionally, both unsharp masking and lateral inhibition can produce regions of overshoot adjacent to the edge, which further emphasize the transition. This is the basis for the perception of Mach bands. (b) The “Mexican hat” function representing on-center/inhibitory surround contrast enhancement, here depicted in one dimension. Dashed line: activity profile induced by a stimulus (white bar) on a blank background (dark bar). Solid line: activity profile after edge enhancement. (c) Another form of the Mexican hat function in which the activated region is smaller than the scale of the contrast enhancement function and hence can be approximated by a point. Consequently, this form of the function does not exhibit prominent overshoots, though it does exhibit undershoots (surround inhibition).
Neighboring points in a sensory representation (or photographic image) that differ in intensity (e.g. brightness) are transformed so that these differences are accentuated. Specifically, local changes in intensity are emphasized by increasing
Contrast enhancement operations acting at intermediate scales are of considerable computational interest in neural systems. Potentially, they can address the global dynamic range problem created by sensory scenes in which different regions of potential interest exhibit substantially different mean intensities. Normally, in sensory scenes with distinct regions exhibiting widely different mean intensities, a simple optimization of the sensory system for the properties of one selected region renders it correspondingly poorly optimized for dissimilar regions. For example, setting a camera to capture the detail of a well-lit surface can result in the detail of darker regions within that photograph being lost. In digital image processing, local contrast enhancement, which operates on a scale between edge enhancement and global normalization, alleviates this problem by transforming images with respect to the intensity of a somewhat broader region surrounding each point. The underlying algorithm is typically a simple unsharp masking on a larger scale (i.e. greater blur distance) than is used for edge enhancement; however, superior results can be obtained by utilizing more complex, scene-dependent adaptive transfer functions integrating multiple independent samples. The analogous operations in biological sensory systems are topics of substantial interest and debate.
In each of these examples, an ordered topology among sensors is a necessary prerequisite for contrast enhancement computations. That is, the array of sensors must be somehow organized so that computations can be selectively performed among sensors with respect to the similarity (or degree of overlap) of their receptive fields. The degree of receptive field dissimilarity is referred to as
Contrast enhancement is in essence a nonuniform rescaling of intensity information across a sensory scene that accentuates certain features of the sensory scene in exchange for a theoretical loss of absolute intensity information among those features. (This may result in little practical loss when the absolute range of intensities exceeds the instantaneous dynamic range of the sensory system). The scale of the contrast enhancement operation determines its function, which can range from edge enhancement at the smallest scales to global intensity normalization (e.g. exposure control) at the largest scale, with substantial potential at intermediate scales to contribute to selective feature extraction. While these definitions and principles are generally applicable, effective neural mechanisms for computing contrast enhancement operations depend critically on the properties and constraints of each sensory modality.
Contrast enhancement operations are clearly evident within the olfactory system. Specifically, they are directly observable in the activity profiles of second-order principal sensory neurons, known as mitral cells, located within the olfactory bulb [ Features of olfactory contrast enhancement. (a) Computational model of non-topographical contrast enhancement [
Odor stimuli evoke characteristic activity profiles across a broad range of different primary olfactory sensory neurons (OSNs); some OSNs become strongly activated by a given odorant while others are activated weakly or not at all. OSNs synapse directly onto mitral cell dendrites, as well as onto periglomerular cell spines which subsequently inhibit the same mitral cell dendrites (Fig.
Olfactory contrast enhancement and its underlying neural mechanisms exhibit important differences from their visual and auditory counterparts. First, of course, the similarity metric in olfaction is unique. In visual
Olfactory contrast enhancement entails sharpening mitral cell receptive fields so that the population activated by a given odorant is more specific and the overlap between the representations of similar odorants is correspondingly reduced. That is, an operation must be performed that is analogous to lateral inhibition, but that is effective in a high-dimensional metric space. A non-topographical mechanism for olfactory contrast enhancement has been proposed that is independent of the proximity among activated neurons, combining a small-scale contrast enhancement mechanism with a qualitatively distinct global-scale mechanism mediating feedback normalization among activated mitral cells [
Many factors – behavioral, situational, pharmacological, and genetic – affect the perceptual differentiation among similar odorants that is influenced by contrast enhancement. The clearest correspondence to date between such perceptual differentiation and the regulation of contrast enhancement at the neural circuit level, however, is the neuromodulation of olfactory bulb circuitry by acetylcholine. Nicotinic cholinergic agonists excite both mitral and periglomerular neurons in the olfactory bulb [
The function of contrast enhancement in any system is to differentially emphasize particular features within a sensory scene. Traditionally, this process of feature selection is discussed with reference to the physical attributes of sensory scenes: e.g. visual edges, or the relative differentiation among structurally similar odorant stimuli; however, this is not a requirement. Feature selectivity filters at any level comprise essentially the same operations as are here termed contrast enhancement. Of particular interest in the olfactory system are the potential contrast enhancement capabilities of the external plexiform layer – a deeper layer of the olfactory bulb in which mitral cell secondary dendrites interact reciprocally with inhibitory granule cells and hence indirectly with each other. That is, this layer mediates lateral inhibition among mitral cells, though the pattern of this inhibition does not appear to reflect a two-dimensional center-surround architecture [
Contrast enhancement is a general term for what might in retrospect be more broadly referred to as selective feature enhancement, and is a ubiquitous process in sensory systems. While the operational principles are common across sensory modalities, the basic properties of the olfactory modality necessitate underlying mechanisms for contrast enhancement that are dissimilar from those operating in other sensory systems. Neuromodulatory regulation of receptive field stringency in second-order olfactory principal neurons, and the plasticity of bulbar circuitry in response to olfactory discrimination learning, identify these contrast enhancement mechanisms as a crucial part of the adaptive plasticity of an active sensory system.
Directed toward the contralateral side.
Control is a generic term used to describe the process of acting on a system to cause it to behave in some desirable fashion [ Control system.
The “control law” in Fig. Decomposition of control law into feedforward and feedback components.
Control design consists of designing the algorithm. Typically, the algorithm uses both the desired behavior and the output of the sensors. The latter provides feedback of the current behavior.
Control systems appear in many areas including biology, industry, economy, etc. Three illustrative examples are: In biology: We sense using our eyes; we use our hands as actuators and our brain implements the algorithm. In automobile cruise control: We sense vehicle speed; we use the throttle as an actuator to cause the engine to deliver torque to the wheels that, in turn, changes the speed. The algorithm is typically implemented in a small on-board computer. The human heart: This is an example of a complex biological control system with multiple interacting sensors and actuators that are part of the autonomic nervous system [
The central nervous system uses this information to control breathing, heart rate and blood flow via “feedback” control systems. There also exist “feedforward” components, which respond to emotions and anticipation of future activity (flight or fight).
Control has a long history [
Four key concepts that arise in the context of control are those of “10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19,” “
The current state of a system describes the values of those variables, which together with the future inputs to the system uniquely define the subsequent response [
In some cases, one has enough sensors available to measure the full state vector. This is the most desirable situation for a control system. In other cases, the available sensors will only give direct information about a sub-set of the states. However, by observing the available sensor data over a non-infinitesimal time internal, one can sometimes reconstruct (or calculate) the current state vector. If this is possible, then we say that the system is “observable” from the given sensors [
A related question is the following: Say we know (or can estimate) the current state, does a sequence of input changes exist over a future time period (a few minutes, hours or days), which we can apply via the actuators to cause the state to go from its current value to some desirable value. This property is called “controllability” [
One may imagine that controllability and observability are important properties of a system. Indeed, many of the standard methods for control system design depend on the satisfaction of these core properties for their success [
Another core property of dynamical systems is that of stability [
Feedback can be used to turn an open-loop unstable system into a stable closed-loop system. However, feedback, if inappropriately applied, can also have the contrary effect, i.e., feedback can lead to instability if the gains around the loop are too high. For example, readers may have experienced the high-pitched whistling sound that is often heard in concert halls when a high gain feedback loop is inadvertently formed from the loud speakers to the microphone and back to the speakers through the audio amplifiers. This is an example of an unstable feedback loop. This behavior is generally highly undesirable (unless one is deliberately trying to produce an oscillation). A notorious example of an unstable control system was the circumstances that led to the Chernobyl explosion. In engineering feedback control systems, one usually makes stability a major design objective.
Readers are referred to the companion article on “internal models.” For simple cases (e.g., systems that are open-loop stable and have linear time invariant dynamics) it can be shown that all control laws that yield a stable closed-loop must explicitly or implicitly contain an internal model of the system. Indeed, it can be shown that for the simple case referred to above, all stabilizing linear control loops can be redrawn as in Fig. The control law in the Internal Model form.
Thus, control laws also contain approximate “inverse models” [
As mentioned above, closed-loop stability is a core requirement of most feedback control systems. Other desirable properties are as follows (here we refer to Fig. Insensitivity of the output response to errors in the model of the system Insensitivity of the output response to disturbances Insensitivity to errors in block 1 or block 2
The feedforward component of a control law (see Fig.
Indeed, one of the principal advantages of feedback is that it helps achieve reduced sensitivity [
In common with all physical systems, feedback control systems are subject to fundamental limitations, i.e., there are some things that just cannot be achieved based on the available sensors and actuators [ Actuator amplitude limits and slew rate limits, i.e., there is usually a maximum input that can be applied and a maximal rate that an input can be changed [ Time delays in the sensor system – if the sensors give us “old data,” then we need to be very careful in applying large corrective forces via the actuators, since the system may have “moved on” making the data from the sensors obsolete and hence potentially destabilizing [ Inverse response – many systems have the annoying property that they initially respond in the wrong direction. Inverse response limits how quickly a system can be forced to respond, since the magnitude of the response in the wrong direction typically increases as one tries to move the system faster [ Modeling errors, i.e., errors between the true system dynamics and the dynamics as captured in the “model.” Errors of this type will eventually lead to closed-loop stability being lost [
Unfortunately, biological and engineering systems often have the property that their characteristics change due to external influences (e.g., slow changes due to aging or more dramatic changes due to surgery or other interventions). For small changes, the control loop will continue to give satisfactory behavior due to the inherent capacity of feedback to adjust the inputs applied via the actuators to correct errors as seen by the sensors. However, for large changes in the system (i.e., major changes in the dynamics or gains), the control system may begin to exhibit erratic behavior including instability. In such cases, one needs to adjust the internal model used in the control system so that it better approximates the current system characteristics. This leads to the idea of an “adaptive controller” (see companion article).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Neurophysiological parameters that, depending on the motor task, may be kept constant or changed by the nervous system; can be specified independently of state variables; effectively influence the latter thus producing intentional motor actions; represent different forms of threshold control.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Controllability represents the ability to affect physical system behavior by means of the actuators connected to it. In terms of system states, it is the ability to move the system from one arbitrary state to another.
The device which controls the plant.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
A “brain bruise.” Injury occurring as a result of the brain colliding with the boney and dural surfaces of the skull. Pathologically contusion corresponds to the area of hemorrhagic necrosis on the surface of the cortical gyrus. The severity of the contusion depends on the location as well as mobility of the head during the impact. If the head is injured while immobile, the focus of the primary injury will be located at the impact site, a so called “coup” injury. When the head is struck while moving, the majority of the contusion may be located on the opposite side of the head from impact, a “contra coup” injury. The contusions are most frequently seen on the subfrontal and anterior temporal cortical surfaces, partly due to irregular architecture of the interior of the skull in these areas.
Spinal cord bruising initiating death of spinal cord cells, loss of spinal tissue.
Contusion injury model is a model of spinal cord injury (SCI) created in animals by bruising the spinal cord. It is usually made by dropping weights from certain heights or by mechanically applying a certain force. The pathophysiology of contusion injuries is rather similar to that of SCI in humans. Other SCI models that have been established are the transection model (complete transection of the spinal cord), and the hemisection model (half cut model), etc.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
Adduction of the eyes to view a nearer target.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8
In two-dimensional systems, a minimum convex polygon.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
The gyri and sulci (“hills and valleys”) of the cerebral cortex.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Group of drugs, which can induce 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19. These drugs include antagonists of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7 (e.g., strychnine) and antagonists of the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7 receptor (e.g., bicuculline and picrotoxin).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7
Head angular rotations are usually described as rotations about cardinal axes. Rotations about the vertical axis are called yaw, those about the interaural axis pitch and those about naso-occipital axis roll.
Dexterity; Skill; Adroitness; Synergy
The word “coordination” is used in two general meanings. First, as an ability to perform motor tasks in an efficient way (synonymous to dexterity or skill, e.g., “your child has good coordination”). Second, as a purposeful pattern of actions by a set of effectors (synonymous to 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19, e.g., “hand function depends on coordination of the digits”). Coordinated motor patterns have been viewed as resulting from an action by the central nervous system (CNS) confronted by the problem of
Coordination has been notoriously hard to quantify, largely because of the lack of agreement on what constitutes coordination. In recent studies, coordination (synergies) has been quantified using measures of stability of motor patterns commonly applied to analysis of cyclic actions within the
Coordination is a complex phenomenon that probably cannot be associated with a single neural structure or a subset of neural structures. Cerebellum has been traditionally viewed as a brain structure directly related to motor coordination [
Coordinated action has been studied for groups of elements at different levels of description of the human behavior. Most studies of motor coordination analyzed it at the level of muscle interaction, joint interaction, or effector interaction during complex actions such as locomotion, vertical posture, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16, and speech. However, coordination of motor actions at “higher” (inter-personal coordination, e.g., coordinated actions of players of a football team) and “lower” (e.g., coordination of motor units within a muscle) levels has been addressed. One of the most influential hypotheses of motor control,
Coordination may be viewed at levels that transcend the motor function. In particular, grammar may be viewed as coordination of words within a language, inter-personal interactions may be viewed as governed by coordination laws, and even the world economy may be viewed as resulting from a (poorly) coordinated action of local economies. Studies of autism have suggested that this state may be associated with a disruption of coordination at a basic level reflected in impaired inter-personal, language, and motor abilities, possibly causally related to changes in the cerebellar function.
Coordination has typically been studied as relations within a set of variables (elements, effectors) selected by researchers, largely based on common sense and intuition. There is no unambiguous definition for an elemental variable. Depending on the level of analysis, elemental variables could be related to outputs of individual motor units, muscles, joints, limbs, digits of the hand, speech articulators, persons, etc. Elemental variables can be characterized by a certain irreducible level of variability in their outputs. Coordination of several elemental variables implies that they contribute to a common task in a certain way (sharing), and deviations of their outputs from a preferred pattern co-vary to stabilize a pattern of an important task-related variable (error compensation). Correspondingly, synergies can be characterized by two indices related to sharing (relations among average patterns of elemental variables) and error compensation (relations among dispersions of elemental variables across several attempts at the same task). Variability of elemental variables may be viewed as consisting of two components, one of which affects a selected performance variable (“bad” or non-goal-equivalent variability) while the other does not (“good” or goal-equivalent variability). Synergies stabilize performance variables by making most of the variability of elemental variables “good.” Several performance variables may be stabilized simultaneously if a sufficient number of elemental variables are available. For example, studies of digit coordination during human prehension has shown the existence of at least two synergies (null-spaces) related to grasping the object with sufficient strength and ensuring its rotational equilibrium.
Task-specific co-variation of elemental variables, which stabilize important performance variables, may be viewed as a process of formation of corresponding null-spaces within the space of elemental variables by the CNS, and channeling most of the variability into the null-spaces. Neural processes participating in the formation of such null-spaces are unknown. An optimal feedback control mechanism has been suggested to ensure stabilization of performance variables by coordination of elemental variables [
Coordinated movements are expected to show two features that seem hardly compatible: Stability of performance in the presence of unavoidable unpredictable changes in the environment and within the neuromotor system, and flexibility of performance in cases of quick modifications of the task and/or major changes in external conditions. The former aspect of coordination has dominated movement studies. Correspondingly, coordination has been frequently quantified using indices that describe stability of the system’s behavior [
Virtually all motor pathologies lead to problems with motor coordination. In particular, impaired coordination has been described for movements of patients suffering from cerebellar disorders, Parkinson’s disease, systemic neurodegenerative disorders such as multiple sclerosis, peripheral disorders including peripheral neuropathies and myopathies, after stroke affecting the large hemispheres, and after spinal cord injury. Impaired coordination is also seen in atypically developing persons, such as those with cerebral palsy, Down syndrome, and with the Developmental Coordination Disorder, as well as in healthy elderly. Some of the changes in motor coordination may be viewed as adaptive to a pathology and optimal for the actual state of the person’s central nervous system and the peripheral neuromotor apparatus.
Disorders of motor coordination have been notoriously difficult to correct. Pharmacological and invasive therapies (such as surgery and implantation of stimulators) typically address more basic and severe consequences of motor disorders including excessive involuntary movements (tremor, spasticity), weakness, inability to initiate actions, etc. Attempts to treat discoordinated movements, in particular those observed in patients with dystonia, chorea, and cerebellar disorders have been largely unsuccessful. Physical and occupational therapy have been treatments of choice for coordination disorders. Along somewhat different lines, there has been substantial progress in the development of prosthetic devices such as artificial hands. However, these devices have a limited repertoire of possible actions that are marginally coordinated. The current superficial level of understanding of the neural mechanisms of coordination, has not yet allowed the development of prosthetic devices that would be controlled by the person’s CNS, based on the same principles as it uses to control natural actions.
A surgical lesion of the anterolateral funiculus used in terminal patients with intractable pain. Prevents nociceptive signals from ascending to the brain by cutting the spinothalamic and other nociceptive pathways.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
The suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN) of hamsters, mice, rats and humans is comprised of two fundamentally different regions based on cell size, peptidergic phenotype and morphology, afferent and efferent connections, and patterns of expression of clock genes. The relationship between these two subdivisions is quite consistent among mammalian species. The core lies closest to the optic chiasm, and the shell largely surrounds the core. The older term for core was ventrolateral and for shell it was dorsomedial. This terminology was based on studies on the rat, where these geographical locations held true. In other species, the SCN still has at least two distinctly different regions, but their location in space may differ from that of the rat, giving rise to the need for new descriptors.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
A term coined by Roger Sperry in 1950, who studied the opto-motor response in fish. It states that any eye motion that will cause displacement of the visual image on the retina will have “a corollary discharge into the visual centers to compensate for retinal displacement.” This allows the animal to determine whether image motions on the retina were caused by movements of the object or by eye movements of the animal itself. The same principle was simultaneously and independently discovered by Erich von Holst and Mittelstaedt termed “efference copy.” Specifically, the term refers to internal neural correlates of the descending motor command that are involved in the perception of force and in the decoding of muscle spindle responses. Also, in mormyrids, the electric organ corollary discharge (EOCD) is an internal reference of the timing of electric organ discharge (EOD) production.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
The largest commissure of the brain. Connects the two halves of the cerebrum and forms the floor of the longitudinal fissure of cerebrum. Consists of four parts: splenium, trunk, genu and rostrum.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
Corpus striatum denotes a heterogeneous collection of several deep telencephalic nuclei, including the caudate nucleus and putamen, which receive massive outputs from the cerebral neocortex and projections from some subcortical structures and the globus pallidus, to which the caudate and putamen project. The globus pallidus itself projects to a number of sites having to do with motor control, including the brainstem reticular formation and via a relay in the thalamus, motor staging areas of the cortex. Although properly including a number of additional structures, such as the amygdala and septal nuclei, the term basal ganglia is conventionally used to denote the corpus striatum and a number of related structures, such as the substantia nigra and subthalamic nucleus, said to comprise the extrapyramidal motor system. Damage to the corpus striatum results in the typically manifest symptoms of chorea, due to disinhibition of the globus pallidus and substantia nigra. Chorea is characterized at an advanced stage by hyperkinesia especially of the distal extremities’ musculature and of the face. Dystonic syndrome (e.g., retrocollis, spastic torticollis) or athetosis are also encountered.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
These eliminate the remaining error relative to a target position after a primary, main saccade aimed at this position has failed to bring the eye close enough for foveal vision (error due to open-loop nature of saccades). Corrective saccade occur within approximately normal visual latency (200 ms) upon the end of the primary saccade if the error is small (≤3°) but can be much prompter (130–150 ms) with large errors. If the error is large, corrective secondary saccades can also occur in the absence of visual feedback (target invisible after primary saccade). These characteristics are attributed to the intervention of a non-visual feedback mechanism which, being less precise than visual signals, would be effective only with large errors.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
A linear measure of the association between two variables. Note that correlation does not imply causation. Correlation between a variable at a certain time instant and itself at other time instances is known as the auto-correlation, while the correlation between two variables is known as the cross-correlation.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Measure of the size of the attractors in a system. This measure is used to typify the complexity of chaotic systems.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
An approach, which compares psychophysical and neuronal correlates of sensory performance on a quantitative, descriptive level, by establishing a correlative rather than a material or causal relationship between mental and brain processes. Correlation research was first established in the study of vision by Richard Jung and co-workers and has meanwhile become an established venue of research in modern neuroscience.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6
Related to the cerebral cortex, the outermost layers of the brain.
The cerebral cortex in primates is divided into a large number of areas based on criteria such as cyto-, myelo- and/or chemoarchitecture, topographical organization, input-output and intracortical connections, electrophysiological properties of neurons and deficits resulting from local lesions or deactivation (Extrastriate visual cortex). Brodmann’s (1909) classification of human cortical areas (Fig.1) is based on cyto- and myeloarchitecture. Von Bonin and Bailey’s (1947) classification for monkeys is cruder than Brodmann’s (1909) and names areas first according to their location in one of the major lobes (F, frontal; P, parietal; O, occipital; T, temporal). The subsequent letter has no specific significance, but is one of the initial alphabetic characters. This scheme has been refined and led to further differentiations including, for example, anatomical designations such as “a” for anterior, “c” for caudal etc. For instance, “PGa” denotes the anterior portion of PG (area “G” in the parietal cortex), which is situated rostral to the lateral (Sylvian) fissure close to its posterior end, etc. Some areas are simply designated according to their form or anatomical location, e.g. AIP = anterior intraparietal, or according to their function, e.g. primary motor cortex (MI, M1). Unfortunately, these diverse nomenclatures are often used interchangeably, such that, e.g. Brodmann’s area 17 = striate cortex = primary visual cortex = area V1, or Brodmann’s area 4 = MI = F1.
Cortical atrophy refers to a number of neurodegenerative disorders of the
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Cerebral cortex development
Cortical development typically refers to the process by which the cerebral
The cerebral cortex develops from the dorsal region of the most anterior vesicle of the neural tube, the prosencephalon or 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6 (Fig. Schematic representation of a lateral view of the brain of a mouse embryo at around embryonic day 10, showing its main subdivisions.
The anlage of the cortex, also known as the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16, is organized in four main radial subdivisions, the medial, dorsal, lateral and ventral pallium [
The distinct types of cortices are characterized by specific morphological features, among which the number of layers is the most distinctive. The hippocampus and the olfactory cortex consist of three layers each, whereas the isocortex is typically made of six layers. The axonal connections formed by different layers of the cortex are also different. For example, layer II-III pyramidal neurons form connections within the cortex, whereas layer V and layer VI target subcortical structures.
The cerebral cortex contains two major classes of neurons, glutamatergic pyramidal cells and γ-aminobutyric containing (GABAergic) interneurons. The majority of cortical neurons are pyramidal cells (~80%), which are responsible for establishing long connections between different cortical areas and between the cortex and other subcortical regions (pyramidal cells are also known as cortical projection neurons). Interneurons, on the other hand, constitute a rather heterogeneous group of neurons responsible for establishing local circuits in the cortex.
As the cerebral cortex forms from the most anterior region of the neural tube, its development requires first the acquisition of anterior neural character in a process that involves signals emanated from the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 and the anterior visceral endoderm. Since the anterior character is the default state of the early neural plate, inhibitors of factors that induce a posterior character are responsible for maintaining anterior neural identity. Additional patterning events specify within the anterior neural plate the territory occupied by the telencephalon, from which the cortex develops. This second patterning process requires signals from the anterior neural ridge, a group of cells located at the junction between the anterior neural and non-neural ectoderm. Subsequently, a dramatic set of morphogenetic movements accompanied by extensive proliferation lead to the transformation of the anterior neural plate into a set of paired vesicles. In parallel to this process, patterning events driven by the dorsal midline and the prechordal plate regionalize the telencephalon into distinct ventral (subpallium) and dorsal (pallium) domains, with the later giving rise to the cerebral cortex (Fig. Schematic representation of a coronal section through the embryonic day 10 mouse telencephalon, in which the pallial and subpallial domains are delineated.
Such signaling centers lead to the induction of a combinatorial code of homeodomain and bHLH transcription factors within progenitors at different dorsoventral positions of the telencephalon [
Cortical projection neurons and interneurons follow largely different developmental programs [
Our understanding of the mechanisms underlying the development of the circuitry that confers functional properties on the cerebral cortex is still relatively poor, although much is already known about the development of certain cortical connections, such as the reciprocal thalamocortical pathway. Thalamocortical and corticothalamic projections have to cross several boundary regions to reach their target, including the diencephalic-telencephalic boundary, the ventral telencephalon and the pallial-subpallial boundary. In addition to specific guidance molecules, thalamocortical and corticothalamic axons have been shown to interact with each other, at least at they cross the subpallium [
Neuronal circuits in the cerebral cortex are shaped by experience during specific periods of early postnatal life, named critical periods. In the cortex, this activity-dependent development is caused by the functional maturation of local inhibitory connections of specific subclasses of cortical interneurons.
Inhibitors of “posteriorizing” factors, such as the Wnt, BMP or Nodal signaling antagonists Cerberus and Dickkopf, are involved in the early induction of the anterior neural plate. Other factors involved in the early induction of these territories are Chordin, Noggin and Follistatin. Subsequent patterning events, which define the territory occupied by the telencephalon, also require the inhibition of “posteriorizing” factors (in this case those that induce the development of the diencephalon), including but probably not limited to Wnt signaling. Dorsoventral patterning of the telencephalon largely depends on a balance between “dorsalizing” factors, such as Wnt and BMP signaling, and “ventralizing” activities, mostly Shh. The acquisition of a pallial fate by telencephalic cells involves the expression of specific transcription factors, such as
There has been considerable controversy over the mechanisms through which early subdivisions of the cerebral cortex are generated. One school proposed that mechanisms intrinsic to the cortex play a fundamental role in this process (the “protomap” model), whereas another suggested that regional identity is primarily controlled by the nature of thalamic axonal inputs that the different neocortical domains receive. A large body of evidence now supports the “protomap” hypothesis, according to which cues that specify particular areas act on cortical progenitor cells. Some of these cues are beginning to be identified [
Migration of cortical projection neurons and interneurons is largely controlled by different factors. Radial migration of cortical projection neurons depends on the Reelin pathway, and may also involve integrin signaling [
The development of axonal connections in the cerebral cortex involves multiple chemoattractive and chemorepellent molecules. For example, development of the corpus callosum requires Netrin-1, whereas the formation of corticofugal projections arising from layer V and layer VI neurons relies on Slits [
Disturbances of the inductive events involved in primary neurulation result in various errors of neural tube closure. Failure of anterior neural tube closure leads to anencephaly, which commonly involves the forebrain and variable amounts of upper brainstem. Defects in the formation of the forebrain at the rostral end of the neural tube range from the complete absence of the entire prosencephalon (aprosencephaly) or telencephalon (atelencephaly) to relatively mild disturbances of midline prosencephalic development (e.g. agenesis of the corpus callosum). Severe deviations from normal prosencephalic development may also involve defects in prosencephalic cleavage that typically lead to holoprosencephaly, a condition in which the telencephalon develops as a single spherical structure.
There are multiple neuronal migration disorders in humans that affect the developing cerebral cortex. Because neuronal migration in the human cerebral cortex extends through a protracted period of time, typically between the 11th and the 24th weeks of gestation, the spectrum of migration disorder severity may extend from only a reduced number of heterotopic neurons, as observed in periventricular heterotopia, to complete laminar disorganization, as described in severe cases of lissencephaly. Nevertheless, migration disorders of the cerebral cortex are responsible for a large percentage of cases of mental retardation and epilepsy in children.
Despite making up a small percentage of the entire neuronal population, the activity of GABAergic interneurons is critical for cortical function, as they represent the basic elements that provide inhibition, synchronize and shape several types of cortical oscillations underlying various brain functions. Several lines of evidence suggest that abnormal development of GABAergic interneurons may underlie the development of important neurological disorders, from epilepsy and learning disabilities to schizophrenia [
Being discussed will be major disorders of cortical development: malformations arising from abnormal neural tube closure, congenital midline defects, abnormal neuronal proliferation and migration, and disorganized lamination and convolution. These severe disorders are associated with neonatal death or mental retardation and epilepsy.
The 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 originates from a very small population of 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19. Through different phases of progenitor (Neuronal progenitor) expansion and migration, these cells eventually form the six neuronal layers of the human neocortex. Genetic analysis of human disorders have highlighted various types of proteins that are critical for proper cortical development. Given the divergent nature and tight spatiotemporal orchestration of this complex process, early disruptions can cause aberrant progenitor expansion, migration or ectopic placement of neurons and produce severe malformations.
Brain development is a complex and tightly controlled process (ERNS Chapter by Marin, 2008). The cerebral
Neocortical development in the rodent involves the generation of postmitotic 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 from a very small population of stem cells located in a region called the ventricular zone lining the lateral ventricles of the dorsal neocortex. These stem cells undergo successive phases of progenitor division and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 to reach their final laminar positions in a so-called “inside-out” manner. Interconnecting with the radially oriented, excitatory pyramidal neurons are GABAergic inhibitory neurons, that originate from the ganglionic eminences and migrate tangentially (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20) This results in six heavily interconnected neuronal layers with distinct identities and inputs [ Scheme depicting different forms and directions of neuronal migration during early cortical development.
Radial migration is accomplished through nuclear translocation and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_12. 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18 function as a scaffold enabling guidance of locomoting migratory neurons towards the outer pial surface. During early embryonic development migration occurs through glia-independent translocation that is characterized by movement of the soma and nucleus into a long leading process attached to the pial surface [
Despite considerable progress, little is still known about the proteins controlling early cortical development. Various cytoskeletal-associated proteins have recently been implicated in processes like cell division, differentiation and neuronal migration [
Microcephaly is defined by a reduced head circumference and a significant diminution in brain volume. Microcephaly is divided into primary microcephaly, in which the brain fails to grow to the correct size during pregnancy, and secondary microcephaly, in which the brain is the expected size at birth but subsequently fails to grow normally. Current work suggests that primary microcephaly is caused by a decrease in the number of neurons generated during early 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14 [
Individuals with autosomal recessive primary microcephaly (MCPH) are born with a significantly small head circumference and are mentally retarded. Brain scans show that the whole brain is reduced in size, with the cerebral cortex most severely affected. Four genes that cause MCPH have been identified, microcephalin, abnormal spindle in microcephaly (ASPM), CDK5RAP2 and CENPJ. All of the mutations are predicted to lead to a premature termination of the protein and for ASPM, there is no correlation between the position of the mutation and the degree of microcephaly. Indeed nonsense mediated mRNA decay will almost certainly occur for each of these mutations and hence it is the functional absence of the ASPM protein that causes MCPH. ASPM is most probably involved in the organization of microtubules at mitotic spindle poles. Mutations in microcephalin lead to premature chromosome condensation and cell cycle defects. CDK5RAP2 and CENPJ have both been implicated in centrosomal function.
Another set of proteins appears critical for neuronal migration to specific brain regions. Based on their phenotype, they can be divided in three groups. The first one encodes cytoskeletal molecules that play important roles during initiation and progression of neuronal movement. The second encodes signaling molecules for which homozygous mutations lead to an inverted cortex and a third group encodes enzymatic regulators of glycosylation that appear to delineate where neuronal migration will arrest [
Periventricular heterotopia (PVH) arises due to X-linked filamin A (FLNA) mutations. Affected females exhibit epilepsy and have visible malformations on MRI, consisting of nodules of heterotopic grey matter situated close to the cerebral ventricles [
Also falling in the group of cytoskeletal associated proteins, mutations in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13 (MAPs) are correlated with lissencephaly [
Essentially all missense mutations in DCX have been found in the two microtubule-binding DC repeats. In families with DCX mutations, affected males show lissencephaly whereas affected females show an apparently preserved six-layered outer cortex and a subcortical heterotopic band of neuronal tissue located in the cortical white matter (DCS) [
Surprisingly, the cortex of DCX knockout male mice is morphologically normal, with proper cortical lamination. A second gene mutated in lissencephaly is LIS1 which is also associated with microtubules since it interacts with dynein. Interestingly, Lis1 mutant mice also display a rather subtle phenotype in the neocortex but show prominent hippocampal defects, suggesting the involvement of compensatory genes [
Another gene mutated in a form of lissencephaly is Reelin [
In cobblestone lissencephaly, the cortex lacks gyri and sulci and has a bumpy or cobblestone appearance. This type of malformation is thought to result from a defect in the limiting glial membrane that fails to transduce a stop signal, resulting in migratory neurons that have passed through the pia into the meninges inducing a mushroom like appearance of the cortex. Also in the brain midline, neurons appear to migrate through both pial membranes and cross the midline into the opposite hemisphere. These disorders include muscle-eye-brain disorder, Walker-Walburg syndrome and Fukuyama congenital muscular dystrophy that are characterized by muscular dystrophy, eye abnormalities. Particularly glycosyltransferases are mutated in these disorders [
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Corticobasal degeneration involves several neuropsychological impairments, such as limb 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1, visuospatial problems, acalculia (inability to perform mathematical operations), and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Fibers coursing from cerebral cortex to brainstem (also called bulb).
Pathways
Referring to a neural pathway that originates within the cerebral cortex and project to other parts of the central nervous system (CNS), including other regions of the cortex.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_3
On reaching the vicinity of their target region, the fibers of the pyramidal tract disengage themselves from the tract and form individual fibers, which are called corticonuclear fibers.
Pathways
Fibrae corticonucleares; Corticonuclear fibers
Pathways
Neurons that have a cell body in layer V of the cerebral cortex and an axon that projects to the spinal cord. Most corticospinal neurons are found in motor areas of the frontal lobe and are involved in movement execution.
However, many corticospinal neurons are also found in somatosensory cortex and are involved in regulating the ascending flow of somatosensory information.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Tractus corticospinal
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
Pathways
Lesions limited to the 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 produce a 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2 and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16 (i.e., negative symptoms such as temporary weakness and loss of dexterity), but neither spastic 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4 nor permanent weakness.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_2
Major steroid hormone in rodents released from the adrenal cortex.
Basal ganglia-thalamocortical circuit; Cortical-basal ganglia circuit; Basal ganglia-thalamocortical loop
Cortico-subcortical re-entrant circuits are composed of a series of connections that start in a particular part of the cerebral cortex and lead via subsequent steps in the basal ganglia and the thalamus back to the same part of the cortex. More in particular, cytoarchitectonically and functionally distinct cortical areas in the frontal lobe form the focal point of these circuits. Each frontal cortical area projects to a specific region of the striatum and that striatal region projects via the globus pallidus or substantia nigra to a particular thalamic nucleus or part thereof. This part of the thalamus, in turn, is in reciprocal connection with the original frontal cortical area, closing the circuit (Fig. Basic diagram of the architecture of cortico-subcortical re-entrant circuits that involve the different areas of the frontal cortex, the basal ganglia (gray boxes) and the thalamus.
These cortico-subcortical re-entrant circuits are also being indicated as the basal ganglia-thalamocortical circuits. Three “families” of cortico-subcortical re-entrant circuits have been described: sensory-motor, complex or cognitive and limbic or emotional-motivational circuits. The recognition of this circuitous arrangement between the cerebral cortex, basal ganglia and thalamus has had great impact on our understanding of the neuronal substrate of forebrain functions and the pathophysiological basis of various neurological and psychiatric disorders.
The connectional relationships between the cerebral cortex and the basal ganglia have been viewed in various ways in the past. Whereas initially it was thought that the basal ganglia send their output directly to lower brain structures such as the brainstem and spinal cord, Nauta and Mehler [
The more detailed architecture of cortico-subcortical re-entrant circuits is as follows. Architectonically and functionally distinct frontal cortical areas form the starting and re-entrant point of the basal ganglia-thalamocortical circuits [ Schematic representation of the organization of the corticostriatal projections in rats. At the left hand side different motor and prefrontal cortical regions in the frontal lobe are represented in different colors. The projections to the striatum at the right hand side are highly topographically organized providing for functionally different sectors in the striatum related to different cortical areas represented in the same color. Even though there is a distinct topography in the corticostriatal projections, there also exists overlap between the different projection areas. Abbreviations of the various prefrontal cortical areas in the rat:
This corticostriatal topography forms the basis for three “families” of cortical basal ganglia-thalamocortical circuits, each consisting of several sub-circuits, that subserve sensory-motor, complex or cognitive and emotional-motivational behavioral functions. Next to these cortical inputs from the frontal lobe, the striatum receives projections from other cerebral cortical areas in more caudal parts of the hemisphere (parietal, occipital and temporal lobes), limbic structures, such as the amygdala and hippocampus, midline and intralaminar thalamic nuclei and the dopaminergic and serotonergic system. The striatum has therefore been designated as the input structure of the basal ganglia. Via different routes, the functionally different striatal regions reach distinct parts of the internal segment of the globus pallidus, the reticular part of the substantia nigra or the ventral pallidum that together form the output structures of the basal ganglia. These structures, in parallel, project to different thalamic nuclei that are in reciprocal contact with the original frontal cortical areas. Thus, the internal segment of the globus via specific parts of the ventral lateral and ventral anterior thalamic nuclei projects back to the premotor cortex, closing the so-called motor loop. The reticular part of the substantia nigra projects via specific parts of the ventral anterior and mediodorsal thalamic nuclei back to dorsolateral prefrontal areas, closing the so-called complex or cognitive loop. Finally, the ventral pallidum projects primarily to the mediodorsal thalamic nucleus which is connected to the medial and orbital prefrontal areas, closing the so-called limbic loop.
In the previous paragraph the basic architecture of the closed cortico-subcortical re-entrant circuits has been depicted. There are at least three aspects that are of interest in the context of our understanding of the structural and functional significance of these circuits.
First, the input and output structures of the basal ganglia are interconnected via two routes that have opposing effects on the basal ganglia output. The above-described striatal projections to the internal segment of the globus pallidus, the reticular part of the substantia nigra and the ventral pallidum from part of the so-called direct striatopallidal output pathway. The second, so-called indirect striatopallidal output pathway leads via subsequent synaptic interruptions in the external segment of the globus pallidus and the subthalamic nucleus to the basal ganglia output structures [
Second, it is very likely that the contextual information necessary for such selection mechanisms that take place within the basal ganglia-thalamocortical circuits enters these circuits at the level of the striatum. Various cortical areas in the parietal, occipital and temporal lobes project in a topographical way to the striatum where they converge with functionally and connectionally related corticostriatal projections from the frontal lobe. For example, the ventral and medial parts of the striatum that form the limbic loop starting in the medial and orbital prefrontal areas receive information from the hippocampus and amygdala. These two limbic structures feed information about the mnemonic and emotional aspects of the context in which a behavioral program must be selected. Interestingly, the hippocampus and amygdala not only project to the striatum, but also to the prefrontal cortical area that is the origin of the corticostriatal projections to the same part of the striatum. Similar arrangements exist for the projections of the midline and intralaminar thalamic nuclei to different parts of the striatum and frontal cortical areas (Fig. Schematic representation in a midsagittal view of the rat brain of a cortical-subcortical re-entrant loop (black, stippled arrows) involving the prefrontal cortex, the mediodorsal thalamus and the ventral parts of the basal ganglia. In addition, the relationship of the projections of the midline thalamic nuclei and the amygdala with this loop are represented in this scheme (red arrows). The organization is as follows. Distinct basal amygdaloid subnuclei project to restricted parts of the prefrontal cortex and the ventral striatum that are both part of the same cortical-subcortical re-entrant loop. Likewise, distinct nuclei of the midline and intralaminar thalamic complex project to prefrontal cortical and ventral striatal areas that in turn are interconnected. In addition, the midline nuclei project to that part of the basal amygdala that is related to the same loop. This scheme represents a cortical-subcortical circuit that involves the medial prefrontal cortex, the ventral striatum and the medial segment of the mediodorsal thalamic nucleus. Similar arrangements exist for the relationships of midline/intralaminar thalamic nuclei and basal amygdaloid nuclei with other cortical-subcortical re-entrant circuits. Abbreviations:
The midline and intralaminar receive primarily inputs from brainstem nuclei and are likely to determine the level of activity of individual basal ganglia-thalamocortical circuits [
Third, whereas the closed nature of the cortico-subcortical circuits has been emphasized, it is clear that there exist connections between these circuits that provide ways by which limbic and cognitive circuits might ultimately influence motor circuits. Indeed an ascending spiral of connections from limbic to motor circuits has been suggested on the basis striato-pallido-thalamic projections that shift from one loop to the other [
The recognition of the cortico-subcortical re-entrant circuits and the realization that these circuits subserve the wide range of sensory-motor to cognitive and emotional-motivational functions has had great impact on the interpretation and understanding of the pathophysiological basis of several neurological and psychiatric diseases [
Cells in the anterior pituitary gland that secrete the stress hormone, adrenocorticotropin.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
Major steroid hormone in humans released from the adrenal cortex.
The expression to be optimized in some objective function. The cost can correspond to some quantity we wish to minimize (e.g., energy, time) or maximize (e.g. smoothness), or to the degree to which the performance deviates from a mathematically defined criterion. Following the imposed constraints (e.g. at the beginning and end-points of a movement), minimizing the cost function with respect to its arguments enables us to predict the optimal performance in the desired context.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
Co-transmission refers to the release of more than one neurotransmitter from a single neuron. Co-transmitters may be released together or independently depending on their subcellular storage and the level of activation of the neuron. Often peptides are co-released with small molecules. The co-transmitters may have different release properties and can exert different effects on target neurons.
Co-tranporter (also called symporter) is a transmembrane protein that uses the energetically favorable transport of an ion down its electrochemical gradient to drive the uphill transport of other ion species in the same direction.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_15
The coupling coefficient is a measure of synaptic strength of an electrical synapse. It equals the ratio of the postsynaptic voltage response over the presynaptic voltage stimulus of two electrically coupled cells.
Because of the low-pass frequency filter characteristics of an electrical synapse, its coupling coefficient depends on the frequency characteristics of the stimulus. The steady-state coupling coefficient for direct current (DC) stimuli (i.e., stimulus frequency = 0) is a function of the electrical resistance of the gap junction and the input resistance of the postsynaptic cell. The non-steady state solution of the coupling coefficient for alternating current (AC) stimuli (i.e., stimulus frequency ≠ 0) includes capacitance terms represented by the membrane capacitance of the postsynaptic cell.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
The behavior of a male courting a female to seek sexual interaction.
Control of enzyme activity by covalent bonding of phosphate group to sites other than the active site of the enzyme.
In contrast to overt shifts of attention, in which the eyes or body is directed towards a new focus of attention, covert shifts of attention cannot be directly observed from a second person. Attention is directed from one location to another without overt behavior. Neural systems involved in covert and overt attentional shifts show strong overlap. Brain areas controlling covert shifts of attention include the posterior parietal cortex and frontal eye fields.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6
The most common site of DNA methylation in adult somatic tissues.
CpG islands are regions of genomic DNA enriched for CG dinucleotides located in 35–50% of gene promoters.
Cramps are spontaneous, paroxysmal, prolonged and painful contraction of one or more muscles.
Nn. Craniales
The cranial nerves are those nerves originating in the brainstem (midbrain, pons, and medulla) with the exception of the first and second cranial nerves, which are not true peripheral nerves but rather are fiber tracts of the brain. The 12 cranial nerves can be divided into sensory, motor or mixed nerves. Cranial nerves VII and IX carry parasympathetic innervation to the salivary glands. Olfactory nerve (I) Optic nerve (II) Oculomotor nerve (III) Trochlear nerve (IV) Trigeminal nerve (V) Abducens nerve (VI) Facial nerve (VII) Vestibulocochlear nerve (VIII) Glossopharyngeal nerve (IX) Vagus nerve (X) Accessory nerve (XI) Hypoglossal nerve (XII)
CREB is an activator that recognizes the consensus CRE site. It is also found at additional DNA sequences (AP1 and GRE sites) in a complex containing other activators. The transcriptional activity of CREB is dynamically regulated by phosphorylation. The most well studied phosphorylation site is serine 133. Other phosphorylation events can repress its activity. CREB can be bound regardless of its phosphorylation state, however, for some genes CREB is only recruited to their CRE sites upon phosphorylation. CREB binds as a homodimer or heterodimer. Heterodimerization confers repressive activity of CREB as part of a larger complex of repressor proteins.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
The phenomenon of increasing strain in time under constant stress.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
It is a common method of neuronal tissue staining. Crest violet, a basic dye, binds to the acidic component of cytoplasm, the RNA-rich ribosomes, nuclei and nucleoli, staining the cell bodies.
The period approximately between 130 and 70 million years ago.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Most common human subacute 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20 (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16), and appears in several variants: sporadic, inherited or acquired (e.g., iatrogenic), the latter being due to the same agent responsible for Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy in cattle (BSE or "mad cow disease"). Patients may initially present with non-specific symptoms, such as withdrawal, forgetfulness, asthenia and insomnia, with impairment of multiple neurological systems (visual, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16,
Wave like pattern of the collagen fibrils in the superficial zone of articular cartilage.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Sensory tissue of the semicircular canals. The three semicircular canals have swellings, called ampullae and within each ampulla is the sense organ, called the crista. In the cristae the hairs of the hair cells are embedded in a gelatinous mass, called the cupula, which extends across the ampulla.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_22
The time during which an organism acquires normal function if it is exposed to normal conditions (see also sensitive period). A postnatal period in which experience induces a significant modulation of brain function and rearrangement of neural circuitry.
Adaptation is the phenomenon whereby sustained or repeated exposure to a sensory stimulus results in a reduction in the sensory response. For a cell in a sensory system that responds to more than one stimulus, cross-adaptation refers to the effect of adaptation to one stimulus on the sensory responses to the other stimuli to which the cell responds.
Same as hetero-associative memory.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
A crossbridge refers the binding of the contractile proteins myosin and actin to form actomyosin. The formation of crossbridges during a muscle contraction is essential to the generation of force and movement.
The cross-bridge theory of muscle contraction states how force is produced, and how the filaments actin and myosin are moved relative to each other to produce muscle shortening. In the cross-bridge theory, sidepieces that are fixed in a regular pattern on the myosin filament (cross-bridges) are thought to undergo cyclic attachment and detachment to specific binding sites on the actin filament. During an attachment/detachment cycle, the cross-bridge head is thought to undergo a rotation and so pull the actin filament relative to the myosin. Each of these cycles is associated with a relative movement of ∼10 nm and a force of about 2–10 pN. Furthermore, one cross-bridge cycle is thought to occur with the energy gained from the hydrolysis of one adenosine triphosphate (ATP). The cross-bridge theory was first formulated in a quantitative manner by Andrew Huxley in 1957. It has since undergone many changes and adaptations, but the basic principles put forward at that time still remain accepted in the scientific community today.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_6
A linear measure of the relationship between two variables. The cross-covariance is computed as the average of the products of the deviations of each variable from their respective mean.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
In sensory psychophysics this refers to generalization of a behavioral response from the stimulus on which an animal is trained to another stimulus. It is used to test similarities between stimuli.
From two or more different sensory modalities. Used to refer to: (a) combinations of stimuli from different sensory modalities (e.g., a combination of light and sound) that normally evoke different subjective experiences, (b) the spatial register among the different receptive fields of a multisensory neuron, and (c) the spatial register among different sensory maps. Also used to refer to tasks involving matching and/or transfer of information among modalities.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
A disorder that typically follows damage to the right hemisphere, in which patients are able to detect single tactile stimuli applied to the contralesional hand in isolation, but show impairments in detecting the same tactile stimuli when an additional visual stimulus is presented on the ipsilesional side.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
The neuroanatomical, neurophysiological, perceptual, and/or behavioral changes that may occur in one or more sensory modalities following damage to, or selective impairments in, another sensory modality.
For example, changes in auditory or tactile processing as a result of temporary or permanent blindness may be a result of crossmodal plasticity.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
A psychophysical method that requires adjustment of the perceived strength of one sort of stimulus (e.g., light intensity) so that its matches that of another sort of stimulus (e.g., sound intensity).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
The coelacanth fish
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
Antibody or T cell receptor interaction with more than one antigen. Cross-reactive lymphocytes are often activated by a foreign antigen that has similarities to another antigen, usually a self antigen.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
The linear relationship between two variables, expressed in the frequency domain.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
A family of venomous snakes, comprising rattlesnakes, mokasen snake, bushmaster, etc. In some taxonomy it is a sub-family (Crotalinae) of Viperidae.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
A preference for colder temperatures.
A family of proteins that form integral components of the core circadian clock machinery and/or the regulatory pathways for light entrainment of the molecular circadian clock in animals and plants. Cryptochromes are receptors for blue and ultraviolet light, which share structural similarity and evolutionary origin with DNA photolyases. In the Drosophila circadian clock, CRYPTOCHROME functions primarily in light entrainment; light stimulates interactions between CRYPTOCHROME and TIMELESS, which promotes degradation of TIMELESS and suppresses function of PERIOD-TIMELESS heterodimers to cause resetting of the circadian clock. In mammals, cryptochrome is an essential component of the negative arm of the circadian feedback loop. Plant cryptochromes also regulate response of the circadian clock to light.
Abbreviation: Cry.
Class of potentially blue-light sensitive proteins related to the bacterial photolyases, which contain two chromophores (pterin and flavin). In mammals, they constitute together with the Period proteins the major repressive function during the dark phase.
Cystein string proteins. Highly conserved synaptic vesicle proteins characterized by a central string of cysteine residues (with multiple palmitoylations) and an N-terminal J-domain indicative of chaperone functions (e.g. facilitating folding or conformational changes of other critical proteins). Known to interact with voltage-gate Ca2+ channels.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
An escape response observed in many fishes and larval amphibians in response to sudden aversive stimuli. It consists of two phases: an initial tight bend away from the direction of the startling stimulus, causing a C-shaped curve in the body when observed from above. This C-shaped bend is followed by a rapid acceleration away from the animal’s starting position. The C-start escape is typically initiated by a pair of large brainstem neurons, called Mauthner cells.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
Part of the vermis cerebelli lying above the primary fissure. Belongs to the anterior lobe. Like the entire vermis cerebelli, the culmen receives its afferents primarily from the spinal cord. Hence it is part of the so-called spinocerebellum = palaeocerebellum.
Experimental preparation consisting of a layer of neuron cells, grown on a physical substrate which also contains electrodes for recording and stimulation. Cultures may be made from dissociated neurons, usually from cortical areas, thus resulting in a monolayer of cells which develop strong, random, mostly excitatory connections; or they may come from slices of nervous tissue – organotypic cultures, thus maintaining the basic anatomical features of the tissue of origin. Cultures of dissociated neurons can be kept in healthy conditions for a long time (several months) and their morphological and physiological properties resemble those of the tissue of origin, but cannot be directly compared to in-vivo preparations. Widespread, synchronous bursting activity is their normal mode of spontaneous response, reflecting their lack of afferent connections.
The cuneate fasciculus is a large bundle of axons running just lateral to the gracile fasciculus. Together the cuneate and gracile fasciculi form the dorsal columns in the dorsal medial part of the spinal cord. The dorsal columns are formed by the axons of neurons in the dorsal root ganglia just outside the spinal cord and carry somatosensory information from the body to the caudal medulla. The cuneate fasciculus carries information from the arms and the upper trunk.
The cuneate (Latin for wedge-shaped) nucleus is a nucleus in the caudal medulla that receives tactile, proprioceptive and vibratory input from the arm and upper trunk by way of the cuneate fasciculus. It is immediately lateral to the gracile (Latin for slender) nucleus (see below).
Part of the occipital lobe visible on the medial aspect of the hemisphere. Involved in the processing of visual information.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20
A fluid-tight partition that lies above the crista and spans across the walls and roof of the ampulla in the semicircular canals. Cupula deflection by endolymph movement displaces the embedded stereocilia of the canal receptor cells.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16
A local measure of deviation from linearity of a curve. It is invariant under rotations and translations. Given a planar curve in time (x(t), y(t)), parameterized such that the speed V(t) > 0, the curvature at every point along the curve is expressed as follows: where dot means derivative with respect to time. Curvature is measured in units of 1/cm and is dependent only on the path (regardless of the speed profile).
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
Endocrinological disorder characterized by consistently elevated levels of cortisol often resulting from tumors e.g., located in the pituitary (=Cushing’s disease) or adrenal.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Reflexes evoked by a variety of cutaneous, low and high threshold afferent fibers. Generally these are flexion reflexes; however, extension can occur when this pattern of muscle activation is required to remove the stimulated region of the skin from the stimulus, which is usually noxious.
Tactile (touch) receptors; Pressure receptors; Vibration receptors
Light mechanical stimulation causes tactile, pressure or vibration sensations but not painful sensations. Sensory receptors for such light mechanical stimulation applied to skin are called cutaneous mechanoreceptors, and are located in the epidermis, dermis, or sometimes at subcutaneous tissue. They are innervated by nerve fibers with large to medium caliber. Almost all mechanoreceptors except one are the primary sensory cells, the nerve terminals specially evolved for receiving mechanical energy, surrounded by lamellae or accessory cells, however, the rest (Merkel cell) are probably secondary sensory cells, originated from the neural crest, making synapse like contacts with nerve endings, although there have been controversial debates on the functional role in mechanosensory transduction.
Several mechanoreceptors can be differentiated in terms of the location in the skin and morphology. Included among them are Merkel cell-neurite complex, Ruffini endorgan, Meissner’s corpuscle, hair follicle, and encapsulated corpuscles, such as, Krause ending, 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16, and others. Merkel disk receptors (Glandry cells) and Herbest corpuscles, similar to Pacinian corpuscles, are found in lower animals such as birds. Anatomical characteristics of these receptors have been clarified electronmicroscopically, and they are now confirmed histochemically and immunochemically. Recent histochemical and immnochemical works are not referred to in this essay. The function of these receptors is found elsewhere in this Encyclopedia. Here, the detailed morphology is described.
Different cutaneous mechanoreceptors are present between hairy and 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7 (Fig. Location of low threshold cutaneous mechanoreceptors with some free nerve endings at hairy skin (left half) and glabrous skin (right half) of primate. A, hair follicle with “palisade” ending; b, “Haarscheiben” or touch dome with Merkel cell-neurite complexes at base; c, free nerve ending; d, Ruffini endings; e, Meissner corpuscle in dermel papillae; g, free nerve ending; h, Pacinian corpuscle (Reproduced from AR Light and ER Perl ‘Peripheral Sensory System’, In: PJ Dyck et al. (eds) Peripheral Neuropathy, vol.1, WB Saunders Company. Philadelphia, 1984, pp. 210–230, Fig. 9–3).
In the hairy skin, Merkel cell-neurite complexes are seen at the base of touch dome, dome-like elevation of the skin, and hair follicles of guard and down hairs are also found in the dermis. In the glabrous skin, on the other hand, Merkel cell-neurite complexes locate at the rete of the papillary ridge and Meissner corpuscle (or Krause end bulb in cats) are found at the dermal papilla. In both skins, Ruffini endings are deep in the dermis and Pacinian corpuscles are in subcutaneous tissue. Merkel disk receptors and Herbest corpuscles are located at the dermis of some birds.
In guard hairs and down hairs, the nerve endings run in parallel to the hair shaft and give rise to the lanceolate terminals immediately below the sebaceous glands. In an electronmicroscopic picture, they are seen in a circumferential array or palisade (Fig. Schematic illustration of lanceolate endings in guard hair. C, cornium of hair follicle; SC, Schwann cell. (Reproduced from Andres and von During (1973) Handbook of sensory physiology, vol. 2 somatosensory system, (ed A Iggo), Springer, Berlin Hiedelberg New York, Fig. 7a.)
The terminals are covered by swollen 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19 except for narrow slits at their inner and outer sides. In some nonsinus facial hair follicles, Ruffini-like spray terminations encircling the hair follicle just below the sebaceous gland have been reported and the term “pilo-Ruffini complex” is proposed [
Two forms of small lamellated end bulbs were described by Krause (1880); the cylindrical form in non-primates, e.g., cats, and the globular or spherical form in man and monkeys. Schematic illustration of a lamellated corpuscle, representative of lamellated corpuscles. A single axon invades the lamellae to from a nerve ending. Two kinds of lamellae are identified; densely spaced lamellae, inner core, and loosely spaced ones, outer lamella. (Reproduced and modified from TA Quillian and M Sato (1955) The Distribution of Myelin on Nerve Fibres from Pacinian Corpuscles, J. Physiol. 129: 167–176, Fig. 8).
There are morphological variations from simple unbranched terminals seen in the majority (51%) to branched [
These were originally described by Wagner and Meissner (1872). They are incompletely encapsulated corpuscles, occupying the dermal papilla in the glabrous skin [
Merkel cells have been found in the skin of mammals and amphibians since Merkel (1875). When Merkel cells are associated with a neurite, the complex is often called a Schematic illustration of Merkel cell neurite complex. Axon; BM, basement membrane; D, desmosome; E, epithelial keratinocyte nucleus; G, granulated vesicles; GO, Golgi apparatus; GY, glycogen; L, lamellae underlying the nerve plate; MC, Merkel cell; N, multilobulated nucleus; NP, nerve plate; P, cytoplasmic process. (Reproduced from Iggo and Muir (1968) J Physiol 200:763–796, Text Fig.
In hairy skin, they are situated at the bottom of the epidermis, in clusters of 50–70 cells, under the touch dome, a dome-like elevation, and is often associated with a guard hair called a Haarscheibe (hair disk). In the glabrous skin with ridging, Merkel cells are situated in a group in the rete of the epidermal ridge, including the bottom, through which the duct of the sebaceous gland passes. Merkel cells are 6.9 × 3.9 μm, and oriented so that the nuclei are horizontal, and make 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_4 with neighboring keratinocytes [
Merkel disk receptors are encapsulated and often called
Lehman and Vater (1741) first described this corpuscle. The corpuscle is present deep in the subcutaneous tissue, at the interosseous membrane and at the mesentery in primates and non-primates. The perineural or outer lamella, made of 20–70 layers, forms a thick capsule and contains an inner core with many Schwann cells (inner lamella). An unmyelinated nerve terminal occupies the center of the inner core. The receptor is oval and rice-seed sized; the overall size ranges from 0.5 to 2 mm in length and is about 0.7 mm in diameter, so large that it is visible when it presents at the mesentery or interosseous membrane. The lamellated structure looks like a section through an onion (Fig.
These receptors were originally described by Ruffini (1983). Ruffini endings are spindle-shaped with the length ranging from 0.5 to 2 mm, and lie in the dermis both in the glabrous and hairy skin. A schematic illustration of the receptor is shown in Fig. Schematic illustration of Ruffini ending. AX, axon; cs, capsular space; KF, collagen fiber; IC, inner core; TB, terminal raminification of the axon. (Reproduced from Andres and von During (1973) Handbook of sensory physiology, vol. 2 somatosensory system, (ed. A Iggo), Springer Verlog, Berlin Hiedelberg New York, Fig. 5).
The outer capsule of 3–5 lamella, originating from perineural cells, surrounds the fluid-filled space between the capsule and inner core, and the space is divided into several compartments. The inner core is filled with collagen fibers running continuously, and supplied by a large myelinated axon which breaks up to form a dense brush-work of fine branches and terminals [
Sinus hairs are present in the skin of mammals: they are vibrissae or whiskers in the face, carpal sinus hairs on the foreleg, tactile hairs or 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20 in other parts of the body. They are characterized by their large diameter and the length of the hair, the presence of a vascular sinus in a large bulbous capsule, associated erectile muscles, and a rich innervation. Nerve terminals are present in the midregion of the follicle below the sebaceous gland. The four kinds of nerve terminals are noted in the facial sinus hairs [
Tactile afferents; Low-threshold cutaneous mechanoreceptors; Cutaneous receptors
The skin is the largest organ of the body and is richly supplied with specialized sensory endings of low mechanical threshold. These cutaneous mechanoreceptors allow us to feel the weak forces generated by a slight breeze and to differentiate between the textures and shapes of objects we touch and manipulate; they also contribute to 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_16. Yet the tactile system subserves not only the sense of “touch” in the broadest interpretation of the word, which implies that a stimulus can be felt; cutaneous mechanoreceptors are also important in fine motor control (particularly of the hand), which – depending on the task – may or may not require conscious attention. The remarkable versatility of the human hand depends not just on its anatomical structure but, in particular, on the sophisticated neural machinery that controls it. We use our hands to explore the physical world within our reach and, with tools, the world beyond our reach, and to act on the world through manipulation of environmental objects. To control both the exploratory and manipulatory functions of the hand, the brain must obtain accurate descriptions of various mechanical events that take place when objects are brought into contact with the hand, or when the fingers make contact with an object. Cutaneous mechanoreceptors in the fingers play crucial roles in providing such information. The glabrous (hairless) skin of the human hand contains approximately 17,000 low-threshold mechanoreceptors that provide us with our remarkable capacities to discriminate shape, texture and force [
Four types of specialized mechanoreceptor terminal can be identified histologically in human hairless (glabrous) skin – two located superficially and two deeper [
The hairy skin covers much of the body, and the properties of cutaneous mechanoreceptors supplying this tissue are probably more representative of the “tactile sensory sheet” than those of the glabrous skin – which is rather more specialized. In agreement with the types of receptors found in hairy skin of the cat, five classes of myelinated tactile afferent have been recorded from the lateral antebrachial cutaneous nerve, which supplies the hairy skin of the human forearm: two types of slowly-adapting afferent (SAI & SAII) that can classified in a similar fashion to those in the glabrous skin, and three types of rapidly-adapting afferent – hair units, field units and Pacinian units [
Type I tactile afferents have small circular or ovoid receptive fields with distinct borders, and have a higher innervation density in the tips of the digits than more proximally within the hand [
Receptive field maps of four single cutaneous mechanoreceptors in the hairy skin of the forearm are illustrated in Fig. Receptive field maps of single cutaneous mechanoreceptors in the hairy skin of the forearm: (a), SAI afferents with three zones of maximal sensitivity; (b), SAII afferent with single zone of maximal sensitivity; (c), hair unit and, (d), field unit with multiple zones of sensitivity. Note the different scales in C and D. Receptive fields were mapped by scanning the skin with a probe via a computer-controlled X-Y plotter. Reproduced from [
Selective stimulation (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13) of single FAI, FAII and SAI afferents innervating the glabrous skin of the hand evokes elementary sensations of a specific quality [
Because of their low mechanical thresholds, and functional specializations related to anatomic specializations of the receptor endings, tactile afferents contribute importantly to the sensory picture of the body. The afferent innervation of human skin is characterized by regional variations in receptor types and densities that indicate specializations of the “tactile sensory sheet.” In the glabrous skin of the hand the tips of the digits contain a high proportion of rapidly-adapting afferents (FAI) with small receptive fields, low mechanical thresholds, and – based on the robust perceptual responses to microstimulation – a secure transmission to the sensory cortex, whereas on the dorsum of the hand these afferents have a much lower representation. FAI afferents can be activated by discrete punctate stimuli in a small, well-defined area of skin; they are particularly sensitive to light stroking across the skin, responding to local shear forces and incipient or overt slips within the receptive field. The rapidly-adapting type II (FAII) afferents, like their PC counterparts in experimental animals, are exquisitely sensitive to brisk mechanical transients: typically, FAII afferents respond to tapping over areas remote from the site of maximal mechanosensitivity, or to blowing over the skin. Instantaneous firing rates are typically higher for the FAII afferents than for the FAI afferents. In all skin areas the numbers of FAII (Pacinian) afferents is low, but given their large field sizes, low thresholds, exquisite sensitivity to mechanical transients and high security transmission to the sensory cortex, their number need not be so high anyway. The slowly-adapting type I afferents (SAI) characteristically have a high dynamic sensitivity to indentation stimuli applied to a discrete area, and often respond with an off-discharge during release. In the glabrous skin of the hand, the SAI endings appear to be of particular importance in encoding shape and – together with the FAI afferents – in fine tactile discrimination. Furthermore, the SAI afferents in the finger pads signal with high fidelity the changes in grip force associated with manipulation of held objects. While the SAII afferents do respond to forces applied normal to the skin, a unique feature of these afferents is their capacity to respond also to lateral skin stretch. Many possess directional sensitivity, the discharge of some afferents increasing with stimuli applied in certain directions, but decreasing in others. And, because SAII afferents possess lower dynamic sensitivity, peak firing rates are typically lower for the SAII afferents than for the SAI afferents. A proportion of SAII afferents are spontaneously active at rest, presenting a characteristically regular discharge. Given their high sensitivity to forces tangential to the skin and poor capacity in spatial discrimination, it is reasonable to conclude that the specific contribution of SAII afferents may lie in signaling changes in conformation of the hand and the load forces (tangential to the skin) encountered during manipulation. The hairy skin of the forearm, which probably typifies the skin of much of the body, has its own specializations: in addition to two classes of very sensitive receptors with large receptive fields (hair units and field units), this region is endowed with non-myelinated mechanosensitive endings of very low threshold (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20).
Although the two classes of rapidly adapting afferent have the lowest thresholds to mechanical stimulation, the slowly adapting type I afferent shares a property with the FAI afferents that effectively increases its mechanosensitivity: FAI and SAI afferents are especially sensitive to edges of a contact surface that crosses the afferent’s receptive field. The finger pads have the highest density of FAI and SAI endings; it is this property that endows the finger pads with their exquisite tactile discrimination, and the reason the finger pads are used for tactile exploration and manipulation.
Human subjects have a remarkable capacity to discriminate small differences in forces applied to the finger pad, forces of magnitudes typically associated with manipulation. Recent studies on the responses of tactile afferents in the finger to compression forces applied to the centre of the finger pad (Fig. Method of delivering forces to the fingertip in five different directions. (a), The stimulus surface was oriented parallel to the flat portion of skin at the fingertip. Force stimuli were superimposed on a 0.2 N background contact force and delivered in the normal direction and at an angle 20° to the normal with tangential components in the distal, radial, proximal, and ulnar directions as indicated by the Responses of FAI afferents to servo-controlled forces applied in five directions. (a), Responses of a single FAI afferent which responded preferentially to forces delivered in the proximal direction (b), The generic finger outline shows a polar plot for the afferent illustrated in A. (c–e), Data from 21 afferents for which response was greatest when the tangential component of force was in the proximal direction. (c), Overlaid polar plots, superimposed on the generic finger, for the 21 afferents for which responses were greatest when the tangential component of force was in the proximal direction. (d), Instantaneous firing rates, averaged over the five trials, for the same 21 afferents as in C, shown for forces with tangential components in the four directions and for normal force stimulation. (e), For each of the 21 afferents in C, lines join three data points representing the response, averaged over the five trials, to forces in the proximal (P), normal (N), and distal (D) directions. Reproduced from [
Cutaneous mechanoreceptors in the fingers are critical for fine sensorimotor control of the hand. People with impaired tactile sensibility of the fingers (including that associated with aging) show clumsiness during object manipulation tasks: objects are frequently dropped, fragile objects may be crushed, and they have severe problems in stereognostic discrimination of objects. Most previous studies of afferents from the glabrous skin of the human hand have addressed issues related to use of the hand in exploratory tasks, with comparatively little research devoted to the tactile encoding of the various mechanical fingertip events critical for the control of dextrous manipulation. The responses of human tactile afferents in relation to discrete motor control events were demonstrated for the first time during object lifting [
An astonishing feature of sensorimotor control of hand is the speed with which motor commands are parametrically updated in response to discrete mechanical events during object manipulation. It appears that tactile information from the fingertips is already available when most afferents would have had time to fire only one nerve impulse. Thus, besides traditional coding mechanisms based on rate codes requiring several or at least two impulses per afferent, a new much faster coding mechanism based on first spike latencies has been proposed [ Modulation of first spike latencies by direction of fingertip force. Responses of single afferents of each type to the proximal (“P”), ulnar (“U”), distal (“D”), radial (“R”) direction and with normal force (“N”) only (see stimuli in Fig.
When holding an object between the fingers and thumb there are two primary forces that act at the skin: a compressive component normal to the skin and a shear component tangential to the skin. The first is brought about by the grip forces exerted by the muscles acting on the digits, the second by the effect of gravity on the held object or any other net force imposed by the object or hand on the object. Johansson and colleagues have shown that cutaneous afferents in the glabrous skin of the digits are capable of encoding the grip and load forces associated with grasping and lifting an object, and that the information provided by tactile afferents to the central nervous system is of paramount importance in the fine coordination of load and grip forces [
Similar behavior is observed when subjects attempt to prevent escape of a manipulandum from the grasp during unexpected increases or decreases in tangential force: the FAI, SAI and SAII afferents in the finger pads respond to the shear forces generated between the skin and the manipulandum, but the FAII afferents do not respond to these slow events. While the slowly-adapting afferents also respond during the subsequent increases in grip force that serve to restrain the manipulandum, as shown in Fig. Mean responses of 8 FAI afferents in the finger pads to tangential loads applied to the receptor-bearing digit at, (a), a constant ramp rate delivered at three different amplitudes (0.5–2.0 N) and, (b), at four ramp rates (2–32 N/s) delivered at a constant amplitude (2 N). Subjects gripped an instrumented manipulandum which delivered, at unexpected times, tangential loads in the distal (upward = pulling) or proximal (downward = pushing) direction. Reproduced from [
Loss of cutaneous (and proprioceptive) sensibility can occur in rare large-fiber sensory neuropathies. Patients loose all discriminative touch and their capacity for fine motor control, relying on vision as the only source of feedback. Nevertheless, in the hairy skin they do have preserved C-fiber function and, because of the low-threshold C-fibers (10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_20), can sense light stroking on the skin.
An automatic and stereotypical response to cutaneous stimulation that is mediated through a polysynaptic set of interneurones in the spinal cord. A cutaneous reflex may be elicited by stimulation of any cutaneous sensory organs, broadly classified as innocuous mechanoreceptors, innocuous thermoreceptors, and nociceptors.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Contraction of Cybernetic Organism. Organism composed of a living and an artificial portion, in close bidirectional interaction. The term was first introduced in 1960 by Clynes and Kline in the context of the debate on humans colonizing space. If man in space, in addition to flying his vehicle, must continuously be checking on things and making adjustments merely in order to keep himself alive, he becomes a slave to the machine. The purpose of the Cyborg, as well as his own homeostatic systems, is to provide an organizational system in which such robot-like problems are taken care of automatically and unconsciously, leaving man free to explore, to create, to think, and to feel (Clynes & Kline 1960).
The complete sequence of values of a periodic quantity that occur during a period.
3-5-cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP, formed from adenosine triphosphate, ATP, by the action of the enzyme adenylyl cyclase) is a second messenger, used for intra-cellular signal transduction of some inter-cellular messages (some hormones and neurotransmitters) or sensory messages such as odorants which cannot get through the cell membrane. These messages are also called “first messengers”.
These enzymes are activated by the binding of cAMP or cGMP. When activated cAKs and cGKs phosphorylate specific serine or threonine residues in target proteins and thereby control the activity of these proteins.
In the cAMP-bound conformation cAMP-GEFs specifically bind to Ras-like small G proteins and activate these proteins by profoundly accelerating the exchange of GDP for GTP.
Cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP) is an intracellular second messenger generated by guanylyl cyclase from guanosine triphosphate (GTP).
Phosphodiesterases represent a multi-gene family of enzymes that hydrolyze the second messengers cGMP and cAMP. The hydrolytic activity of several subfamilies of these enzymes is regulated in an allosteric manner by the binding of cGMP. Notably, the cyclic nucleotide binding site present in cGMP-regulated phosphodiesterases is not homologous to that found in most other cyclic nucleotide-binding proteins.
In cyclic nucleotide-regulated channels this domain serves as a high-affinity binding site for 3–5 cyclic monophosphates. The CNBD of channels has significant sequence similarity to the CNBDs of most other classes of eukaryotic cyclic nucleotide receptors and to the CNBD of the prokaryotic catabolite activator protein (CAP). The primary sequence of CNBDs consists of approximately 120 amino acid residues forming three α-helices (αA–αC) and eight β-strands (β1–β8).
CNG channels; HCN channels
Cyclic nucleotide-regulated cation channels are ion channels whose activation is regulated by the direct binding of cyclic AMP or cyclic GMP to the channel protein. Two families of channels regulated by cyclic nucleotides have been identified, the cyclic nucleotide-gated (CNG) channels [
Cyclic nucleotides exert their cellular effects by binding to four major classes of cellular receptors:
CNG and HCN channels belong to the superfamily of voltage-gated cation channels. The proposed structure of the channels is shown in Fig. Phylogenetic tree and structural model of cyclic nucleotide-regulated cation channels. The CNG channel family comprises six members, which are classified into A subunits (CNGA1 –4) and B subunits (CNGB1 and CNGB3). A “CNGB2” subunit does not exist. The HCN channel family comprises four members (HCN1 –4). CNG and HCN channels share the same transmembrane topology, consisting of six transmembrane segments (1 –6), a pore loop and a cyclic nucleotide-binding domain (CNBD). CNG channels conduct Ca2+ and Na+ whereas HCN channel mainly conduct Na+ and K+. CNG channel are activated
CNG channels are expressed in retinal photoreceptors and olfactory neurons and play a key role in visual and olfactory signal transduction. In addition, CNG channels are found at low density in some other cell types and tissues such as brain, testis and kidney. While the function of CNG channels in sensory neurons has been unequivocally demonstrated, the role of these channels in other cell types where expression has been observed remains to be established. Based on their phylogenetic relationship, the six CNG channels identified in mammals are divided in two subfamilies, the A-subunits (CNGA1 –4) and the B-subunits (CNGB1 and CNGB3). When expressed in 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_8, A-subunits, with the exception of CNGA4, form functional homomeric channels. In contrast, B-subunits do not give rise to functional channels when expressed alone. However, together with CNGA1 –3 they confer novel properties (e.g. single channel flickering, increased cAMP sensitivity) that are characteristic of native CNG channels. In native tissues, CNG channels are heterotetramers with different heteromers displaying distinct nucleotide sensitivity, ion selectivity and modulation by Ca2+. Recent genetic studies in mice indicate that B-subunits play a key role in principal channel formation and channel targeting in native sensory neurons. For example, mice lacking the CNGB1 subunit fail to express substantial amounts of CNG channels in rod outer segments and olfactory cilia, respectively. The physiological role and subunit composition is known for three native channels: the rod and cone photoreceptor channels and the olfactory channel. The CNG channel of rod outer segment consists of the CNGA1 subunit and the CNGB1a subunit (3:1 stoichiometry). The cone photoreceptor channel consists of the CNGA3 and the CNGB3 subunit (2:2 stoichiometry). CNG channels control the membrane potential and the calcium concentration of photoreceptors. In the dark, the channels are maintained in the open state by a high concentration of cGMP. The resulting influx of Na+ and Ca2+ (dark current) depolarizes the photoreceptor and promotes synaptic transmission. Light-induced hydrolysis of cGMP leads to the closure of CNG channels. As a result the photoreceptor hyperpolarizes and shuts off synaptic glutamate release. Mutations in human CNG channel genes have been linked to retinal diseases. Mutations in the CNGA1 and CNGB1 subunits have been identified in the genome of patients suffering from 10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_18. The functional loss of either the CNGA3 or the CNGB3 subunit causes total color blindness (achromatopsia) and degeneration of cone photoreceptors.
The olfactory CNG channel consists of three different subunits: CNGA2, CNGA4 and the CNGB1b subunit (2:1:1 stoichiometry). The channel is activated
A cation current that is slowly activated by membrane hyperpolarization (termed Ih, If or Iq) is found in a variety of excitable cells including neurons, cardiac pacemaker cells and photoreceptors. The best understood function of Ih is to control heart rate and rhythm by acting as “pacemaker current” in the sinoatrial (SA) node. Ih is activated during membrane hyperpolarization following the termination of an action potential and provides an inward Na+ current that slowly depolarizes the plasma membrane. Sympathetic stimulation of SA node cells raises cAMP levels and increases Ih by a positive shift of the current activation curve, thus accelerating diastolic depolarization and heart rate. Stimulation of muscarinic receptors slows down heart rate by the opposite action. In neurons, Ih fulfills diverse functions, including generation of pacemaker potentials (neuronal pacemaking), control of membrane potential, generation of rebound depolarizations during light-induced hyperpolarizations of photoreceptors, dendritic integration, and synaptic transmission.
HCN channels represent the molecular correlate of the Ih current. In mammals, the HCN channel family comprises four members (HCN1 –4) that share about 60% sequence identity to each other and about 25% sequence identity to CNG channels. The highest degree of sequence homology between HCN and CNG channels is found in the CNBD. The crystal structure of this domain has been determined for HCN2 and a bacterial CNG channel. When expressed in heterologous systems all four HCN channels generate currents displaying the typical features of native Ih: (i) activation by membrane hyperpolarization, (ii) permeation of Na+ and K+ with a permeability ratio PNa/PK of about 0.2, (iii) modulation of voltage-dependence of channel activation by direct binding of cAMP, (iv) channel blockade by extracellular Cs+.
HCN1 –4 mainly differ from each other with regard to their speed of activation and the extent by which they are modulated by cAMP. HCN1 is the fastest channel, followed by HCN2, HCN3 and HCN4. Unlike HCN2 and HCN4, whose activation curves are shifted by about +15 mV by cAMP, HCN1 and HCN3 are only weakly, if at all, affected by cAMP.
Site-directed mutagenesis experiments have provided insight into the complex mechanism underlying dual HCN channel activation by voltage and cAMP. Like in other voltage-gated cation channels, activation of HCN channels is initiated by the movement of the positively charged S4 helix in the electric field. The resulting conformational change in the channel protein is allosterically coupled by other channel domains to the opening of the ion-conducting pore. Major determinants affecting channel activation are the intracellular S4 –S5 loop, the S1 segment and the extracellular S1 –S2 loop. The CNBD fulfils the role of an auto-inhibitory channel domain. In the absence of cAMP the cytoplasmic carboxy-terminus inhibits HCN channel gating by interacting with the channel core and, thereby, shifting the activation curve to more hyperpolarizing voltages. Binding of cAMP to the CNBD relieves this inhibition. Differences in the magnitude of the response to cAMP among the four HCN channel isoforms are largely due to differences in the extent to which the CNBD inhibits basal gating. It remains to be determined if the inhibitory effect of the CNBD is conferred by a direct physical interaction with the channel core domain or by some indirect pathway. There is evidence that the so-called C-linker, a peptide of about 80 amino acids that connects the last transmembrane helix (S6) to the CNBD plays an important role in this process. The C-linker was also shown to play a key role in the gating of CNG channels, suggesting that the functional role of this domain has been conserved during channel evolution.
HCN channels are found in neurons and heart cells. In mouse and rat brain all four HCN isoforms have been detected. The expression levels and the regional distribution of the HCN channel mRNAs vary profoundly between the respective channel types. HCN2 is the most abundant neuronal channel and is found almost ubiquitously in the brain. In contrast, HCN1, HCN3 and HCN4 are enriched in specific regions of the brain such as thalamus (HCN4) hippocampus (HCN1) or olfactory bulb and hypothalamus (HCN3). HCN channels have also been detected in the retina and some peripheral neurons such as dorsal root ganglion neurons. In SA node cells, HCN4 represents the predominantly expressed HCN channel isoform. In addition, minor amounts of HCN2 and HCN1 are also present in these cells. Insights into the (patho) physiological relevance of HCN channels have been gained from the analysis of mouse lines lacking individual HCN channel isoforms. Disruption of HCN1 impairs motor learning but enhances spatial learning and memory. Deletion of HCN2 results in absence epilepsy, ataxia and sinus node dysfunction. Mice lacking HCN4 die
Several drugs have been reported to block CNG channels. The most widely used among these drugs is L-
Given the key role of HCN channels in cardiac pacemaking, these channels are promising pharmacological targets for the development of drugs used in the treatment of cardiac arrhythmias and ischemic heart disease. HCN channels are not expressed in vascular and airway smooth muscle. As a consequence, specific HCN channel blockers are expected to have no side effect on the peripheral resistance. Importantly, unlike the well-established β-adrenoceptor blockers, HCN channel blockers would not impair pulmonary function in patients with asthma or obstructive pulmonary disease. Recently, ivabradine (S16257, Procoralan) was approved as the first therapeutic Ih blocker. Ivabradine blocks cardiac Ih at low micromolar concentrations and is used in the treatment of stable angina pectoris. Other known Ih blockers with blocking mechanisms related to that of ivabradine are ZD7288 [4-(N-ethyl-N-phenylamino)-1,2-dimethyl-6-(methylamino)pyrimidinium chloride], zatebradine and cilobradine. These blocker were not introduced into therapy because they either lacked specificity or exerted unacceptable side effects, in particular visual disturbances due to the inhibition of retinal Ih. Interestingly, the well-known α2 adrenoceptor agonist clonidine also effectively blocks HCN channels. The block of cardiac Ih (mainly conferred by HCN4) contributes significantly to the bradycardic effect of clonidine. Modulation of Ih may also be a promising approach for treatment of disease processes in central and peripheral nervous system. For example, Ih is upregulated in dorsal root ganglion neurons in response to nerve injury making HCN channels interesting candidates for therapeutic modulation of inflammation and neuropathic pain. Moreover, agents acting on HCN channels may be utilized in the treatment of epilepsies. Finally, HCN1 and HCN2 channels are inhibited by clinically relevant concentrations (≤0.5 mM) of the inhalational anesthetics halothane and isoflurane. Similarly, the intravenous anesthetic propofol inhibits and slows the activation of native and expressed HCN channels. Thus, modulation of Ih may contribute to clinical actions of anesthetic agents.
Family of proteins that regulate the progress of cells through the cell cycle.
The cyclooxygenase (COX)-2 enzyme catalyzes the conversion of arachidonic acid into prostaglandins. The type-2 isoform of COX is induced during injury and infection. COX-2 generated prostaglandins induce inflammatory pathways, pain and fever.
Members of the Cys-loop receptor class are ligand-gated ion channels that open in response to binding of ACh, 5-HT (serotonin), Glycine, GABA. Cys loop receptor channels form from homo- or hetero-tetrameric arrangement of subunits surrounding an aqueous pore. Each subunit consists of an extracellular aminoterminal domain, followed by four transmembrane segments. They harbor a signature sequence of 13 residues flanked by cysteins which form a closed loop linking the extracellular ligand binding and channel domains.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_7
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_9
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_19
Cystometry is the study of urinary bladder activity by recording the intravesical pressures exerted at varying degrees of bladder filling with water or gas.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
Refers to the morphological characteristics of cells.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_5
The loose definition of cytokines is that they are proteins made by cells that affect the behavior of other cells through actions on specific cytokine receptors. The term is often used in a narrower sense as messages produced by white blood cells that affect the behavior of other blood cells and other non-blood cells. The term can therefore encompass neurotrophic factors, or may be used to refer only to cells released by lymphocytes, macrophages/microglia and polymorphs. In neurobiology the term is increasingly being used to refer to all small, low-molecular-weight (usually less then 30 kDa in size) protein messengers for inter-cell communication. Cytokines are also involved with inflammatory and hypersensitive reactions. They are critical to the functioning of both the innate and adaptive immune responses to injury in many cell and tissue types. Usually cytokines are not produced at high levels in normal resting conditions but are rapidly and transiently up-regulated following appropriate stimuli. Cytokines exert their biological effect by interacting with high-affinity cell surface metabotropic receptors, leading to an intracellular cascade of signalling events and activation of transcription factors.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
The cytoskeleton of a cell is the framework that gives the cell its shape and integrity. It is also involved in the movement of organelles, and it plays an important role in cell division. Important cytoskeletal proteins are the microfilament actin, the intermediate sized neurofilament and the microtubules.
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_1
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_13
10.1007/978-3-540-29678-2_14
*These authors contributed equally.
I would like to thank all colleagues who have worked with me on the in situ preparations for their interest, enthusiasm and great fun. My thanks to Professor David Williams and Dr Andrew Allen at the Department of Physiology, University of Melbourne, Australia for assisting with a two photon study. I am in debt to the British Heart Foundation for their generous financial support. I also acknowledge the Royal Society from whom a Royal Society Wolfson Research Merit Award was gleaned.
We thank Sarah E. Doyle BS, Faris Hasanovic, Nikki J. Kirkman BS, Li-Qing Kuang MD, Benjamin J. Marble, J. Wes Peterson, Daniel G. Smith, Emily Jane Terry and Steven R. Wheelwright for excellent technical assistance. We are grateful to Ms. Kathleen Borick for her excellent preparation of the manuscript. This work was supported by NIH grant NS34497.
APK is the recipient of the UCT research associateship award (2005 and 2006), poliomyelitis research foundation bursary, UCT International Students’ Fellowship and the Senior Entrance Merit Fellowship at UCT, and acknowledges UCT for providing funding for the study.
We thank the support of the Swiss National Science Foundation, grants PDFM1-114406 and 611-066052.
Supported by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft and the Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (BMBF).
This work was support by European Commission grants NEST-029088 (ANALOGY) and MEST-CT-2005-020725.